ING
ING
#256
Rank
C$120.98 B
Marketcap
C$41.76
Share price
-1.22%
Change (1 day)
85.79%
Change (1 year)

ING - 20-F annual report


Text size:
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
   
o REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
   
þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005
OR
   
o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
   
o SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report                     
Commission file number 1-14642
ING GROEP N.V.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
The Netherlands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
ING Groep N.V.
Amstelveenseweg 500
1081 KL Amsterdam
P.O. Box 810, 1000 AV Amsterdam
The Netherlands
(Address of principal executive offices)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
   
Title of each class Name of each exchange on
  which registered
American Depositary Shares, each representing one Ordinary share
 New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary shares, nominal value EUR 0.24 per Ordinary share and
  
  Bearer Depositary receipts in respect of Ordinary shares*
 New York Stock Exchange
  7.05% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
 New York Stock Exchange
  7.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
 New York Stock Exchange
  6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
 New York Stock Exchange
6.125% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
 New York Stock Exchange
5.775% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
 New York stock Exchange
* Listed, not for trading or quotation purposes, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
     
Ordinary shares, nominal value EUR 0.24 per Ordinary share
  2,294,933,803 
Bearer Depositary receipts in respect of Ordinary shares
  2,204,088,026 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes þ      No o
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes o       No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
   
Yes þ
 o No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer þ Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer o
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:
   
o Item 17
 Item 18 þ
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   Yes o      No þ
 
 

 


 


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION
In this Annual Report, references to “ING Groep N.V.”, “we” and “us” refer to the ING holding company, incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, and references to “ING”, “ING Group”, the “Company” and the “Group”, refer to ING Groep N.V. and its consolidated subsidiaries. ING Groep N.V.’s primary insurance and banking subsidiaries are ING Verzekeringen N.V. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “ING Insurance”) and ING Bank N.V. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “ING Bank”), respectively.
ING presents its consolidated financial statements in euros, the currency of the European Economic and Monetary Union. Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, references to “US$” and “Dollars” are to the United States dollars and references to “EUR” are to euros.
Solely for the convenience of the reader, this Annual Report contains translations of certain euro amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates. These translations should not be construed as representations that the translated amounts actually represent such dollar or euro amounts, as the case may be, or could be converted into U.S. dollars or euros, as the case may be, at the rates indicated or at any other rate. Therefore, unless otherwise stated, the translations of euros into U.S. dollars have been made at the rate of euro 1.00 = $ 1.1899, the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in euros as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “Noon Buying Rate”) on March 1, 2006.
Except as otherwise noted, financial statement amounts set forth in this Annual Report are presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (“EU”). In this document the term “IFRS-EU” is used to refer to International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU including the decisions ING Group made with regard to the options available under International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU. Refer to Note 2.1 of the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the basis of presentation. IFRS-EU differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. Reference is made to Note 2.4.1 of Notes to the consolidated financial statements for a description of the significant differences between IFRS-EU and U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of certain income statement and balance sheet items to U.S. GAAP.
Unless otherwise indicated, gross premiums, gross premiums written and gross written premiums as referred to in this Annual Report include premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance policies written during a specified period, without deduction for premiums ceded, and net premiums, net premiums written and net written premiums include premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance policies written during a specified period, after deduction for premiums ceded. Certain amounts set forth herein may not sum due to rounding.

3


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain of the statements contained in this Annual Report that are not historical facts, including, without limitation, certain statements made in the sections hereof entitled “Information on the Company,” “Dividends,” “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” “Selected Statistical Information on Banking Operations” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk” are statements of future expectations and other forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current views and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements. Actual results, performance or events may differ materially from those in such statements due to, without limitation,
 changes in general economic conditions, including in particular economic conditions in ING’s core markets,
 
 changes in performance of financial markets, including emerging markets,
 
  the frequency and severity of insured loss events,
 
 changes affecting mortality and morbidity levels and trends,
 
 changes affecting persistency levels,
 
 changes affecting interest rate levels,
 
 changes affecting currency exchange rates, including the euro/U.S. dollar exchange rate,
 
 increasing levels of competition in the Netherlands, Belgium, the Rest of Europe (Europe and Russia, excluding the Netherlands and Belgium), the United States and other markets in which we do business, including emerging markets,
 
 changes in laws and regulations,
 
 regulatory changes relating to the banking or insurance industries,
 
 changes in the policies of central banks and/or foreign governments,
 
 general competitive factors, in each case on a global, regional and/or national basis.
ING is under no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information or for any other reason. See “Item 3. Key Information-Risk factors” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Factors affecting results of operations.”

4


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1. Identity Of Directors, Senior Management And Advisors
Not Applicable.
Item 2. Offer Statistics And Expected Timetable
Not Applicable.
Item 3. Key Information
The selected consolidated financial information data set forth below is derived from the consolidated financial statements of ING Group. ING Group adopted IFRS as adopted by the EU as of 2005.The 2004 figures have been restated to comply with IFRS-EU. However, as permitted under IFRS 1, First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS 1”), the 2004 comparatives exclude the impact of IAS 32, Financial Instruments; Disclosure and Presentation (“IAS 32”), IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (“IAS 39”) and IFRS 4, Insurance Contracts (“IFRS 4”), which were implemented starting from January 1, 2005.
IFRS-EU differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP, Refer to Note 2.4.1 to the consolidated financial statements for a description of the significant differences between IFRS-EU and U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of certain income statement and balance sheet items to U.S. GAAP.
The following information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to the Group’s consolidated financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere herein.

5


Table of Contents

             
  Year ended December 31, 
  2005  2005(2)  2004(2) 
  USD(1)  EUR  EUR 
  (in millions, except amounts 
  per share and ratios) 
IFRS-EU Consolidated Income Statement Data
            
Income from insurance operations:
            
Gross premiums written:
            
Life
  46,579   39,144   36,975 
Non-life
  7,878   6,614   6,642 
 
         
Total
  54,447   45,758   43,617 
Investment income
  11,832   9,944   10,179 
Commission and other income
  2,049   1,722   1,806 
 
         
Total income from insurance operations
  68,328   57,424   55,602 
Income from banking operations:
            
Interest income
  57,522   48,342   25,471 
Interest expense
  46,620   39,180   16,772 
 
         
Net interest result
  10,902   9,162   8,699 
Investment income
  1,115   937   363 
Commission
  2,857   2,401   2,581 
Other income
  1,604   1,348   1,035 
 
         
Total income from banking operations
  16,478   13,848   12,678 
Total income (3)
  84,651   71,141   68,159 
 
         
 
            
Expenditure from insurance operations:
            
Life
  56,136   47,177   44,988 
Non-life
  7,459   6,269   6,292 
 
         
Total expenditure from insurance operations
  63,595   53,446   51,280 
Total expenditure from banking operations
  10,628   8,932   9,260 
 
         
Total expenditure (3,4)
  74,068   62,247   60,419 
 
         
 
            
Profit before tax from insurance operations:
            
Life
  3,172   2,666   2,647 
Non-life
  1,561   1,312   1,675 
 
         
Total
  4,733   3,978   4,322 
Profit before tax from banking operations
  5,850   4,916   3,418 
 
         
Profit before tax
  10,583   8,894   7,440 
Taxation
  1,641   1,379   1,709 
Third-party interests
  363   305   276 
 
         
Net profit
  8,579   7,210   5,755 
 
         
Dividend on ordinary shares
  3,079   2,588   2,359 
Addition to shareholders’ equity
  5,500   4,622   3,396 
Net profit attributable to equity holders of the Company
  8,579   7,210   5,755 
Ordinary share attributable to equity holders of the Company (5)
  3.95   3.32   2.71 
Distributable net profit per ordinary share (5)
  3.95   3.32   2.71 
Net profit per ordinary share and ordinary share equivalent (fully diluted)(5)
  3.95   3.32   2.71 
Dividend per ordinary share (5)
  1.40   1.18   1.07 
Interim Dividend
  0.64   0.54   0.49 
Final Dividend
  0.76   0.64   0.58 
Number of ordinary shares outstanding (in millions)
  2,204.9   2,204.9   2,204.7 
Dividend pay-out ratio (6)
  35.5%  35.5%  39.5%

6


Table of Contents

                         
  2005  2005  2004  2003  2002  2001 
  USD  (EUR millions) 
U.S. GAAP Consolidated Income Statement Data
                        
Total income
  57,068   47,960   49,733   48,025   49,316   49,479 
 
                        
Net profit U.S. GAAP, excluding cumulative effects
  8,301   6,976   6,688   4,512   3,476   1,770 
Cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles
          (91)      (13,103)    
 
                      
Net profit U.S. GAAP, including cumulative effects (7)(8)
  8,301   6,976   6,597   4,512   (9,627)  1,770 
Net profit per Ordinary share and Ordinary share equivalent (5)
  3.82   3.21   3.10   2.23   (5.00)  0.90 
             
  Year ended December 31, 
  2005  2005(2)  2004(2) 
  USD(1)  EUR  EUR 
  (in billions, except amounts per 
  share and ratios) 
IFRS-EU Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
            
Total assets
  1,378.6   1,158.6   876.4 
Investments:
            
Insurance
  171.9   144.5   112.1 
Banking
  214.3   180.1   164.2 
 
         
Total
  386.2   324.6   276.3 
Loans and advances to customers
  522.6   439.2   330.5 
Insurance and investment contracts:
            
Life
  276.2   232.1   205.5 
Non-life
  15.2   12.8   11.4 
Investment contracts
  22.1   18.6     
 
         
Total
  313.5   263.5   216.9 
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit:
            
Savings accounts of the banking operations
  320.6   269.4   219.4 
Other deposits and bank funds
  233.6   196.3   129.8 
 
         
Total
  554.1   465.7   349.2 
Amounts due to banks
  145.4   122.2   95.9 
Share capital (in millions)
  2,292.0   2,292.0   2,291.8 
Shareholders’ equity
  43.7   36.7   24.1 
Shareholders’ equity per ordinary share (5)
  20.18   16.96   12.95 
Shareholders’ equity per ordinary share and ordinary share equivalent (5)
  20.18   16.96   12.95 
                         
  2005  2005  2004  2003  2002  2001 
  USD    (EUR millions) 
U.S. GAAP Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                        
Total assets
  1,379.5   1,159.3   920.4   818.8   762.5   752.3 
Shareholders’ equity
  49.5   41.6   35.1   28.0   25.1   38.8 
Shareholders’ equity per ordinary share and ordinary share equivalent (5)
  22.86   19.21   16.00   13.27   12.61   19.83 
 
(1) Euro amounts have been translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate of $ 1.1899 to EUR 1.00, the noon buying rate in New York City on March 1, 2006 for cable transfers in euros as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
 
(2) For the impact of divestments in 2005 and 2004 refer to “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” .
 
(3) After elimination of certain intercompany transactions between the insurance operations and the banking operations. See Note 2.1. to the consolidated financial statements.

7


Table of Contents

(4) Includes all non-interest expenses, including additions to the provision for loan losses. See “Item 5, Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and capital resources”.
 
(5) Net profit per share amounts have been calculated based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding and equity per share amounts have been calculated based on the number of ordinary shares outstanding at the end of the respective periods. For purposes of this calculation ING Groep N.V. shares held by Group companies are deducted from the total number of ordinary shares in issue. The computation is based on daily averages, and in case of exercised warrants, the day of exercise is taken into consideration.
 
(6) The dividend pay-out ratio is based on net profit attributed to equity holders of the Company.
 
(7) As of January 2002, SFAS 142 under U.S. GAAP requires that goodwill is tested for impairment annually. This change resulted in a non-cash transitional impairment loss in 2002, related to the carrying value of goodwill as of December 31, 2001 of EUR 13,103 million, which was required to be recognized under U.S. GAAP net profit in 2002 as the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles.
 
(8) Upon adoption of SOP 03-1, “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for certain Nontraditional long-duration contracts and for separate Accounts”, and the related Technical Practice Aid (“TPA”) effective January 1, 2004, ING Group recognized a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle of EUR 91 million. See note 2.4.10(h) of the consolidated financial statements for further information on this change.
EXCHANGE RATES
Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the euro and the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar amounts received by owners of shares or ADSs on conversion of dividends, if any, paid in euros on the shares and will affect the U.S. dollar price of the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.
The following table sets forth, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information concerning the exchange rate for U.S. dollars into euros based on the Noon Buying Rate.
                 
  U.S. dollars per euro 
Calendar Period Period  Average  High  Low 
  End(1)  Rate(2)         
2001
  0.8901   0.8909   0.9535   0.8370 
2002
  1.0485   0.9495   1.0485   0.8594 
2003
  1.2597   1.2074   1.2597   1.0361 
2004
  1.3538   1.2478   1.3625   1.1801 
2005
  1.1842   1.2397   1.3476   1.1670 
2006 (through March 22, 2006)(2)
  1.2095   1.2059   1.2287   1.1860 
 
(1) The Noon Buying Rate at such dates differ from the rates used in the preparation of ING’s consolidated financial statements as of such date.
 
  See Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(2) The average of the Noon Buying Rates on the last business day of each full calendar month during the period.
The table below shows the high and low exchange rate of U.S. dollars per euro for the last six months
         
  High  Low 
September 2005
  1.2538   1.2011 
October 2005
  1.2148   1.1914 
November 2005
  1.2067   1.1672 
December 2005
  1.2041   1.1699 
January 2006
  1.2287   1.1980 
February 2006
  1.2100   1.1882 
March 2006 (through March 22, 2006)
  1.2197   1.1860 
The Noon Buying Rate for euros on December 31, 2005 was EUR 1.00 = $ 1.1842 and the Noon Buying Rate for euros on March 1, 2006 was EUR 1.00 = $ 1.1899.

8


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
RISKS RELATED TO THE FINANCIAL SERVICES INDUSTRY
Because we are an integrated financial services company conducting business on a global basis, our revenues and earnings are affected by the volatility and strength of the economic, business and capital markets environments specific to the geographic regions in which we conduct business and changes in such factors may adversely affect the profitability of our insurance, banking and asset management business.
Factors such as interest rates, exchange rates, consumer spending, business investment, real estate market government spending, the volatility and strength of the capital markets, and terrorism all impact the business and economic environment and, ultimately, the amount and profitability of business we conduct in a specific geographic region. For example, in an economic downturn characterized by higher unemployment, lower family income, lower corporate earnings, higher corporate and private debt defaults, lower business investment and consumer spending, the demand for banking and insurance products would be adversely affected and our reserves and provisions would likely increase, resulting in lower earnings. Similarly, a downturn in the equity markets could cause a reduction in commission income we earn from managing portfolios for third parties, as well as income generated and capital base from our own proprietary portfolios, each of which is generally tied to the performance and value of such portfolios. We also offer a number of insurance and financial products that expose us to risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates, securities prices, corporate and private default rates, the value of real estate assets, exchange rates and credit spreads. In addition, a mismatch of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities in any given period may, in the event of changes in interest rates, have a material effect on the financial condition or result from operations of our banking and insurance businesses.
Because our life and non-life insurance and reinsurance businesses are subject to losses from unforeseeable and/or catastrophic events, which are inherently unpredictable, our actual claims amount may exceed our established reserves or we may experience an abrupt interruption of activities, each of which could result in lower net profits and have an adverse affect on our results of operations.
In our life and non-life insurance and reinsurance businesses, we are subject to losses from natural and man-made catastrophic events. Such events include, without limitation, weather and other natural catastrophes such as hurricanes, floods and earthquakes, epidemics, as well as terrorist attacks. The frequency and severity of such events, and the losses associated with them, are inherently unpredictable and can not always be adequately reserved. In accordance with industry practices, modeling of natural catastrophes are performed and risk mitigation measures are made. In case claims occur, reserves are established based on estimates using actuarial projection techniques. The process of estimating is based on information available at the time the reserves are originally established and includes updates when more information becomes available. Although we continually review the adequacy of the established claim reserves, and based on current information, we believe our claim reserves are sufficient in total, there can be no assurances that our actual claims experience will not exceed our estimated claim reserves. If actual claim amounts exceed the estimated claim reserves, our earnings may be reduced and our net profits may be adversely affected. In addition, because unforeseeable and/or catastrophic events can lead to abrupt interruption of activities, our banking and insurance operations may be subject to losses resulting from such disruptions. Losses can relate to property, financial assets, trading positions, insurance and pension benefits to employees and also to key personnel. If our business continuity plans are not able to be put into action or do not take such events into account, losses may further increase.
Because we operate in highly regulated industries, changes in statutes, regulations and regulatory policies or the enforcement thereof that govern activities in our various business lines could have an affect on our operations and our net profits.
We are subject to detailed banking, insurance, asset management and other financial services laws and government regulation in each of the jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Regulatory agencies have broad administrative power over many aspects of the financial services business, which may include liquidity, capital adequacy and permitted investments, ethical issues, money

9


Table of Contents

laundering, privacy, record keeping, and marketing and selling practices. Banking, insurance and other financial services laws, regulations and policies currently governing us and our subsidiaries may change at any time in ways which have an adverse effect on our business, and we cannot predict the timing or form of any future regulatory or enforcement initiatives in respect thereof. Also, bank regulators and other supervisory authorities in the EU, the US and elsewhere continue to scrutinize payment processing and other transactions under regulations governing such matters as money-laundering, prohibited transactions with countries subject to sanctions, and bribery or other anti-corruption measures. If we fail to address, or appear to fail to address, appropriately any of these changes or initiatives, our reputation could be harmed and we could be subject to additional legal risk, which could, in turn, increase the size and number of claims and damages asserted against us or subject us to enforcement actions, fines and penalties. Despite our best efforts to comply with applicable regulations, there are a number of risks in areas where applicable regulations may be unclear or where regulators revise their previous guidance or courts overturn previous rulings. Regulators and other authorities have the power to bring administrative or judicial proceedings against us, which could result, among other things, in suspension or revocation of our licenses, cease and desist orders, fines, civil penalties, criminal penalties or other disciplinary action which could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition.
RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY
Because we operate in highly competitive markets, including in our home market, we may not be able to further increase, or even maintain, our market share, which may have an adverse affect on our results of operations.
There is substantial competition in the Netherlands and the other countries in which we do business for the types of insurance, commercial banking, investment banking, asset management and other products and services we provide. Customer loyalty and retention can be influenced by a number of factors, including relative service levels, the prices and attributes of products and services, and actions taken by competitors. If we are not able to match or compete with the products and services offered by our competitors, it could adversely impact our ability to maintain or further increase our market share, which would adversely affect our results of operations. Such competition is most pronounced in our more mature markets of the Netherlands, Belgium, the Rest of Europe, the United States, Canada and Australia. In recent years, however, competition in emerging markets, such as Latin America, Asia and Central and Eastern Europe, has also increased as large insurance and banking industry participants from more developed countries have sought to establish themselves in markets which are perceived to offer higher growth potential, and as local institutions have become more sophisticated and competitive and have sought alliances, mergers or strategic relationships with our competitors. We derived approximately 38% of our profit before tax in 2005 from the Netherlands. Based on geographic division of our operating profit, the Netherlands is our largest market for both our banking and insurance operations. Our main competitors in the banking sector in the Netherlands are ABN Amro Bank and Rabobank. Our main competitors in the insurance sector in the Netherlands are Achmea, Fortis and Aegon. We derived approximately 13% of our profit before tax in 2005 from the United States. Our main competitors in the United States are insurance companies such as Lincoln National, Hartford, Aegon Americas, Met Life, Prudential, Nationwide and Principal Financial. Increasing competition in these or any of our other markets may significantly impact our results if we are unable to match the products and services offered by our competitors.
Because we have many counterparties that we do business with, the inability of these counterparties to meet their financial obligations could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
General
Third-parties that owe us money, securities or other assets may not pay or perform under their obligations. These parties include the issuers whose securities we hold, borrowers under loans originated, customers, trading counterparties, counterparties under swaps, credit default and other derivative contracts, clearing agents, exchanges, clearing house and other financial intermediaries. These parties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, downturns in the economy or real estate values, operational failure or other reasons.

10


Table of Contents

Reinsurers
Our insurance operations have bought protection for risks that exceed certain risk tolerance levels set for both our life and non-life business. This protection is bought through reinsurance arrangements in order to reduce possible losses. Because in most cases we must pay the policyholders first, and then collect from the reinsurer, we are subject to credit risk with respect to each reinsurer for all such amounts. As a percentage of our (potential) reinsurance receivables as of December 31, 2005, the greatest exposure after collateral to an individual reinsurer was approximately 40%, approximately 20% related to four other reinsurers and the remainder of the reinsurance receivables balance related to various other reinsurers. The inability of any one of these reinsurers to meet its financial obligations to us could have a material adverse effect on our net profits and our financial results.
Because we use assumptions about factors to determine the insurance provisions, deferred acquisition costs (DAC) and value of business added (VOBA), the use of different assumptions about these factors may have an adverse impact on our results of operations.
The establishment of insurance provisions, including the impact of minimum guarantees which are contained within certain variable annuity products, the adequacy test performed on the provisions for life policies and the establishment of DAC and VOBA are inherently uncertain processes involving assumptions about factors such as court decisions, changes in laws, social, economic and demographic trends, inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour and other factors, and, in the life insurance business, assumptions concerning mortality and morbidity trends.
The use of different assumptions about these factors could have a material effect on insurance provisions and underwriting expense. Changes in assumptions may lead to changes in the insurance provisions over time. Furthermore, some of these assumptions can be volatile.
For example, in Taiwan, the adequacy of provisions for life policies are highly sensitive to interest rates and other assumptions and can only be reliably estimated within broad ranges which may vary significantly from period to period. If the interest rates as at December 31, 2005 had been 1% lower, these Taiwan provisions would have been inadequate at the 50% confidence interval and, consequently, an amount of approximately EUR 1.7 billion (after tax) would have been included as a charge in the profit and loss account, reflecting the amount necessary to bring reserves to a best estimate level.
Because we use assumptions to model client behaviour for the purpose of our market risk calculations, the use of different assumptions may have an adverse impact on the risk figures.
We use assumptions in order to model client behaviour for the risk calculations in our banking book. Assumptions are used to determine the price sensitivity of savings and current accounts and to estimate the embedded optionality risk in the mortgage portfolio. The use of different assumptions to determine the client behaviour could have a material adverse effect on the calculated risk figures for the banking books.
Because we also operate in markets with less developed judiciary and dispute resolution systems, legal proceedings could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result.
In the less developed markets in which we operate, judiciary and dispute resolution systems may be less developed. In case of a breach of contract we may have difficulties in making and enforcing claims against contractual counterparties. On the other hand, if claims are made against us, we might encounter difficulties in mounting a defense against such allegations. If we become party to legal proceedings in a market with an insufficiently developed judiciary system, it could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result.
Because we are a financial services company and we are continually developing new financial products, we might be faced with claims that could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result if clients’ expectations are not met.
When new financial products are brought to the market, communication and marketing is focused on potential advantages for the customers. If the products do not generate the expected profit, or result in

11


Table of Contents

a loss, or otherwise do not meet expectations, customers may file claims against us. Such claims could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result.
Our business may be negatively affected by adverse publicity, regulatory actions or litigation with respect to the Company, other well-known companies and the financial services industry generally.
Adverse publicity and damage to the ING’s reputation arising from its failure or perceived failure to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, financial reporting irregularities involving other large and well known companies, increasing regulatory and law enforcement scrutiny of “know your customer” anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist-financing procedures and their effectiveness, regulatory investigations of the mutual fund and insurance industries, and litigation that arises from the failure or perceived failure by ING to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, could result in increased regulatory supervision, affect our ability to attract and retain customers, maintain access to the capital markets, result in suits, enforcement actions, fines and penalties or have other adverse effects on us in ways that are not predictable.
Because we are a Dutch company and because the Stichting ING Aandelen holds more than 99% of our Ordinary shares, the rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights of shareholders in other jurisdictions, which could limit your rights as a shareholder and reduce the accountability of the members of our Executive and Supervisory Boards and our management to our shareholders.
While holders of our bearer receipts are entitled to attend and speak at the General Meetings of Shareholders, voting rights are not attached to the bearer depositary receipts. Stichting ING Aandelen (“the Trust”) holds more than 99% of our Ordinary shares, exercises the voting rights attached to the Ordinary shares (for which bearer receipts have been issued). Holders of bearer receipts who attend – in person or by proxy — the General Meeting of Shareholders must obtain voting rights by proxy from the Trust. Holders of bearer receipts and holders of the ADSs (American Depositary Shares) representing the bearer receipts, who do not attend the General Meeting of Shareholders, may give binding voting instructions to the Trust. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions – Voting of the Ordinary shares underlying bearer receipts by the Trust”. The Trust is entitled to vote any Ordinary shares underlying the bearer depositary receipts for which the Trust has not granted voting proxies, or voting instructions have not been given to the Trust. In excercising its voting discretion, the Trust is required to make use of the voting rights attached to the Ordinary shares in the interest of the holders of bearer receipts, while taking into account
 our interests;
 
 the interests of our affiliates; and
 
 the interests of our other stakeholders.
in such a way that all interests are balanced and safeguarded as effectively as possible. The Trust may, but has no obligation to, consult with the holders of bearer receipts or ADSs in exercising its voting rights in respect of any Ordinary shares for which it is entitled to vote. These arrangements differ from U.S. practice and accordingly may affect the rights of the holders of bearer receipts or ADSs and their power to affect the Company’s business and operations and the accountability of the Company’s directors and management.
The share price of our bearer receipts and ADSs has been, and may continue to be, volatile which may impact the value of our bearer receipts or ADSs you hold.
The share price of our bearer receipts and our ADSs has been volatile in the past due, in part, to the high volatility in the securities markets generally and more particular in shares of financial institutions. Other factors, besides our financial results, that may impact our share price include, but are not limited to:
 market expectations of the performance and capital adequacy of financial institutions in general;
 
 investor perception of the success and impact of our strategies;
 
 a downgrade or review of our credit ratings;
 
 potential litigation or regulatory action involving ING Group or sectors we have exposure to through our insurance and banking activities;

12


Table of Contents

 announcements concerning financial problems or any investigations into the accounting practices of other financial institutions; and
 
 general market volatility.
Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and many of the members of our Supervisory and Executive Board and our officers reside outside of the United States, it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us or the members of our Supervisory and Executive Boards or our officers.
Most of our Supervisory and Executive Board members, and some of the experts named in this Annual Report, as well as many of our officers are persons who are not residents of the United States, and most of our and their assets, are located outside the United States. As a result, you may not be able to serve process on those persons within the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws.
You also may not be able to enforce judgments of U.S. courts under the U.S. federal securities laws in courts outside the United States, including the Netherlands. The United States and the Netherlands do not currently have a treaty providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, you will not be able to enforce in the Netherlands a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any U.S. federal or state court based on civil liability, even if the judgment is not based only on the U.S. federal securities laws, unless a competent court in the Netherlands gives binding effect to the judgment.
Item 4. Information on the Company
GENERAL
ING was established as a Naamloze Vennootschap (public limited liability company) on March 4, 1991 through the merger of Nationale-Nederlanden, which was the largest insurer in the Netherlands, and NMB Postbank Group, which was one of the largest banks in the Netherlands. ING Groep N.V. is incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.
The official address of ING Group is:  Our principal U.S. office is:
 
ING Groep N.V. ING Financial Holdings Corporation
Amstelveenseweg 500 1325 Avenue of the Americas
1081 KL Amsterdam  New York, NY 10019
P.O. Box 810, 1000 AV Amsterdam United States of America
The Netherlands Telephone +1 646 424 6000
Telephone +31 20 541 5411  
Mission
We strive to deliver our financial products and services in the way our customers expect: with exemplary service, maximum convenience and at competitive rates. This is reflected in our mission statement: to set the standard in helping our customers manage their financial future.
Profile
ING is a global financial services company with 150 years of experience, providing a wide array of banking, insurance and asset management services in over 50 countries. Our 115,000 employees work daily to satisfy a broad customer base: individuals, families, small businesses, large corporations, institutions and governments. Based on market capitalisation, ING is one of the 15 largest financial institutions worldwide and in the top-10 in Europe.
Business
ING is a major financial services company in the Benelux home market. ING services its retail clients in these markets with a wide range of retail-banking, insurance and asset management products. In our wholesale banking activities we operate worldwide, but with a primary focus on the Benelux countries. In the United States, ING is a top-10 provider of retirement services and life insurance, based on sales and assets under management. In Canada, we are the top property and casualty insurer based on

13


Table of Contents

direct written premium. ING Direct is a leading direct bank with 15 million customers in nine countries. In the growth markets of Asia, Central Europe and Latin America we provide life insurance. We are also a large asset manager with assets under management of almost EUR 550 billion. ING Real Estate is the largest property company in the world, based on its total business portfolio.
Stakeholders
ING conducts its business on the basis of clearly defined business principles. In all our activities we carefully weigh the interests of our stakeholders: customers, shareholders, employees, business partners and society at large. ING strives to be a good corporate citizen.
CHANGES IN PRINCIPLES OF VALUATION AND DETERMINATION OF RESULTS
Reference is made to Note 2.1.1 Changes in accounting principles.
CHANGES IN THE COMPOSITION OF THE GROUP
In February 2005, ING Group sold internet service provider Freeler to KPN. The sale resulted in a net gain of EUR 10 million.
In March 2005, ING Group reduced its stake in ING Bank Slaski from 87.77% to 75% by selling shares on the market. By reducing the stake in ING Bank Slaski, ING Group complied with requirements set by the Polish regulator in 2001. ING Group has no intention to further reduce its stake of 75% in ING Bank Slaski.
In March 2005, ING Group acquired 19.9% of Bank of Beijing for an amount of EUR 166 million. Bank of Beijing is the second largest city commercial bank in China and the third largest bank in Beijing.
In March 2005 ING Group finalised the sale of Barings Asset Management to MassMutual Financial Group and Northern Trust Corp. The sale resulted in a net gain of EUR 254 million.
In May 2005, ING Group sold Life Insurance Company of Georgia to Prudential PLC’s subsidiary, Jackson National Life Insurance Company. The loss from this transaction amounts to EUR 32 million after tax.
In June 2005, ING Group formed a private equity joint venture to purchase Gables Residential Trust, a U.S.-based real estate investment trust. Gables Residential Trust is a developer, builder, owner and manager of higher-end multifamily properties. ING will provide $400 million in equity to finance the transaction. The venture is managed by ING Clarion, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ING Group.
In June 2005, ING Group purchased GE Commercial Finance’s 50% stake in NMB-Heller’s Dutch and Belgian factoring business. The factoring business has been transferred into a new company, which operates under the name ING Commercial Finance. GE Commercial Finance purchased ING’s 50% stake in NMB-Heller’s German unit, Heller GmbH. Both purchases took effect retroactively from 1 January 2005.
In August 2005, ING Group acquired a portfolio of properties located in the UK from Abbey National. The purchase price amounted to EUR 1.7 billion. The portfolio has been divided between various separate account clients.
In October 2005, ING Group acquired Eural NV from Dexia Bank Belgium. In the course of 2006, Eural is expected to be merged with ING Belgium’s unit Record Bank.
In November 2005, ING Group sold its stake in Austbrokers Holdings in an initial public offering. Austbrokers is one of the leading insurance brokers in Australia. The decision to sell the business follows ING’s sale of its 50% stake in general insurer QBE Mercantile Mutual to QBE in 2004.
In December 2005 ING Group sold Arenda Holding BV to ZBG, a Dutch private equity firm. Arenda is a provider of consumer finance products.
For the year 2004 reference is made to Note 2.1.1 Acquisitions and disposals of Group companies.

14


Table of Contents

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
For recent changes in the Executive Board and Supervisory Board we refer to “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”.
GROUP STRATEGY
Strategy lifts results to a higher level
ING continued on the strategic direction it embarked on in 2004. We managed for value and created value. Our businesses in mature markets achieved good results, helped by their constant focus on the efficient execution of business fundamentals. We also continued to focus on our growth engines, which further improved in performance.
ING has a clear financial objective. We want to make sure that, over a longer period, our shareholders receive a better total return on their investment than on most other investments in the financial sector. To achieve this, we manage for value. This means focusing on growing economic profit, which measures profit beyond the cost of capital, and emphasising return improvement and profitable organic growth. In our mature banking and life insurance businesses in the Benelux and the United States, return improvement and profitable growth comes from the proper execution of our business fundamentals. This means managing costs, risks and reputation as well as offering exemplary customer service. We believe that excelling in these operational areas is the key to generating profitable organic growth. ING also continues to invest in business areas that have clear growth potential. Three growth engines have been identified: direct banking, retirement services and life insurance in emerging markets. ING has strong positions in these businesses and intends to raise further their profit potential by using the experience and capital gained in ING’s mature businesses.
In 2005, we continued to execute our strategy with good results. ING benefited from the strategic decisions taken in 2004, when the management structure was simplified and the business portfolio actively managed. This portfolio management resulted in the divestments of underperforming and non-core activities and an improved capital position. Together with the enhanced strategic focus, this led to an upgrade in 2005 of ING Group’s credit ratings by Standard & Poor’s from A+ to AA-.
Enhancing customer satisfaction
ING attaches the utmost importance to exemplary customer service. Especially in mature markets, we believe high customer satisfaction is the way to differentiate ourselves from our peers and to generate profitable top-line growth. Important improvements were made in this area by Nationale-Nederlanden, our Dutch insurance company, which virtually caught up to the industry average in customer satisfaction, continuing the trend of 2004. In our insurance business unit in the United States, we launched a broad initiative to improve processes to better meet customer needs. There was also a clear improvement in customer satisfaction in our retail banking businesses in the Benelux. At ING Direct, customer satisfaction continued to be high in 2005, with almost 80% of customers saying they receive better service from ING Direct than from other financial institutions.
In order to further improve customer satisfaction, ING aligned its brand positioning with the new mission statement introduced in 2004, which is: ‘To set the standard in helping our customers manage their financial future’. At ING, we want to excel in three aspects of client service: ‘being easy to deal with’, ‘treating customers fairly’ and ‘delivering on promises’. This is how we want to position our brand. In 2005, a strategy was devised to promote and implement this brand positioning worldwide, presenting ING as a powerful brand that provides customer reassurance and satisfaction. Throughout the organisation, business units are developing and implementing action plans to make sure they move towards ING’s customer-centric positioning.
Managing costs
Customer satisfaction alone, however, is not enough to create value, especially not in mature markets. Fierce competition in these markets makes it essential to look continuously for ways to keep costs under control and improve efficiency. Cost containment and excellent customer satisfaction go hand-in-hand as operational drivers to create value in these markets. In 2005, several initiatives were taken to control underlying expenses and improve efficiency in mature markets. We announced an efficiency programme at Nationale-Nederlanden to reduce the annual cost base by 20% by 2007 compared with

15


Table of Contents

2004. We also took steps to streamline our IT organisation in the Benelux, including outsourcing and reducing the number of internal and third-party staff. In the United States, we made substantial progress with the outsourcing of our technology infrastructure to IBM. In total, those measures are expected to lead to cost savings of approximately EUR 500 million by 2008.
Managing risks
Managing our risks and consequently the cost of capital is essential for stable, profitable growth. Risk management supports value creation by providing insight into the levels of risk we can absorb compared with our earnings power and capital base. Integrated risk management — combining credit, market, insurance and operational risk into one common view — has become a key ingredient in our strategy. It allows us to capture the benefits of being a diversified financial services firm and to create a clear overview of all risks.
In 2005, ING introduced ‘Integrated Centralised Capital Management’ in order to utilise our capital more efficiently. Major progress was achieved in the credit risk area in both risk modelling and data quality, both of which are key elements of Basel II. We have also been able to leverage this experience to our banking operations, which has led to a better modelling of loan loss provisions and an enhancement of our internal models for measuring risk. For insurance, we introduced new economic capital models, based on the experiences of the banking operations, and converted these into a limit structure for Market Value-at-Risk.
Our ultimate goal of integrated risk management is to better align our risk taking to our risk appetite. This allows ING to make optimal use of its capital base, leading to a lower overall cost of capital.
Managing reputation
Integrity and reputation are two of ING’s most important assets. Regulatory compliance is essential because ING’s long-term relationships with its clients depend on integrity and fairness. In 2005, ING adopted a new group-wide compliance policy which contained a framework to enable swift and uniform group-wide execution. Senior management has been made more accountable for compliance. Compliance will be integrated in their performance targets and remuneration structure as from 2006. Certain compliance irregularities took place in the Netherlands during 2005.
Investing in growth
Retirement services, life insurance in developing markets and direct banking are ING’s growth engines. Good progress was made in 2005. In the United States, profits from US Retirement Services went up by 22%. In Central Europe, pension fund profits were up 16%. In the Slovak Republic, ING acquired the pension provider VSP Tatry Sympatia which considerably strengthens our position in this market.
In our life insurance business in developing markets, we posted a 40% rise in the value of new business, driven by the businesses in Asia and Central Europe. To add growth potential to our life insurance and retail banking businesses in China, we acquired a 19.9% stake in the Bank of Beijing. This acquisition provides ING with a platform to sell a range of insurance and investment products to an increasingly affluent customer base in China.
Finally, our direct banking business in mature markets delivered high growth and profit in a challenging yield curve environment. The number of new ING Direct customers went up by 3.2 million to 14.7 million at the end of 2005. Total funds entrusted rose by EUR 42.6 billion to EUR 188 billion. ING Direct now accounts for 14% of total underlying banking profits, compared with 12% a year ago.
Instilling a performance culture
Executing our strategy successfully and accelerating profitable growth throughout the company requires that employees understand ING’s strategy and the goals of their business unit. Employees must know their role in achieving these goals and should receive regular feed-back on their performance and be rewarded accordingly. This is how ING sees a performance culture. In 2005, steps were taken at all business levels to embed a performance culture still more firmly, ranging from management change programmes and workshops to individual talent and team development initiatives.

16


Table of Contents

Conclusions and ambitions
In 2005, ING managed for value and created value. We took initiatives to enhance customer satisfaction, contain costs and improve risk management and did so with good results. We continued to invest in our growth engines, which improved their performance. Action was taken to strengthen the compliance organisation and instil a performance culture throughout the organisation. In 2006, we will continue to pursue this strategy. Supported by the proper execution of our business skills and a continued focus on our growth engines, we aim to further improve return and generate profitable organic growth. As such, ING wants to reward its shareholders with a better total shareholder return than most other investments in the financial sector.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Dutch Corporate Governance Code
In its corporate-governance structure and practices, ING Group uses the Dutch Tabaksblat Code as reference. In a separate document, entitled “The Dutch Corporate Governance Code — ING’s implementation of the Tabaksblat Code for good corporate governance” (available on the website of ING Group www.ing.com) ING Group sets out whether and how it applied each of the best-practice provisions of the Tabaksblat Code. The ING Group corporate governance structure as described in this document, including some deviations from the Tabaksblat Code described therein, was approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders on 26 April 2005. As a result, ING Group is considered to be in full compliance with the Code.
In 2005, ING Group applied the best-practice provisions of the Tabaksblat Code as described in the above-mentioned document, subject to the following qualifications:
   
l
 With respect to best-practice provision II.1.4 of the Tabaksblat Code regarding reporting on internal risk-management and control systems, ING Group has elected to report in accordance with the US securities regulations adopted under Section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX). The Executive Board will add this report for the first time to the annual accounts and/or annual report for the financial year 2006.
 
  
l
 Mr. J.H.M. Hommen, who was appointed in the 2005 General Meeting of Shareholders as a Supervisory Board member, has more than five positions as a supervisory board member with other Dutch listed companies (which is not compliant with the best-practice provision III.3.4). Mr. Hommen has informed us he would resolve this situation in due course.
 
  
 
 Both qualifications were approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders of 26 April 2005.
Corporate Governance Differences
Under the New York Stock Exchange’s (“NYSE”) listing standards, ING Group as a foreign private issuer must disclose any significant ways in which its corporate-governance practices differ from those followed by US domestic companies under the NYSE listing standards. An overview of what we believe to be the significant differences between our corporate-governance practices and NYSE corporate-governance rules applicable to US companies is available on the website of ING Group (www.ing.com).
CORPORATE ORGANIZATION
ING Groep N.V. has a Supervisory Board and an Executive Board. The Executive Board is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Group and its business lines (Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas, Insurance Asia/Pacific, Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct). For more information about the Supervisory and Executive Boards, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”.
Business Lines
Each business line formulates the strategic, commercial and financial policies in conformity with the group strategy and performance targets set by the Executive Board. Each business line is also responsible for the preparation of its annual budget, which is then approved and monitored by the Executive Board. In addition, each business line approves the strategy, commercial policy and the annual budgets of the business units in its business line and monitors the realization of the policies and budgets of that business line and its business units.

17


Table of Contents

The following chart shows the breakdown by business line of ING’s total income and total profit before tax for the year 2005. Please see “Item 5. Operating and financial review and prospects”, Segment Reporting for the total income and profit before tax by business line for the years ended 2005 and 2004.
   
2005 Total income EUR 71,152 million
 2005 Total profit before tax EUR 9,543 million
(IFRS-EU, excluding corporate line)
 (IFRS-EU, excluding corporate line)
(PIE CHART)
 (PIE CHART)
INSURANCE EUROPE
ING Insurance Europe operates in The Netherlands, Belgium, Luxembourg, Switzerland, Spain and Central Europe, including Hungary, Greece, Poland, the Czech Republic, Slovakia, Russia and Romania. These operating companies have tailored their insurance products, investment and asset management services and pension fund services for certain target markets and distribution channels. For example, through the direct marketing channel (using the Postbank brand), ING primarily offers basic retail insurance products in the Netherlands, while other distribution channels are more suitable for selling complex products requiring more personal service and specialized advice. In addition to the direct marketing channel, distribution channels in Europe include intermediaries, branches, tied agents and franchises. ING considers the degree of personal service and specialized advice as an important factor in determining how to distribute its products and services within Europe.
The investments of ING Insurance Europe are managed by ING Investment Management Europe (“ING IM Europe”). ING IM Europe also manages equity, fixed income and structured investments for institutional investors and the private label investment funds sold by various ING companies, including ING Bank, ING Belgium, Postbank, Nationale-Nederlanden and third party distributors. In addition, ING IM Europe is responsible for managing the treasury activities of ING Insurance.
ING’s life insurance products in Europe consist of a broad range of participating (with profit) and nonparticipating (without profit) policies written for both individual and group customers. Individual life products include a variety of endowment, term, whole life and unit linked insurance policies. In some countries, Group policies are designed to fund private pension benefits offered by a wide range of businesses and institutions as a supplement to government provided benefits. For corporate clients, customized policies are offered to meet the needs of individual employers. For small and medium sized companies, standardized policies providing specified benefit levels are offered. Meanwhile, mandatory pension fund services are mainly offered in Central Europe and Russia.
ING’s non-life products include coverage for both individual and commercial/group clients for fire, automobile, disability, health-care, transport and aviation insurance, third party liability insurance and indirect premiums (incoming reinsurance premiums). In the Netherlands, the government is decreasing its role in the field of disability insurance and sick pay, possibly creating new opportunities for insurance companies to provide private-sector coverage for benefits previously provided by the Dutch government. ING offers a broad range of disability insurance products and complementary services for employers and individual professionals (such as dentists and lawyers).

18


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AMERICAS
ING Insurance Americas (“ING Americas”) operates in four main geographic areas: Canada, the United States, Mexico, and South America. ING Americas offers various types of insurances, retirement services, including defined contribution plans and annuities, mutual funds, brokerage services and institutional products, including group reinsurance and principal protection products, as well as retail and institutional asset management.
ING Americas operates in the United States through two business segments: US Financial Services (“USFS”) (which includes both retail businesses and worksite and institutional-oriented businesses), and ING Investment Management (“ING IM Americas”).The U.S. life and non-life markets remain segmented and subject to intense competition as the overall market is growing at mid to high single digit rates. ING Americas is organized in the US by product segment to maximize the growth opportunities in each market and to aggressively manage the differing risks in each product line.
USFS, is comprised of six primary business units, which provide a wide variety of financial products and services to individuals both on a retail basis and through employers.These business units are: Retail Life Insurance, Annuities, Retirement Services (which includes Defined Contribution Pensions and Rollover/Payout business), Group Insurance, Mutual Funds and ING Advisors Network.The primary retail customer target market is the mass affluent segment, which is served by a wide range of individual insurance and investment products, including variable universal life, universal life, and term insurance, fixed and variable annuities and mutual funds. Institutional customers are served in three areas: retirement services which sells 401(k), 403(b) and 457 defined contribution plans with a target market of small case corporations (under 500 employees) and school teachers (kindergarten through 12th grade), group reinsurance, through ING Re, and principal protection products, through ING Institutional Markets. Additionally, USFS offers other services such as financial planning, investment advisory services, pension plan administrative services and trust services primarily through the approximately 8,900 financial professionals affiliated with the wholly owned broker-dealers in ING Advisors Network.
ING IM Americas manages assets in the US, Canada and Latin America focused on two primary business activities: proprietary assets and third party business. ING IM Americas manages proprietary assets for ING Americas’ insurance entities, investing in a diverse mix of public fixed income, private placements, commercial mortgages and alternative assets.Third party business units (mainly in the US) include mutual fund sub-advisory, institutional assets, alternative assets and managed accounts and its products are distributed through proprietary, affiliated and outside distribution channels. Assets are managed in a wide range of investment styles and portfolios including: domestic and international equity funds of various value, blend and growth styles and of small, mid- and large capitalization, domestic fixed income portfolios across the major bond market sectors, balanced portfolios, hedge funds and private equity.
Distribution channels in the US include independent producers, career agents, ING Direct, broker dealers and financial institutions as well as consultants, affiliate distribution channels, financial intermediaries and an institutional sales force for asset management products.
ING Canada focuses on risk management expertise delivered through strong manufacturing and distribution capabilities. In addition, a wealth management capability supports the distribution network. ING Canada’s principal insurance products are automobile and property and liability insurance, which are marketed to individuals and businesses. ING Canada offers commercial specialty lines products. In addition to insurance operations, ING Canada also has a registered mutual fund dealer, ING Wealth Management. In 2005, ING Wealth Management ceased offering its proprietary mutual funds and now focuses on delivering financial solutions to ING clients through a number of distribution partners. Following an initial public offering in 2004 ING Group’s ownership share in ING Canada was reduced to 70%. ING Canada uses independent brokers as its primary distribution channel, accounting for approximately 90% of direct premiums written. ING Canada also sells products directly to customers through the internet and by telephone through call centers in Quebec and Ontario.

19


Table of Contents

ING Americas sells life insurance, health insurance, auto, property and casualty insurance, and pension and financial services products through subsidiaries and joint venture affiliates in selected Latin American markets. Activities are concentrated on the Mexican and Chilean markets and ING Americas also has a joint venture presence in Peru and Brazil. Distribution channels in Mexico and South America include brokers and tied agents.
INSURANCE ASIA/PACIFIC
Insurance Asia/Pacific (“IAP”) is a line of business comprising ING Group’s Asian, Australian and New Zealand insurance and asset management operations. In total, IAP has 24 wholly-owned or joint-venture businesses operating across 13 economies, including Australia, China, Hong Kong, India, Japan, Macau, Malaysia, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, South Korea, Taiwan and Thailand. The principal business unit operations are located in Australia, Japan, South Korea and Taiwan. In 2004 and 2005, these principal business unit operations represented 93% and 94% of IAP’s total premium income. respectively.
An IAP regional office in Hong Kong leads, controls and supports all IAP business units in the region, ensures implementation of strategy and standards, encourages synergy both regionally and globally, and produces regional management reports to headquarters in Amsterdam.
IAP’s business units offer various types of life insurance, wealth management, retail and institutional asset management products (including annuity, endowment, disability/ morbidity insurance, unit linked/ universal life, whole life, participating life, group life, accident & health, term life and employee benefits) and services. In Hong Kong and Malaysia, non-life insurance products (including employees’ compensation, medical, motor, fire, marine, personal accident and general liability) are also offered. Each business unit is subject to regulation by its respective insurance or investment regulatory commission, which generally requires a separate operating license and product approvals.
IAP’s distribution channels include tied or career agents, independent agents, financial planners, banc assurance, telemarketing and e-business channels.
Based on an analysis of public disclosures by regulators and competitors and data provided by independent publications, IAP estimates that its combined insurance operations rank second among regional foreign life insurers by annualized premium equivalent (annualized premium equivalent represents the aggregate of new regular premium sales and 10 percent of new single premium sales of life insurance products) and its combined investment management operations in Asia excluding Australia and Japan rank second in terms of total assets under management (AUM) and rank first in terms of retail AUM.

20


Table of Contents

WHOLESALE BANKING
ING Wholesale Banking operates in a highly competitive market. We offer a full range of products to corporates and institutions in the Benelux countries. Elsewhere we operate a more selective and focused client and product approach with a strong presence in over 40 countries worldwide. To continue to improve our market position, Wholesale Banking has three key priorities: client-focus, cross-selling and cost control. In support of these priorities ING aims for flawless execution and strong sector knowledge. These foundations underpin the implementation of a single global brand for Wholesale Banking.
In 2005 the Client Relationship Planning process, in which an account manager discusses with relevant product and sector specialists how to best serve the client, entered its second year and was extended to a wider range of Wholesale Banking clients. Senior bankers and focus sector heads provide additional knowledge to ensure we identify all opportunities we should provide to our clients.
The integration of our mid-corporate clients information in 2005 (which became part of the Wholesale Banking business in 2004) into the Wholesale Banking centralised client information system created more opportunities to service mid-corporate clients in our Benelux home market. The reorganisation and partial divestment of the NMB Heller joint venture between ING and GE Finance in 2005 paved the way for the subsequent creation of Commercial Finance, a new and more efficient division in Wholesale Banking, offering working capital and factoring solutions.
To present one face to the world and improve our overall relationship with clients, ING implemented a single global brand for Wholesale Banking in 2005. A new visual identity was introduced worldwide and a home markets advertising campaign was kicked-off. Research of the client base led to the customisation for Wholesale Banking of the ING brand values.
Our client portfolio was evaluated to ensure a stronger focus on core clients to whom we can sell more high-margin and value-creating products in accordance with our strategic alignment programme called the Target Operating Model. The model focuses on cost control as well as revenue growth, capital optimisation and improved operational efficiency. In 2005 these operations were completed in Asia, the Americas, and the UK. In Central and Eastern Europe the implementation was completed just before the end of 2005. In the home market of the Benelux the new cost control method is still in the implementation phase.
Looking ahead, in 2006 we plan to extend coverage of Client Relationship Planning and senior bankers to more clients, and place further emphasis on our cross-sell strategy. The client action plans that were started in 2005 will be assessed to further improve the quality of our service to clients and there are expected to be new initiatives in cost-discipline. We expect to increase investments in key product areas such as Financial Markets, Payments & Cash Management, Leasing and Structured Finance.
ING Real Estate
ING Real Estate has offices in Europe, the United States, Asia and Australia. ING Real Estate constitutes a unique combination of investment management, development and finance activities. Its primary aim is to make the maximum use of the global expertise in the creation of valuable products. Investment management activities are predominantly carried out for institutional investors who want to diversify their property investments. ING Real Estate Development covers the development of shopping centers, offices and residential units in response to market demand. Our finance business offers a wide range of products, from mortgages, project finance, construction finance and leasing arrangements to syndicated loans.

21


Table of Contents

RETAIL BANKING
The retail banking business focuses on retail banking services to individuals, and to small- and medium-sized businesses and on private banking. These businesses are supported by a multi- product, multi-channel distribution approach. We serve two types of retail markets, each reflecting our different market positions and therefore each requiring a slightly different approach with regard to the retail strategy. In the mature markets of the Netherlands and Belgium, our strategy is to assist our clients in areas such as wealth accumulation, savings and mortgages. We seek to distribute these different products through an efficient mix of channels appropriate to the client segments and products. In a number of selected developing markets (India, Poland, Romania) with the right demographics, economic growth potential and stable institutional environment, our strategy is to become a prominent player in the local retail banking markets, providing our clients with simple but quality products. In the mature markets, achieving operational excellence and cost leadership, combined with the right level of customer satisfaction, will be important for continuing profit growth. ING considers developing economies as opportunities for structural growth due to their strong demographics, rapid income growth, emerging middle classes and relatively low penetration of the financial services sector.
The Netherlands
Postbank is ING’s direct bank in the Netherlands. Postbank reaches its individual customers through home banking, telephone, call centers, internet banking, mailings and post offices. Using direct marketing methods, Postbank leverages its position as a leading provider of current account services and payments systems to provide other financial services such as savings accounts, mortgage loans, consumer loans, credit card services, investment and insurance products. Mortgages are offered through a tied agents sale force and direct and intermediary channels.
ING Bank Netherlands operates through a branch network of 250 branches. It offers a full range of commercial banking activities and life and non-life insurance products. It also sells mortgages through the intermediairy channel.
Belgium
Besides insurance (life, non-life, employee benefits) and asset management, ING Belgium provides banking products and services to meet the needs of individuals, families, companies and institutions through a network of local head offices, 820 traditional branches and direct banking channels (fully automated branches, home banking services and call centers). ING Belgium also operates a second network, Record Bank, which provides a full range of banking products through independent banking agents and credit products through a multitude of channels (agents, brokers, vendors).
Central Europe
In Poland, ING Bank Slaski provides a full range of banking services to business and individual customers through a network of 330 branches, supported by ATMs and telephone, internet and electronic banking. Since 2004 we have opened approximately 80 fully automated outlets in Romania that provide selected banking products to individual clients.
Asia
In India, ING Vysya Bank has a network of 370 branches supported by a sales force of tied agents, who provide a full range of banking services to business and individual clients. In China, ING took a 19.9% participation in Bank of Beijing in 2005.
Private Banking
Private Banking provides wealth management services to high net worth individuals throughout the world. We have continued to raise the visibility of the Private Banking activities in the Benelux to penetrate ING’s existing client base in these markets. In new international markets (Asia, Central Europe, Latin America), we continue to seek to attract new assets to the group, serving them in part out of our branch in Switzerland.

22


Table of Contents

ING DIRECT
ING Direct consists of a direct banking business and stand-alone credit card operations (ING Card). The direct bank is an important part of ING Group’s retail strategy. The strategy of ING Direct is to be a low-cost provider of financial services in large, mature markets by offering clients good value for money and excellent service via call-centers, direct mail and the internet. The main products offered by ING Direct are saving accounts and mortgages. ING Direct also sells a focused range of financial products such as mutual funds, e-brokerage, pensions and life insurance.
ING Direct’s direct bank business is active in nine countries, including Canada, Spain, Australia, France, the United States, Italy, United Kingdom, Germany, Austria, and provides services to approximately 15 million customers. Each country forms a separate business unit, with the exception of Austria which is managed by the German business unit.
ING Direct’s overall growth was driven mainly by the business units in Germany, Spain, Australia, France and Italy, reflecting the impact of client rate adjustments in most of these countries and continued strong commercial growth. In the United States, ING Direct maintained a high growth rate based on interest increases.
At year-end 2005 total client funds entrusted to ING Direct worldwide amounted to EUR 188 billon and total retail mortgages were EUR 55 billion. In 2005, ING Direct attracted approximately 147,000 new mortgage accounts. The percentage of mortgages versus savings accounts continues to increase. The locked in margins of the mortgages continues to contribute stability to the overall business.
ING Card aims at leveraging the extensive retail customer databases within ING Group. ING Card took over the credit card portfolios of Postbank Netherlands and ING Bank Netherlands and Belgium at the beginning of January 2004. At year-end 2005, the portfolio size amounted to 1.4 million cards. Although currently focused on the Netherlands and Belgium, ING Card has a pan-European ambition. Crucial to its strategy is to focus on marketing, business intelligence, including database marketing and analysis, and risk management.
PRINCIPAL GROUP COMPANIES
Reference is made to Exhibit 8 “ List of subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V.”
REGULATION AND SUPERVISION
The insurance, banking, asset management and broker dealer business of ING are subject to detailed comprehensive supervision in all the jurisdictions in which ING conducts business. This supervision is based in a large part on European Union (“EU”) directives, discussed more fully below.
In October 2005, legislation implementing the EU Directive on Market Abuse came into force in The Netherlands. This Directive sets a common framework for insider dealing and market manipulation in the EU and the proper disclosure of information to the market.
In July 2005, legislation implementing the Prospectus Directive came into force in the Netherlands. This Directive will make it easier and more cost effective for companies to raise capital throughout the EU on the basis of approval from a regulatory authority (“ home competent authority ”) in one Member State. It will reinforce protection for investors by guaranteeing that all prospectuses, wherever in the EU they are issued, provide them with the clear and comprehensive information they need to make investment decisions.
The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID) aims to establish a comprehensive regulatory regime for the organised execution of investor transactions by stock markets, other trading systems and investment firms. In so doing, it will create a
“ single passport ” for investment firms which will enable them to do business anywhere in the EU on the basis of home-country authorisation. The Directive also enables investment firms to process client orders outside regulated markets. The Directive will have to be transposed into national law by April 2007. Investment firms have to comply with it as of November 2007.

23


Table of Contents

   
l
 The EU directive on the supplementary supervision of credit institutions, insurance undertakings and investment firms in a financial conglomerate, adopted in 2002, has not yet been implemented in Dutch law, and does not yet have to be applied by ING. However, ING does not expect this directive to have a material impact on its business, on its capital requirements nor on its solvency position, as it already complies with comparable national legislation for financial conglomerates.
The Dutch regulatory system for financial supervision consists of prudential supervision – monitoring the soundness of financial institutions and the financial sector, and conduct-of-business supervision –regulating institutions’ conduct in the markets. Prudential supervision is exercised by de Nederlandsche Bank (“DNB”), while conduct-of-business supervision is performed by the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets, Autoriteit Financiële Markten (“AFM”). The introduction of a new Financial Supervision Act is expected in the middle of 2006. This law will replace the numerous existing laws and regulations in the area of supervision, and will represent a significant adjustment in the legislation in the Netherlands to reflect market conditions. The DNB and other of our supervisory authorities have in recent periods increased their scrutiny of such matters as payment processing and other transactions under regulations governing money-laundering, prohibited transactions with countries subject to sanctions, and bribery or other anti-corruption measures.
On January 1, 2006, most of the provisions of the new Act on the supervision of financial services (Wet financiële dienstverlening) has come into force. The provisions that did not come into force on January 1, 2006 will become effective in the course of this year. This Act introduces supervision on financial intermediaries and advisors and implies conduct of business rules for all distributors of financial services (advisors, intermediaries as well as providers). Supervision will be executed by the AFM.
INSURANCE
Europe
Insurance companies in the EU are subject to supervision by insurance supervisory authorities in their home country, which is The Netherlands for ING. This principle of “home country control” was established in a series of directives adopted by the EU, which we refer to as the “1992 Insurance Directives”. In The Netherlands, DNB monitors compliance with applicable regulations, the capital base of the insurer and its actuarial reserves, as well as the assets of the insurer, which support such reserves. Pursuant to the 1992 EU Directives, ING may also conduct business directly, or through foreign branches, in all the other jurisdictions of the EU, without being subject to licensing requirements under the laws of the other EU member-states.
In Belgium, ING’s insurance operations are supervised by the Banking, Finance and Insurance Commission (CBFA), created as a result of the integration of the Insurance Supervisory Authority (ISA) and the Banking and Finance Commission. Since January 1, 2004, it is the single supervisory authority for the Belgian financial sector. In other European Union countries ING’s insurance operations are subject to supervision by similar supervisory authorities.
ING Insurance’s life and non-life subsidiaries in the EU are required to file detailed audited annual reports with their home country insurance supervisory authority. These reports are audited by ING Insurance’s independent auditors and include balance sheets, profit and loss statements, actuarial statements and other financial information. The authorizations granted by the insurance supervisory authorities stipulate the classes of business that an insurer may write an insurance for, and is required for every proposed new class of business. In addition, the home country insurance supervisory authority may require an insurer to submit any other information it requests and may conduct an audit at any time.
On the basis of the EU directives, European life insurance companies are required to maintain at least a shareholders’ equity level of generally 4% of insurance reserves (1% of separate account reserves), plus 0.3% of the amount at risk under insurance policies. The required shareholders’ equity level for Dutch non-life insurers is the greater of two calculations: one based on premiums and the other on claims. The former is base on 16% of gross premiums written for the year, the latter is based on 23% of a three-year average of gross claims.

24


Table of Contents

The European Commission, jointly with Member States, is carrying out a fundamental review of the regulatory capital regime of the insurance industry (the Solvency 2 project). Its objective is to establish a solvency system that is better matched to the true risks of insurers enabling supervisors to protect policyholders’ interests as effectively as possible and in accordance with common principles across the EU. The Commission has produced a ‘Framework for Consultation’ setting out the policy principles and guidelines that will act as a framework for the development of the Solvency 2 regime. Work on the Solvency 2 Framework Directive is still in its preliminary stages, and adoption is not expected before mid 2007.
Americas
United States
ING Group’s United States insurance subsidiaries are subject to comprehensive and detailed regulation of their activities under U.S. state and federal laws. Supervisory agencies in various states have broad powers to grant or revoke licenses to conduct business, regulate trade practices, license agents, approve policy forms and certain premium rates, set standards of capital base and reserve requirements, determine the form and content of required financial reports, examine insurance companies and prescribe the type and amount of investments permitted. Insurance companies are subject to a mandatory annual audit of their statutory basis financial statements by an independent certified public accountant, and in addition are subject to an insurance department examination approximately every three to five years.
ING Insurance’s U.S. operations are subject to the Risk Based Capital (“RBC”) guidelines which provide a method to measure the adjusted capital (statutory capital and surplus plus other adjustments) that insurance companies should maintain for supervisory purposes, taking into account the risk characteristics of the company’s investments and products. The RBC guidelines are intended to be a supervisory tool only, and are not intended as a means to rank insurers generally. Each of the companies comprising ING Insurance’s U.S. operations was above its target and statutory minimum RBC ratios, at year end 2005.
Insurance holding company statutes and regulations of each insurer’s state of domicile require periodic disclosure concerning the ultimate controlling person (i.e., the corporation or individual that controls the domiciled insurer in each state). Such statutes also impose various limitations on investments in affiliates and may require prior approval of the payment of certain dividends by the registered insurer to ING or several of its affiliates. ING is subject, by virtue of its ownership of insurance companies, to certain of these statutes and regulations.
Although the federal government generally does not directly regulate the insurance business, many federal laws affect the insurance business in a variety of ways, including the Federal Fair Credit Reporting Act relating to the privacy of information used in consumer reports and the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 relating to, among other things, the establishment of anti-money laundering programs.
Canada
Our insurance businesses in Canada are subject to the various provincial and territorial laws and regulations. Regulators ensure that insurance companies have adequate capital, regulate related party transactions, approve acquisitions and changes of control, verify the risk management programs of companies under their jurisdiction and enact rules to ensure sound market conduct and suitability and professionalism of management. Automobile insurance is highly regulated and insurers must file their rates and are subject to certain rates constraints in certain provinces. Certain provinces like Ontario and Quebec also provide for accountability on the part of the insurers for the acts of the distributors in certain circumstances.
Asia/Pacific
Japan
ING Group’s life insurance subsidiary in Japan is subject to the supervision of the Financial Services Agency (“FSA”), the chief regulator in Japan, the rules and regulations as stipulated by the Commercial Code, Insurance Business Law and ordinances of the Cabinet Office. The affairs handled by the FSA include, among others, planning and policymaking concerning financial systems and the

25


Table of Contents

inspection and supervision of private sector financial institutions including banks, securities companies, insurance companies and market participants including securities exchanges.
New products, revision of existing products etc require approval by the FSA. The Cabinet Office ordinances stipulate the types and proportions of assets in which an insurance company can invest The Insurance Business Law further requires that an insurance company set aside a liability reserve to provide for the fulfillment of the level of expected mortality and other assumptions that are applied in calculating liability reserves for long-term contracts. In addition to the required audit by external auditors, insurance companies are required to appoint a corporate actuary and have such corporate actuary be involved in the method of calculating premiums and other actuarial, accounting and compliance matters.
South Korea
ING Group’s South Korean insurance subsidiaries are subject to supervision by the Financial Supervisory Commission (“FSC”) and its executive arm, the Financial Supervisory Service (“FSS”). A second body, the Korean Insurance Development Institute (“KIDI”) advises the FSC, FSS and the Ministry of Finance and Economy on policies and systems related to life insurance and may calculate net insurance premium rates that insurance companies can apply and report such premium rates to the FSC. The KIDI must approve all new products and revisions of existing. In May 2003, the Insurance Business Act was revised to deregulate the insurance industry and to increase competition. In 2004, the FSS announced a plan to strengthen and change its supervisory policies based on the Risk Assessment and Application System (“RAAS”) from 2006 onwards.
Australia
The financial services activities of life insurance, investments, superannuation, general insurance and banking are currently governed by separate legislation under Australian law. The two main financial services regulators are the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (“APRA”) and the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”). APRA is responsible for the prudential regulation of banks and other deposit taking institutions, life and general insurance companies, superannuation funds and Retirement Savings Account Providers. APRA’s responsibilities include regulating capital and liquidity requirements and monitoring the management functions of product providers. APRA also requires superannuation trustees to be licenced under the Registrable Superannuation Entity Licensing regime. All relevant entities obtained their licences in January 2006. ASIC is responsible for consumer protection and market integrity across the financial systems, including the areas of insurance, banking and superannuation. From March 2004 the Corporations Act 2001, required all relevant business entities to be licenced under the Australian Financial Services Licensing regime, administered by ASIC.
Taiwan
The Financial Supervisory Commission (“FSC”) was established on July 1, 2004 and supervises insurance companies, banks and securities houses in Taiwan. On July 9, 2003, new solvency requirements were issued, stipulating that the paid-in capital held by Taiwanese life insurance companies must be at least 200% of their risk based capital (“RBC”). This applies to both local and foreign insurance companies in Taiwan; should the paid-in capital to risk capital ratio fall below 200%, the life insurance company is required to raise new funds to achieve the target. ING Group’s operations in Taiwan are regulated by the Financial Supervisory Commission (“FSC”). In accordance with the Directions Governing Review of life Insurance Products, dated December 29, 2004 of the FSC, all insurance products are filed, reviewed and approved by the Insurance Bureau of the FSC before they are marketed.
BANKING
Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct
Basel II Standards
In June 2004, the Basel Committee issued the “Revised Framework” (“Basel II”) to replace the 1988 capital accord with a new capital accord. The implementation of Basel II Capital Accord is expected in the beginning of 2007 for banks opting for Standardized Approach or Foundation based Approach and 2008 for banks, like ING, opting for the Advanced Approach.

26


Table of Contents

The purpose of Basel II is to lay down capital requirements that are more risk-sensitive. There is greater emphasis on internal methods of risk measurement by banks. For example, the Accord further refines the system of risk weightings and permits capital requirements to be calculated based upon internal ratings or the ratings issued by recognized rating agencies. It also adds capital requirements for operating risk to those laid down for credit risk and market risk.
The European Union has drawn up a directive, the Capital Requirement Directive (“CRD”), which shall apply to all European banks and investment firms. Through this European directive, Basel II will be incorporated into the EU legislation and regulations and in supervisory practice in all EU member states. The CRD was approved by the European Parliament on 28 September 2005. The European Finance ministers adopted the Directive on 11 October 2005. ING will implement the Directive as per 1 January 2008.
European Union Standards
The European Community has adopted capital adequacy supervision for credit institutions in all its member states based on the Basel guidelines. In 1989, the EC adopted the Council Directive of April 17, 1989 on the “own funds” of credit institutions (the “Own Funds Directive”), defining qualifying capital (“own funds”), and the Council Directive of December 18, 1989 on a capital base ratio for credit institutions (the “Capital base Ratio Directive”). These two directives (the “EC Directives”) set forth the required ratio of own funds to risk-adjusted assets and off-balance sheet items. The EC Directives required the EU member states to transform the provisions of the Capital base Ratio Directive and the provisions of the Own Funds Directive into national law which shall be directly binding on banks operating in the member states. The EC Directives permit EU member states, when transforming the EC Directives into national law, to establish more stringent requirements, but do not permit more lenient requirements.
The EC Directives are aimed at harmonizing banking regulations and supervision throughout the EU by laying down certain minimum standards in key areas, such as capital requirements, and requiring member states to give “mutual recognition” to each other’s standards of regulation. The concept of “mutual recognition” has also been extended to create the “passport” concept: the freedom to establish branches in, and to provide cross-border services into, other EU member states once a bank has been licensed in its “home” state. The Capital Adequacy Directive (“CAD”), was implemented in the Netherlands with effect from January 1, 1996.
The EC Directives require a bank to have a capital base ratio of own funds to risk-adjusted assets and certain off-balance sheet items of at least 8%. At least one-half of the own funds in the numerator of the ratio must be “original own funds”, or “Tier 1” capital. The rest may be “additional own funds”, or “Tier 2” capital. As of January 1, 1997, Tier 1 capital consists solely of paid-up share capital plus Tier 1 capital instruments, share premium accounts and certain other reserves, less a deduction for goodwill. Tier 2 capital includes revaluation reserves, value adjustments of certain assets and certain categories of long-term subordinated debt and cumulative preferred shares. The aggregate of a bank’s Tier 2 capital may not exceed 50% of the bank’s Tier 1 capital.
ING Bank files consolidated monthly, quarterly and annual reports of its financial position and results with the DNB in the Netherlands. ING Bank’s independent auditors audit these reports.
Our banking operations in Belgium are supervised by the CBFA Commission. Banking supervision in Germany is carried out by the German Federal Financial Supervisory Agency (BAFIN), working in co-operation with the German Central Bank (‘Deutsche Bundesbank’). Similar authorities supervise ING’s banking operations in other European Union countries, such as, the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom.
An EU member state credit institution is not permitted to start operations through a branch in another EU member state until it has received confirmation from its home country banking supervisory authority that the information required by the Second Directive on the Coordination of Legislation to the Taking Up and Pursuit of the Business of Credit Institutions (the “Second Banking Coordination EC Directive”) has been submitted to that supervisor and until, following this confirmation, a period of two months has elapsed or until, before the expiry of this period, it has received confirming information by that home country banking supervisory authority.

27


Table of Contents

Americas
United States
ING Bank has a limited direct presence in the United States through the facility of the ING Bank Representative Office in New York. Although the office’s activities are strictly limited to essentially that of a marketing agent of bank products and services and a facilitator (i.e., the office may not take deposits or execute any transactions), the office is subject to the jurisdiction of the State of New York Banking Department and the Federal Reserve.
A major part of our banking activities in the United States, ING Direct USA, is regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision, a division of the United States Department of the Treasury and, to a lesser extent, by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, an independent agency of the Federal government that operates under the auspices of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, a US federal law.
Anti-Money Laundering Initiatives
A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”) substantially broadened the scope of U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued a number of implementing regulations which apply various requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act to financial institutions such as our bank, insurance, broker-dealer and investment adviser subsidiaries and mutual funds advised or sponsored by our subsidiaries. Those regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. In addition, the bank regulatory agencies are imposing heightened standards, and law enforcement authorities have been taking a more active role. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.
Canada
ING Bank of Canada (“ING BOC”) is a federally regulated financial institution that is subject to the supervision of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (“OSFI”), which is the primary supervisor of federally chartered financial institutions (including banks and insurance companies) and federally administered pension plans.
ING BOC operates a wholly-owned mutual fund dealer subsidiary, ING Direct Mutual Funds Limited that is subject to provincial regulation in the provinces in which it operates. ING Direct Mutual Funds Limited’s home province supervisor is the Ontario Securities Commission, which regulates the sale of mutual funds and equities in Ontario. ING Direct Mutual Funds Limited is also a member of the Mutual Funds Dealer’s Association, a mandatory self-regulatory body, which governs and oversees the conduct of mutual fund dealers in Canada.
Asia/Pacific
Australia
The Australian Prudential Regulation Authority is responsible for the prudential regulation of banks and other deposit taking institutions, life and general insurance companies, superannuation funds and Retirement Savings Account Providers. See also supervision insurance on page 24.
BROKER-DEALER AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES
ING’s broker-dealer entities in the United States are regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the states in which they operate, and the self-regulatory organizations (e.g., the NASD and the NYSE) of which they individually are members. The primary governing statutes for such entities are the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and state statutes and regulations, as applicable. These and other laws, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, impose requirements (among others) regarding minimum net capital requirements, safeguarding of customer assets, protection and use of material, non-public (inside)

28


Table of Contents

information, record-keeping requirements, supervision of employee activities, credit to customers, suitability determinations in the context of recommending transactions to customers, clearance and settlement procedures and anti-money laudering standards and procedures. The rules of the self-regulatory organizations in some respects duplicate the above mentioned legal requirements, but also impose requirements specific to the marketplaces that these organizations oversee. For example, the NASD imposes requirements relating to activities by market-makers in the over-the-counter market in equity securities and the NYSE imposes requirements regarding transactions effected in its listed securities market.
Certain ING entities in the United States (including certain of its broker-dealers) also act in the capacity of a federally registered investment advisor (i.e. providing transactional advice to customers for a fee), and are governed in such activities by the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Moreover, certain ING entities manage investment funds (such as mutual funds); the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, regulates the governance and activities of those funds. These laws impose record-keeping and disclosure requirements on ING in the context of such activities. Moreover, the laws impose restrictions on transactions or require disclosure of transactions involving advisory clients and the advisor or the advisors’ affiliates, as well as transactions between advisory clients. In addition, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, imposes certain obligations on investment advisors managing employee plan assets as defined in this act.
The failure of ING to comply with these various requirements could result in civil and criminal sanctions and administrative penalties imposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the states, or self-regulatory organizations on these entities of ING which have committed the violations. Moreover, employees who are found to have participated in the violations, and the managers of these employees, also may be subject to penalties by governmental and self-regulatory agencies.
COMPETITION
There is substantial competition in the Netherlands and in the other countries in which ING undertakes business in insurance, retail and wholesale banking, and other products and services provided. Competition is more pronounced in the mature markets of the Netherlands, the Rest of Europe, the United States, Canada and Australia than in the developing markets. In recent years, however, competition in developing markets has increased as financial institutions from mature markets have sought to establish themselves in markets perceived to offer higher growth potential. ING and all its competitors have sought to form alliances, mergers or strategic relationships with local institutions, which have become more sophisticated and competitive.
Competition with respect to the products and services provided by the Group in both mature and developing markets is based on many factors, including brand recognition, scope of distribution systems, customer service, products offered, financial strength, price and, in the case of investment-linked insurance products and asset management services, investment performance. Management believes its major competitors are the larger Dutch, other European, United States and Japanese commercial banks, insurance companies, asset management and other financial-services companies.
RATINGS
ING Groep N.V.’s long-term senior debt is rated “AA-” (with a stable outlook) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service (“Standard & Poor’s”), a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ING Groep, N.V.’s long-term senior debt is rated “Aa3” (with a stable outlook) by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”).
ING Verzekeringen, N.V.’s long-term senior debt is rated “AA-” (with a stable outlook) by Standard & Poor’s and “Aa3” (with a stable outlook) by Moody’s.
ING Bank N.V.’s long-term senior debt held a “AA” (with a stable outlook) rating by Standard & Poor’s as of December 31, 2005. At the same date, Moody’s rated ING Bank N.V.’s long-term senior debt at “Aa2” (with a stable outlook). Finally, ING Bank N.V.’s long-term senior debt was rated “AA-” by Fitch Ratings, Ltd. as of December 31, 2005.

29


Table of Contents

ING Verzekeringen N.V.’s short-term senior debt is rated “A1+” by Standard & Poor’s and Prime 1(P-1) by Moody’s as of December 31, 2005
ING Bank N.V.’s short-term senior debt held a rating of “A1+” by Standard & Poor’s and Prime-1 (P-1) by Moody’s at December 31, 2005.
DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
In the Netherlands, ING owns a significant part of the land and buildings used in the normal course of its business. Outside the Netherlands, ING predominantly leases all of the land and buildings used in the normal course of its business. As of December 31, 2005, ING had more than 1,500 branch, representative and similar offices worldwide of which approximately 500 offices, principally branch offices, were located in the Netherlands. In addition, ING has part of its investment portfolio invested in land and buildings. Management believes that ING’s facilities are adequate for its present needs in all material respects.
Item 5. Operating and financial review and prospects
The following review and prospects should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related Notes thereto included elsewhere herein. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS-EU, which differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. Reference is made to Note 6 of Notes to the consolidated financial statements for a description of the significant differences between IFRS-EU and U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of shareholders’ equity and net profit to U.S. GAAP. Unless otherwise indicated, financial information for ING Group included herein is presented on a consolidated basis under IFRS-EU.
FACTORS AFFECTING RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
ING Group’s results of operations are affected by demographics (particularly with respect to life insurance) and by a variety of market conditions, including economic cycles, insurance industry cycles (particularly with respect to non-life insurance), banking industry cycles and fluctuations in stock markets, interest and foreign exchange rates.
General market conditions
Demographic studies suggest that over the next decade there will be growth in the number of individuals who enter the age group that management believes is most likely to purchase retirement-oriented life insurance products in ING’s principal life insurance markets in the Netherlands, the Rest of Europe, the United States, Asia and Australia. In addition, in a number of its European markets, including the Netherlands, retirement, medical and other social benefits previously provided by the government have been, or are expected to be, curtailed in the coming years. Management believes this will increase opportunities for private sector providers of life insurance, health, pension and other social benefits-related insurance products. Management believes that ING Insurance’s distribution networks, the quality and diversity of its products and its investment management expertise in each of these markets, positions ING Insurance to benefit from these developments. In addition, the emerging markets in Central and Eastern Europe, Asia and Latin America, in which ING Insurance has insurance operations, generally have lower gross domestic products per capita and gross insurance premiums per capita than the countries in Western Europe and North America in which ING Insurance has insurance operations. Management believes that insurance operations in these emerging markets provide ING Insurance with the market presence which will allow it to take advantage of anticipated growth in these regions. In addition, conditions in the non-life insurance markets in which ING Insurance operates are cyclical, and characterized by periods of price competition, fluctuations in underwriting results, and the occurrence of unpredictable weather-related and other losses.

30


Table of Contents

Fluctuations in equity markets
Our insurance and asset management operations are exposed to fluctuations in equity markets. Our overall investment return and fee income from equity-linked products are influenced by equity markets. The fees we charge for managing portfolios are often based on performance and value of the portfolio. In addition, fluctuations in equity markets may affect sales of life and pension products, unit-linked products, including variable business and may increase the amount of withdrawals which will reduce related management fees. Our banking operations are exposed to fluctuations in equity markets. Given the fact that ING Bank’s policy is to maintain an internationally diversified and mainly client-related trading portfolio, market downturns are likely to lead to declines in securities trading and brokerage activities which we execute for customers and therefore to a decline in related commissions.
Fluctuations in interest rates
Our insurance operations are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates through impacts on sales and surrenders of life insurance and annuity products. Declining interest rates may increase sales, but may impact profitability as a result of a reduced spread between the guaranteed interest rates to policyholders and the investment returns on fixed interest investments and will affect the results of the reserve adequacy testing which may result in reserve strengthening. Rising interest rates may increase the surrender of policies which may require liquidation of fixed interest investments at unfavorable market prices. This could result in realized investment losses. Our banking operations are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates. Our management of interest rate sensitivity affects the results of our banking operations. Interest rate sensitivity refers to the relationship between changes in market interest rates and changes in net interest income. Both the composition of our banking assets and liabilities and the fact that interest rate changes may affect client behaviour in a different way than assumed in the internal models result in a mismatch which causes the banking operations’ net interest income to be affected by changes in interest rates.
Fluctuations in exchange rates
We publish our consolidated financial statements in euros. Because a substantial portion of our income and expenses are denominated in currencies other than euros, fluctuations in the exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar, the Australian dollar, the Canadian dollar, the Japanese yen, the British pound and the Polish zloty into euros will impact our reported results of operations and cash flows from year to year. Fluctuations in exchange rates will also impact the value (denominated in euro) of our investments in our non-Euro reporting subsidiaries. The impact of these fluctuations in exchange rates is mitigated to some extent by the fact that income and related expenses, as well as assets and liabilities, of each of our non-euro reporting subsidiaries are generally denominated in the same currencies. For ING’s main foreign currencies, US dollar, Pound sterling and Polish zloty, the translation risk is managed by taking into account the effect of translation results on the Tier-1 ratio. For all other currencies the translation risk is managed within a VaR limit.
The strengthening during 2005 of most currencies against the euro had a positive impact of EUR 81 million on net profit. In 2004 exchange rates negatively influenced net profit by EUR 86 million, which was off set by a gain of EUR 188 million after tax on ING’s US dollar hedge.

31


Table of Contents

For the years 2005 and 2004, the year-end exchange rates (which are the rates ING uses in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for balance sheet items not denominated in euros) and the average annual exchange rates (which are the rates ING uses in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for income statement items and cash flows not denominated in euros) were as follows for the currencies specified below:
         
             Average 
  2005  2004 
U.S. dollar
  1.2481   1.2472 
Australian dollar
  1.6363   1.6912 
Canadian dollar
  1.5104   1.6164 
Pound sterling
  0.6849   0.6816 
Japanese yen
  137.1460   133.9170 
Polish zloty
  4.0288   4.5326 
         
             Year-end 
  2005  2004 
U.S. dollar
  1.1822   1.3645 
Australian dollar
  1.6130   1.7485 
Canadian dollar
  1.3750   1.6427 
Pound sterling
  0.6868   0.7053 
Japanese yen
  138.9972   139.7674 
Polish zloty
  3.8612   4.0899 
Critical Accounting Policies
Reference is made to Note 2.1.1 Critical Accounting Policies.
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to the Group’s consolidated financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere herein. ING Group evaluates the results of its insurance operations and banking operations, including Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas, Insurance Asia/Pacific, Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct, using the financial performance measure of underlying profit before tax. Underlying profit before tax is defined as profit before tax and, excluding, as applicable for each respective segment, either all or some of the following items: profit from divested units, realized gains on divestitures, certain restructuring charges and other non-operating income/(expense).
While these excluded items are significant components in understanding and assessing the Group’s consolidated financial performance, ING Group believes that the presentation of underlying profit before tax enhances the understanding and comparability of its segment performance by highlighting profit before tax attributable to ongoing operations and the underlying profitability of the segment businesses. For example, we believe that trends in the underlying profitability of our segments can be more clearly identified without the effects of the realized gains on divestitures that are made to finance acquisitions as the timing of these gains is largely subject to the Company’s discretion, influenced by market opportunities and ING Group does not believe that they are indicative of future results. Underlying profit before tax is not a substitute for profit before tax as determined in accordance with IFRS-EU. ING Group’s definition of underlying profit before tax may differ from those used by other companies and may change over time. For further information on underlying profit before tax as well as the reconciliation of our segment underlying profit before tax to our profit before taxation see Note 2.1.6, to our consolidated financial statements.

32


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the consolidated results of the operations of ING Group and its insurance and banking operations for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:
                                 
          Insurance          Banking          Eliminations        Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005(1)  2004 
  (EUR millions) 
Premium income
  45,758   43,617                   45,758   43,617 
Investment income
  9,944   10,179   937   363   36   163   10,845   10,379 
Interest result banking operations
          9,162   8,699   95   (42)  9,067   8,741 
Commission income
  1,346   1,198   2,401   2,581           3,747   3,779 
Other income
  376   608   1,348   1,035           1,724   1,643 
 
                        
Total income
  57,424   55,602   13,848   12,678   131   121   71,141   68,159 
 
                                
Underwriting expenditure
  47,120   45,384                   47,120   45,384 
Other interest expenses
  1,100   1,140           131   121   969   1,019 
Operating expenses
  5,195   4,746   8,844   8,795           14,039   13,541 
Impairments/additions to the provision for loan losses
  31   10   88   465           119   475 
 
                        
Total expenditure
  53,446   51,280   8,932   9,260   131   121   62,247   60,419 
 
                                
Profit before tax
  3,978   4,322   4,916   3,418           8,894   7,740 
Taxation
  455   850   924   859           1,379   1,709 
 
                          
Profit before third-party interests
  3,523   3,472   3,992   2,559           7,515   6,031 
Third-party interests
  255   123   50   153           305   276 
 
                          
Net profit (attributable to shareholders)
  3,268   3,349   3,942   2,406           7,210   5,755 
 
                                
Profit before tax
  3,978   4,322   4,916   3,418           8,894   7,740 
Gains/losses on divestments (2)
  13   (221)  (379)  166           (366)  (55)
Profit divested units
  (16)  (151)  (6)  (67)          (22)  (218)
Special items
      (386)      44               (342)
 
                          
Underlying profit before tax
  3,975   3,564   4,531   3,561           8,506   7,125 
 
                        
 
1) The application of IAS 32, 39 and IFRS 4 from 1 January 2005 had a positive impact on ING Group’s results in 2005. In total, IAS 32, 39 and IFRS 4 had a positive impact of approximately EUR 455 million on total profit before tax of ING Group, or EUR 392 million after tax. The impact on the insurance operations was approximately EUR 238 million before tax, mainly due to realised gains on the sale of bonds and the revaluation of embedded derivatives, which were offset by the absence of amortised income from gains on fixed interest securities, and negative valuation changes on fixed-income investment derivatives. The impact on the banking operations was approximately EUR 217 million before tax, mainly due to valuation adjustments on non-trading derivatives and prepayment penalties.
 
2) Divestments Insurance: sale of Freeler (EUR 10 million, 2005), gain IPO Canada (EUR 19 million in 2005 and EUR 249 million in 2004), sale of Life of Georgia (EUR (89) million in 2005 and EUR (28) million in 2004), sale of ING Re (EUR 20 million in 2005 and EUR (219) million in 2004), sale of Austbrokers (EUR 27 million, 2005) and sale of Australia non-life (EUR 219 million, 2004). Divestments Banking: sale of Baring Asset Management (EUR 240 million, 2005), sale of 12.8% ING Bank Slaski shares (EUR 92 million, 2005), restructuring NMB-Heller (EUR 47 million, 2005), sale of BHF-Bank (EUR (169) million, 2004), sale Asian cash equity business (EUR (84) million, 2004) and sale of CenE Bankiers (EUR 87 million, 2004).
GROUP OVERVIEW
Total profit before tax increased EUR 1,154 million, or 14.9% from EUR 7,740 million in 2004 to EUR 8,894 million in 2005 and total underlying profit before tax increased EUR 1,381 million or 19.4% from EUR 7,125 million in 2004 to EUR 8,506 million in 2005. The increase in total profit before tax and total underlying profit before tax was driven by strong growth from Retail Banking and ING Direct as well as from Insurance Americas and Insurance Europe due to growth in retirement services and favourable results from non-life insurance. The increase in total underlying profit before tax is also impacted by the decrease in special items, from EUR 342 million in 2004 to nil in 2005. Special items in 2004

33


Table of Contents

included a gain of EUR 287 million related to the U.S. dollar hedge, a EUR 96 million gain on old reinsurance business and restructuring provisions of EUR 41 million at Wholesale Banking.
Net profit rose EUR 1,455 million, or 25.3% from EUR 5,755 million in 2004 to EUR 7,210 million in 2005. This higher growth compared with the increase in profit before tax was due to a lower effective tax rate in 2005. The effective tax rate declined to 15.5% in 2005 from 22.1% in 2004 due to a lower statutory tax rate in the Netherlands in 2005, tax-exempt gains on divestments (such as Baring Asset Management, CenE Bankiers and the IPO of ING Canada), EUR 148 million from the creation of deferred tax assets, related to net operating losses from the banking operations, and net releases from tax provisions of EUR 435 million in 2005 compared with EUR 161 million in releases in 2004.
Earnings per share attributable to equity holders of the Company increased to EUR 3.32 in 2005 from EUR 2.71 in 2004.
Currency impact
Currency rate differences had a positive impact of EUR 81 million on net profit and EUR 116 million on total profit before tax, mainly due to strengthening of the Canadian and Australian dollars, Polish zloty and South Korea won.
Capital Ratios
ING calculates certain capital ratios on the basis of adjusted capital, which differs from total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company in that it excludes unrealised gains on fixed-interest investments and includes hybrid capital. On this basis, the debt/equity ratio of ING Group improved to 9.3% in 2005 compared with 11.9% at January 1, 2005 supported by growth in equity. The capital coverage ratio of ING Verzekeringen N.V. increased to 255% of E.U. regulatory requirements at the end of December 2005, compared with 204% at January 1, 2005. The Tier-1 ratio of ING Bank N.V. was 7.32% at the end of 2005, up from 6.92% on January 1, 2005, as growth in capital was partially offset by strong growth in risk-weighted assets. Total risk-weighted assets of the banking operations increased by EUR 45.6 billion, or 16.6%, to EUR 319.7 billion at December 31, 2005 from 274.1 billion as of December 31, 2004, driven by growth in all three banking business lines.
Return on Shareholders’ equity
The net return on shareholders’ equity increased to 26.6% in 2005 from 25.4% in 2004. The insurance operations reflected a 21.1% net return on equity in 2005, down from 27.0% in 2004, due to an increase in shareholders’ equity in 2005. The banking operations reflected an increase to 24.2% in 2005 from 15.8% in 2004.
INSURANCE OPERATIONS
Income
Total premium income increased 4.9%, or EUR 2,141 million from EUR 43,617 million in 2004 to EUR 45,758 million in 2005, mainly driven by a strong growth of life premiums increasing 5.9%, or EUR 2,169 million to EUR 39,144 million in 2005 from EUR 36,975 million in 2004, primarily related to South Korea and Japan. Premium growth was partially offset by divestments and the reclassification of some life products to investment contracts from the beginning of 2005 under IFRS 4, notably in Australia, the U.S. and Belgium, which had a total negative impact of EUR 2,053 million. Non-life premiums declined 0.4%, or EUR 28 million, from EUR 6,642 million in 2004 to EUR 6,614 million in 2005, as lower premiums in the Netherlands and Mexico offset higher premiums in Canada following the acquisition of Allianz Canada in December 2004.
Investment income declined 2.3%, or EUR 235 million to EUR 9,944 million in 2005 from EUR 10,179 million in 2004, reflecting the impact of divestments. Commission income increased 12.4%, or EUR 148 million to EUR 1,346 million in 2005 from EUR 1,198 million in 2004, mainly driven by a reclassification of products from life insurance to investment products under IFRS 4. Other income declined 38.2%, or EUR 232 million to EUR 376 million in 2005 from EUR 608 million in 2004, reflecting the impact of divestments in both periods and the gain on the U.S. dollar hedge in 2004, which offset higher profit from associates.

34


Table of Contents

Underwriting Expenditure
Underwriting expenditure increased by EUR 1,736 million, or 3.8% from EUR 45,384 million in 2004 to EUR 47,120 million in 2005. The underwriting expenditure of the life insurance operations increased by EUR 1,880 million, or 4.7% , primarily attributable to an increase in profit sharing and rebates and an increase in technical provisions. The underwriting expenditure of the non-life insurance operations decreased by EUR 144 million, or 2.8%, related to lower net premiums earned and partially offset by higher claims paid. These factors resulted in an overall lower non-life claims ratio of 62.7% in 2005 compared with 63.0% in 2004, primarily attributable to the improvement in the claims ratios from the Automobile and General Liability product lines.
Expenses
Operating expenses from the insurance operations increased 9.5%, or EUR 449 million to EUR 5,195 million in 2005, from EUR 4,746 million in 2004, due to increased costs to support the ongoing growth of the business, particularly in Asia, as well as the impact (EUR 30 million) of a new collective labour agreement in the Netherlands, investments in IT infrastructure, and start-up costs for a new distribution channel in Canada. The efficiency ratios for the life insurance operations improved as both premium and asset growth outpaced the growth in expenses. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products improved to 0.82% in 2005 compared with 0.86% in 2004. Expenses as a percentage of premiums for life products improved to 13.28% in 2005 from 13.52% in 2004. The cost ratio for the non-life operations deteriorated slightly to 31.9% in 2005 from 30.6% in 2004, driven by higher costs related to the purchase of Allianz Canada in December 2004.
Profit before tax and net profit
Total profit before tax from insurance declined 8.0%, or EUR 344 million, to EUR 3,978 million in 2005 from EUR 4,322 million in 2004. This decline was impacted by the divestments which resulted in a loss of EUR 13 million in 2005 and a gain of EUR 221 million in 2004. Divested units contributed EUR 16 million to profit before tax in 2005 and EUR 151 million in 2004. Results in 2004 also included a gain of EUR 290 million from the U.S. dollar hedge and a gain of EUR 96 million from old reinsurance activities as special items, compared to nil recorded as special items in 2005. Net profit from insurance was 2.4%, or EUR 81 million lower at EUR 3,268 million in 2005 from EUR 3,349 million in 2004. This decrease is related to an increase in third party interests in 2005 to EUR 255 million from EUR 123 million in 2004, partially offset by the decrease of the effective tax rate from 19.7% in 2004 to 11.4% in 2005 due to tax-exempt gains on divestments, a lower statutory tax rate in the Netherlands and releases of tax provisions of EUR 435 million , primarily related to the conclusions of the tax administration on reviews of certain provisions in the Netherlands and the results of an IRS audit in the Americas.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from the insurance operations increased by 11.5%, or EUR 411 million to EUR 3,975 million in 2005 from EUR 3,564 million in 2004. ING’s insurance operations continued to benefit from strong growth in retirement services and life insurance in developing markets, higher investment results and a favourable claims environment for the non-life insurance businesses. Underlying profit before tax from life insurance increased 7.4%, or EUR 184 million from EUR 2,498 million in 2004 to EUR 2,682 million in 2005, driven by the U.S., Central Europe, South Korea and the Netherlands, supported by higher sales, growth in assets under management and investment gains. This growth was somewhat offset by the reserve strengthening in Taiwan, and lower capital gains on equities in 2005 compared to 2004, EUR 388 million and EUR 590 million, respectively. The non-life operations in the Netherlands, Belgium and Canada continued to benefit from a historically low claims ratio, which helped to drive underlying profit from non-life insurance up 21.3%, or EUR 227 million from EUR 1,066 million in 2004 to EUR 1,293 million in 2005.
Embedded value
The embedded value of ING’s life insurance operations increased 22.9%, or EUR 5,135 million to EUR 27,586 in 2005 from EUR 22,451 in 2004, including net dividends of EUR 474 million and EUR 1,049 million paid to the Group in 2005 and 2004, respectively. The figures are calculated in accordance with European Embedded Value principles issued by the CFO Forum, a group representing the chief financial officers of major European insurers. In addition to the value attributable to new business and the unwinding of the discount rate, significant contributions to the increase in embedded value came from favourable experience variances and currency movements, changes to discount rates, and the

35


Table of Contents

investment return on free surplus. That was partially offset by changes in economic assumptions, particularly in Asia/Pacific, due to revised new money assumptions in Taiwan. Continued focus on value creation led to a 27.4%, or EUR 173 million increase in the value of new business to EUR 805 million in 2005 from EUR 632 million in 2004, driven by improved pricing margins, higher sales, and a more profitable product mix in the U.S. and Asia/Pacific. Central Europe and Asia/Pacific both generated particularly strong growth in 2005, indicating the strong future earnings potential of the businesses in both regions.
BANKING OPERATIONS
Income
Total income from banking increased 9.2%, or EUR 1,170 million to EUR 13,848 million in 2005 from EUR 12,678 million in 2004, mainly due to strong growth in savings and mortgage lending as well as increased investment income.
Total interest result increased 5.3%, or EUR 463 million to EUR 9,162 million in 2005 from EUR 8,699 million in 2004, driven by strong growth in savings and mortgage lending at Retail Banking and ING Direct, as well as increased prepayment penalties as customers refinanced their mortgages to take advantage of low interest rates. This increase was partially offset by lower interest results in Wholesale Banking due to margin pressure and a decline in volumes as the business focused on cross-selling fee products and limiting growth in risk-weighted assets. The implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39 in 2005 had a negative impact of approximately EUR 70 million on the interest result in 2005.
Investment income increased sharply to EUR 937 million in 2005 from EUR 363 million in 2004, primarily due to EUR 379 million in gains recognized on divestments in 2005 and a loss of EUR 166 million recognized from divestments in 2004. The increase was also due to gains recognized on equity investments mainly in Belgium and the Americas in 2005, and EUR 60 million of realised gains recognized on the sale of bonds, which was partially offset by decreased income earned from investment properties.
Commission income declined 7.0%, or EUR 180 million to EUR 2,401 million in 2005 from EUR 2,581 million in 2004, primarily related to the impact of divestments, which was partially offset by higher management fees (mainly from ING Real Estate) and higher commission fees from the securities business, funds transfers and brokerage and advisory fees.
Other income rose 30.2%, or EUR 313 million from EUR 1,035 million in 2004 to EUR 1,348 million in 2005, primarily related to a EUR 226 million positive valuation result on non-trading derivatives in 2005. The proportional (50%) consolidation of Postkantoren BV in the Netherlands starting in 2005, which had no impact on total profit, added EUR 168 million to Other income. The share of profit from associates increased by EUR 106 million from EUR 34 million in 2004 to EUR 140 million in 2005, mainly due to associates at ING Real Estate. The result of the trading portfolio decreased by EUR 205 million or 32.7% from EUR 626 million in 2004 to EUR 421 million in 2005, partly due to a reclassification of interest-related components from trading results to interest results.
Expenses
Total operating expenses increased 0.6%, or EUR 49 million to EUR 8,844 million from EUR 8,795 million in 2004 due to increased labour costs and one-off expenses and divestments which largely offset the impact of consolidations (Postkantoren B.V. and Mercator Bank) in 2005. One-off expenses of EUR 255 million include EUR 47 million for restructuring the Operations & IT activities in the Benelux, EUR 27 million for accelerated software depreciation, EUR 78 million for impairments on development projects at ING Real Estate and EUR 103 million for provisions, mainly related to Williams de Broë, recorded in Belgium. An additional EUR 168 million is related to the consolidation of 50% of Postkantoren BV in 2005. The remaining increase was driven by continued strong growth of ING Direct, the acquisition of Mercator Bank in Belgium, investments to expand the retail banking activities in Romania, Poland and India, as well as higher IT costs. Personnel expenses increased, particularly in the Netherlands as a result of the new collective labour agreement; however that was largely offset by a net release of EUR 119 million in provisions for employee benefits following healthcare and pension legislative changes in the Netherlands. The total cost/income ratio of the banking operations improved to 63.9% in 2005 from 69.4% in 2004.

36


Table of Contents

Addition to the provision for loan losses
The total addition to the provision for loan losses in 2005 was EUR 88 million compared to EUR 465 million in 2004, a decrease of 81.1% or EUR 377 million. The additions to the provision for loan losses were exceptionally low due to an improvement in the credit portfolio, the release of loan loss provisions previously recorded, the absence of new large defaults and improvements in risk management. As a percentage of average credit-risk-weighted assets, the addition in 2005 equalled 3 basis points compared with 18 basis points in 2004.
Profit before tax and net profit
Total profit before tax increased 43.8%, or EUR 1,498 million to EUR 4,916 million in 2005 from EUR 3,418 million in 2004. Divestments had a positive impact on profit before tax in 2005, including EUR 379 million in realised gains on divestments compared with a loss of EUR 166 million in 2004. Divested units contributed EUR 6 million to profit in 2005 and EUR 67 million in 2004. Net profit from banking rose 63.8%, or EUR 1,536 million from EUR 2,406 million in 2004 to EUR 3,942 million in 2005. This increase is related to the change in the effective tax rate which declined to 18.8% in 2005 from 25.1% in 2004 due to tax-exempt gains on divestments, a lower statutory tax rate in the Netherlands, non-taxable gains on equities mainly in Belgium, a release of EUR 35 million from the tax provisions, and a EUR 148 million deferred tax asset related to net operating losses in the U.S. in 2005.
Underlying profit before tax
ING’s banking businesses had a strong increase in profit in 2005 driven by solid growth in income at ING Direct and Retail Banking and historically low additions to the provision for loan losses. Underlying profit before tax rose 27.2%, or EUR 970 million to EUR 4,531 million in 2005 from EUR 3,561 million in 2004. Growth was driven by increased savings and strong demand for mortgages at both Retail Banking and ING Direct. Profit was also supported by the sale of equity investments and a positive impact on balance from the implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39. Underlying profit before tax in 2004 included special items related to a restructuring provision of EUR 41 million for the International Wholesale Banking network, compared to no special items reported in 2005.

37


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The following table sets forth ING Group’s consolidated assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:
         
  2005  2004 
  (EUR billions, except 
  amounts per share ) 
Investments
  324.6   276.3 
Loans and advances to customers
  439.2   330.5 
Total assets
  1,158.6   876.4 
Insurance and investment contracts
        
Life
  232.1   205.5 
Nonlife
  12.8   11.4 
Investment contracts
  18.6     
 
      
Total insurance and investment contracts
  263.5   216.9 
Customer deposits and other funds on deposits (1)
  465.7   349.2 
Debt securities in issue/other borrowed funds
  113.5   102.7 
Total liabilities (including third-party interests)
  1,121.9   852.3 
Shareholders’ equity
  36.7   24.1 
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share (in EUR)
  16.96   12.95 
 
(1) Customer deposits and other funds on deposits consists of savings accounts, other deposits, bank funds and debt securities privately issued by the banking operations of ING.
Total assets increased by 32.2% in 2005 to EUR 1,158.6 billion, mainly due to increased fixed income investments, loans and advances to customers and customer deposits and other funds on deposits. Investments increased by EUR 48.3 billion, or 17.5%, to EUR 324.6 billion in 2005 from EUR 276.3 billion in 2004, representing an increase of EUR 32.0 billion in insurance investments and an increase of EUR 15.9 billion in banking investments of which EUR 9.4 billion was attributable to ING Direct.
Loans and advances to customers increased by EUR 108.7 billion, or 32.9%, rising to EUR 439.2 billion at the end of December 2005 from EUR 330.5 billion at the end of December 2004. Loans and advances to customers of the insurance operations rose EUR 2.2 billion. Loans and advances of the banking operations increased by EUR 104.4 billion, of which approximately EUR 40 billion was due to the effects of IAS 32 and IAS 39 in 2005. The increase was also impacted by the Netherlands operations (increase of EUR 25.7 billion) and the international operations (increase of EUR 37.6 billion). ING Direct contributed EUR 24.7 billion to the increase, of which EUR 21.0 billion was due to personal lending.
Shareholders’ equity increased by 52.6% or EUR 12,667 million to EUR 36,736 million at December 31, 2005 compared to EUR 24,069 million at December 31, 2004. Net profit from the year 2005 added EUR 7,210 million to equity, revaluations added EUR 1,626 million, exchange rate differences added EUR 2,067 million and adjustments related to the implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39 and IFRS 4 added EUR 4,103 million, offset by EUR 657 million in realized capital gains that were released through the profit and loss account and the cash dividend of EUR 2,461 million.

38


Table of Contents

SEGMENT REPORTING
ING Group’s segments are based on the management structure of the Group, which is different from its legal structure. The following table sets forth the contribution of our six business lines to our underlying profit before tax for each of the years 2004 and 2005:
                                 
2005 Insurance  Insurance  Insurance  Wholesale  Retail  ING Direct  Other(1)  Total 
  Europe  Americas  Asia/Pacific  Banking  Banking          Group 
(EUR millions)                                
Total income
  16,045   28,036   13,199   5,957   5,796   2,119   (11)  71,141 
 
                                
Total expenditure
  14,014   26,095   12,721   3,358   3,919   1,502   638   62,247 
 
                        
 
                                
Profit before tax
  2,031   1,941   478   2,599   1,877   617   (649)  8,894 
Gains/losses on divestments
  (10)  50   (27)  (317)  (62)          (366)
Profit before tax from divested units
      (12)  (4)  (6)              (22)
Special items
                                
 
                        
Underlying profit before tax
  2,021   1,979   447   2,276   1,815   617   (649)  8,506 
 
                        
                                 
2004 Insurance  Insurance  Insurance  Wholesale  Retail  ING Direct  Other(1)  Total 
  Europe  Americas  Asia/Pacific  Banking  Banking          Group 
Total income
  16,041   28,084   10,490   5,871   5,062   1,709   902   68,159 
 
                                
Total expenditure
  14,418   26,392   9,734   3,926   3,887   1,274   788   60,419 
 
                        
 
                                
Profit before tax
  1,623   1,692   756   1,945   1,175   435   114   7,740 
Gains/losses on divestments
      (2)  (219)  166               (55)
Profit before tax from divested units
      (89)  (62)  (60)  (7)          (218)
Special items
  (11)          41           (372)  (342)
 
                        
Underlying profit before tax
  1,612   1,601   475   2,092   1,168   435   (258)  7,125 
 
                        
 
(1) Other mainly includes items not directly attributable to the business lines and intercompany relations
Refer to Note 2.1.6, to the consolidated financial statements for further disclosure of our segment reporting.

39


Table of Contents

INSURANCE EUROPE
         
  2005  2004 
        (EUR millions) 
Premium income
  10,702   11,369 
Investment income
  4,583   4,172 
Commission and other income
  760   500 
 
      
Total income
  16,045   16,041 
 
        
Underwriting expenditure
  11,644   12,327 
Other interest expenses
  481   322 
Operating expenses
  1,870   1,768 
Investment losses
  19   1 
 
      
Total expenditure
  14,014   14,418 
 
        
Profit before tax
  2,031   1,623 
Gains/losses on divestments
  (10)    
Special items
      (11)
 
      
Underlying profit before tax
  2,021   1,612 
 
      
Income
Total premium income declined 5.9%, or EUR 667 million to EUR 10,702 million in 2005 from EUR 11,369 million in 2004, due to the reclassification of some products from life insurance to investment contracts under IFRS 4, which had a negative impact of EUR 761 million, as well as a decline in non-life premiums in the Netherlands. Non-life premium income declined 2.8%, or EUR 57 million to EUR 2,007 million from EUR 2,064 million in 2004, due to premium refunds resulting from the new long-term disability laws in the Netherlands which took effect in 2006.
Investment income increased 9.9%, or EUR 411 million from EUR 4,172 million in 2004 to EUR 4,583 million in 2005, supported by pre-payment penalty fees, capital gains on bonds and private equity investments. Commission and other income increased 52.0%, or EUR 260 million to EUR 760 million in 2005 from EUR 500 million in 2004, due to higher profits from associates in real estate funds and private equity.
Expenses
Operating expenses rose 5.8%, or EUR 102 million to EUR 1,870 million in 2005 from EUR 1,768 million in 2004 primarily due to an increase of EUR 30 million related to the new collective labour agreement in the Netherlands, EUR 39 million in severance costs at Nationale-Nederlanden and EUR 23 million for streamlining the IT organisation at NN and RVS, the Dutch tied agents company of ING. This increase was partially offset by a release of EUR 47 million from provisions for employee benefits following healthcare and pension legislative changes in the Netherlands. Operating expenses in Belgium and Central Europe declined as a result of cost containment programmes. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management improved from 1.06% to 0.93% and expenses as a percentage of life premiums deteriorated from 20.99% to 23.38%.
Profit before tax
Profit before tax included a gain of EUR 10 million from the sale of the internet provider Freeler in 2005, and a gain of EUR 11 million on old reinsurance business in 2004. Including those items, total profit before tax rose 25.1%, or 408 million to EUR 2,031 million in 2005 from EUR 1,623 million in 2004.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Insurance Europe rose 25.4%, or EUR 409 million from EUR 1,612 million in 2004 to EUR 2,021 million in 2005, driven by life insurance in the Netherlands and Central Europe as well as strong underwriting results at the non-life businesses in the Netherlands and Belgium. Underlying profit from life insurance rose 22.2%, or EUR 290 million to EUR 1,597 million in 2005 from EUR 1,307 million in 2004, led by a 48.3% increase in life results from Central Europe, primarily in Poland and Hungary, and a 20.0% increase in the life results in the Netherlands Underlying

40


Table of Contents

profit from non-life insurance rose 39.0%, or EUR 119 million from EUR 305 million in 2004 to EUR 424 million in 2005, supported by strong underwriting results and releases of provisions caused by the introduction of a new long-term disability act in 2006.
   
Insurance Europe — 2005 Underlying Profit before Tax by Geographic Region
 Insurance Europe — Underlying Profit before Tax for Life and Non-Life Business by Geographic Region
 
  In EUR millions
 
(PIE CHART)
 (BAR CHART)
 
1) Belgium includes underlying profit before tax from Luxembourg.
 
2) Central Europe includes Poland, Hungary, Czech Republic, Slovakia, Romania, Bulgaria, Greece and Russia.
 
3) Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2004 is as follows: Netherlands EUR 1,290 million (life EUR 1,017 million and non-life EUR 273 million), Belgium EUR 143 million (life EUR 122 million and non-life EUR 21 million), Central Europe & Spain EUR 179 million (life EUR 168 million and non-life EUR 11 million).
Netherlands
In the Netherlands, underlying profit before tax increased 23.2%, or EUR 299 million to EUR 1,589 million in 2005 from EUR 1,290 million in 2004, as higher investment income more than offset growth in expenses related to the new collective labour agreement and actions to improve customer satisfaction and efficiency. Results included a EUR 151 million revaluation of non-trading derivatives, EUR 83 million higher results from real estate investment from EUR 419 million in 2004 to EUR 502 million in 2005 and EUR 94 million higher results from private equity from EUR 37 million in 2004 to EUR 131 million in 2005, as well as a EUR 98 million release of disability provisions triggered by the introduction of a new long-term disability act in 2006.
Underlying profit before tax from the life insurance businesses rose 20.0%, or EUR 203 million from EUR 1,017 million in 2004 to EUR 1,220 million in 2005 driven by higher investment income and an improved morbidity result due to the release of disability provisions. Life premium income declined 6.4%, or EUR 374 million from EUR 5,823 million in 2004 to EUR 5,449 million in 2005, mainly due to lower acquisition of group life contracts, the reclassification of insurance contracts to investment contracts under IFRS 4, and lower single-premium sales due to enhanced pricing discipline to improve profitability.
Underlying profit before tax from the non-life insurance businesses increased 35.2%, or EUR 96 million from EUR 273 million in 2004 to EUR 369 million in 2005, driven by higher results from real estate and private equity investments as well as actuarial provision releases. Non-life premiums declined 3.0% to EUR 1,642 million, a decrease of EUR 51 million compared to EUR 1,693 million in 2004 largely attributable to premium refunds in loss of income/accident insurance due to the new long-term disability act. This decrease was partially offset by higher fire insurance premiums following a premium rate adjustment.
Belgium
In Belgium, underlying profit before tax from insurance rose 21.7%, or EUR 31 million from EUR 143 million in 2004 to EUR 174 million in 2005, mainly due to a sharp increase in results from non-life

41


Table of Contents

insurance, which rose EUR 27 million, or 128.6% to EUR 48 million in 2005 from EUR 21 million, driven by favourable claims development, primarily in fire, health and loss of income/accident insurance, as well as decreased operating expenses. Underlying profit before tax from life insurance, including Luxembourg, increased 3.3%, or EUR 4 million to EUR 126 million in 2005 from EUR 122 million in 2004, as a decline in operating expenses compensated for higher lapses and lower management/entrance fees. Excluding the reclassification of products from life insurance to investment products under IFRS 4, which had a negative impact of EUR 761 million, life premium income increased 20.4%, to EUR 1,630 million in 2005 from EUR in 1,354 million in 2004, due to strong sales of universal life products.
Central Europe & Spain
In Central Europe & Spain, underlying profit increased 44.1%, or EUR 79 million to EUR 258 million in 2005 from EUR 179 million in 2004, driven by a 48.3% increase in life results in Central Europe to EUR 251 million. Poland, Hungary, Greece, Spain and Romania all showed strong growth in life and pensions, driven by higher premiums and lower operating expenses. Life premium income rose 18.3%, or EUR 250 million from EUR 1,367 million in 2004 to EUR 1,617 million in 2005 driven by high sales of unit-linked products in Hungary and universal life products in Poland and Greece.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 446 million higher than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 2,031 million in 2005. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2005 is primarily attributable to EUR 147 million for the alignment of the US GAAP reporting with the change in loan loss provision estimation process on adoption of IFRS-EU in 2005; EUR 686 million in 2005 compared to EUR 185 million in 2004 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting; EUR (112) million in 2005 compared to EUR 17 million in 2004 related to differences in debt securities valuation; and EUR (290) million in 2005 primarily related to the underlying IFRS-EU and US GAAP differences within the associates’ accounting for real estate, which became a significant reconciling item in 2005 due to changes in the property investment portfolio. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4.1 of the consolidated financial statements.
INSURANCE AMERICAS
         
  2005  2004 
  (EUR millions) 
Premium income
  22,744   22,761 
Investment income
  4,387   4,502 
Commission and other income
  905   821 
 
      
Total income
  28,036   28,084 
 
        
Underwriting expenditure
  23,597   24,058 
Other interest expenses
  98   118 
Operating expenses
  2,397   2,202 
Investments losses
  3   14 
 
      
Total expenditure
  26,095   26,392 
 
        
Profit before tax
  1,941   1,692 
Gains/losses on divestments
  50   (2)
Profit before tax from divested units
  (12)  (89)
 
      
Underlying profit before tax
  1,979   1,601 
 
      
Income
Premium income was flat at EUR 22,744 million as higher non-life premiums were partially offset by lower life premiums. Non-life premium income rose 5.1%, or EUR 220 million from EUR 4,332 million in 2004 to EUR 4,552 million in 2005, driven by a 16.8%, or EUR 372 million increase from EUR 2,213 million to EUR 2,585 million in 2005 in Canada, primarily due to the acquisition of Allianz Canada in December 2004. That growth was partially offset by lower non-life premium income in Mexico related to the auto business and from the non-renewal of certain large property & casualty contracts as the

42


Table of Contents

company focuses on more profitable retail market segments. Life premium income declined 1.3%, or EUR 237 million from EUR 18,429 million in 2004 to EUR 18,192 million in 2005, as a slight decline in individual life single premium and lower fixed annuity sales was partially compensated by higher sales in retirement services.
Investment income declined 2.6%, or EUR 115 million from EUR 4,502 million in 2004 to EUR 4,387 million in 2005, as 2004 included the EUR 249 million gain on the ING Canada IPO as well as EUR 157 million in investment income from divested businesses. Excluding those items from 2004, investment income increased 7.3% driven by higher yields, prepayment penalty income on fixed income investments, investment gains from sales of fixed income securities, and higher private equity gains.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased 8.9%, or EUR 195 million from EUR 2,202 million in 2004 to EUR 2,397 million in 2005, due to the acquisition of Allianz Canada in December 2004 and expenses in the U.S. related to strategic initiatives and higher incentive-related benefit costs. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products were unchanged at 0.75%, while expenses as a percentage of premiums for life products improved from 13.99% in 2004 to 13.76% in 2005.
Profit before tax
Divestments resulted in a loss of EUR 50 million in 2005 (mainly Life of Georgia) compared with a gain of EUR 2 million in 2004. Divested units generated a profit before tax of EUR 12 million in 2005, compared with EUR 89 million in 2004. Including these items, total profit before tax increased 14.7%, or EUR 249 million from EUR 1,692 million in 2004 to EUR 1,941 million in 2005.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Insurance Americas increased 23.6%, or EUR 378 million from EUR 1,601 million in 2004 to EUR 1,979 million in 2005. Profit growth was driven by a 27.4%, or EUR 247 million increase in the U.S. operations underlying profit before tax from EUR 902 million in 2004 to EUR 1,149 million in 2005, led by higher results from retirement services and annuities due to higher asset levels, improved investment performance and higher margins. The Canadian business had a 35.8%, or EUR 177 million increase in underlying profit before tax from EUR 494 million in 2004 to EUR 671 million in 2005, driven by continued strong underwriting results in the non-life business, increased investment income and the operations of Allianz Canada which was acquired in December 2004. Growth in the region was moderated by losses in Latin America, underlying profit before tax declined 22.4%, or EUR 46 million to EUR 159 million in 2005 from EUR 205 million in 2004, including claims and expenses related to recent hurricanes in Mexico and the related costs to extend reinsurance coverage after the storms and reserve strengthening in the health business in Chile. Currency movements had a positive impact of EUR 46 million due to the strengthening of the Canadian dollar, and the Mexican and Chilean pesos against the euro.

43


Table of Contents

   
Insurance Americas — 2005 Underlying Profit before Tax by Geographic Region
  
 
(PIE CHART)
  
 
(1) Latin America includes Argentina, Chile, Peru and Brazil through September 30, 2005.
 
(2) Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2004 is as follows: United Sates EUR 902 million, Canada EUR 494 million, Mexico EUR 122 million and Latin America EUR 83 million.
 
(3) United States life insurance; Canada and Latin America mainly non-life insurance.
United States
Premium income declined 1.3%, or EUR 231 million to EUR 18,077 million in 2005 from EUR 18,308 million in 2004 as lower individual life single premium and fixed annuity sales were largely offset by higher sales in retirement services. Operating expenses increased 8.0%, or EUR 109 million, to EUR 1,468 million in 2005 from EUR 1,359 million in 2004, due to spending on strategic initiatives such as enhancements to web capabilities, costs related to implementing Sarbanes-Oxley, and higher incentive-related benefit costs and EUR 16 million of restructuring costs for the insurance and investment management businesses to enhance future profitability.
Canada
The strong underwriting results were driven by a historically low claims ratio coupled with an increase in volume from the Allianz Canada acquisition. The claims ratio improved slightly to 56.3% in 2005 from 56.6% in 2004. The cost ratio was higher in 2005 due to expenses related to the integration of the Allianz Canada business. The combined ratio deteriorated to 86.8% in 2005 from 85.1% in 2004. Premium income rose 16.8%, or EUR 372 million to EUR 2,585 million in 2005 from EUR 2,213 million in 2004 primarily due to the acquisition of Allianz Canada.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR (410) million lower than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 1,941 million in 2005. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2005 is primarily attributable to EUR (326) million in 2005 for the write-off of goodwill related to Sul America and the reversal of goodwill on disposals compared to EUR (147) million in 2004 for impairment of goodwill in Latin America and the reversal of goodwill on disposals; EUR (17) million in 2005 compared to EUR 111 million in 2004 related to differences in debt securities valuation; EUR 203 million in 2005 compared to EUR 176 million in 2004 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting; EUR (82) million in 2005 for deferred acquisition costs and provision for life policy liabilities, compared to EUR 23 million in 2004; and, EUR (89) million in 2005 primarily related to the underlying IFRS-EU and US GAAP differences within the associates’ accounting for real estate, which became a significant reconciling item in 2005 due to changes in the property investment portfolio. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4.1 of the consolidated financial statements.

44


Table of Contents

INSURANCE ASIA/PACIFIC
         
  2005  2004 
  (EUR millions) 
Premium income
  12,286   9,469 
Investment income
  925   944 
Commission and other income
  (12)  77 
 
      
Total income
  13,199   10,490 
 
        
Underwriting expenditure
  11,838   9,003 
Other interest expenses
  8   8 
Operating expenses
  867   727 
Investment losses
  8   (4)
 
      
Total expenditure
  12,721   9,734 
 
        
Profit before tax
  478   756 
Gains/losses on divestments
  (27)  (219)
Profit before tax from divested units
  (4)  (62)
 
      
Underlying profit before tax
  447   475 
 
      
Income
Premium income rose 29.7%, or EUR 2,817 million to EUR 12,286 million in 2005 from EUR 9,469 million in 2004, led by a 32.6% increase in life premiums. The increase was driven by sharply higher sales of single-premium variable annuities in Japan, tied agency products in South Korea and short-term savings products in Taiwan. Strong premium growth rates were recorded in local currency terms in Japan (87.8%), South Korea (27.9%), Taiwan (11.3%), Malaysia (13.8%), India (141.8%), Thailand (42.6%), Hong Kong (10.8%) and China (27.2%). A reclassification of products in Australia from life insurance to investment products under IFRS 4 reduced premium income by EUR 1,051 million in 2005. Excluding the IFRS 4 change, total life premiums increased 49.7%. Non-life premium income fell 82.7% from EUR 237 million in 2004 to EUR 41 million in 2005, reflecting the sale of the Australian non-life business in the second quarter of 2004.
Investment income declined 2.0% or EUR 19 million to EUR 925 million in 2005 from EUR 944 million in 2004. However, excluding the realised gains on divestments in both years, investment income rose 24.2%, driven by growth of the investment portfolio in the region.
Commission and other income declined 115.6% to a loss of EUR 12 million in 2005 from income recognized of EUR 77 million in 2004, primarily related to losses on derivatives in Japan that are used to hedge minimum-benefit guarantees on single-premium variable annuities, as well as an unrealised loss on non-trading derivatives in South Korea. These losses were partially offset by higher fee income on wealth management products in Australia as a result of growth in assets under management and the reclassification of most products in Australia from life insurance to investment products under IFRS-EU.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased 19.3%, or EUR 140 million to EUR 867 million in 2005 from EUR 727 million in 2004, reflecting staff and salary increases to support the continuing growth of the businesses across the region, primarily in Japan and South Korea. Expenses in 2004 also benefited from the release of a EUR 30 million provision for a wage-tax assessment. Adjusted for the release of the wage-tax provision, expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products improved from 1.13% in 2004 to 0.93% in 2005 and expenses as a percentage of premiums for life products improved from 9.03% in 2004 to 8.35% in 2005.
Profit before tax
Divestments had a significant impact on Insurance Asia/Pacific’s total profit before tax. In 2004, ING realised a gain of EUR 219 million on the sale of its 50% stake in a non-life insurance joint venture in Australia. Results in 2005 included a gain of EUR 27 million from the IPO of 90% of the shares in

45


Table of Contents

Austbrokers Holdings as ING focuses on the funds management and life insurance businesses in Australia. Including those gains and profit from the divested units, total profit before tax from Insurance Asia/Pacific declined 36.8%, or 278 million to EUR 478 million in 2005 from EUR 756 million in 2004.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Insurance Asia/Pacific declined 5.9%, or EUR 28 million to EUR 447 million in 2005 from EUR 475 million in 2004, primarily related to the reserve strengthening in Taiwan due to the continued low interest rate environment. Excluding Taiwan, underlying profit before tax in the rest of the region increased 15.8%, or 61 million to EUR 447 million in 2005 from EUR 386 million in 2004, driven by a 52.1% increase in the South Korea operations. Results in 2004 were favoured by the release of a EUR 29 million reserve for capital-guaranteed products in Australia and a EUR 30 million release of reserves for a wage-tax assessment.
   
Insurance Asia/Pacific — 2005 Underlying Profit before Tax by Geographic Region
  
 
(PIE CHART)
  
 
1) Rest of Asia includes China, India, Thailand, Indonesia, Hong Kong and Malaysia.
 
2) Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2004 is as follows: Australia and New Zealand EUR 163 million, South Korea EUR 119 million, Taiwan EUR 89 million, Japan EUR 71 million and rest of Asia EUR 33 million
 
3) Asia/Pacific is mainly life insurance.
Australia & New Zealand
Total underlying profit before tax increased 3.7%, or EUR 6 million to EUR 169 million in 2005 from EUR 163 million. Life premium income declined 85.2%, or EUR 1,042 million, to EUR 181 million in 2005 from EUR 1,223 million in 2004, reflecting the reclassification of the majority of products from life insurance to investment products in 2005. Operating expenses were 9.6% higher, due to provisions to resolve unit-pricing issues following an enforceable undertaking agreed with ASIC, a local regulator.
South Korea
In South Korea, underlying profit before tax rose 52.1%, or EUR 62 million to EUR 181 million in 2005 from EUR 119 in 2004, driven by higher margins due to increased volume as well as strong sales. Premium income rose 42.6%, or EUR 680 million to EUR 2,278 million in 2005 from EUR 1,598 in 2004, driven by sales of variable and universal life products as well as continued high persistency on existing contracts. Premiums were boosted by the introduction of new products, expansion of the tied agency network and new bancassurance partnerships.
Taiwan
Underlying profit in Taiwan decreased by 100% from EUR 89 million in 2004 as a result of measures taken to strengthen reserves in 2005, due to a continued low interest rate environment and assumption changes in 2005. A total charge of EUR 220 million was recorded in 2005 to strengthen reserves, compared with EUR 100 million in 2004.

46


Table of Contents

Japan
In Japan, underlying profit before tax increased 4.2%, or EUR 3 million to EUR 74 million in 2005 from EUR 71 in 2004. Profits from the single-premium variable annuity and mutual fund businesses increased due to strong growth in premiums resulting in higher fee income. Despite growth in new business and higher premiums, profits from the corporate-owned life insurance business decreased mainly due to lower investment yields from the continuing low interest rate environment and higher levels of early surrenders.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR (277) million lower than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 478 million in 2005. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2005 is primarily attributable to the premium deficiency loss recognized in relation to the Taiwan reserves under US GAAP of EUR (386) million in 2005, offset by the reversal of certain reserve strengthening in the business line under IFRS-EU of EUR 179 million in 2005 compared to EUR 241 million in 2004 which is not allowed under US GAAP; and, EUR (106) million in 2005 for differences in debt securities valuation compared to EUR (23) million in 2004. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4.1 of the consolidated financial statements.
WHOLESALE BANKING
         
  2005  2004 
  (EUR millions) 
Interest result
  2,928   3,272 
Commission and other income
  3,029   2,599 
 
      
Total income
  5,957   5,871 
 
        
Operating expenses
  3,466   3,734 
Additions to the provision for loan losses
  (108)  192 
 
      
Total expenditure
  3,358   3,926 
 
        
Profit before tax
  2,599   1,945 
Gains/losses on divestments
  (317)  166 
Profit before tax from divested units
  (6)  (60)
Special items
      41 
 
      
Underlying profit before tax
  2,276   2,092 
 
      
Income
Total income increased 1.5%, or EUR 86 million, to EUR 5,957 million in 2005 from EUR 5,871 million in 2004. The increase was driven by the International Wholesale Banking activities in the U.K., the Americas and Central & Eastern Europe, growth of the leasing business as well as the 16.2% increase in income from ING Real Estate, which offset the impact of divestments. Excluding divestments income rose 4.8%. Interest income declined 10.5%, or EUR 344 million, to EUR 2,928 million in 2005 from EUR 3,272 million in 2004. due to divestments and pressure on margins. Commissions and other income rose 16.5%, or EUR 430 million, to EUR 3,029 million in 2005 from EUR 2,599 million in 2004, due to higher management fees at ING Real Estate and supported by gains on the sale of equity investments and fair value changes on non-trading derivatives.
Expenses
Operating expenses declined 7.2%, or EUR 268 million, to EUR 3,466 million in 2005 from EUR 3,734 million in 2004, due entirely to the divestments of the Asian cash equities business, CenE Bankiers, portions of BHF-Bank, and Barings Asset Management. Operating expenses excluding divestments and special items increased 12.1%, due in part to one-off items reported in 2005, such as EUR 103 million in provisions recorded in Belgium, EUR 12 million in restructuring costs for initiatives to improve efficiency in the IT organisation as announced in July and November of 2005 and EUR 78 million in impairment losses on development projects at ING Real Estate. Those items were partially offset by EUR 36 million in releases of provisions for employee benefits.

47


Table of Contents

The addition to the provision for loan losses declined from EUR 192 million in 2004 to a net release of EUR 108 million in 2005, due to improvements in the credit environment and the limited inflow of large new problem loans. The Netherlands was the only region which recorded an addition to loan loss provisions in 2005 of EUR 52 million, which was offset by releases in other regions. The net release equalled a negative 7 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 compared with an addition of 12 basis points in 2004.
Profit before tax
Gains on divestments contributed EUR 317 million to profit before tax in 2005 (sale Baring Asset Management, as well as the gain on the NMB Heller transaction and wholesale banking’s part on the sale of ING Bank Slaski shares), while divestments in 2004 (sale Asian cash equities business, CenE Bankiers and parts of BHF-Bank) resulted in a loss of EUR 166 million. Divested units contributed EUR 6 million to profit before tax in 2005, compared with EUR 60 million in 2004. Results in 2004 also included a restructuring provision of EUR 41 million for the International Wholesale Banking network. Including those items, total profit before tax increased 33.6%, or EUR 654 million, to EUR 2,599 million in 2005 from EUR 1,945 million in 2004.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Wholesale Banking rose 8.8%, or EUR 184 million, to EUR 2,276 million in 2005 from EUR 2,092 million in 2004, driven by higher income from Structured Finance, Leasing and ING Real Estate businesses, as well as a net release of loan loss provisions due to an improved credit environment and improved risk management.
   
Wholesale Banking — 2005 Underlying Profit before Tax by Geographic Region
  
 
(PIE CHART)
  
 
1) Other, which reported a loss of EUR 50 million in 2005 and a loss of EUR 47 million in 2004, is excluded from the above table
 
2) Asset management primarily relates to ING Real Estate
 
3) Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2004 is as follows: The Netherlands EUR 826 million, Belgium EUR 665 million, Rest of the World EUR 313 million and Asset Management EUR 335 million.
Netherlands
In the Netherlands, underlying profit before tax declined 4.4%, or EUR 36 million, to EUR 790 million in 2005 from EUR 826 million in 2004, as growth in income was more than offset by higher operating expenses. Total income rose 3.7%, or EUR 67 million, to EUR 1,876 million in 2005 from EUR 1,809 million in 2004, driven primarily by Structured Finance and Leasing activities, and partially offset by decreased income from the Payments & Cash Management and General Lending businesses resulting from lower margins and decreased income from the Financial Markets business. Operating expenses increased 11.8%, or EUR 109 million, to EUR 1,034 million in 2005 from EUR 925 million in 2004 due to increased expenses resulting from the collective labour agreement, the growth of the leasing business and higher IT expenses, including EUR 12 million of restructuring costs for initiatives to improve efficiency in the IT organisation as announced in 2005. The impact of the increased expenses was partly offset by the EUR 36 million release from employee benefits provisions following healthcare and pension legislative changes in the Netherlands. The addition to the provision for loan

48


Table of Contents

losses declined to 10 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 from 12 basis points in 2004.
Belgium
In Belgium, underlying profit before tax declined 22.0%, or EUR 146 million, to EUR 519 million in 2005 from EUR 665 million in 2004, due to lower results from the Financial Markets businesses, as well as increased operating expenses primarily related to provisions Total income declined 8.1%, or EUR 119 million, to EUR 1,346 million in 2005 from EUR 1,465 million in 2004 as decreased Financial Markets results more than offset increased income from Corporate Finance & Equity Markets and Structured Finance businesses in 2005 compared to 2004. Operating expenses increased 12.8%, or EUR 101 million, to EUR 891 million in 2005 from EUR 790 million in 2004, due to EUR 103 million in provisions in 2005 mainly related to Williams de Broë. The addition to the loan loss provisions declined from 3 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2004 to negative 17 basis points in 2005, due to a net release of EUR 64 million.
Rest of the World
In the Rest of the World, underlying profit before tax more than doubled to EUR 671 million from EUR 313 million, driven by releases of debtor provisions as well as increased income following the successful implementation of a programme to improve profitability by focusing on key clients and products. Total income rose 14.2%, or EUR 195 million, to EUR 1,566 million in 2005 from EUR 1,371 million in 2004, due to increased income from Structured Finance and Financial Markets businesses in the U.K., increased income from all product groups in the Americas, and increased income from Financial Markets businesses in Central & Eastern Europe. Operating expenses increased 3.5%, or EUR 33 million, to EUR 982 million in 2005 from EUR 949 million in 2004. The addition to the loan loss provisions was a negative 20 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 compared to 23 basis points due to a release of EUR 87 million in 2005 and an addition of EUR 109 million in 2004.
ING Real Estate
Total underlying profit before tax of the asset management activities, primarily related to ING Real Estate, was EUR 346 million in 2005, an increase of 3.3% or EUR 11 million compared to EUR 335 million in 2004. Underlying profit before tax of ING Real Estate decreased 4.4%, or EUR 16 million to EUR 349 million in 2005 from EUR 365 million in 2004 primarily related to impairments on development projects in Poland and the Czech Republic of EUR 78 million, offset by higher profit from the real estate finance and investment management activities. The real estate financing activities benefited from growth in the lending portfolio and lower additions to the provision for loan losses in 2005 compared to 2004. Underlying profit before tax of the investment management activities increased due to strong growth of assets under management following the purchases of portfolios, including the Gables Residential Trust in the U.S. and the Abbey National portfolio in the U.K. and fair value property revaluations.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 8 million higher than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 2,599 million in 2005. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2005 is primarily attributable to EUR 190 million for the alignment of the US GAAP reporting with the change in loan loss provision estimation process on adoption of IFRS-EU in 2005; EUR (3) million in 2005 compared to EUR 206 million in 2004 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting; EUR (115) million in 2005 compared to EUR (190) million in 2004 for differences in debt securities valuation; and, EUR (45) million in 2005 primarily related to the underlying IFRS-EU and US GAAP differences within the associates’ accounting for real estate, which became a significant reconciling item in 2005 due to changes in the property investment portfolio. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4.1 of the consolidated financial statements.

49


Table of Contents

RETAIL BANKING
         
  2005  2004 
  (EUR millions) 
Interest result
  4,397   3,928 
Commission and other income
  1,399   1,134 
 
      
Total income
  5,796   5,062 
 
        
Operating expenses
  3,829   3,703 
Additions to the provision for loan losses
  90   184 
 
      
Total expenditure
  3,919   3,887 
 
        
Profit before tax
  1,877   1,175 
Gains/losses on divestments
  (62)    
Profit before tax from divested units
      (7)
 
      
Underlying profit before tax
  1,815   1,168 
 
      
Income
Total income increased 14.5%, or EUR 734 million, to EUR 5,796 million in 2005 from EUR 5,062 million in 2004, driven mainly by increased income from mortgages and savings in the Netherlands and growth from savings, current accounts and structured notes in Belgium.,Income growth in 2005 compared to 2004 was also affected by the proportional (50%) consolidation of Postkantoren BV in the Netherlands from January 2005 (which had no impact on total profit) adding EUR 168 million to total income and the EUR 48 million loss recorded in the first quarter of 2004 on a unit-linked mortgage product in the Netherlands
Expenses
Operating expenses increased 3.4%, or EUR 126 million, to EUR 3,829 million in 2005 from EUR 3,703 million in 2004, primarily related to proportional the consolidation of Postkantoren BV, EUR 33 million in one-off costs related to the announced efficiency programme for the Operations & IT activities in the Benelux, EUR 27 million in accelerated software depreciation in the Netherlands and the impact of the new labour agreement in the Netherlands was partially offset by a release of EUR 83 million from provisions following healthcare and pension legislative changes in the Netherlands. The cost/income ratio improved to 66.1% in 2005 from 73.2% in 2004.
The addition to the provision of loan losses declined 51.1%, or EUR 94 million, to EUR 90 million in 2005 from EUR 184 million in 2004, mainly due to releases in Belgium and Poland of EUR 27 million in 2005 compared with an addition of EUR 53 million in 2004. The addition equalled 11 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 compared with 25 basis points in 2004.
Profit before tax
Divestments in 2005 contributed EUR 62 million to profit before tax, representing Retail Banking’s portion of the gain on the sale of a 12.8% stake in ING Bank Slaski in Poland, taking ING’s stake to 75%. The divested retail banking activities of BHF-Bank contributed EUR 7 million to profit in 2004. Including those items total profit before tax rose 59.7%, or EUR 702 million, to EUR 1,877 million in 2005 from EUR 1,175 million in 2004.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Retail Banking increased 55.4%, or EUR 647 million to EUR 1,815 million in 2005 from EUR 1,168 million in 2004, driven by strong growth in savings and mortgages in the home markets of the Benelux and the impact of increased prepayment penalties on mortgages as clients refinanced to take advantage of low interest rates. The addition to the loan loss provisions declined as a result of the improved credit environment and releases in Belgium and Poland. Cost containment measures and strong income growth resulted in an improvement in the cost/income ratio in 2005 to 66.1% from 73.2% in 2004.

50


Table of Contents

   
Retail Banking — 2005 Underlying Profit before Tax by Geographic Region
  
 
(PIE CHART)
  
 
1) Mainly ING Vysya Bank, Private Banking rest of the world and the Kookmin Bank stake
 
2) Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2004 is as follows: The Netherlands EUR 1,091 million, Belgium EUR 55 million, Poland EUR 19 million and Other Retail Banking EUR 3 million
Netherlands
In the Netherlands, underlying profit before tax rose 27.1%, or EUR 296 million, to EUR 1,387 million in 2005 from EUR 1,091 million in 2004, driven by growth in mortgage lending and savings and increased income received from prepayment penalties on mortgages. The total interest margin stayed almost flat in 2005 compared to 2004 supported by the increased prepayment penalties and offset by decreased interest margins on savings and current accounts resulting from the low interest rate environment. Income increased 15.9%, or EUR 531 million, to EUR 3,866 million in 2005 from EUR 3,335 million in 2004, primarily related to the consolidation of Postkantoren BV beginning in 2005 and the inclusion of the EUR 48 million loss on the unit-linked mortgage product at Postbank in the first quarter of 2004. Operating expenses increased 11.2%, or EUR 237 million, to EUR 2,360 million in 2005 from EUR 2,123 million in 2004 due to the consolidation of Postkantoren BV, EUR 33 million in restructuring costs for the streamlining and outsourcing of ING’s Operations & IT activities as announced in July and November, EUR 27 million in accelerated software depreciation, the new collective labour agreement, and partially offset by the release of EUR 83 million from provisions for employee benefits following the healthcare and pension legislative changes. The addition to the loan loss provisions was 18 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 compared with 21 basis points in 2004.
Belgium
In Belgium, underlying profit before tax increased 512.7%, or EUR 282 million, from EUR 55 million in 2004 to EUR 337 million in 2005, driven by increased income due to strong growth of savings and current accounts and high sales of structured notes, as well as lower expenses and releases of loan loss provisions. Total income rose 11.9%, or EUR 152 million, to EUR 1,426 million in 2005 from EUR 1,274 million in 2004. Operating expenses declined 7.0%, or EUR 83 million, to EUR 1,100 million in 2005 from EUR 1,183 million in 2004, due to high one-off items in 2004, including provisions for litigation issues and impairments on real estate. The impact in 2005 of the acquisition of Mercator Bank in the fourth quarter of 2004 was largely offset by the sale of ING Securities Bank France and Banque Baring Brothers Suisse in 2005, which were reported under ING Belgium. The addition to the loan loss provisions was negative 8 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 compared to 34 basis points in 2004 due to a EUR 11 million net release of provisions in 2005.
Poland
In Poland, underlying profit before tax from the retail banking activities of ING Bank Slaski more than doubled from EUR 19 million in 2004 to EUR 41 million in 2005 due to releases from loan loss provisions following an improvement in the quality of the lending portfolio. Risk costs turned from EUR 17 million in 2004 to a net release of EUR 16 million in 2005. Adjusted for exchange rate changes, income rose 2.0% as the growth in savings and deposits was largely offset by narrower margins and

51


Table of Contents

lower lending volumes. Operating expenses increased by 13.1% due to investments to upgrade the branch network and higher marketing costs.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 78 million higher than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 1,877 million in 2005. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2005 is primarily attributable to EUR 191 million for the alignment of the US GAAP reporting with the change in loan loss provision estimation process on adoption of IFRS-EU in 2005; EUR (36) million in 2005 compared to EUR (8) million in 2004 for the reversal of goodwill on disposals; and, EUR (76) million in 2005 compared to EUR 216 million in 2004 for differences in debt securities valuation. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4.1 of the consolidated financial statements.
ING DIRECT
         
  2005  2004 
  (EUR millions) 
Interest result
  1,947   1,608 
Commission and other income
  172   101 
 
      
Total income
  2,119   1,709 
 
        
Operating expenses
  1,396   1,185 
Additions to the provision for loan losses
  106   89 
 
      
Total expenditure
  1,502   1,274 
 
        
Profit before tax
  617   435 
 
        
Underlying profit before tax
  617   435 
Income
Total income rose 24.0%, or EUR 410 million, to EUR 2,119 million in 2005 from EUR 1,709 million in 2004, mainly driven by a 21.1% increase in the interest result due to the continued strong growth in funds entrusted. The total interest margin in 2005 narrowed to 0.86% from 0.98% in 2004, mainly caused by a flattening of the yield curve and the strategic decision to maintain competitive client rates in favour of stimulating business growth.
Expenses
Operating expenses rose 17.8%, or EUR 211 million, to EUR 1,396 million in 2005 from EUR 1,185 million in 2004, reflecting investments to support the continued growth of the business, notably in mortgage distribution. The cost/income ratio improved to 65.9% in 2005 from 69.3% in 2004, and the operational cost base (excluding marketing expenses) improved to 0.40% of total assets compared with 0.44% in 2004. The average number of full-time employees in 2005 rose to 6,500 from 5,300 in 2004, mainly due to expansion in Germany, the U.S. and the U.K.
The addition to the provision for loan losses increased 19.1%, or EUR 17 million, to EUR 106 million in 2005 from EUR 89 million in 2004. The addition equalled 17 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets, down from 22 basis points in 2004 as the probability of default diminished.
Profit before tax
Profit before tax from ING Direct rose 41.8%, or EUR 182 million to EUR 617 million in 2005 from EUR 435 million in 2004, primarily driven by the continued strong growth in the euro-countries – Germany, France, Spain and Italy. This increase was partially offset by a slight decline in the US operations profit before tax in 2005 compared to 2004, due to increases of deposit rates related to increases in the Federal Reserve rate and an unfavourable yield curve development.

52


Table of Contents

ING Card had a loss of EUR 16 million in 2005 compared to a loss of EUR 6 million in 2004, mainly due to increased additions to loan loss provisions and increased marketing and IT expenses.
   
ING Direct — 2005 Profit before Tax by Geographic Region
  
 
(PIE CHART)
  
 
1) Other includes: Spain, Italy, UK, France and ING Card.
 
2) Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2004 is as follows: Canada EUR 66 million, Australia EUR 60 million, United States EUR 170 million, Germany EUR 151 million and Other EUR (12) million.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 10 million higher than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 617 million in 2005. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2005 is primarily attributable to EUR 95 million for the alignment of the US GAAP reporting with the change in loan loss provision estimation process on adoption of IFRS-EU in 2005; and, EUR (98) million in 2005 compared to EUR (237) million in 2004 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4.1 of the consolidated financial statements.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
ING Groep N.V. is a holding company whose principal assets are its investments in the capital stock of its primary insurance and banking subsidiaries. The liquidity and capital resource considerations for ING Groep N.V., ING Insurance and ING Bank vary in light of the business conducted by each, as well as the insurance and bank regulatory requirements applicable to the Group in the Netherlands and the other countries in which it does business. ING Groep N.V. has no employees and substantially all of ING Groep N.V.’s operating expenses are allocated to and paid by its operating companies.
As a holding company, ING Groep N.V.’s principal sources of funds are funds that may be raised from time to time from the issuance of debt or equity securities and bank or other borrowings, as well as cash dividends received from its subsidiaries. ING Groep N.V.’s total debt and capital securities outstanding to third parties at December 31, 2005 was EUR 11,095 million, and at December 31, 2004 EUR 10,570. The EUR 11,095 million of debt outstanding at December 31, 2005 consisted of EUR 1,261 million principal amount of 8.439% non-cumulative guaranteed trust preferred securities issued in December 2000, EUR 589 million principal amount of 6.5% perpetual subordinated debt securities issued in September 2001, EUR 659 million principal amount of 7.05% perpetual debt securities issued in July 2002, EUR 904 million principal amount of 7.20% perpetual debt securities issued in December 2002, EUR 631 million principal amount perpetual debt securities with a variable interest rate issued in June 2003, EUR 410 million principal amount of 6.20% perpetual debt securities issued in October 2003, EUR 934 million principal amount perpetual debt securities with a variable interest rate issued in 2004, EUR 496 million principal amount of 4.176% perpetual debt securities issued in 2005, EUR 574 million principal amount of 6.125% perpetual debt securities issued in 2005, EUR 837

53


Table of Contents

million principal amount of 5.775% perpetual debt securities issued in 2005 and EUR 3,740 million debentures. The detail with respect to the debentures is as follows:
           
        Balance sheet value 
Interest Rate (%) Year of issue  Due date             (EUR millions) 
5.0
  2001  May 3, 2006  999 
6.125
  2000  January 4, 2011  996 
6
  2000  August 1, 2007  750 
5.5
  1999  September 14, 2009  995 
 
          
 
        3,740 
At December 31, 2005 and 2004, ING Groep N.V. also owed EUR 991 million and EUR 606 million to ING Group companies pursuant to intercompany lending arrangements. Of the EUR 991 million owed by ING Groep N.V. to ING Group companies at December 31, 2005, EUR 35 million was owed to ING Insurance companies, EUR 406 million was owed to ING Bank companies and EUR 550 million was owed to direct subsidiaries of ING Group companies, as a result of normal intercompany transactions.
At December 31, 2005 and 2004, ING Groep N.V. had EUR 5 million and EUR 460 million of cash. Dividends paid to the Company by its subsidiaries amounted to EUR 2,296 million and EUR 1,446 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively, in each case representing dividends declared and paid with respect to the reporting calander year and the prior calendar year. Of the amounts paid to the Company, EUR 1,595 million and EUR 629 million were received from ING Insurance in 2005 and 2004, respectively; EUR 700 million and EUR 817 million were received from ING Bank in 2005 and 2004 respectively, and for 2005 EUR 0 million was received from other ING Group companies. Repayments to ING by its subsidiaries amounted to EUR 0 million in 2005 and EUR 2,303 million in and 2004, respectively, of the amounts paid to the Company, EUR 0 million was received from ING Bank in 2005 and EUR 2,303 million was received from ING Bank in 2004. ING and its Dutch subsidiaries are subject to legal restrictions on the amount of dividends they can pay to their shareholders. The Dutch Civil Code provides that dividends can only be paid by Dutch companies up to an amount equal to the excess of a company’s shareholders’ equity over the sum of paid-up capital and shareholders’ reserves required by law. Further, certain of the Group companies are subject to restrictions on the amount of funds they may transfer in the form of cash dividends or otherwise to ING Groep N.V.
In addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital and capital base requirements that are imposed by insurance, banking and other regulators in the countries in which the Group’s subsidiaries operate, other limitations exist in certain countries. For example, the operations of the Group’s insurance company subsidiaries located in the United States are subject to limitations on the payment of dividends to their parent company under applicable state insurance laws. Dividends paid in excess of these limitations generally require prior approval of the Insurance Commissioner of the state of domicile.
ING Group Consolidated Cash Flows
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended December 31, 2004
Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to EUR 33,749 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an decrease of 55.1% compared to EUR 75,102 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. This decrease was mainly due to a reclassification of mortgage backed securities under IFRS-EU from investments to loans and advances to customers as well as a higher cashflow employed in trading assets/liabilities. The cashflow generated through the provisions for insurance and investment contracts of EUR 21,250 million and through the customer deposits and other funds on deposit of the banking operations of EUR 62,709 million was to a large extent used for the lending and investment portfolio. The higher increase in the provisions for insurance and investment contracts of EUR 21,250 million in 2005 compared with EUR 13,244 million in 2004 mainly reflects the growth of the life business. The cashflow employed in lending, including the reclassification of mortgage backed securities, increased from a cashflow of EUR 34,737 million in 2004 to a cash outflow of EUR 62,709 million in 2005, reflecting the growth of the mortgage portfolio and corporate lending both inside and outside the Netherlands.

54


Table of Contents

Net cash used in investment activities in 2005 was EUR 50,306 million, compared to EUR 72,265 million in 2004. The decrease was mainly caused by the reclassification of mortgage backed securities from investments to loans and advances to customers, included in the cashflow from operating activities. Excluding this impact both available-for-sale investments and investments for the risk of policyholders increased, reflecting the growth of the life insurance operations.
Net cash flow from financing activities was EUR 7,312 million in 2005, compared to EUR 1,079 million in 2004. The increase of EUR 6,233 million in net cash flow from financing activities mainly reflects an increase in the growth of borrowed funds and the insurance of debt securities.
The operating, investing and financing activities described above resulted in net cash and cash equivalents at year-end 2005 of EUR 3,335 million, compared to EUR11,588 million at year-end 2004, an increase of EUR 8,253 million from 2004 levels, mainly reflected in a decrease in amounts due from/to banks.
ING Insurance Cash Flows
The principal sources of funds for ING Insurance are premiums, net investment income and proceeds from sales or maturity of investments, while the major uses of these funds are to provide life policy benefits, pay surrenders and profit sharing for life policyholders, pay non-life claims and related claims expenses, and pay other operating costs. ING Insurance generates a substantial cash flow from operations as a result of most premiums being received in advance of the time when claim payments or policy benefits are required. These positive operating cash flows, along with that portion of the investment portfolio that is held in cash and highly liquid securities, have historically met the liquidity requirements of ING Insurance’s operations, as evidenced by the growth in investments. See also “Item 11. ”Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure on Market Risk”.
Premium income and investment income totaled EUR 45,758 million and EUR 9,944 million in 2005, EUR 43,617 million and EUR 10,179 million in 2004. Uses of funds by ING Insurance include underwriting expenditures (reinsurance premiums, benefits, surrenders, claims and profit sharing by life policyholders) and employee and other operating expenses, as well as interest expense on outstanding borrowings. Underwriting expenditures, employee and other operating expenses and interest expense for ING Insurance totaled EUR 47,120 million, EUR 5,195 million and EUR 1,100 million in 2005 and EUR 45,384 million, EUR 4,746 million and EUR 1,140 million in.
ING Insurance’s liquidity requirements are met on both a short- and long-term basis by funds provided from insurance premiums collected, investment income and collected reinsurance receivables, and from the sale and maturity of investments. ING Insurance also has access to the commercial paper, medium-term note and other credit facilities. ING Insurance’s balance of cash and cash equivalents was EUR 2,745 million at December 31, 2005 and EUR 1,967 million at December 31, 2004.
Net cash provided by operating activities was EUR 18,058 million in 2005 and EUR 17,636 million in 2004.
Net cash used by ING Insurance in investment activities was EUR 20,554 million in 2005 and EUR 19,530 million in 2004.
Cash provided by ING Insurance’s financing activities amounted to EUR 2,887 million and EUR 2,061 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Capital Base Margins and Capital Requirements
In the United States, since 1993, insurers, including the companies comprising ING Insurance U.S. operations, have been subject to risk-based capital (“RBC”) guidelines. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Regulation and Supervision – Insurance – ING Americas.”

55


Table of Contents

ING Bank Cash Flows
The principal sources of funds for ING Bank’s operations are growth of the retail funding, which mainly consists of current accounts, savings and retail deposits, repayments of loans, disposals and redemptions of investment securities (mainly bonds), sales of trading portfolio securities, interest income and commission income. The major uses of funds are advances of loans and other credits, investments, purchases of investment securities, funding of trading portfolios, interest expense and administrative expenses (See Item 11, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk”). At December 31, 2005 and 2004, ING Bank had EUR 969 million and EUR 10,318 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents.
The EUR 40,012 million decrease in the ING Bank’s operating activities of EUR 17,041 million cash inflow for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared with a EUR 57,053 million cash inflow for the year ended December 31, 2004, was largely attributable to the increase of the loans and advances caused by the reclassification of the mortgage backed securities from the net cashflow from investing activities to the net cashflow from operating activities as well as the decrease of banks available on demand and the decrease of the reverse repurchases.
Net cash generated from investment activities was EUR 29,754 million cash outflow and EUR 52,726 million cash outflow in 2005 and 2004, respectively, mainly reflecting the investment in interest-earning securities exceeding the dispositions and redemptions of interest-earning securities. Investment in interest-earning securities was EUR 95,905 million and EUR 105,004 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively. Dispositions and redemptions of interest-earning securities was EUR 65,964 million and EUR 53,999 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Net cash flow from financing activities amounted to EUR 2,759 million and EUR (89) million in 2005 and 2004, respectively.
The operating, investment and financing activities described above resulted in a negative net cash flow of EUR 9,954 million in 2005 and a positive net cash flow of EUR 4,238 million in 2004.
Capital Adequacy
Capital adequacy and the use of capital are monitored by ING Bank and its subsidiaries, employing techniques based on the guidelines developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and implemented by the EU and the Dutch Central Bank for supervisory purposes. See “Item 4, Information on the Company”.
The following table sets forth the risk-weighted capital ratios of ING Bank N.V. as of December 31, 2005 and 2004.
         
  Year ended December 31, 
  2005  2004 
  (EUR million, other than percentages) 
Risk-Weighted Assets
  319,653   274,138 
Consolidated group equity:
        
Tier 1 Capital
  23,408   20,000 
Tier 2 Capital
  11,605   10,533 
Tier 3 Capital
  363   357 
Supervisory deductions
  (650)  (534)
 
      
Total qualifying capital
  34,726   30,356 
 
      
 
        
Tier 1 Capital Ratio
  7.32 %  7.30 %
Total Capital Ratio (Tier 1, 2 and 3)
  10.86 %  11.07 %
ING Group’s management believes that working capital is sufficient to meet the current and reasonably foreseeable needs of the Company.

56


Table of Contents

Off-Balance-Sheet-Arrangements
Reference is made to Note 2.1.4 Off-Balance-sheet arrangements.
             
      Less  More 
      than  than 
  Total  one  one 
  2005  year  year 
  (EUR millions) 
Insurance operations
            
Commitments concerning investments in land and buildings
  128       128 
Commitments concerning fixed-interest securities
  1,922   1,778   144 
Guarantees
  237       237 
Other
  1,999   754   1,245 
 
            
Banking operations
            
Contingent liabilities in respect of:
            
discounted bills
  5   5     
guarantees
  15,933   9,052   6,873 
irrevocable letters of credit
  7,436   6,760   676 
other
  396   367   29 
 
         
 
  28,056   18,716   9,332 
Irrevocable facilities
  85,098   39,768   45,330 
 
         
Total
  113,154   58,484   54,662 
 
         
Total tabular disclosure of contractual obligations
The table below shows the cash payment requirements from specified contractual obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2005:
                     
  Payment due by period 
      Less          More 
      than  1-3  3-5  than 5 
  Total  1 year  years  years  years 
  (EUR millions) 
Operating lease obligations
  1,341   275   375   336   355 
Subordinated loans of Group Companies
  14,310   1,011   2,170   2,205   8,924 
Preference shares of Group companies
  1,260               1,260 
Debenture loans
  81,241   45,057   11,180   11,180   13,824 
Loans contracted
  9,711   6,082   1,041   922   1,666 
Loans from Credit Institutions
  6,971   4,443   1,593   359   576 
Insurance provisions
  263,487   13,567   10,060   10,060   229,800 
 
               
Total
  378,321   70,435   26,419   25,062   256,405 
 
               

57


Table of Contents

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees
SUPERVISORY BOARD
Function of Supervisory Board and its committees
The function of the Supervisory Board is to supervise the policy of the Executive Board and the general course of events in the company and its business, as well as to provide advice to the Executive Board. The Supervisory Board has three committees: the Audit Committee, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. The organisation, powers and modus operandi of the Supervisory Board are detailed in the Supervisory Board Charter. Separate charters have been drawn up for the Audit Committee, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. These charters are available on the ING Group website (www.ing.com). A short description of the duties for the three Committees follows below.
The Audit Committee assists the Supervisory Board in monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of ING Group, ING Verzekeringen N.V. and ING Bank N.V., in monitoring the compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and in monitoring the independence and performance of ING’s internal and external auditors.
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee advises the Supervisory Board amongst others on the composition of the Supervisory Board and Executive Board, on the compensation packages of the members of the Executive Board and on stock-based compensation programmes for top-management, including the Executive Board.
The Corporate Governance Committee assists the Supervisory Board in monitoring and evaluating the corporate governance of ING as a whole and the reporting thereon in the Annual Report and to the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, and advises the Supervisory Board on improvements in respect of the foregoing.
Profile of members of the Supervisory Board
The Supervisory Board has drawn up a profile to be used as a basis for its composition. The profile was submitted for discussion to the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders in 2005. It is available at the ING Group head office and on the ING Group website (www.ing.com).
In view of their experience and the valuable contribution that former members of the Executive Board can make to the Supervisory Board, it has been decided, taking into account the size of the Board and ING’s wide range of activities, that such individuals may become member of the Supervisory Board of ING Group. There is, however, a restriction in that only one in every five other members of the Supervisory Board may be a former member of the Executive Board. In addition, this member must wait at least one year after resigning from the Executive Board before becoming eligible for appointment to the Supervisory Board. Former members of the Executive Board are not eligible for appointment to the position of chairman of the Supervisory Board.
After being appointed to the Supervisory Board, a former member of the Executive Board may also be appointed to one of the Supervisory Board’s committees. However, appointment to the position of chairman of a committee is only possible if the individual in question resigned from the Executive Board at least five years prior to such appointment.
Reappointment of Supervisory Board members
Members of the Supervisory Board will resign from the Board at the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders held in the calendar year in which they will complete the fourth year after their most recent reappointment. As a general rule, they shall also resign at the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders in the year in which they attain the age of seventy and shall not be reappointed. The schedule for resignation by rotation is available on the ING Group website (www.ing.com). Members of the Supervisory Board may as a general rule be reappointed for two periods of four years, based on a proposal from the Supervisory Board to the Shareholders’ Meeting.

58


Table of Contents

Ancillary positions/Conflicting interests
Members of the Supervisory Board are asked to provide details of any other directorships, paid positions and ancillary positions they may hold. Such positions are not permitted to conflict with the interests of ING Group. It is the responsibility of the individual member of the Supervisory Board and the Supervisory Board’s Corporate Governance Committee to ensure that the directorship duties are performed properly and not affected by any other positions that the individual may hold outside the group.
Details of transactions involving actual or potential conflicts of interest
Details of any relationships that members of the Supervisory Board may have with ING Group subsidiaries as ordinary, private individuals are not reported, with the exception of any loans that may have been granted to them.
Independence
Members of the Supervisory Board to whom the dependence criteria of the Tabaksblat Code do not apply and members of the Supervisory Board to whom the criteria do apply but who can explain why this does not undermine their independence, are deemed to be independent. Annually, the Supervisory Board members are requested to assess whether the Tabaksblat Code dependence criteria still do not apply and to confirm this in writing. On the basis of these criteria, all members of the Supervisory Board are to be regarded as independent as of 31 December 2005.
Remuneration and share ownership
The remuneration of the members of the Supervisory Board is set by the General Meeting of Shareholders and is not dependent on the results of the company.
Members of the Supervisory Board are permitted to hold shares and depositary receipts for shares in the company for long-term investment purposes. If any members of the Supervisory Board were granted ING option rights during their previous membership of the Executive Board, these option rights will be part of the ING option scheme. Transactions by Supervisory Board members in ING Group shares and depositary receipts for shares and ING option rights held by Supervisory Board members are subject to the ING regulations for insiders. These regulations can be downloaded from the ING Group website (www.ing.com).
Set forth below is certain information concerning the members of the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.
MEMBERS OF SUPERVISORY BOARD OF ING GROEP N.V.
Cor A.J. Herkströter, chairman
(Born 1937, appointed in 1998, term expires in 2006, Dutch nationality)
Chairman of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. Former president of Royal Dutch Petroleum Company and chairman of the Committee of Managing Directors, Royal Dutch/Shell Group. Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of Koninklijke DSM N.V. (listed company). Member of the Advisory Committee, Robert Bosch GmbH. Trustee of the International Accounting Standards Committee Foundation. Chairman of the Social Advisory Council, Tinbergen Institute. Professor of International Management, University of Amsterdam. Chairman of the Advisory Committee Royal NIVRA (Netherlands Institute of Chartered Accountants). Member Committee Capital Market, Authority Financial Markets, Amsterdam.
Eric Bourdais de Charbonnière, vice-chairman
(Born 1939, appointed in 2004, term expires in 2008, French nationality)
Member of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. Former managing director of JP Morgan and Chief Financial Officer of Michelin. Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of Michelin and member of the Supervisory Board of Thomson (listed companies).

59


Table of Contents

Luella Gross Goldberg
(Born 1937, appointed in 2001, term expires in 2007, American nationality)
Member of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. Former member of the Board of Directors of ReliaStar Financial Corp. Other business activities: member of the Supervisory Board of each of TCF Financial Corporation, Hormel Foods Corporation, Communications Systems Inc. and Hector Communications Corporation (listed companies). Member of the Advisory Board of Carlson School of Management, University of Minnesota. Member of the Supervisory Board of the Minnesota Orchestra. Member (emerita) of the Board of Trustees, Wellesley College.
Paul F. van der Heijden
(Born 1949, appointed in 1995, term expires in 2007, Dutch nationality)
Appointment also on the recommendation of the Central Works Council. Member of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. Rector Magnificus and professor of labour law and industrial relations at the University of Amsterdam. Other business activities: Member of the Supervisory Board of NUON N.V. and Buhrmann Nederland B.V. Crown-appointed member of the Social and Economic Council of the Netherlands. President of the ILO Governing Body, Committee on Freedom of Association (United Nations).
Claus Dieter Hoffmann
(Born 1942, appointed in 2003, term expires in 2007, German nationality)
Member of the Audit Committee. Former Chief Financial Officer of Robert Bosch GmbH. Other business activities: managing partner of H+H Senior Advisors, Stuttgart. Member of the Supervisory Board of each of EnBW AG (listed company), Bauerfeind AG and Jowat AG. Chairman of the Charlottenklinik Foundation (hospital). Chairman of the Board of Trustees (Vereinigung der Freunde) of Stuttgart University.
Jan H.M. Hommen
(Born 1943, appointed in 2005, term expires in 2009, Dutch nationality)
Member of the Audit Committee (from November 2005). Former vice-chairman and CFO of the Board of Management of Royal Philips Electronics. Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Reed Elsevier and TNT N.V. (listed companies). Member of the Supervisory Board of Koninklijke Ahold N.V. (listed company). Chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Academisch Ziekenhuis Maastricht (hospital) and Tias Business School. Chairman of the Board of Directors of Medquist Inc.
Aad G. Jacobs
(Born 1936, appointed in 1998, last term expires in 2006, Dutch nationality)
Chairman of the Audit Committee. Former chairman of the Executive Board of ING Group (retired in May 1998).
Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Royal Dutch Shell plc, Imtech N.V. and N.V. Verenigd Bezit VNU (listed companies). Vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of SBM Offshore NV and Buhrmann N.V. (listed companies). Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Royal Johan Enschedé N.V.
Wim Kok
(Born 1938, appointed in 2003, term expires in 2007, Dutch nationality)
Former Minister of Finance and Prime Minister of the Netherlands. Other business activities: member of the Supervisory Board of each of Royal Dutch Shell plc and TNT N.V. (listed companies). Member of the Supervisory Board of KLM Royal Dutch Airlines. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of the Anne Frank Foundation. Member of the Supervisory Board of each of the Rijksmuseum, the National Ballet and the Music Theatre, Amsterdam, AGO Foundation and the Netherlands Cancer Institute, Antoni van Leeuwenhoek Hospital. Member of the Board of Start Foundation.
Godfried J.A. van der Lugt
(Born 1940, appointed in 2001, term expires in 2009, Dutch nationality)
Member of the Audit Committee (from November 2005). Former chairman of the Executive Board of ING Group (retired in May 2000). Other business activities: Chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Siemens Nederland N.V. and Stadsherstel Amsterdam NV. Vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board

60


Table of Contents

of University Medical Center Groningen (hospital). Treasurer of Vereniging Natuurmonumenten (foundation for nature conservation).
Paul J.A. Baron de Meester
(Born 1935, appointed in 1998, last term expires in 2006, Belgian nationality)
Member of the Audit Committee (until November 2005). Former member of the Board of Directors of BBL. Former chairman of the Belgian construction company Besix-Betonimmo. Other business activities: member of the Supervisory Board of each of Tessenderlo Chemie N.V. and ETEX N.V. Chairman of the International Chamber of Commerce Belgium. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Regionaal Ziekenhuis H. Hart (hospital).
Karel Vuursteen
(Born 1941, appointed in 2002, term expires in 2006, Dutch nationality)
Former chairman of the Executive Board of Heineken N.V. Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of Petroplus International N.V. and member of the Supervisory Board of each of Akzo Nobel N.V., AB Electrolux and Henkel KGaA (listed companies). Member of the Board of Directors of Heineken Holding N.V.
Changes in the composition
Aad Jacobs and Paul Baron de Meester will retire after the 2006 Shareholders’ Meeting, having reached the age of 70 and 71, respectively. Cor Herkströter and Karel Vuursteen will be nominated for reappointment to the Supervisory Board in the Shareholders’ Meeting on 25 April 2006. Mr. Herkströter will reach the age of 70 in 2007, while Mr. Vuursteen will be eligible for reappointment for the full four-year term.
At the 2006 Shareholders’ Meeting Piet Klaver (born 1945, Dutch nationality) will be proposed for appointment to the Supervisory Board as of April 25, 2006.
Mr. Klaver is chairman of the Executive Board of SVH Holdings N.V. The proposed appointment of Piet Klaver is based on his international experience as Executive Board chairman of a multinational and his knowledge of international business.
EXECUTIVE BOARD
Function of the Executive Board
The Executive Board is responsible for the day-to-day management of the company and its business lines (Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas, Insurance Asia/Pacific, Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct). The organisation, powers and modus operandi of the Executive Board are detailed in the Executive Board Charter, which was approved by the Supervisory Board. The Executive Board Charter is available on the ING Group website (www.ing.com).
Profile of the Executive Board
The Supervisory Board has drawn up a profile to be used as a basis for the composition of the Executive Board. The profile was submitted for discussion to the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders in 2005. It is available at the ING Group head office and on the ING Group website (www.ing.com).
Remuneration and share ownership
Details of the remuneration of members of the Executive Board, including shares and/or or option rights granted to them, together with information on the policy behind such decisions, are provided, starting on page 67. Members of the Executive Board are permitted to hold shares and depositary receipts for shares in the company for long-term investment purposes. Transactions in these shares are subject to the ING regulations for insiders. These regulations are available on the ING Group website (www.ing.com).
Ancillary positions/Conflicting interests
In order to avoid potential conflicts of interest, ING Group has a policy that members of its Executive Board do not accept corporate directorships with listed companies outside ING. The only exception is the membership of Fred Hubbell of the Board of Directors of The Macerich Company in the United States, a real-estate company. He held this position already prior to his employment with ING.

61


Table of Contents

Transactions involving actual or potential conflicts of interest
Details of relationships that members of the Executive Board may have with ING Group subsidiaries as ordinary, private individuals are not reported, with the exception of information on any loans that may have been granted to them. In all these cases, the company complies with the best-practice provisions of the Tabaksblat Code.
MEMBERS OF EXECUTIVE BOARD OF ING GROEP N.V.
Michel J. Tilmant, chairman
(Born 1952, Belgian nationality)
Michel Tilmant graduated from Louvain University with a Licence in Business Administration. He is also a graduate of Louvain School for European Affairs. He started his career with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company in New York. In 1992 he joined Bank Brussels Lambert, where he was appointed chairman of the Executive Board in 1997. After the acquisition of BBL by ING in 1998, Michel Tilmant was appointed vice-chairman as of May 2000. He was appointed chairman in April 2004. Four Group staff departments report directly to Michel Tilmant: Corporate Human Resources, Corporate Development, Corporate Communications & Affairs and Corporate Audit Services.
Cees Maas, vice-chairman and CFO
(Born 1947, Dutch nationality)
After completing his degree in engineering physics and economics at the Erasmus University of Rotterdam in 1976, Cees Maas joined the Ministry of Finance of the Netherlands. From 1986 to 1992 he was Treasurer-General. In July 1992, he joined ING Group and became a member of the Executive Board. In July 1996, Cees Maas was appointed Chief Financial Officer. He was appointed vice-chairman of the Executive Board in April 2004. The following departments report to Cees Maas: Corporate Control & Finance, Market Risk Management, Credit Risk Management, Capital Management, Corporate Insurance Risk Management, Corporate Tax and Corporate Legal, Compliance & Security.
Eric F. Boyer de la Giroday
(Born 1952, Belgian nationality)
After completing his degree in commercial engineering at the Free University of Brussels and a Master in Business Administration at the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania, Eric Boyer started his career with Citibank in 1978. In 1984 he joined Bank Brussels Lambert, which was acquired by ING Group in 1998, where he held various management positions in the fields of capital markets, treasury and corporate and investment banking. He was appointed a member of the Executive Board of ING Group in April 2004. He is responsible for Wholesale Banking.
Fred S. Hubbell
(Born 1951, American nationality)
Fred Hubbell received his bachelor’s degree (B.A.) from the University of North Carolina in Chapel Hill. He also has a law degree from the University of Iowa College of Law, Iowa City and attended the Harvard Graduate School of Business in Boston. He was Chief Executive Officer and President of the US life insurance company Equitable of Iowa, which was acquired by ING in 1997. Following his responsibility for the international insurance activities, he was appointed a member of the Executive Board of ING Group in May 2000. Fred Hubbell is also chairman of ING Verzekeringen N.V. (ING Insurance). He is responsible for the insurance activities in the Americas (US, Canada, Latin America) and for Nationale-Nederlanden in the Netherlands as well as ING Investment Management in both the Americas and Europe. He is also responsible for the coordination of the global activities of ING Investment Management.
Eli P. Leenaars
(Born 1961, Dutch nationality)
Eli Leenaars studied civil law at the Catholic University of Nijmegen and received an LLM from the European University Institute in Florence, Italy and attended the Harvard Graduate School of Business in Boston. After a traineeship at ABN AMRO bank, he joined ING in 1991, where he held various management positions, including chairman of ING Poland and of ING Latin America. He was appointed a member of the Executive Board of ING Group in April 2004. He is responsible for Retail Banking (Netherlands, Belgium, South-West Europe, Poland and India). He is also in charge of Operations/IT and private banking.

62


Table of Contents

Alexander H.G. Rinnooy Kan
(Born 1949, Dutch nationality)
Alexander Rinnooy Kan graduated with a doctorate degree in mathematics (cum laude) from the University of Leiden. He also holds a bachelor’s degree in econometrics (cum laude) and a PhD in mathematics from the University of Amsterdam. He was awarded a honorary degree in economics from the Free University of Brussels. Since 1977, he has held various positions with the Erasmus University of Rotterdam, of which he was appointed Rector Magnificus in 1986. In 1991, he became President of the Federation of Netherlands Industries and Employers (VNO). After the merger in 1995 with the Netherlands Christian Employers’ Federation (NCW) he became President of VNO-NCW. In September 1996, he became a member of the Executive Board of ING Group. He is responsible for all insurance activities in Asia/Pacific and Central Europe, as well as ING Investment Management in Asia/Pacific. In addition, he is responsible for ING Real Estate, Corporate IT, Corporate Procurement and ING Global Pensions.
Hans K. Verkoren
(Born 1947, Dutch nationality)
After positions with banks before completing his degree in economics, followed after his graduation with positions at the Ministry of Finance and the Municipality of Amsterdam, Hans Verkoren began his career with ING in 1978 at the Postal Giro and National Savings Bank, which were merged into Postbank N.V. in 1986. In 1987 he was appointed in the Board of Postbank and, after the merger with NMB Bank, in the Board of NMB Postbank Group. After the merger with Nationale-Nederlanden in 1991 he remained responsible for Postbank until 1995. In that year he became responsible for consumer banking international, notably the ING Direct line of business. He was appointed a member of the Executive Board in April 2004. He is responsible for ING Direct and ING Card.
Changes in the composition
Fred Hubbell and Hans Verkoren have elected to retire from the Executive Board as of the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders on 25 April 2006. At the same meeting Alexander Rinnooy Kan will step down from the Executive Board following his appointment as chairman of the Social and Economic Council of the Netherlands (SER).
The Supervisory Board will propose appointing four new members to the Executive Board as of the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders on 25 April 2006:
Dick Harryvan (born 1953, Dutch nationality) who has been Chief Financial Officer, Chief Risk Officer and member of the Global Management Team of ING Direct since 2005.
Tom McInerney (born 1956, American nationality) who has been CEO of ING’s Insurace activities in the United States (US Financial Services) since 2002.
Hans van der Noordaa (born 1961, Dutch nationality) who has been CEO of the Retail Division of ING Netherlands since 2004, a position that made him responsible for Postbank, ING Bank and RVS. Jacques de Vaucleroy (born 1961, Belgian nationality) who has been Group President, ING Retail at US Financial Services since 2004.
REMUNERATION REPORT
This chapter sets out the remuneration for the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board. The remuneration policy for the Executive Board was adopted by the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders (AGM) on 27 April 2004. In 2005 there are no changes to this policy and therefore, the approval of the AGM still applies for 2005. The Supervisory Board proposes to amend the remuneration policy with respect to the Executive Board pension scheme, which amendment is to be submitted to the AGM on 25 April 2006, so that following adoption the remuneration policy thus amended, will apply for 2006 and subsequent years.

63


Table of Contents

GENERAL POLICY SENIOR-MANAGEMENT REMUNERATION
Background
The prime objective of the remuneration policy is to enable the company to recruit and retain qualified and expert managers. The remuneration package supports a performance-driven culture that aligns ING’s objectives with those of its stakeholders. ING rewards performance on the basis of previously determined, challenging, measurable and influenceable short-term and long-term targets.
ING’s remuneration policy is based on five key principles that apply across ING. These principles are:
 Total compensation levels are benchmarked against relevant markets in which ING competes for talent.
 
 ING aims for total compensation at the median level in the relevant market, allowing only for above-median compensation in the event of outstanding performance.
 
 The remuneration package includes variable-pay components (short-term and long-term incentives) to ensure that executive remuneration is linked to ING’s short-term and long-term business performance.
 
 To enhance the effectiveness of the short-term incentive plan, clear, measurable and challenging targets are set at the beginning of each year.
 
 Long-term incentives ensure a focus on longer-term strategic targets and create alignment of management with the interests of shareholders. A broad selection of ING’s senior managers participates in the plan to ensure a common focus on ING’s overall performance.
Remuneration structure
Total compensation throughout ING consists of three basic components:
 Fixed or base salary, which represents the total guaranteed annual income.
 
 Short-term incentive (STI) in cash, which compensates for past performance measured over one year;
 
 Long-term incentive (LTI) in stock options and/or performance shares, compensates for performance measured over multiple years and is forward-looking.
In addition to the base salary and incentive plan participation, Executive Board members enjoy benefits similar to most other employees of ING Group. These include benefits such as healthcare insurance, the use of company cars and, if applicable, expatriate allowances.
Base salary
The base salaries of the Executive Board should be sufficient to attract and retain high calibre management needed to achieve our business objectives. The Supervisory Board assesses the experience, background and responsibilities of the CEO and the members of the Executive Board when making decisions on base-salary levels.
To ensure that base-salary levels are in line with the relevant market for talent, the Supervisory Board reviews the base-salary levels of the Executive Board on an annual basis.
Short-term incentive plan
The short-term incentive plan (STIP) is a key component of ING’s performance-driven culture. The short-term incentive is paid in cash. The ‘at target’ bonus opportunity is expressed as a percentage of base salary. The target levels are based on benchmarks reflecting external market competitiveness as well as internal objectives. Three financial parameters were used in the 2005 STIP for the members of the Executive Board and top senior management across the organisation (the top-200 executives) to measure performance at Group level. These financial parameters are: net profit, total operating expenses and return on economic capital.
By combining a profit, a cost and a return parameter, we believe the overall performance of ING is properly reflected. Each element is weighted equally to determine the final award. The three performance targets are set by the Supervisory Board at the beginning of the performance period. Under the short-term incentive plan, the actual payout in any year may vary between 0% and 200% of the target level.

64


Table of Contents

In addition to the financial targets, part of the short-term incentive award is based on individual performance, assessed over predefined measurable targets set for each senior executive. These targets depend on the specific responsibilities of the individual Executive Board members and are determined and assessed by the Supervisory Board. The Executive Board sets the targets for senior management. For this layer directly reporting to the Executive Board, the emphasis is on individual performance as the primary business-related responsibility.
Short-term incentive: relative weight of Group and individual performance
     
  Group Individual
  performance performance
Executive Board
  70% of total bonus  30% of total bonus
Top senior management
  15% of total bonus  85% of total bonus
Long-term incentive plan
The long-term incentive plan (LTIP) at ING includes both stock options and performance shares (ordinary shares). LTIP awards are granted to ensure alignment of senior management with the interests of shareholders, and to retain top management over a longer period of time. The LTIP awards will be granted with a total “fair value” split between stock options and performance shares. The LTI plan was tabled and approved during the General Meeting of Shareholders on 27 April 2004.
The ING stock options have a total term of ten years and a vesting period of three years. After three years, the options will only vest if the option holder is still employed by ING (or retired). The exercise price of the stock options is equal to the Euronext Amsterdam opening price on a specific date during the first “open period” after the General Meeting of Shareholders.
Performance shares are conditionally granted. The number of shares that is ultimately granted at the end of a 3-year performance period depends on ING Group Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance over three years (return in the form of capital gains and reinvested dividends that shareholders are entitled to in that period) relative to the TSR performance of a pre-defined peer group. The criteria used to determine the performance peer group are: a) considered comparable and relevant by the Supervisory Board, b) representing ING’s current portfolio of businesses (e.g. banking, insurance and asset management) and ING’s geographical spread, c) global players, d) listed and a substantial free float.
On the basis of these criteria the performance peer group is composed as follows:
 Citigroup, Credit Suisse, Fortis, Lloyds TSB (bank/insurance companies);
 
 ABN Amro, Bank of America, BNP Paribas, BSCH, Deutsche Bank, HSBC (banks);
 
 Aegon, AIG, Allianz, Aviva, AXA, Hartford Financial Services, Munich Re, Prudential (insurance companies);
 
 Amvescap PLC (asset manager).
ING’s TSR ranking within this group of companies determines the final number of performance shares that vest at the end of the three-year performance period. The initial number of performance shares granted at the beginning of each three-year period is based on a mid-position ranking of ING. This initial grant will increase or decrease (on a linear basis) on the basis of ING’s TSR position after the three-year performance period as specified in the following table.
Number of shares awarded after each three-year performance period related to peer group
     
ING Ranking Number of shares 
1– 3
  200%
4– 8
 Between 200% and 100%
9– 11
  100%
12– 17
 Between 100% and 0%
18– 20
  0%

65


Table of Contents

The Supervisory Board reviews the peer group before each new three-year performance period. The performance test itself will be carried out at the end of every three-year performance period by an independent third party.
The Executive Board members are not allowed to sell shares obtained either through the stock-option or the performance-shares plan within a period of five years from the grant date. They are only allowed to sell part of their performance shares at the date of vesting to pay tax over the vested award. Shares obtained from exercised stock options may only be sold within a period of five years from the grant date of the options to pay tax over the vested award.
Remuneration levels
Every year a compensation benchmark analysis is performed based upon a peer group of companies. This peer group, established in 2003, is a mix of European financial services companies and Dutch-based multinationals. The peer group reflects ING’s business structure and environment. ING competes with these companies for executive talent. The following companies are part of this compensation peer group: ABN Amro, Aegon, Ahold, AXA, BNP Paribas, Credit Suisse, Fortis, KPN, Royal Bank of Scotland, Société Générale.
In 2003, the compensation benchmark report identified a significant compensation gap at total direct compensation levels between ING’s Executive Board and its peer group counterparts. Key recommendations from the report included that in order to close the gap, in particular the variable (performance-driven) pay component should be increased.
In line with ING’s overall remuneration policy, the Supervisory Board has gradually converged the Executive Board salaries to the European/Dutch median benchmark over a period of four years, starting in 2003. This has been achieved by raising the target bonus levels of both the short-term and long-term incentives. This ensures that future payouts more directly reflect performance. As a result, the mix between base salary, short-term and long-term incentives has changed so that the total remuneration is divided equally between each component (i.e. 1/3rd base salary, 1/3rd short-term incentives, and 1/3rd long-term incentives) in case of at-target performance.
Pensions Executive Board members
The pensions of the Dutch members of the Executive Board are based on defined-benefit plans, which are insured through a contract with Nationale-Nederlanden Levensverzekering Maatschappij N.V. The Employment Contract will terminate by operation of law in case of retirement (“Standard Retirement”), which will take place on June 1 of the year that the individual has reached or will reach the age of 65. The retirement age has been changed from previous years (age 60) to 65 as a result of the change in the Dutch tax reform; Executive Board members that are 55 or older as of January 1, 2005, maintain the standard retirement age of 60. The Executive Board prospective pensions amount to a maximum of 60% of their base salaries. Starting in 2006, members of the Executive Board will be required to pay a portion of the pension premium. This change aligns with those outlined and agreed to in the Collective Labour Agreement. The non-Dutch members of the Executive Board have a pension plan related to their home base.
Employment contract for newly appointed Board members
The contract of employment for Executive Board members appointed after 1 January 2004 provides for an appointment for a period of four years (the appointment period) and allows for re-appointment by the General Meeting of Shareholders.
Beginning in 2004, the amount that newly appointed Executive Board members would be entitled to in case of an involuntary exit has been set at a multiple of their Executive Board member base salary, preserving their existing rights. These rights slightly exceed the exit-arrangement provision in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, i.e. no more than two times base salary (first appointment period) or one time base salary (all other situations). For the Executive Board members appointed before 2004, the exit clause has been set at three years base salary.
The term of notice for Executive Board members is three months for the employee and six months for the employer.

66


Table of Contents

Proposed remuneration policy change regarding Executive Board pension schemes
Pensions form an important part of the Executive Boards’ total remuneration package and therefore must meet the prime objective of the ING remuneration policy: to enable the company to recruit and to retain qualified and expert managers. Pension schemes must also observe the requirements set by the (ever-changing) laws and regulations in the various relevant jurisdictions and should reflect the social situation in the various Executive Board members’ home bases. In addition, pension related issues are more complex as a result of the increasing international composition of the Executive Board.
In order to meet the demands described above the Supervisory Board intends to review the Executive Board pension plan with the intention to move from a defined benefit scheme to a defined contribution scheme. As a result, it is proposed to the General Meeting of Shareholders to agree to amend the Executive Board remuneration policy with respect to pensions accordingly.
On the basis of the thus amended remuneration policy, the Supervisory Board will undertake a review of the Executive Board pension scheme, with the objective of maintaining a comparable level of benefits as under the current defined benefit scheme. This revised pension plan will apply to the Executive Board members who are appointed after 1 January 2006. Whether and to what extent this revised pension plan will apply to existing Executive Board members and/or non-Dutch members who have a pension plan related to their home base, will also be part of this review.
REMUNERATION EXECUTIVE BOARD 2005
Executive Board Base salary 2005
The base salary of the Executive Board members has been frozen for 2005, as was the case in 2004. The Executive Board received a 7.5% increase in their base salary in 2003. Prior to 2003, the EB members’ base salary had been effectively frozen since 1999. Michel Tilmant and Cees Maas received a standard promotional increase in their base salary as of 28 April 2004 as a result of their appointment as chairman and vice-chairman of the Executive Board, respectively.
Executive Board Short-term incentive plan 2005
The target STI payout over 2005 was set at 75% of the individual Executive Board member’s base salary. The final award is based on the achievement of a set of common Group financial targets and specific individual qualitative and quantitative objectives for each Executive Board member. Specifically, 70% of the total award is based on the Group’s net profit, total operating expenses and return on economic capital, while the remaining 30% is based on individual objectives set at the beginning of the year by the chairman of the Executive Board and approved by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee of the Supervisory Board.
Early in 2006, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee reviewed the actual results of ING against the 2005 targets. Over 2005, ING exceeded on average the three Group financial targets set, resulting in a score of 141% of target on this component. The individual performance of the Executive Board members was on average 175%. ING’s external auditor has reviewed to which extent the objectives, both the group and the individual, have been met.
The table on page 69 gives the details of the compensation in cash of the individual members of the Executive Board. Compensation in cash of former members of the Executive Board amounted to EUR 681,000 in 2004 and EUR 1,746,000 in 2003.
Executive Board Long-term incentive plan 2005
Under the long-term incentive plan (LTIP) for the Executive Board, two instruments are used: stock options and performance shares. As mentioned earlier, an identical plan has been adopted by the Executive Board for the top senior managers across ING. As a result, approximately 7,000 senior managers will participate in a similar plan.
The target level for the 2005 LTIP was set at 75% of base salary for each EB member. The final grant level depends on the Group STIP performance and will vary between 50% of the target level (if Group STI would be 0%) and 150% (if Group STI would be 200%).
As the Group STIP performance outcome over 2005 was 141%, the resulting LTIP award is 120% of target. The number of options and performance shares is determined based on the reference price set

67


Table of Contents

at the end of 2005 (EUR 29.30) and a “fair value” calculation of options and performance shares (based on an option-pricing model). The grant is subject to shareholder approval of the maximum number of stock options and performance shares to be granted to the Executive Board pursuant to the 2005 LTIP.
The exercise price of the options will be fixed at the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Market opening price of the ING Group share on 12 May 2006. The performance shares are granted at the beginning of 2006; the final number will depend on the ranking within the performance peer group after the three-year period (2006 – 2008) based on the performance/payout scale as indicated above.
The table on page 70 gives the details of the long-term incentives of the individual members of the Executive Board. The fair market value of long-term incentives of former members of the Executive Board amounted to nil in 2004 and EUR 481,000 in 2003.
Pensions
The table on page 71 gives the details of the pension costs of the individual members of the Executive Board. Pension costs of former members of the Executive Board amounted to EUR 887,000 in 2004 and EUR 586,000 in 2003.

68


Table of Contents

Compensation in cash of the members of the Executive Board
             
amounts in thousands of euros         
  2005  2004  2003 
Michel Tilmant (1)
            
Base salary
  1,289   1,250   1,172 
Short-term performance-related bonus
  1,520   866   366 
Total cash compensation
  2,809   2,116   1,538 
 
            
Cees Maas (1)
            
Base salary
  697   677   634 
Short-term performance-related bonus
  806   530   333 
 
         
Total cash compensation
  1,503   1,207   967 
 
            
Eric Boyer de la Giroday (2)
            
Base salary
  850   574     
Short-term performance-related bonus
  945   445     
 
          
Total cash compensation
  1,795   1,019     
 
            
Fred Hubbell (3)
            
Base salary
  1,120   1,121   1,232 
Short-term performance-related bonus
  1,270   855   647 
 
         
Total cash compensation
  2,390   1,976   1,879 
 
            
Eli Leenaars (2)
            
Base salary
  634   428     
Short-term performance-related bonus
  705   321     
 
          
Total cash compensation
  1,339   749     
 
            
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
            
Base salary
  634   634   634 
Short-term performance-related bonus
  705   493   333 
 
         
Total cash compensation
  1,339   1,127   967 
 
            
Hans Verkoren (2)
            
Base salary
  634   428     
Short-term performance-related bonus
  705   335     
 
          
Total cash compensation
  1,339   763     
 
(1) The increase in base salary for Michel Tilmant and Cees Maas reflect a 10% increase, effective April 2004, related to their promotion to chairman and vice chairman, respectively.
 
(2) Eric Boyer de la Giroday, Eli Leenaars and Hans Verkoren were appointed to the Executive Board on 28 April 2004.
  The figures for these members reflect compensation earned in their capacity as Executive Board members. Thus, the figures for 2004 reflect the partial year as Executive Board members.
 
(3) Fred Hubbell gets his compensation in US dollars. For each year the compensation in US dollars has been translated to euros at the average exchange rate for that year.

69


Table of Contents

Long-term incentives of the members of the Executive Board (1)
             
amounts in thousands of euros         
  2005  2004  2003 
Michel Tilmant
            
Number of options
  108,200   82,600   41,250 
Number of shares
  19,300   15,000   13,750 
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
  1,160   661   481 
 
            
Cees Maas
            
Number of options
  58,500   51,200   41,250 
Number of shares
  10,400   9,300   13,750 
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
  628   410   481 
 
            
Eric Boyer de la Giroday (3)
            
Number of options
  71,400   43,400     
Number of shares
  12,800   7,900     
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
  765   347     
 
            
Fred Hubbell (4)
            
Number of options
  0   84,700   41,250 
Number of shares
  0   15,400   13,750 
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
  1,008   678   481 
 
            
Eli Leenaars (3)
            
Number of options
  53,200   32,400     
Number of shares
  9,500   5,900     
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
  571   259     
 
            
Alexander Rinnooy Kan (4)
            
Number of options
  0   48,000   41,250 
Number of shares
  0   8,700   13,750 
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
  571   384   481 
 
            
Hans Verkoren (3)(4)
            
Number of options
  0   32,400     
Number of shares
  0   5,900     
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
  571   259     
 
(1) Long-term incentives are granted in the year following the reporting year (for example, awards shown for 2003 performance were awarded in 2004). For 2002 performance (awards granted in 2003), each Executive Board member was granted 7,000 conditional shares, the condition being an employment contract. The conditional shares vested in May 2005 and as such, 7,764 shares (7,000 plus 764 share dividends) were delivered to the Executive Board members. The total expense relating to the conditional share awards (EUR 604,000) was recognised pro rata over the vesting period. Beginning in the performance year 2003, the Executive Board member’s long-term incentive awards were made under the new LTI plan approved by the AGM in 2004. The plan provides for a combination of share options and performance shares based on a 50/50 split in value. The ratio of options to performance shares varies each year as a result of the fair value calculation and the 50/50 split in value. The ratio of options to performance shares varies each year as a result of the fair value calculation and the 50/50 split in value. The vesting period for the performance shares is 3 years. The costs of the performance shares are expensed pro-rata over the three year period. The fair-value calculation for the performance year 2003 resulted in a ratio of options to performance shares of 3:1. The fair-value calculation for the performance year 2004 resulted in a ratio of options to performance shares of 5.5 : 1. For the performance year 2005, the Company proposes to grant to the Executive Board members the combination of stock options and performance shares (based on the 50/50 split in value) as disclosed in the above table, in May 2006 (after the AGM). The fair market value calculations for the 2005 performance year result in a ratio of options to performance shares of 5.6:1.
 
(2) Fair market value of long-term Incentive reflects the estimated fair market value of the long-term incentive award on the date of grant based on a fair-value calculation. The valuation is calculated annually for grants made to the Executive Board members for performance over the year specified.
 
(3) Eric Boyer de la Giroday, Eli Leenaars and Hans Verkoren were appointed to the Executive Board on 28 April 2004. The figures for these members reflect compensation earned in their capacity as Executive Board members.
 
(4) As a result of their resignation/retirement from the Executive Board in 2006, Fred Hubbell, Alexander Rinnooy Kan and Hans Verkoren will receive their 2005 long-term incentive award in the form of cash instead of options and shares.

70


Table of Contents

Pension costs of the members of the Executive Board (1)
amounts in thousands of euros
             
  2005  2004  2003 
Michel Tilmant (2)
  685   467   412 
Cees Maas
  482   345   361 
Eric Boyer de la Giroday (3)
  482   260     
Fred Hubbell (4)
  395   462   273 
Eli Leenaars (3)
  255   102     
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
  483   346   327 
Hans Verkoren (3)
  306   109     
 
(1) For reasons of comparison, the company pension expenses are recalculated under IAS 19 with general assumption setting for 2003 to 2005.
 
(2) Restated figures for the year 2003.
 
(3) Eric Boyer de la Giroday, Eli Leenaars and Hans Verkoren were appointed to the Executive Board on 28 April 2004. The figures for these members reflect pension costs in their capacity as Executive Board members.
 
(4) Fred Hubbell’s pension costs have been translated from US dollars to euros at the average exchange rate for that year.
Loans and advances
The table below presents the loans and advances provided to Executive Board members and outstanding on 31 December 2005, 2004 and 2003. These loans were concluded in the normal course of business and on terms applicable to company personnel as a whole and were approved by the Supervisory Board. In 2004, a loan has been granted to Fred Hubbell amounting to EUR 100,000 and was repaid before 31 December 2004. This loan bore an average interest rate of 4.7%. In line with ING’s expatriate policy, ING paid in 2005 an amount of EUR 18,465 in advance for Dutch taxes due by Eli Leenaars for US stock options that were granted in 2002 and vested in March 2005. This amount was repaid by him before 31 December 2005.
Loans and advances to members of the Executive Board
                                     
  Amount  Average  Repay-  Amount  Average  Repay-  Amount  Average  Repay- 
  outstan-  interest  ments  outstan-  interest  ments  outstan-  interest  ments 
  ding  rate      ding  rate      ding  rate     
  31 December, 2005      31 December, 2004      31 December, 2003     
              (EUR thousands)                 
Cees Maas
  446   4.0%      446   4.0%      446   4.0%  15 
Eric Boyer de la Giroday
  31   4.3%  3   34   4.3%  3             
Hans Verkoren
  222   4.7%  71   293   4.8%  16             
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
                          889   3.4%    
 
                              
 
  699   4.2%  74   773   4.3%  19   1,335   3.6%  15 
Shares
Executive Board members are permitted to hold ING (depositary receipts for) shares as a long-term investment. The table below shows the holdings by members of the Executive Board.
ING Group (depositary receipts for) shares held by members of the Executive Board (1)
             
  Number of 
  (depositary receipts for) shares 
  2005  2004  2003 
Members of the Executive Board
            
Michel Tilmant
  7,764         
Cees Maas
  7,764         
Fred Hubbell
  1,101,731   1,107,717   1,104,100 
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
  7,764         
 
(1) ING Group (depositary receipts for) shares of direct family included.

71


Table of Contents

Information on the options outstanding and the movements during the financial year of options held by the members of the Executive Board as at 31 December 2005
                                 
  Outstan-              Outstan-      Excer-    
  ding as          Waived  ding as  Excer-  cise    
  at 31      Excer-  or  at 31  cise  price in    
  December  Granted  cised in  Expired  December  price in  U.S.    
Number of options 2004  in 2005  2005  in 2005(1)  2005  Euros  Dollars  Expiry date 
Michel Tilmant
  20,000           20,000   0   28.30      3 Apr 2005
 
  15,000           15,000   0   28.68      3 Apr 2005
 
  30,000               30,000   35.26      15 Mar 2006
 
  20,000               20,000   35.80      15 Mar 2006
 
  21,000               21,000   29.39      11 Mar 2012
 
  14,000               14,000   29.50      11 Mar 2012
 
  35,000               35,000   12.65      3 Mar 2013
 
  41,250               41,250   17.69      14 May 2014
 
      82,600           82,600   21.67      13 May 2015
 
                                
Cees Maas
  50,000           50,000   0   28.68      3 Apr 2005
 
  50,000               50,000   35.26      15 Mar 2006
 
  35,000               35,000   29.39      11 Mar 2012
 
  35,000               35,000   12.65      3 Mar 2013
 
  41,250               41,250   17.69      14 May 2014
 
      51,200           51,200   21.67      13 May 2015
 
                                
Eric Boyer de la Giroday
  2,000               2,000   26.10      28 May 2009
 
  10,000               10,000   28.30      3 Apr 2010
 
  4,000               4,000   35.80      15 Mar 2011
 
  3,000               3,000   28.60      27 May 2012
 
  4,000               4,000   12.55      3 Mar 2013
 
  17,800               17,800   17.69      14 May 2014
 
      53,400           53,400   21.67      13 May 2015
 
                                
Fred Hubbell
  50,000           50,000   0   28.68      3 Apr 2005
 
  50,000               50,000   35.26      15 Mar 2006
 
  35,000               35,000   29.39      11 Mar 2012
 
  35,000               35,000   12.65      3 Mar 2013
 
  41,250               41,250   17.69      14 May 2014
 
      84,700           84,700   21.67      13 May 2015
 
                                
Eli Leenaars
  3,300               3,300   25.25      1 Apr 2009
 
  10,000               10,000       27.28  3 Apr 2010
 
  22,400               22,400       31.96  15 Mar 2011
 
  31,000               31,000       25.72  11 Mar 2012
 
  7,850               7,850   12.55      3 Mar 2013
 
  9,654               9,654   18.75      15 Mar 2014
 
  6,436               6,436   18.71      15 Mar 2014
 
      41,700           41,700   21.67      13 May 2015
 
                                
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
  12,000           12,000   0   28.68      3 Apr 2005
 
  50,000               50,000   35.26      15 Mar 2006
 
  35,000               35,000   29.39      11 Mar 2012
 
  35,000               35,000   12.65      3 Mar 2013
 
  41,250               41,250   17.69      14 May 2014
 
      48,000           48,000   21.67      13 May 2015

72


Table of Contents

                                 
  Outstan-              Outstan-      Excer-    
  ding as          Waived  ding as  Excer-  cise    
  at 31      Excer-  or  at 31  cise  price in    
  December  Granted  cised in  Expired  December  price in  U.S.    
Number of options 2004  in 2005  2005  in 2005(1)  2005  Euros  Dollars  Expiry date 
Hans Verkoren
  12,000           12,000   0   28.68      3 Apr 2005
 
  20,000               20,000   35.26      15 Mar 2006
 
  23,000               23,000   29.39      11 Mar 2012
 
  30,000               30,000   12.65      3 Mar 2013
 
  17,800               17,800   18.71      15 Mar 2014
 
      42,800           42,800   21.67      13 May 2015
 
(1) Waived at vesting date or expired at expiry date.
REMUNERATION SUPERVISORY BOARD
Remuneration
The annual remuneration of the chairman and vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board amounts to EUR 68,100, including EUR 6,810 expense allowances. Other members receive a remuneration of EUR 38,600, including EUR 2,270 expense allowances. In addition to this remuneration, membership of a Supervisory Board committee entitles to an additional remuneration and expense allowances, except for the chairman and vice-chairman. The table below shows the remuneration and expense allowances per Supervisory Board member for 2005 and previous years. Remuneration and expense allowances of former Supervisory Board members retired before 2005 was EUR 89,000 in 2003.
Remuneration of the members and former members of the Supervisory Board
amounts in thousands of euros
             
Members of the Supervisory Board 2005  2004  2003 
Cor Herkströter
  68   68   68 
Eric Bourdais de Charbonnière (1)
  65   29     
Luella Gross Goldberg
  44   44   40 
Paul van der Heijden
  43   44   44 
Claus Dieter Hoffmann
  49   46   32 
Jan Hommen (2)
  24         
Aad Jacobs
  51   49   43 
Wim Kok
  40   39   29 
Godfried van der Lugt
  39   39   39 
Paul Baron de Meester (3)
  58   57   52 
Karel Vuursteen
  39   39   39 
 
         
 
  520   454   386 
 
            
Former Members of the Supervisory Board
            
Christine Lagarde (4)
  10         
Jan Timmer (5)
  19   54   46 
 
            
 
         
 
  549   508   432 
 
(1) Member as of April 2004; vice-chairman as of February 2005.
 
(2) Member since June 2005.
 
(3) Including a compensation payment to match his former remuneration as a member of the BBL Supervisory Board.
 
(4) Appointed in April 2005 and resigned in June 2005.
 
(5) Retired in April 2005.
Proposal to increase Supervisory Board remuneration
On the agenda of the 2006 General Meeting of Shareholders a proposal has been tabled to increase the annual remuneration of the Supervisory Board members given a) the further growth and internationalization of ING Group since the last remuneration increase in 1998 b) the necessity to offer a competitive compensation to be able to attract and retain high-quality directors with relevant international expertise and experience, and c) the wider and more demanding range of tasks of the Supervisory Board and its committees, resulting from international developments in corporate governance and compliance.

73


Table of Contents

The increase of the Supervisory Board remuneration would be as follow as of 1 July 2006: chairman EUR 75,000 (was EUR 61,260), vice-chairman EUR 65,000 (was EUR 61,260), other members EUR 45,000 (was EUR 36,300), chairman of the Audit Committee EUR 8,000 (was EUR 1,360), members of the Audit Committee EUR 6,000 (was EUR 1,360), chairman of other Supervisory Board committees EUR 7,500 (was EUR 1,360), members of other Supervisory Board committees EUR 5,000 (was EUR 1,360). In addition to the remuneration, Supervisory Board members are entitled to expense allowances, which are partly fixed and partly directly related to the costs incurred.
Loans and advances
As at 31 December 2005, the amount of loans and advances outstanding to the Supervisory Board was EUR 1.6 million at an average rate of 4.7%. This amount concerns a loan to Aad Jacobs. No loans and advances were outstanding to other members of the Supervisory Board.
As at 31 December 2004, the amount of loans and advances outstanding to the Supervisory Board was EUR 1.6 million at an average rate of 4.7%. This amount concerns a loan to Aad Jacobs. No loans and advances were outstanding to other members of the Supervisory Board.
As at 31 December 2003, the amount of loans and advances outstanding to the Supervisory Board was EUR 1.8 million at an average rate of 4.7%. This amount concerned a loan to Aad Jacobs of EUR 1.6 million at an average rate of 4.7% and a loan to Paul Baron de Meester of EUR 0.2 million at an average rate of 4.8%. No loans and advances were outstanding to other members of the Supervisory Board.
ING Group (depositary receipts for) shares and options
Supervisory Board members are permitted to hold ING (depositary receipts for) shares as a long-term investment. The table below shows the holdings by members of the Supervisory Board. Supervisory Board members did not hold ING options at year-end 2005.
ING Group (depositary receipts for) shares held by members of the Supervisory Board (1)
             
  Number of 
  (depositary receipts for) 
  shares 
  2005  2004  2003 
Members of the Supervisory Board
            
Cor Herkströter
  1,616   1,616   1,616 
Luella Gross Goldberg
  6,814   6,701   6,369 
Paul van der Heijden
  0   1,716   1,716 
Paul Baron de Meester
  5,550   5,550   5,276 
Karel Vuursteen
  1,510   1,510   1,510 
 
(1) ING Group (depositary receipt for) shares of direct family included.
EXECUTIVE BOARD REMUNERATION STRUCTURE 2006
Policy for 2006
With regard to the remuneration policy for 2006, the Supervisory Board continues to build upon the remuneration policy initiated in 2003, which supports the performance-oriented culture. Over the past four years, the Executive Boards’ total remuneration package has gradually converged to the European benchmark through increases in the short-term and long-term incentive target levels (as a percentage of base salary).
Executive Board Base salary 2006
The plan is to keep base-salary levels flat in 2006. A market-competitive analysis is conducted on an annual basis to ensure market competitiveness.

74


Table of Contents

Executive Board Short-term incentive plan 2006
Continuing with the intended focus on variable, performance-related remuneration, the Supervisory Board has decided to increase the short-term incentive at target to 100% of base salary. The actual payout may vary between 0% and 200% of the target level (e.g. between 0% and 200% of base salary).
The mix for the 2006 short-term incentive award will remain the same as in 2005: 70% will be determined by pre-defined ING Group financial performance measures and 30% will be based on individual performance objectives set for each Executive Board member and agreed by the Supervisory Board.
The Supervisory Board has concluded for 2006 that the Executive Board’s short-term incentive award for the Group performance should again be measured using the same three financial criteria as was used in 2005: net profit, total operating expenses and return on economic capital. The targets set are challenging.The business continues to progress with the implementation of economic profit/embedded value profit and it is expected that these measures will be included as a Group performance driver in 2007.
Executive Board Long-term incentive plan 2006
The Supervisory Board intends to set the nominal LTI target value at 100% of base salary (same target percentage as the STI). The range may vary between 50% and 150% of the target level (e.g. between 50% and 150% of base salary). The structure for the 2006 long-term incentive award will remain the same as the 2003 structure (the total nominal value at grant will be split between stock option and performance shares).
As was the case in 2005, the total LTI value in stock options and provisional performance shares to be granted to the Executive Board members will be determined by the Supervisory Board at the end of 2006, based on the achievement of the three pre-defined financial objectives set out in the 2006 short-term incentive plan.
Executive Board Pension Plan 2006
The Supervisory Board intends to review the Executive Board pension plan during 2006 with the intention to move from a defined benefit scheme to a defined contribution scheme, which will provide a targeted benefit similar to the current Executive Board defined benefit pension scheme.
EMPLOYEES
The number of staff employed on a full time equivalent basis of ING Group averaged 115,328 in 2005, of which 34,137, or 29.6%, were employed in the Netherlands. The geographical distribution of employees with respect to the Group’s insurance operations and banking operations was as follows (average full time equivalents):
                         
  Insurance operations  Banking operations  Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
The Netherlands
  11,191   11,207   22,946   22,262   34,137   33,469 
Belgium
  1,289   1,293   11,272   11,246   12,561   12,539 
Rest of Europe
  3,616   3,391   18,010   19,817   21,626   23,208 
North America
  14,920   14,700   2,689   2,402   17,609   17,102 
Latin America
  12,155   10,626   442   475   12,597   11,101 
Asia
  6,985   6,833   7,579   6,684   14,564   13,517 
Australia
  1,403   1,397   757   681   2,160   2,078 
Other
  70   23   4   2   74   25 
 
                  
Total
  51,629   49,470   63,699   63,569   115,328   113,039 
 
                  
In addition, the number of staff employed by joint ventures included in the Group’s consolidated accounts averaged 1,584 in 2005 and 1,783 in 2004. The Group does not employ significant numbers

75


Table of Contents

of temporary workers. The percentage of the Group’s employees allocated to the six business lines was as follows for each of the years 2005 and 2004:
         
  2005  2004 
 
        
Insurance Europe
  14%  14%
Insurance Americas
  24   23 
Insurance Asia/Pacific
  7   7 
Wholesale Banking
  18   21 
Retail Banking
  31   30 
ING Direct
  6   5 
 
        
 
      
Total
  100%  100%
 
      
Substantially all of the Group’s Dutch employees are subject to collective labor agreements covering the banking and insurance industries. The Group believes that its employee relations are generally good.

76


Table of Contents

Item 7. Major shareholders and related party transactions
As of December 31, 2005, Stichting ING Aandelen (the “Trust”) held 2,204,088,026 Ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V., which represents 99.9% of the Ordinary shares outstanding. These holdings give the Trust voting control of ING Groep N.V. The following is a description of the material provisions of the Articles of Association (Statuten) and the related Conditions of Administration (Administratievoor-waarden) (together the “Trust Agreement”), which governs the Trust, and the applicable provisions of Netherlands law. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Trust Agreement and the applicable provisions of Netherlands law referred to in such description.
As of December 31, 2005, there were 126,307,605 ADSs outstanding, representing an equal number of bearer receipts. The ADSs were held by 957 record holders. Because certain of the ADSs were held by brokers or other nominees and the b receipts are held in bearer form and due to the impracticability of obtaining accurate residence information for all such shareholders, the number of holders of record or registered holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders or of the residence of the beneficial holders.
Bearer receipts, which are negotiable instruments under Netherlands law, are issuable by the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement. Each bearer receipt represents financial interests in one Ordinary share held by the Trust, as described herein. Holders of bearer receipts (including those Bearer receipts for which ADSs have been issued) do not have any voting rights with respect to the Ordinary shares underlying the bearer receipts owned by the Trust. Such rights belong only to the Trust and will be exercised by the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement. Bearer receipts are also issued by the Trust for Preference shares.
The bearer receipts are in the form of bearer “Centrum voor Fondsenadministratie” certificates (“CF Certificates”), with a dividend sheet without coupons or talons. The Centrum voor Fondsenadinistratie provides central administration for the dividend sheets of the CF Certificates. The dividend sheets of CF Certificates, which do not trade separately from the CF Certificates, must be held by an eligible custodian. Transfer of title in the bearer receipts in the form of CF Certificates together with the dividend sheet is effected by book-entry through the facilities of Euroclear Nederland (the Central securities Depository (CSD) of the Netherlands, formerly known as “NECIGEF”) and its participants pursuant to the Netherlands Act on Book-Entry Transactions Wet giraal effectenverkeer. Owners of bearer receipts participate in the Euroclear Nederland system by maintaining accounts with Euroclear Nederland participants. There is no limitation under Netherlands law on the ability of non-Dutch citizens or residents to maintain such accounts that are obtainable through Dutch banks.
Voting of the Ordinary shares by holders of bearer receipts as proxy of the Trust
Holders of bearer receipts are entitled to attend and speak at General Meetings of Shareholders of ING Groep N.V. but do not have any voting rights.
However, the Trust will, subject to certain restrictions, grant a proxy to a holder of bearer receipts to the effect that such holder may, in the name of the Trust, exercise the voting rights attached to the number of its Ordinary shares that corresponds to the number of bearer receipts held by such holder of bearer receipts.
On the basis of such a proxy, the holder of bearer receipts may vote according to his own discretion. The requirements with respect to the use of the voting rights on the Ordinary shares that apply for the Trust (set out in the paragraph below) do not apply for the holder of bearer receipts voting on the basis of such a proxy.
The restrictions under which the Trust will grant a voting proxy to holders of bearer receipts are:
 the relevant holder of bearer receipts must have announced his intention to attend the General Meeting of Shareholders observing the provisions laid down in the articles of association of ING Groep N.V.;

77


Table of Contents

 the relevant holder of bearer receipts may delegate the powers conferred upon him by means of the voting proxy; provided that the relevant holder of bearer receipts has announced his intention to do so to the Trust observing a term before the commencement of the General Meeting of Shareholders, which term will be determined by the Trust.
Voting instructions of holders of bearer receipts of Ordinary shares to the Trust
Holders of bearer receipts are entitled to give binding instructions to the Trust, concerning the Trust’s exercise of the voting rights attached to its Ordinary shares. The Trust will follow such instructions for a number of Ordinary shares equal to the number of bearer receipts held by the relevant holder of bearer receipts.
Voting of the Ordinary shares by the Trust
The Trust will only determine its vote with respect to the Ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V., held by the Trust, that correspond with bearer receipts:
 the holder of which does not, either in person or by proxy, attend the General Meeting of Shareholders;
 
 the holder of which, did not give a voting instruction to the Trust.
The Trust has discretion to vote in respect of shares for which it has not issued proxy votes to holders of depositary receipts and has not received any voting instructions. Under the Articles of Trust, the Trust is required to promote the interests of all holders of depositary receipts, irrespective of whether they attend the General Meetings of Shareholders, also taking into account the interests of ING Group, the businesses of ING Group and its group companies and all other ING Group stakeholders in voting such shares, so as to ensure that all these interests are given as much consideration and protection as possible.
Administration of the Trust
The Management Board will determine the number of its members itself, subject to the restriction that there may be no more members than seven and no less than three. Managing Directors will be appointed by the Management Board itself without any approval from ING Groep N.V. or any of its corporate bodies being required. Members of any corporate body of ING Groep N.V. are no longer eligible for appointment as a Managing Director.
Managing Directors are appointed for terms of three years and may be reappointed, without any requirement for approval by ING Group.
Valid resolutions may be passed only if all Managing Directors have been duly notified, except that in a case where there is no such notification valid resolutions may nevertheless be passed by unanimous consent at a meeting at which all Managing Directors are present or represented. A Managing Director may be represented only by a fellow Managing Director who is authorized in writing. All resolutions of the Management Board shall be passed by an absolute majority of the votes.
The legal relationship between holders of Bearer receipts and the Trust is governed entirely by Netherlands law.
Termination of the Trust
Should the Trust be dissolved or wish to terminate its function under the Trust Agreement, or should ING Groep N.V. wish to have such function terminated, ING Groep N.V. shall, in consultation with the Trust and with the approval of the meeting of holders of Bearer receipts, appoint a successor to whom the administration can be transferred. The successor shall have to take over all commitments under the Trust Agreement. Within two months of the decision to dissolve or terminate the Trust, the Trust shall have the shares which it holds for administration transferred into its successor’s name. For a period of two months following notification of sucession of the administration, holders of bearer receipts may elect to obtain free of charge, shares of type of which they hold bearer receipts. In no case shall the administration be terminated without ING Groep N.V.’s approval.

78


Table of Contents

The Executive Board and the Supervisory Board remain committed to abolish the bearer depositary receipts and the Trust structure once representation including proxy voting of holders of Ordinary shares and depositary receipts thereof has reached at least 35% of the total number of votes that may be cast on Ordinary shares during three consecutive years.
Holders of Bearer receipts with a stake of 5% or more
According to filings under the Dutch disclosure of Major Holdings in listed Companies Act 1996, only three shareholders held more than 5% of the Bearer receipts as of December 31, 2005. These were ABN AMRO Holding, Aegon and Fortis. To the best of our knowledge, there are no other shareholders who own a more than 5% interest in bearer receipts of. Since shareholders are permitted to report their cummulative holdings of Bearer receipts and are not required to separately identify which are with respect to preferred shares and which are with respect to Ordinary shares, we are not able to accuratly identify holders who own more than a 5% interest in bearer receipts for Ordinary shares.
The following table sets forth the share ownership of each 5% holder of ING issued capital.
     
Shareholder % of Issued capital (1)(2) 
ABN AMRO Holding
  5.12 
AEGON
  6.25 
Fortis
  6.15 
 
(1) This information is based upon filings made under the Dutch disclosure of Major Holdings in Listed Companies Act 1996 as of the respective filing dates and may not be accurate as of the date hereof.
 
(2) The Dutch disclosure of Major Holdings in Listed Companies Act 1996 requires investors to file their ownership as a percentage of the company’s issued capital rather than as a percentage of the class of securities. For more information this act and the filings based on it, please visit the website of the Dutch Authorities for the Financial Markets at www.afm.nl
 
(3) On March 21, 2006 ING announced that it had reached a conditional agreement with Aegon to purchase 24,051,039 (depositary receipts for) preference A shares in ING at a price of EUR 3.72 per share, or EUR 89.5 million in total. The agreement is subject to approval at ING’s annual general meeting of shareholders on April 25, 2006.
In the Dutch disclosure of Major Holdings in Listed Companies Act 1996, shareholders are not required to provide updated information or make regular additional filings.
None of these major shareholders possesses voting rights different from those possessed by other shareholders. The voting rights of the majority of Ordinary shares are held by the Trust. As of December 31, 2005, shareholders in the Netherlands held approximately 309 million Bearer receipts, or 17% of the total number of bearer receipts then outstanding. As of December 31, 2005, shareholders in the United States held approximately 392 million bearer receipts (including ADSs), or 21% of the total number of bearer receipts then outstanding.
As of December 31, 2005, other than the Trust, no other person is known to the Company to be the owner of more than 10% of the Ordinary shares or bearer receipts. As of December 31, 2005, members of the Supervisory Board held 15,490 bearer receipts and 387 ING Group warrants B. If Supervisory Board members hold ING options that were granted in their former capacity as Executive Board member, these options are part of the ING Stock option plan described in Note 32 to the consolidated financial statements.
Related Party Transactions
As of December 31, 2005, the amount outstanding in respect of loans and advances made to members of the Supervisory Board was EUR 1.6 million, at an average interest rate of 4.7%. The amount outstanding in respect of loans and advances, mostly mortgages, to members of the Executive Board was EUR 0.7 million, at an average interest rate of 4.2%. The largest aggregate amount of loans and advances outstanding to the members of the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board during 2005 was EUR 2.4 million.

79


Table of Contents

The loans and advances mentioned in the preceding paragraph (1) were made in the Ordinary course of business, (2) were granted on conditions that are comparable to those of loans and advances granted to people in peer groups and (3) did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features. For members of the Executive Board this means that the conditions have been set according to the prevailing conditions for ING personnel.
As described under “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees,” some members of the Supervisory Board are current or former senior executives of leading multi-national corporations based primarily in the Netherlands. ING Group may at any time have lending, investment banking or other financial relationships with one or more of these corporations in the ordinary course of business on terms which we believe are no less favorable to ING than those reached with unaffiliated parties of comparable creditworthiness.
Item 8. Financial information
Legal Proceedings, Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
See Item 18. “Financial Statements” on pages F-1 through F-151.
ING Group companies are involved in litigation and arbitration proceedings in the Netherlands and in a number of foreign jurisdictions, including the United States, involving claims by and against them which arise in the ordinary course of their businesses, including in connection with their activities as insurers, lenders, employers, investors and taxpayers. In certain of such proceedings, very large or indeterminate amounts are sought, including punitive and other damages. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of all pending or threatened legal and regulatory proceedings, management does not believe that their outcome will have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
These legal proceedings include a dispute over certain hurricane damages claimed by a Mexican fertilizer producer Grupo Fertinal (“Fertinal”) against ING Comercial América, a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group. Fertinal claims USD 300 million from ING Comercial América, the maximum coverage under the insurance policy of their mining operations. A judge in Mexico ruled in favor of Fertinal. This decision was appealed to a Mexican Court of Appeal, which reduced the judgment to USD 94 million, plus interest. This decision has been appealed. ING Comercial América continues to pursue this matter vigorously; however, at this time we cannot assess the final outcome. Fertinal has also made criminal complaints alleging fraud against certain ING Comercial América employees, but, currently, there are no criminal actions pending.
ING Comercial América also has been the subject of certain complaints and suits concerning the performance of certain interest sensitive life insurance products. ING Comercial América is defending these matters vigorously; however, at this time, we are unable to assess the final outcome of these matters.
In 2005, ING Comercial América management learned of an earthquake reinsurance arrangement that was inconsistent with local requirements. This arrangement was restructured and the matter was reported to the SEC and to Mexican authorities. Mexican regulators required that ING Comercial América restate certain financials and to correct a statutory margin shortfall, which required approximately USD 87 million in additional capital. In addition, Mexican authorities fined ING Comercial América.
In the Netherlands ING Bank N.V., together with other major Dutch banks and the payment processor Interpay (in which ING Bank N.V. is a minority shareholder), were subject of an examination by the Dutch competition authority “Nederlandse Mededingings-autoriteit” or NMa. In April 2004, the NMa has adopted a decision which indicated that ING Bank N.V. and other Dutch banks should have sold payment processing services on an individual basis and imposed a fine of EUR 3.9 million on ING Bank N.V. At the time of the decision, the banks had already decided that they would henceforth sell payment processing services individually. Furthermore, the NMa held that Interpay committed a separate infringement by charging prices for its services that were anti-competitive. Both Interpay and the Dutch banks (including ING Bank N.V.) have appealed the NMa decision. In December 2005, the

80


Table of Contents

NMa decided to reduce the fines imposed on the banks (for ING Bank N.V. to EUR 3.3 million) and to repeal the decision regarding Interpay. ING Bank N.V. has decided not to file an appeal against this decision.
Like many other companies in the mutual funds, suppliers of brokerage and investment products and insurance industries, several of our companies have received informal and formal requests for information from various governmental and self-regulatory agencies or have otherwise identified issues arising in connection with fund trading, compensation, conflicts of interest, anti-competitive practices, insurance risk transfer and sales practices. ING is responding to the requests and working to resolve issues with regulators. We believe that any issues that have been identified thus far do not represent a systemic problem in the ING businesses involved and in addition that the outcome of the investigations will not have a material effect on ING Group.
Dividends
ING Groep N.V. has declared and paid dividends each year since its formation in 1991. Each year, a final dividend in respect of the prior year is generally declared at and paid after the annual General Meeting of Shareholders generally held in April of each year. An interim dividend is generally declared and paid in September, based upon the results for the first six months. The declaration of interim dividends is subject to the discretion of the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V., whose decision to that effect is subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board of the Company. The Executive Board decides, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board of ING Groep N.V., which part of the annual profits (after payment of dividends on Preference shares and Cumulative Preference shares) will be added to the reserves of ING Groep N.V. The part of the annual profits that remains after this addition to the reserves and after payment of dividends on Preference shares and Cumulative Preference shares is at the disposal of the General Meeting of Shareholders, which may declare dividends therefrom and/or add additional amounts to the reserves of ING Groep N.V. A proposal of the Executive Board with respect thereto is submitted to the General Meeting of Shareholders. The declaration and payment of dividends and the amount thereof is dependent upon the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by the Executive Board in determining the appropriate amount of reserves and there can be no assurance that the Company will declare and pay any dividends in the future.
Since the beginning of 2005 ING has a dividend policy of full cash dividends starting with the final dividend 2004 (to be paid in May 2005). Following the introduction of IFRS-EU – which is expected to increase volatility in net profit – ING intends to pay dividends in relation to the longer-term underlying development of profit.
ING Groep N.V. made dividend payments of EUR 14 million and EUR 14 million on its Preference shares and declared dividends of EUR 2,461 million and EUR 2,057 million on its Ordinary shares, in 2005 and 2004. Both the final dividend 2004 and the interimdividend 2005 were fully paid in cash
Cash distributions on ING Groep N.V.’s Ordinary shares and bearer receipts are generally paid in euros. However, the Executive Board may decide, with the approval of the Supervisory Board, to declare dividends in the currency of a country other than the Netherlands in which the bearer receipts are trading. Amounts payable to holders of ADSs that are paid to the Depositary in a currency other than dollars will be converted to dollars and subjected to a charge by the Depositary for any expenses incurred by it in such conversion. The right to cash dividends and distributions in respect of the Ordinary shares will lapse if such dividends or distributions are not claimed within five years following the day after the date on which they were made available.
If a distribution by ING Groep N.V. consists of a dividend in Ordinary shares, such Ordinary shares will be held by the Trust, and the Trust will distribute to the holders of the outstanding bearer receipts, in proportion to their holdings, additional bearer receipts issued for the Ordinary shares received by the Trust as such dividend. In the event the Trust receives any distribution with respect to Ordinary shares held by the Trust other than in the form of cash or additional shares, the Trust will adopt such method as it may deem legal, equitable and practicable to effect such distribution.

81


Table of Contents

If ING Groep N.V. offers or causes to be offered to the holders of Ordinary shares the right to subscribe for additional shares, the Trust, subject to applicable law, will offer to each holder of bearer receipts the right to subscribe for additional Bearer receipts of such shares on the same basis.
If the Trust has the option to receive such distribution either in cash or shares, the Trust will give notice of such option by advertisement and give holders of bearer receipts the opportunity to choose between cash and shares until the fourth day before the day on which the Trust must have made such choice. Holders of bearer receipts may receive an equal nominal amount in Ordinary shares There are no legislative or other legal provisions currently in force in the Netherlands or arising under ING Groep N.V.’s Articles of Association restricting the remittance of dividends to holders of Ordinary shares, bearer receipts or ADSs not resident in the Netherlands. Insofar as the laws of the Netherlands are concerned, cash dividends paid in Euro may be transferred from the Netherlands and converted into any other currency, except that for statistical purposes such payments and transactions must be reported by ING Groep N.V. to the Dutch Central Bank (De Nederlandsche Bank N.V.) and, further, no payments, including dividend payments, may be made to jurisdictions or persons, that are subject to certain sanctions, adopted by the Government of the Netherlands, implementing resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations, or adopted by the European Union. Dividends are subject to withholding taxes in the Netherlands as described under “Item 10. Additional Information — Taxation -Netherlands Taxation”.
Since December 31, 2004, until the filing of this report, no significant changes have occurred in the financial statements of the Group included in “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this document.

82


Table of Contents

Item 9. The offer and listing
Bearer receipts representing Ordinary shares (nominal value EUR 0.24 per share) are traded on Eurolist by Euronext Amsterdam N.V., the principal trading market for the bearer receipts. The bearer receipts are also listed on the stock exchanges of Euronext Brussels, Euronext Paris, Deutsche Börse as well as on the Swiss Exchange. As of December 31, 2005, ING Group was the second largest company quoted on Eurolist by Euronext Amsterdam, based on market capitalization. ING Bank is one of the principal market-makers for the bearer receipts on Eurolist by Euronext Amsterdam.
Since June 13, 1997, American Depositary Shares (“ADS”), each representing one bearer receipt in respect of one Ordinary share, have traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ING”, and are the principal form in which the bearer receipts are traded in the United States. Prior to June 13, 1997, there was no active trading market for the ADSs. The ADSs are issued by JP Morgan Chase Bank, as Depositary, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement dated March 6, 2004, among the Company, The Trust (Stichting ING Aandelen), as trustee, such Depositary and the holders of ADSs from time to time. The Trust holds all voting rights over the Ordinary shares, and pursuant to the Trust Agreement, the Trust will grant proxies to holders of the bearer receipts. See” Item 7. Major shareholders and related party transactions”. Under the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement holders of ADSs may instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of proxy voting rights associated with the ADSs. As of December 31, 2005, there were 126,307,655 ADSs outstanding, representing an equal number of bearer receipts. The ADSs were held by 957 recordholders. Because certain of the ADSs were held by brokers or other nominees and the bearer receipts are held in bearer form and due to the impracticability of obtaining accurate residence information for all such shareholders, the number of holders of record or registered holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders or of the residence of the beneficial holders. As of December 31, 2005, approximately 17% of the bearer receipts were held by Dutch investors, approximately 28% by investors in the U.K. and approximately 21% by investors in the United States and Canada (including as represented by ADSs).

83


Table of Contents

The following are the high and low sales prices of the bearer receipts on the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange, and the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange, for the period 2001 – February 28, 2006:
                         
          Trading      
          volume, in millions Trading
  Euronext Amsterdam in millions New York volume,
  Stock Exchange (EUR) of Bearer Stock Exchange (USD) in millions
Calendar period High Low receipts(1) High Low of ADSs(1)
2001 (2)
  43.97   22.80   2,687.5   41.75   21.30   43.5 
2002
  31.20   13.29   2,033.3   25.95   13.07   78.0 
2003
  19.06   8.70   2,863.5   23.41   9.96   124.9 
 
                        
2004
                        
First quarter
  21.20   16.73   667.1   27.37   20.50   32.3 
Second quarter
  19.58   16.87   563.0   23.77   20.28   24.1 
Third quarter
  21.18   18.13   572.0   25.98   22.10   24.6 
Fourth quarter
  22.28   19.74   601.4   30.32   25.30   25.4 
 
                        
2005
                        
First quarter
  23.96   21.75   500.2   31.69   28.18   25.1 
Second quarter
  23.37   20.99   509.4   30.21   26.94   28.1 
Third quarter
  25.12   22.63   565.3   30.99   28.02   25.5 
Fourth quarter
  29.75   23.56   556.8   35.40   28.16   34.5 
 
                        
2005 and 2006
                        
September 2005
  24.78   23.24   169.1   29.93   28.70   8.8 
October 2005
  24.90   23.45   182.4   29.55   28.16   8.0 
November 2005
  27.71   24.10   225.8   32.65   28.96   16.3 
December 2005
  29.75   28.16   148.6   35.40   33.12   10.2 
January 2006
  30.31   27.82   212.1   36.61   33.61   10.9 
February 2006
  32.08   29.52   171.6   37.96   35.57   8.0 
 
(1) Aggregate of purchases and sales.
 
(2) As of July 2, 2001 the stock of ING Group was split in a 2:1 ratio.

84


Table of Contents

Item 10. Additional information
Memorandum and Articles of Association
ING Groep N.V. is a holding company organized under the laws of the Netherlands. Our object and purpose, as set forth in Article 3 of our Articles of Association, is to participate in, manage, finance, provide personal or real security for the obligations of, and provide services to other business enterprises and institutions of any kind whatsoever, but in particular business enterprises and institutions which are active in the field of insurance, banking, investment and/or financial services, and to do anything which is related to the foregoing or may be conductive thereto. ING Groep N.V. is registered as number 33231073 in the Company Registry of Amsterdam and our Articles of Association are available there.
Certain Powers of Directors
The Supervisory Board determines the compensation of the members of the Executive Board within the framework of the remuneration policy adopted by the General Meeting of Shareholders and the compensation of members of the Supervisory Board is determined by the General Meeting of Shareholders. Neither members of the Executive Board nor members of the Supervisory Board will vote on compensation for themselves or any other member of their body.
During their office, members of the Supervisory Board are not allowed to borrow from ING Group or any of its subsidiaries. Loans that already exist upon appointment as a Supervisory Board member however, may be continued. ING Group subsidiaries however, may in the normal course of their business and on terms that are customary in the sector, provide other banking and insurance services to Supervisory Board members. These may include services in which the granting of credit is of a subordinate nature, e.g. credit cards and overdrafts in current accounts. Members of the Executive Board are empowered to exercise all the powers of ING Group to borrow money, subject to regulatory restrictions (if any) and, in the case of the issuance of debt securities, to the approval of the Supervisory Board.
Our Articles of Association do not contain any age limits for retirement of the members of the Executive Board and members of the Supervisory Board. Nevertheless, it has become standard practice for Executive Board members to retire at the age of 60. By mutual agreement the retirement date can be extended to the end of the month in which they reach the age of 61 or 62. Following the amendments of the Articles of Association in 2003, members of the Executive Board appointed in 2004 and later have been and will be appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders for a term of four years and may be reappointed. Members of the Supervisory Board are appointed for a term of four years and may be re-appointed for two terms subject to the requirement in the charter of the Supervisory Board that Supervisory Board members retire from the Board in the year in which he or she turns 70. Both members of the Executive Board and members of the Supervisory Board are appointed from a binding nomination by the Supervisory Board.
Members of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board are not required to hold any shares of ING Groep N.V. to qualify as such.
Capital structure, shares
The authorised capital of ING Group consists of ordinary shares, preference A shares, five series of preference B shares and cumulative preference shares. When we refer to shares herein, we mean both our ordinary shares and our preference shares, unless otherwise specified. Currently, only ordinary and preference A shares are issued, while a right to acquire cumulative preference shares has been granted to the ING Continuity Foundation. The purpose of the cumulative preference shares is to protect the independence, the continuity and the identity of the company against the acquisition of control by third parties, including hostile takeovers, while the ordinary shares and the preference shares are used solely for funding purposes. The shares, which are all registered shares, are not listed on a stock exchange.
Description of Shares
A description of our securities, and other information with respect to shareholders, annual meetings, changes in capital and limitations on changes in control can be found in our registration statements

85


Table of Contents

filed with the Commission on Form F-1 on June 12, 1997 and in this Annual Report under the heading “Item 7 — Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”.
Material contracts
There have been no material contracts (outside the ordinary course of business) to which ING is a party in the last two years.
Documents on Display
We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These materials, including this Annual Report and its exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 or on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the public reference room and the copy charges. You may also inspect our SEC reports and other information located at the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005, or on our website at http://www.ing.com.
Exchange controls
Cash distributions, if any, payable in euros on Ordinary shares, bearer receipts and ADSs may be officially transferred from the Netherlands and converted into any other currency without violating Dutch law, except that for statistical purposes such payments and transactions must be reported by ING Groep N.V. to the Dutch Central Bank and, further, no payments, including dividend payments, may be made to jurisdictions subject to certain sanctions, adopted by the government of the Netherlands, implementing resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations.
Restrictions on voting
The ADSs represent interests in the bearer receipts of the Trust, which holds the Ordinary shares for which such bearer receipts are issued. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”. The Trust is the holder of all Ordinary shares underlying the bearer receipts. Only holders of shares (including the Trust) may vote at General Meetings of Shareholders.
Holders of bearer receipts are entitled to attend and speak at General Meetings of Shareholders of the Company; however holders of bearer receipts (including the Depositary on behalf of the holders of ADSs) as such are not entitled to vote at such meetings. However, as set out in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”, the Trust will grant a proxy to the effect that such holder of bearer receipts may, in the name of the Trust, exercise the voting rights attached to a number of its Ordinary shares that corresponds to the number of bearer receipts held by him. On the basis of such a proxy the holder of bearer receipts may vote according to its own discretion.
Holders of bearer receipts may surrender the bearer receipts in exchange for Ordinary shares. The Trust charges a fee for exchanging bearer receipts for Ordinary shares. Such fee, in each case, is a minimum of EUR 25.00, but varies based on the number of bearer receipts so exchanged.
Obligations of shareholders to disclose holdings
Dutch Disclosure of Major Holdings in Listed Companies Act 1996 (the “Major Holdings Act”) applies to any person who, directly or indirectly, acquires or disposes of an interest in the voting rights and/or the capital of a public limited company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands with an official listing on a stock exchange within the European Economic Area, as a result of which acquisition or disposal the percentage of voting rights or capital interest acquired or disposed of reaches, exceeds or falls below 5%, 10%, 25%, 50% or 66 2/3%. With respect to ING Groep N.V., the Major Holdings Act would require any person whose interest in the voting rights and/or capital of ING Groep N.V. reached, exceeded or fell below those percentage interests, whether through ownership of bearer receipts, Ordinary shares, ADSs, Preference shares, options or warrants, to notify in writing both ING Groep N.V.

86


Table of Contents

and the Financial Markets Authority of the Netherlands (Autoriteit Financiële Markten) immediately after the acquisition or disposal of the triggering interest in ING Groep N.V.’s share capital.
Upon ING Groep N.V.’s receipt of the notification, the information will be disclosed, as notified, forthwith to the public by means of an advertisement in a newspaper distributed throughout the Netherlands. Noncompliance with the obligations of the Major Holdings Act can lead to criminal prosecution. In addition, a civil court can issue orders against any person who fails to notify or incorrectly notifies the Financial Markets Authority or ING Groep N.V., in accordance with the Major Holdings Act, including suspension of the voting right in respect of such person’s Ordinary shares.
Voting rights
Each Ordinary share entitles the holder to cast a vote at the General Meeting of Shareholders. By Dutch law, voting rights are proportional to the nominal value of the shares. In other words, each ordinary share (nominal value: EUR 0.24) gives the right to one vote, while each preference A share (nominal value: EUR 1.20) gives the right to five votes.
On the basis of the closing price of the shares on 31 December 2005, the ratio of market price to voting rights on depositary receipts for Ordinary shares was EUR 29.30 : 1, while the ratio for depositary receipts for preference A shares was EUR 3.29 : 5. There is an element of disequilibrium in this respect. Forthcoming legislation will be necessary to link the voting rights for preference shares to the market value of the shares.
Proposals by shareholders/holders of depositary receipts
In view of the size and market value of ING Group, proposals to put items on the Shareholders’ Meeting agenda can be made by shareholders and holders of depositary receipts representing a joint total of 1 per mille of the share capital or representing together, on the basis of the stock prices on the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange, a share value of at least EUR 50 million. Given the periods of notice required for proxy voting, proposals have to be submitted in writing at least 50 days before the date of the meeting. Properly submitted proposals will be included on the agenda for the General Meeting of Shareholders.
Issue of shares
The company’s authorised capital is the maximum amount of capital allowed to be issued under the terms of its Articles of Association. New shares in excess of this amount can only be issued after amendment of the Articles of Association. For reasons of flexibility (an amendment to the Articles of Association has to be passed by notarial deed if it is to become effective, and this in turn requires a declaration of no objection to be issued by the Minister of Justice), the authorised capital in the Articles of Association of ING Group has been set at the highest level permitted by law.
Share issues have to be approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders, which may also delegate its authority. Each year, the General Meeting is asked to delegate authority to the Executive Board to issue new shares. The powers thus delegated to the Executive Board are limited:
 in time: powers are delegated for a period of 18 months;
 
 to specific types of shares: only ordinary shares and preference B shares may be issued;
 
 by number: (1) Ordinary shares may be issued up to a maximum of 10% of the issued capital, or 20% in the event of a merger or takeover; (2) preference B shares may be issued up to a maximum which is equal to the total number of preference B shares that is necessary to convert all outstanding ING Perpetual Securities III issued in 2004 in the amount of 1 billion euros (and similar instruments that are or may be issued) into preference shares if and when required pursuant to the conditions thereof;
 
 as regards the issue price of the preference B shares: the issue price must at least be equal to the stock price of the Ordinary shares at the Amsterdam Stock Exchange;
 
 in terms of control: resolutions by the Executive Board to issue shares require the approval of the Supervisory Board.

87


Table of Contents

Approval by the General Meeting of Shareholders would be required for any share issues exceeding these limits.
Shareholders’structure
See Item 7 for details of investors who have reported their interest in ING Group pursuant to the Disclosure of Major Holdings in Listed companies Act 1996 (or their predecessor of this legislation). As at 31 December 2005, ING Group subsidiaries held an interest of 13.13% in ABN AMRO, mainly in preference shares. The interests in Aegon and Fortis were below 1%. These interests are held as investments. There are no shareholders’ or other agreements between ING Group and the above major shareholders on the exercising of voting rights.
Under the terms of the Dutch Act on the Supervision of the Credit System 1992 and the Insurance Industry (Supervision) Act 1993, declarations of no objection from the Dutch Minister of Finance are to be obtained by anyone wishing to obtain or hold a participating interest of at least 10% respectively in ING Group or to exercise control to this extent via a participating interest in ING Group. Similarly, on the basis of indirect change of control statutes in the various jurisdictions where subsidiaries of ING Group are operating, permission from or notification to local regulatory authorities may be required for the acquisition of a substantial interest in ING Group ING Group is not aware of investors with an interest of 10% or more in ING Group.
TAXATION
The following is a summary of the Netherlands tax consequences, and the United States Federal income tax consequences, of the ownership of bearer receipts or American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) by U.S. Shareholders (as defined below). For purposes of this summary a “U.S. Shareholder” is a beneficial owner of bearer receipts or ADSs that is:
 an individual citizen or resident of the United States,
 
 a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or of any state of the United States,
 
 an estate, the income of which is subject to United States Federal income tax without regard to its source; or
 
 a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
The summary is a general description of the present Netherlands and United States federal income tax laws and practices as well as the relevant provisions of the present double taxation treaty between the Netherlands and the United States (the “Treaty”). The information provided below is neither intended as tax advice nor purports to describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective investors. It should not be read as extending to matters not specifically discussed, and investors should consult their own advisors as to the tax consequences of their ownership and disposal of bearer receipts or ADSs. In particular, the summary does not take into account the specific circumstances of any particular investors (such as banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect to mark-to-market their securities holdings, investors liable for alternative minimum tax, investors whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, investors that actually or constructively own 10% or more of the voting stock of ING Groep N.V. or investors that hold bearer receipts or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction), some of which may be subject to special rules. Moreover, if the holder of bearer receipts or ADSs:
1. holds a substantial interest in ING Groep N.V.; or, in case such holder is an individual,
2. receives income or capital gains derived from the bearer receipts and ADSs and this income received or capital gains derived are attributable to the past, present or future employment activities of such holder,
the Dutch tax position is not discussed in this summary.

88


Table of Contents

Generally speaking, an interest in the share capital of ING Groep N.V., should not be considered a substantial interest if the holder of such interest, and, in case of an individual, his or her spouse, registered partner, certain other relatives or certain persons sharing the holder’s household, alone or together, does or do not hold, either directly or indirectly, the ownership of, or certain rights over, shares or rights resembling shares representing five percent or more of the total issued and outstanding capital, or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of shares, of ING Groep N.V. With respect to U.S. Shareholders, this summary generally applies only to holders who hold bearer receipts or ADSs as capital assets. The summary is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. Furthermore, this summary is based on the tax legislation, published case law, and other regulations in force as at the date hereof, without prejudice to any amendments introduced at a later date and implemented with or without retroactive effect.
In general, for United States federal income and Netherlands tax purposes, holders of bearer receipts will be treated as the owners of the Ordinary shares underlying the bearer receipts, holders of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) evidencing ADSs will be treated as the owners of the Ordinary shares evidencing the ADSs, and exchanges of Ordinary shares for bearer receipts and then for ADSs, and exchanges of ADSs for Bearer receipts and then for Ordinary shares, will not be subject to United States federal or Netherlands income tax.
It is assumed, for purposes of this summary, that a U.S. Shareholder is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty and that a U.S. Shareholder’s eligilbilty is not limited by the limitations on benefits provisions article 26 of the Treaty.
NETHERLANDS TAXATION
Withholding tax on dividends
The Netherlands imposes a withholding tax on a distribution of a dividend at the rate of 25%. Stock dividends paid out of ING Groep N.V.’s paid-in share premium recognized for Netherlands tax purposes as such are not subject to the above withholding tax.
Under the Treaty, dividends paid by ING Groep N.V. to a resident of the United States (other than an exempt organization or exempt pension trust, as defined in the Treaty) who is the beneficial owner of the dividends are generally eligible for a reduction of Netherlands withholding tax to 15%, provided that such resident does not have an enterprise which carries on a business in the Netherlands through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative or performs independent personal services from a fixed base situated in the Netherlands to which or to whom the bearer receipts or ADSs are attributable. Such reduced dividend withholding rate can be applied for at source upon payment of the dividend by submitting a form IB 92 USA prior to the dividend payment date, which form includes a banker’s affidavit stating that the bearer receipts or ADSs are in the bank’s custody in the name of the applicant, or that the bearer receipts or ADSs have been exhibited to the bank as being the property of the applicant. A U.S. Shareholder who is unable to claim withholding tax relief in this manner can obtain a refund of excess tax withheld by filing a Form IB 92 USA. In case the above-mentioned beneficial owner of the dividends is a company which holds directly at least 10 percent of the voting power of ING Groep N.V. a further reduction of Dutch dividend withholding tax to 5% can be applied for.
The Treaty provides for a complete exemption from withholding for dividends received by exempt pension trusts and other exempt organizations, as defined in the Treaty. Qualifying exempt pension trusts may claim the benefits of a reduced withholding tax rate pursuant to article 35 of the Treaty. Qualifying exempt pension trusts normally remain subject to withholding at the rate of 25% and are required to file for a refund of the tax withheld. Only if certain conditions are fulfilled, such pension trusts may be eligible for relief at source upon payment of the dividend. Qualifying exempt organizations (other than qualifying exempt pension trusts) are subject to withholding at the rate of 25% and can only file for a refund of the tax withheld.

89


Table of Contents

There is currently an arrangement with the Netherlands Ministry of Finance under which U.S. Shareholders of outstanding ADSs (but not holders of bearer receipts) of ING Groep N.V. may obtain the lower 15% withholding rate under the Treaty without filing the form described above. The arrangement also applies to qualifying exempt pension trusts but not to other exempt organizations.
On August 29, 2002 dividend-stripping rules were introduced in Netherlands tax law. These rules have retroactive effect as of April 27, 2001. The rules provide that in the case of dividend-stripping, the 25% dividend withholding tax cannot be reduced or refunded. Dividend-stripping is deemed to be present if the recipient of a dividend is, different from what has been assumed above, not the beneficial owner thereof and is entitled to a larger credit, reduction or refund of dividend withholding tax than the beneficial owner of the dividends. Under these rules, a recipient of dividends will not be considered the beneficial owner thereof if as a consequence of a combination of transactions a person other than the recipient wholly or partly benefits form the dividends, whereby such person retains, whether directly or indirectly, an interest in the share on which the dividends were paid.
Currently ING Groep N.V. may, with respect to certain dividends received from qualifying non-Netherlands subsidiaries, credit taxes withheld from those dividends against the Netherlands withholding tax imposed on certain qualifying dividends that are redistributed by ING Groep N.V., up to a maximum of the lesser of
 3% of the amount of qualifying dividends redistributed by ING Groep N.V. and
 
 3% of the gross amount of certain qualifying dividends received by ING Groep N.V.
The reduction is applied to the Dutch dividend withholding tax that ING Groep N.V. must pay to the Dutch tax authorities and not to the Dutch dividend withholding tax that ING Groep N.V. must withhold.
Taxes on income and capital gains
A U.S. Shareholder will not be subject to Netherlands income tax or corporation tax, other than the withholding tax described above, or capital gains tax, provided that:
 such shareholder is not a resident or deemed resident and, in the case of an individual, has not elected to be treated as a resident of the Netherlands; and
 
 such shareholder does not have an enterprise or an interest in an enterprise, which in its entirety or in part carries on business in the Netherlands through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative or deemed permanent establishment to which or to whom the bearer receipts or ADSs are attributable; and
 
 such shareholder is an individual, and income from a bearer receipt or ADS is not attributable to certain activities in the Netherlands performed by such shareholder other than business activities (for example, by the use of that individual’s special knowledge or activities performed by that individual with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs as a result of which such individual can make a return on the bearer receipt or ADS that is in excess of the return on normal passive portfolio management).
Gift, estate or inheritance tax
No Netherlands gift, estate or inheritance tax will be imposed on the acquisition of bearer receipts or ADSs by gift or inheritance from a holder of bearer receipts or ADSs who is neither resident nor deemed resident in the Netherlands, provided that the ADSs or bearer receipts are not attributable to an enterprise which in its entirety or in part is carried on through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the Netherlands. Furthermore, Dutch gift and inheritance tax is due if the holder of bearer receipts or ADSs dies within 180 days of making the gift, and at the time of death is a resident or deemed resident of the Netherlands. A non-resident Netherlands citizen, however, is still treated as a resident of the Netherlands for gift and inheritance tax purposes for ten years after leaving the Netherlands. An individual with a non-Dutch nationality is deemed to be a resident of the Netherlands for the purposes of Dutch gift tax if he or she has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the 12 months preceding the date of the gift.

90


Table of Contents

UNITED STATES TAXATION
Taxes on income
For United States federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Shareholder will be required to include in gross income the full amount of a cash dividend (including any Netherlands withholding tax withheld) as ordinary income when the dividend is actually or constructively received by the Trust in the case of bearer receipts, or the Depositary in the case of ADSs. For this purpose, a “dividend” will include any distribution paid by ING Groep N.V. with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs, but only to the extent such distribution is not in excess of ING Groep N.V.’s current and accumulated earnings and profits as defined for United States federal income tax purposes. Such a dividend will constitute income from sources outside the United States. A dividend will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations. If you are a noncorporate U.S. Shareholder, dividends paid to you in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2009 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at a maximum tax rate of 15% provided that you hold the bearer receipts or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements. Dividends we pay with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income.
Subject to the limitations provided in the United States Internal Revenue Code, a U.S. Shareholder may generally deduct from income, or credit against its United States federal income tax liability, the amount of any Dutch withholding taxes under the Treaty. The Netherlands withholding tax will likely not be creditable against the U.S. Shareholder’s United States tax liability, however, to the extent that ING Groep N.V. is allowed to reduce the amount of dividend withholding tax paid over to the Netherlands Tax Administration by crediting withholding tax imposed on certain dividends paid to ING Groep N.V. ING Groep N.V. will endeavor to provide to U.S. Shareholders information concerning the extent to which it has applied the reduction described above with respect to dividends paid to U.S. Shareholders. In addition, special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the maximum 15% tax rate.
Since payments of dividends with respect to bearer receipts and ADSs will be made in euros, a U.S. Shareholder will generally be required to determine the amount of dividend income by translating the euro into United States dollars at the “spot rate” on the date the dividend distribution is includable in the income of the U.S. Shareholder. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend distribution is includable in the income of the U.S. Shareholder to the date such payment is converted into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss. Such gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Taxes on capital gains
Gain or loss on a sale or exchange of bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder will generally be a capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes. If such U.S. Shareholder has held the bearer receipts or ADSs for more than one year, such gain or loss will generally be long term capital gain or loss. Long term capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. Shareholder that is recognized on or after May 6, 2003 and in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2009 is generally subject to a maximum tax rate of 15%. In general, gain or loss from a sale or exchange of bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder will be treated as United States source income or loss for United States foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Passive foreign investment company
ING Groep N.V. believes it is not a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for United States federal income tax purposes. This is a factual determination that must be made annually and thus may change.
If ING Groep N.V. were to be treated as a PFIC, unless a U.S. Shareholder makes an effective election to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs, any gain

91


Table of Contents

from the sale or disposition of bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder would be allocated ratably to each year in the holder’s holding period and would be treated as ordinary income. Tax would be imposed on the amount allocated to each year prior to the year of disposition at the highest rate in effect for that year, and interest would be charged at the rate applicable to underpayments on the tax payable in respect of the amount so allocated. The same rules would apply to “excess distributions”, defined generally as distributions exceeding 125% of the average annual distribution made by ING Groep N.V. over the shorter of the holder’s holding period or the three preceding years.
A U.S. Shareholder who owns bearer receipts or ADSs during any year that ING Groep N.V. is a PFIC must file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621.

92


Table of Contents

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk
The quantitative and qualitative disclosures of market risk have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of IFRS-EU. Refer to Note 2.1.1of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for these disclosures. As permitted by IFRS 1, ING Group has not presented in its consolidated financial statements certain comparative information relating to quantitative and qualitative disclosures of market risk. Accordingly, certain comparative information (together with current year equivalents) is provided below.
The discussion on the implementation of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 as of January 1, 2005 and the differences in the recognition and measurement of financial instruments and insurance contracts from 2004 to 2005 included in Note 2.1.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements should be considered in comparing accounting based sensitivity measures for 2005 with 2004. In addition, the adoption of IFRS-EU necessitated a change to the methodology underlying certain accounting based sensitivity measures. However, the impact of those changes on the 2005 net profit sensitivity analysis was not material given the overall effect on sensitivity information of IAS 32, 39 and IFRS 4 as of 2005.
MARKET RISK – ING BANK
Non-trading risk- interest rate risk
The 2005 EaR measure (pre-tax) for the large banking books of ING Bank (representing approximately 95% of the banking book) is EUR (733) million (2004: EUR (814) million). The measure is based on a parallel instantaneous shock to market rates of 2%.
MARKET RISK — ING INSURANCE
ALM risk — interest rate risk
The table below provides a sensitivity analysis relating to a potential change in net profit and shareholders’ equity of an instantaneous increase/decrease in interest rates of 1%.
                 
  Effect on      Effect on 
  ING Insurance      ING Insurance 
INTEREST-RATE SENSITIVITY net profit      shareholders’equity 
(EUR millions) 2005  2004  2005  2004 
 
                
Increase interest rates by 1%
  (68)  72   (2,814)  5 
Decrease interest rates by 1%
  (1,743)  (78)  1,255   (6)
ALM risk – equity risk
The table below provides a sensitivity analysis relating to a potential change in net profit and shareholders’ equity of an instantaneous increase/decrease in equity markets of 10%.
                 
  Effect on      Effect on 
  ING Insurance      ING Insurance 
EQUITY SENSITIVITY net profit      shareholders’equity 
(EUR millions) 2005  2004  2005  2004 
 
                
Increase of equity by 10%
  59   29   1,072   863 
Decrease of equity by 10%
  (80)   (23)  (1,094)  (857)

93


Table of Contents

ALM risk – foreign exchange risk
The table below provides a sensitivity analysis relating to a potential change in net profit and shareholders’ equity of an instantaneous increase/decrease of the Euro versus all other currencies of 10%.
                 
  Effect on      Effect on 
  ING Insurance      ING Insurance 
FOREIGN CURRENCY SENSIVITY net profit      shareholders’equity 
(EUR millions) 2005  2004  2005  2004 
 
                
10% Increase of Euro versus all other currencies
  (81)   (132)  (950)  (1,041)
10% Decrease of Euro versus all other currencies
  87   162   1,041   1,271 
CREDIT RISK — ING INSURANCE
ING Group has further improved the coverage of its 2005 analysis of the Fixed income portfolio by rating class by including more business units in the integrated reporting process.
The 2005 analysis is included in Note 2.2 of the Notes to the consolidated financial statements. The 2005 information is also presented below, together with the 2004 information..
In the table below a summary is shown of the outstandings in the general account fixed-income portfolios per credit rating expressed in Standard & Poor’s ratings at December 31, 2005. The table is based on EUR 172 billion of general account fixed income assets and exclude equities and real estate but include preferred shares.
ING Group has further expanded its 2005 analysis of risk concentration in the ING Insurance portfolio by presenting risk concentration by industry sector rather than economic sector. This analysis is included in Note 2.2 of the Notes to the consolidated financial statements. The 2005 information, together with the 2004 information, is also presented below based on the prior year classifications of risk concentration by economic sector.
                 
              2005 
              issuer 
  2005  2004      ratings 
  issue  issue  2005  (incl. 2005 
  ratings  ratings  issuer  coverages) 
 
                
AAA
  34.0%  36.7%  30.8%  26.3%
AA
  18.7%  17.0%  24.3%  23.0%
A
  27.9%  25.4%  24.9%  32.8%
BBB
  16.3%  17.8%  16.7%  14.3%
BB
  2.0%  2.4%  2.1%  1.8%
Other
  1.1%  0.7%  1.2%  1.8%
 
  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%
During 2005 ING Group changed the rating basis for the ING Insurance investment portfolio from issue ratings to issuer ratings (except for structured credits). This change is in line with the ING Bank practice and Basel II guidelines. In the table above the ING Insurance investment portfolio is shown based on issue rating for 2005 and 2004 (for comparison reasons) in columns 1 and 2. In column 3 the same portfolio is shown based on issuer ratings. The apparent average credit rating decreased due to the switch from issue to issuer ratings. This apparent decrease is caused by the fact that ING invests in bonds from lower quality issuers which nonetheless have a higher issue rating due to collateralisation; as such, the actual credit risk for ING Insurance has not changed due to this reclassification. In the last column the ING Insurance investment portfolio is shown based on issuer

94


Table of Contents

rating including the positions that were added during 2005. The main addition is the Dutch mortgage portfolio which is included in the table above with an average credit rating of A.
In the table below a summary is shown of the outstandings in the general account fixed-income portfolios per economic sector.
         
  2005  2004 
 
        
Public and private corporate
  37.3%  36.9%
ABS, MBS Structured
  16.0%  14.4%
Governments
  24.1%  25.3%
Commercial mortgages
  5.7%  5.6%
Residential mortgages
  11.2%  12.5%
Cash and money market
  2.6%  1.9%
Policy loans
  2.0%  1.9%
Preferred shares
  1.1%  1.5%
 
  100.0%  100.0%
Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities
Not applicable.

95


Table of Contents

PART II.
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
None.
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
None.
Item 15. Controls and Procedures
On February 7, 2006, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. There have been no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls over financial reporting subsequent to February 7, 2006.
Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert
ING Group’s Supervisory Board has determined that ING Group has four financial experts serving on its Audit Committee. These four financial experts are Messrs. Hoffmann, Hommen, Jacobs and Van der Lugt. All have gathered their experience by serving as executive officers and on the Boards of international conglomerates, Mr. Hoffmann serving as the CFO of Robert Bosch GmbH, Mr. Hommen serving as vice-chairman and CFO of Philips Electronics, Mr. Jacobs and Mr. Van der Lugt both serving as CEO of ING Group
Item 16B. Code of Ethics
ING Group has adopted a code of ethics, called the ING’s Business Principles, which apply to all our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. These Business Principles have undergone minor changes to adapt them to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as a code of ethics for certain officers. The Business Principles are posted on ING Group’s website at www.ing.com, under the heading “Corporate Responsibility” followed by “ING in Society”. During the most recently completed fiscal year no waivers, explicit or implicit, from these Business Principles have been granted to any of the officers described above.
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services (Ernst & Young) (and KPMG)
Ernst & Young Accountants (Ernst & Young) and KPMG Accountants N.V. (KPMG) are the appointed auditors of ING Group. Ernst & Young is responsible for auditing the financial statements of ING Group and ING Verzekeringen N.V., while KPMG is responsible for the audit of the financial statements of ING Bank N.V.
At the General Meeting of Shareholders on 27 April 2004, Ernst & Young were appointed to audit the financial statements of ING Group for the financial years 2004 to 2007 inclusive, to report about the outcome of these audits to the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board and to give a statement about the truth and fairness of the financial statements of ING Group
The Supervisory Board evaluates the performance of the external auditors on an annual basis, based, in particular, on their independence and on the findings of the Executive Board and the Audit Committee. In addition to the annual evaluation, the Audit Committee and Supervisory Board will review the auditors’ performance in 2007, prior to a proposal to the General Meeting of Shareholders for the next auditor’s appointment. The proposal will include the main conclusions of the assessment of the functioning of the external auditor.

96


Table of Contents

The external auditors, both Ernst & Young and KPMG, attend the meetings of the Audit Committee.
After a maximum period of 5 years of performing audit services to ING Group or ING Verzekeringen N.V. or ING Bank N.V., the lead audit partners of the external audit firms and the audit partners responsible for reviewing the audits, have to be replaced by other partners of the respective external audit firms. The Audit Committee makes recommendations to the Supervisory Board regarding these replacements, among others, based on an annual evaluation of the provided services. In line with this agreement, the lead audit partner of KPMG has been succeeded in 2005. The lead audit partner of Ernst & Young will be succeeded after the year-end audit 2006. The rotation of other partners of Ernst & Young and KPMG involved with the audit of the financial statements of ING are subject to applicable independence legislation.
The external auditors may be questioned at the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders in relation to their statements on the fairness of the annual accounts. The external auditors will therefore attend and be entitled to address this meeting.
Both Ernst & Young and KPMG may only provide permitted non-audit services to ING Group and its subsidiaries with permission of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee separately pre-approves the type(s) of audit, audit-related and non-audit services to be provided by ING’s external audit firms on an annual basis. The Audit Committee also sets the maximum annual amount that may be spent for such pre-approved services. Throughout the year the external audit firms and Corporate Audit Services monitor the amounts paid versus the pre-approved amounts. The external auditors provide the Audit Committee with a full overview of all services provided to ING, including related fees, supported by sufficiently detailed information. This overview is semi-annually evaluated by the Audit Committee.
In addition to the pre-approval procedure each audit-related and non-audit engagement that is expected to generate fees in excess of EUR 100,000 and all further audit-related and non-audit related engagements over and above the pre-approved amounts have to be pre-approved on a case-by-case basis. More details on ING’s policy regarding external auditor’s independence are available on the website of ING Group.
In 2005, the audit-related, tax and other services have been pre-approved. In line with ING’s policy on external auditors’ independence, the Audit Committee has pre-approved the proposed services.
         
  Year ended  Year ended 
  December 31,  December 31, 
  2005  2004 
       (EUR millions) 
Ernst & Young
        
Audit fees
  21   20 
Audit-related fees
  7   3 
Tax fees
  2   3 
All other fees
  1   1 
 
      
 
  31   27 
 
      
 
        
KPMG
        
Audit fees
  22   20 
Audit-related fees
  6   4 
Tax fees
  1   2 
All other fees
  2   4 
 
      
 
  31   30 
 
      
 
        
Total
        
Audit fees
  43   40 
Audit-related fees
  13   7 
Tax fees
  3   5 
All other fees
  3   5 
 
      
 
  62   57 
 
      

97


Table of Contents

Item 16E. Purchases of Registered Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
                   
                Maximum 
        Average  Purchased as part of  number of Shares 
    Number  price  Publicly Announced  that may be 
    x 1000  in euros  Plans Or Programs  Purchased 
 
                  
Purchases:
                  
January
 1/1/04 – 1/31/04         NA NA
February
 2/1/04 – 2/29/04  400   20.22         
March
 3/1/04 – 3/31/04                
April
 4/1/04 – 4/30/04                
May
 5/1/04 – 5/31/04                
June
 6/1/04 – 6/30/04  656   18.13         
July
 7/1/04 – 7/31/04                
August
 8/1/04 – 8/31/04  400   18.55         
September
 9/1/04 – 9/30/04  592   20.09         
October
 10/1/04 – 10/31/04                
November
 11/1/04 – 11/30/04  900   20.87         
December
 12/1/04 – 12/31/04                
 
                
Total (1)
    2,948   19.70         
 
                
 
                  
Purchases:
                  
January
 1/1/05 – 1/31/05         NA NA
February
 2/1/05 – 2/29/05  998   20.62         
March
 3/1/05 – 3/31/05  3,054   22.98         
April
 4/1/05 – 4/30/05                
May
 5/1/05 – 5/31/05  3,000   22.45         
June
 6/1/05 – 6/30/05                
July
 7/1/05 – 7/31/05                
August
 8/1/05 – 8/31/05  5,422   23.63         
September
 9/1/05 – 9/30/05                
October
 10/1/05 – 10/31/05                
November
 11/1/05 – 11/30/05  539   26.97         
December
 12/1/05 – 12/31/05                
 
                
Total (1)
    13,013   23.26         
 
                
 
(1) This table excludes market-making and related hedging purchases by ING Group. The table also exludes ING Group shares purchased by investments funds managed by ING Group for clients in accordance with specified investment strategies that are established by each individual fund manager acting independently of ING Group.

98


Table of Contents

PART III.
Item 18. Financial Statements
See pages F-1 to F-151 and the Schedules on F-159 to F-162
Item 19. Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:
   
Exhibit 1.1
 Articles of Association of ING Groep N.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
  
Exhibit 1.2
 Amended and Restated Trust Agreement (English Translation), dated June 23, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No.
1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
  
Exhibit 2.1
 Subordinated Indenture, dated July 18, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 27, 2003)
 
  
Exhibit 2.2
 First Supplemental Indenture, dated July 18, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
  
Exhibit 2.3
 Second Supplemental Indenture, dated December 12, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
  
Exhibit 2.4
 Third Supplemental Indenture, dated October 28, 2003, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
  
Exhibit 2.5
 Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated September 26, 2005, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-k filed on September 23, 2005)
 
  
Exhibit 2.6
 Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated December 8, 2005, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-k filed on December 7, 2005)
 
  
Exhibit 4.1
 Form of Employment Contract for Members of the Executive Board (English translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 27, 2003)
 
  
Exhibit 7
 Statement regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
  
Exhibit 8
 List of Subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V.
 
  
Exhibit 10.1
 Consent of Ernst & Young Accountants
 
  
Exhibit 10.2
 Consent of KPMG Accountants
 
  
Exhibit 10.3
 Consent of Ernst & Young Reviseurs d’Enterprises S.C.C.

99


Table of Contents

   
Exhibit 12.1
 Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
  
Exhibit 12.2
 Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
  
Exhibit 13.1
 Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxly Act of 2002
 
  
Exhibit 13.2
 Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxly Act of 2002

100


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
     
 
 ING GROEP N.V.  
 
 (Registrant)  
 
    
 
 By: /s/ Cees Maas  
 
    
 
 Name: Cees Maas   
 
 Title: Chief Financial Officer  
Date: March 24, 2006
    

101


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION ON BANKING OPERATIONS
The information in this section sets forth selected statistical information regarding the Group’s banking operations. Information for 2005 and 2004 is set forth under IFRS-EU unless otherwise indicated. Information for years prior to 2004 is set forth under Dutch GAAP, which differs in significant respects from IFRS-EU. Unless otherwise indicated, average balances, when used, are calculated from monthly data and the distinction between domestic and foreign is based on the location of the office where the assets and liabilities are booked, as opposed to the domicile of the customer. However, the Company believes that the presentation of these amounts based upon the domicile of the customer would not result in material differences in the amounts presented below.
         
IFRS-EU Year Ended December 31,
  2005 2004
Return on equity of the banking operations
  24.2%  15.8%
Return on equity of ING Group
  26.6%  22.9%
Dividend pay-out ratio of ING Group
  35.5%  39.5%
Return on assets
  0.5%  0.4%
Equity to assets
  2.6%  3.0%
Net interest margin
  1.2%  1.4%
     
Dutch GAAP Year Ended December 31,
  2003
Return on equity of the banking operations
  11.0%
Return on equity of ING Group
  21.5%
Dividend pay-out ratio of ING Group
  48.5%
Return on assets
  0.8%
Equity to assets
  3.3%
Net interest margin
  1.5%
AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES
The following tables show the banking operations, average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities, together with average rates, for 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU. The interest income, interest expense and average yield figures do not reflect interest income and expense on derivatives and other interest income and expense not considered to be directly related to interest-bearing assets and liabilities. These items are reflected in the corresponding interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures in the consolidated financial statements. A reconciliation of the interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures to the corresponding line items in the consolidated financial statements is provided on the next page.

102


Table of Contents

ASSETS
                         
IFRS-EU Interest-earning assets           
      2005          2004    
  Average  Interest  Average  Average  Interest  Average 
  balance  income  yield  balance  income  yield 
   (EUR millions)  %   (EUR millions)  % 
Time deposits with banks
                        
domestic
  3,654   172   4.7   4,845   113   2.3 
foreign
  30,023   1,147   3.8   32,959   968   2.9 
Loans and advances
                        
domestic
  222,459   8,331   3.7   157,457   7,184   4.6 
foreign
  247,444   11,035   4.5   183,458   7,736   4.2 
Interestearning securities (1)
                        
domestic
  35,423   1,031   2.9   31,221   616   2.0 
foreign
  176,247   6,773   3.8   165,173   5,922   3.6 
Other interestearning assets
                        
domestic
  747   16   2.1   527   30   5.7 
foreign
  2,524   99   3.9   2,941   158   5.4 
 
                   
Total
  718,521   28,604   4.0   578,581   22,727   3.9 
Noninterest earning assets
  45,054           22,276         
 
                   
Total assets (1)
  763,575           600,857         
 
                      
 
                        
Percentage of assets applicable to foreign operations
      63.5%          66.5%    
Other interest income (reconciliation to consolidated financial statements):
                        
amortized results investments (2)
                  157     
lending commission
                  96     
adjustment for interest on nonperforming loans (3)
                  (84)    
Interest income on derivatives (4)
      19,253           2,223     
other
      485           352     
 
                      
Total interest income
      48,342           25,471     
 
                      

103


Table of Contents

                         
LIABILITIES          
 
IFRS-EU Interest-earning liabilities        
      2005          2004   
  Average  Interest  Average  Average  Interest  Average 
  balance  expense  yield  balance  expense  yield 
  (EUR millions) %  (EUR millions) % 
Time deposits from banks
                        
domestic
  33,044   958   2.9   26,131   590   2.3 
foreign
  46,379   1,419   3.1   50,522   1,111   2.2 
Demand deposits (5)
                        
domestic
  78,030   595   0.8   32,210   176   0.6 
foreign
  27,930   502   1.8   26,992   423   1.6 
Time deposits (5)
                        
domestic
  16,764   485   2.9   14,432   371   2.6 
foreign
  29,976   901   3.0   29,995   727   2.4 
Savings deposits (5)
                        
domestic
  63,157   1,494   2.4   58,277   1,504   2.6 
foreign
  198,855   6,208   3.1   150,428   4,422   2.9 
Short term debt
                        
domestic
  2,815   88   3.1   4,992   102   2.0 
foreign
  28,203   1,269   4.5   29,879   696   2.3 
Long term debt
                        
domestic
  13,971   675   4.8   15,645   670   4.3 
foreign
  47,443   2,037   4.3   40,394   1,751   4.3 
Subordinated liabilities
                        
domestic
  16,702   920   5.5   13,061   732   5.6 
foreign
  2,605   153   5.9   2,802   160   5.7 
Other interestbearing liabilities
                        
domestic
  37,562   775   2.1   18,468   158   0.9 
foreign
  45,158   1,234   2.7   32,470   971   3.0 
 
                        
Total
  688,594   19,713   2.9   546,698   14,564   2.7 
Noninterest bearing liabilities
  54,592           36,299         
 
                        
Total Liabilities
  743,186           582,997         
Group Capital
  20,389           17,860         
 
                        
Total liabilities and capital
  763,575           600,857         
 
                        
 
                        
Percentage of liabilities applicable to foreign operations
      62.1%          64.9%    
Other interest expense
                        
(reconciliation to consolidated financial statements):
                        
interest expenses on derivatives
      18,836           2,078     
other
      631           130     
 
                        
Total interest expense
      39,180           16,772     
 
                        
Total net interest result
      9,162           8,699     
 
                        
 
(1) Substantially all interest-earning securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities.
 
(2) In 2004, includes amortization of premiums and discounts and deferred realized gains and losses on sales of investments in debt securities on a straight-line basis over the estimated average remaining life of the portfolio.
 
(3) In 2004, interest on non-performing loans is included when calculating the average yield in this table but excluded from interest income reported in the consolidated profit and loss account.
 
(4) In 2004, includes amortization of deferred realized gains and losses on off-balance sheet hedging instruments on a straight line basis over the estimated average remaining life of the portfolio and interest accrued on hedging instruments, primarily on interest rate swaps.
 
(5) These captions do not include deposits from banks.

104


Table of Contents

The following table presents the banking operations, average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities, together with average rates, for 2004 and 2003 under Dutch GAAP. The interest income, interest expense and average yield figures do not reflect:
 income on amortized results investments;
 lending commissions;
 interest income on off-balance sheet instruments;
 other income not considered to be directly related to interest-earning assets;
 interest expense on off-balance sheet instruments, or
 other expense not considered to be directly related to interest-bearing liabilities,
all of which are reflected in the corresponding interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures in the consolidated financial statements. Non-accrual loans are included in the respective average loan balances. Income on these loans is recognized on a cash basis. A reconciliation of the interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures to the corresponding line items in the consolidated financial statements is provided on the next page.
ASSETS
                             
Dutch GAAP     Interest-earning assets           
          2004          2003    
      Average  Interest  Average  Average  Interest  Average 
      balance  income  yield  balance  income  yield 
      (EUR millions)  % (EUR millions) % 
Time deposits with banks
                            
domestic
      4,845   113   2.3   1,984   98   4.9 
foreign
      32,959   968   2.9   24,450   723   3.0 
Loans and advances
                            
domestic
      157,457   7,237   4.6   154,944   7,800   5.0 
foreign
      183,458   7,792   4.2   160,338   6,790   4.2 
Interestearning securities (1)
                            
domestic
      31,221   616   2.0   25,384   682   2.7 
foreign
      165,173   5,922   3.6   116,092   4,450   3.8 
Other interestearning assets
                            
domestic
      527   30   5.7   3,563   208   5.8 
foreign
      2,941   158   5.4   9,188   262   2.9 
 
                        
Total
      578,581   22,836   3.9   495,943   21,013   4.2 
Non-interest earning assets
      22,276           24,011         
 
                          
Total assets (1)
      600,857           519,954         
 
                          
 
                            
Percentage of assets applicable to foreign operations
          66.5 %          64.9%    
Other interest income (reconciliation to consolidated financial statements):
                            
amortized results investments (2)
          157           258     
lending commission
          96           96     
adjustment for interest on non-performing loans (3)
          (84)          (123)    
interest on off-balance instruments (4)
          2,223           2,187     
other
          352           371     
 
                          
Total interest income
          25,580           23,802     
 
                          

105


Table of Contents

LIABILITIES
                         
  Interest-earning liabilities           
      2004          2003    
  Average  Interest  Average  Average  Interest  Average 
  balance  expense  yield  balance  expense  yield 
Dutch GAAP (EUR millions) %  (EUR millions) % 
Time deposits from banks
                        
domestic
  26,131   590   2.3   19,829   666   3.4 
foreign
  50,522   1,111   2.2   36,870   771   2.1 
Demand deposits (5)
                        
domestic
  32,210   176   0.6   32,694   219   0.7 
foreign
  26,992   423   1.6   23,867   391   1.6 
Time deposits (5)
                        
domestic
  14,432   371   2.6   13,082   391   3.0 
foreign
  29,995   727   2.4   31,207   956   3.1 
Savings deposits (5)
                        
domestic
  58,277   1,504   2.6   50,051   1,425   2.9 
foreign
  150,428   4,422   2.9   100,317   2,878   2.9 
Short term debt
                        
domestic
  4,992   102   2.0   5,664   180   3.2 
foreign
  29,879   696   2.3   48,305   909   1.9 
Long term debt
                        
domestic
  15,645   670   4.3   15,586   895   5.7 
foreign
  40,394   1,751   4.3   32,143   1,300   4.1 
Subordinated liabilities
                        
domestic
  13,061   732   5.6   10,915   647   5.9 
foreign
  2,802   160   5.7   2,921   178   6.1 
Other interestbearing liabilities
                        
domestic
  18,468   158   0.9   19,475   583   3.0 
foreign
  32,470   971   3.0   25,253   1,063   4.2 
 
                    
Total
  546,698   14,564   2.7   468,179   13,452   2.9 
Non-interest bearing liabilities
  36,299           34,587         
 
                      
Total Liabilities
  582,997           502,766         
Group Capital
  17,860           17,188         
 
                      
Total liabilities and capital
  600,857           519,954         
 
                      
 
                        
Percentage of liabilities applicable to foreign operations
      64.9%          65.1%    
Other interest expense
                        
(reconciliation to consolidated financial statements):
                        
interest on off-balance instruments
      2,078           2,027     
other
      130           208     
 
                      
Total interest expense
      16,772           15,687     
 
                      
Total net interest result
      8,808           8,115     
 
                      
 
(1) Substantially all interest-earning securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities.
 
(2) Includes amortization of premiums and discounts and deferred realized gains and losses on sales of investments in debt securities on a straight-line basis over the estimated average remaining life of the portfolio.
 
(3) Interest on non-performing loans is included when calculating the average yield in this table but excluded from interest income reported in the consolidated profit and loss account.
 
(4) Includes amortization of deferred realized gains and losses on off-balance sheet hedging instruments on a straight line basis over the estimated average remaining life of the portfolio and interest accrued on hedging instruments, primarily on interest rate swaps.
 
(5) These captions do not include deposits from banks.

106


Table of Contents

ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME
The following table allocates changes in the Group’s interest income and expense and net interest result between changes in average balances and rates for the periods indicated. Changes due to a combination of volume and rate have been allocated to changes in average volume. The net changes in interest income, interest expense and net interest result, as calculated in this table, have been reconciled to the changes in interest income, interest expense and net interest result in the consolidated financial statements. See introduction to “Average Balances and Interest Rates” for a discussion of the differences between interest income, interest expense and net interest result as calculated in the following table and as set forth in the consolidated financial statements.
             
IFRS-EU 2005 over 2004 
  Increase (decrease) 
  due to changes in 
  Average  Average  Net 
  volume  rate  change 
      (EUR millions)     
Interestearning assets
            
Time deposits to banks
            
domestic
  (28)  87   59 
foreign
  (86)  265   179 
Loans and advances
            
domestic
  2,966   (1,819)  1,147 
foreign
  2,698   601   3,299 
Interestearning securities
            
Domestic
  83   332   415 
foreign
  397   454   851 
Other interestearning assets
            
domestic
  12   (26)  (14)
foreign
  (22)  (37)  (59)
Interest income
            
domestic
  3,033   (1,426)  1,607 
foreign
  2,987   1,283   4,270 
 
         
Total
  6,020   (143)  5,877 
 
         
Other interest income (reconciliation to consolidated financial statements)
          16,994 
 
           
Total interest income
          22,871 
 
           

107


Table of Contents

             
IFRS-EU 2005 over 2004 
  Increase (decrease) 
  due to changes in 
  Average  Average  Net 
  volume  rate  change 
  (EUR millions) 
Interest-bearing liabilities
            
 
            
Time deposits from banks
            
 
            
domestic
  156   212   368 
foreign
  (91)  399   308 
Demand deposits
            
domestic
  250   169   419 
foreign
  12   64   79 
Time deposits
            
domestic
  60   54   114 
foreign
  (1)  175   174 
Savings deposits
            
domestic
  126   (136)  (10)
foreign
  1,423   363   1,786 
Short term debt
            
domestic
  (44)  30   (14)
foreign
  (39)  612   573 
Long term debt
            
domestic
  (72)  77   5 
foreign
  306   (20)  286 
Subordinated liabilities
            
domestic
  204   (16)  188 
foreign
  (11)  4   (7)
Other interestbearing liabilities
            
domestic
  164   453   617 
foreign
  379   (116)  263 
Interest expense
            
domestic
  844   843   1,687 
foreign
  1,981   1,481   3,462 
 
         
Total
  2,825   2,324   5,149 
 
         
 
            
Other interest expense
            
(reconciliation to consolidated financial statements)
          17,259 
 
           
Total interest expense
          22,408 
 
           
 
            
Net interest
            
domestic
  2,189   (2,269)  (80)
Foreign
  1,006   (198)  808 
 
         
Net interest
  3,195   (2,467)  728 
 
         
Other net interest result
            
(reconciliation to consolidated financial statements)
          (265)
 
           
Net interest result
          463 
 
           

108


Table of Contents

             
Dutch GAAP 2004 over 2003 
  Increase (decrease) 
  due to changes in 
  Average  Average  Net 
  volume  rate  change 
  (EUR millions) 
Interest-earning assets
            
Time deposits to banks
            
domestic
  67   (52)  15 
foreign
  250   (5)  245 
Loans and advances
            
domestic
  115   (678)  (563)
foreign
  982   20   1,002 
Interestearning securities
            
domestic
  115   (181)  (66)
foreign
  1,760   (288)  1,472 
Other interestearning assets
            
domestic
  (172)  (6)  (178)
foreign
  (335)  231   (104)
Interest income
            
domestic
  125   (917)  (792)
foreign
  2,657   (42)  2,615 
 
         
Total
  2,782   (959)  1,823 
 
         
 
Other interest income
            
(reconciliation to consolidated financial statements)
          (45)
 
           
Total interest income
          1,778 
 
           

109


Table of Contents

             
Dutch GAAP 2004 over 2003 
  Increase (decrease) 
  due to changes in 
  Average  Average  Net 
  volume  rate  change 
  (EUR millions) 
Interest-bearing liabilities
            
Time deposits from banks
            
domestic
  142   (218)  (76)
foreign
  300   40   340 
Demand deposits
            
domestic
  (2)  (41)  (43)
foreign
  49   (17)  32 
Time deposits
            
domestic
  35   (55)  (20)
foreign
  (30)  (199)  (229)
Savings deposits
            
domestic
  212   (133)  79 
foreign
  1,473   71   1,544 
Short term debt
            
domestic
  (14)  (64)  (78)
foreign
  (430)  217   (213)
Long term debt
            
domestic
  3   (228)  (225)
foreign
  358   93   451 
Subordinated liabilities
            
domestic
  120   (35)  85 
foreign
  (6)  (12)  (18)
Other interestbearing liabilities
            
domestic
  (9)  (416)  (425)
foreign
  216   (308)  (92)
Interest expense
            
domestic
  487   (1,190)  (703)
foreign
  1,930   (115)  1,815 
 
         
Total
  2,417   (1,305)  1,112 
 
         
 
            
Other interest expense
            
(reconciliation to consolidated financial statements)
          (27)
 
           
 
            
Total interest expense
          1,085 
 
           
 
            
Net interest
            
domestic
  (362)  273   (89)
Foreign
  727   73   800 
 
         
Net interest
  365   346   711 
 
         
Other net interest result
            
(reconciliation to consolidated financial statements)
          (18)
 
           
Net interest result
          693 
 
           

110


Table of Contents

INVESTMENTS OF THE GROUP’S BANKING OPERATIONS
The following table shows the balance sheet value under IFRS-EU of the investments of the Group’s banking operations for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:
         
IFRS-EU Year ended December 31, 
  2005  2004 
   (EUR millions)
Debt securities available for sale
        
Dutch government
  6,052   5,688 
German government
  9,664   9,403 
Central banks
  159   180 
Belgian government
  15,711   14,829 
Other governments
  32,001   27,192 
Corporate debt securities
        
Banks and financial institutions
  29,418   34,530 
Other corporate debt securities
  3,815   15,867 
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
  1,424   1,953 
Other debt securities
  60,808   53,408 
 
      
Total debt securities available for sale
  159,052   163,050 
 
        
Debt securities held to maturity
        
Dutch government
  452     
German government
  792     
Central banks
        
Belgian government
        
Other governments
  767     
Corporate debt securities
        
Banks and financial institutions
  14,375     
Other corporate debt securities
  40     
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
  361     
Other debt securities
  2,150     
 
       
Total debt securities held to maturity
  18,937     
 
       
 
Shares and convertible debentures
  2,147   546 
Land and buildings (1)
  3,205   3,398 
 
      
Total
  183,340   166,994 
 
      
 
(1) Including commuted ground rents

111


Table of Contents

The following table shows the balance sheet value under Dutch GAAP of the investments of the Group’s banking operations for the year ended December 31, 2003:
     
Dutch GAAP Year ended 
  December 31, 
  2003 
  (EUR millions) 
Dutch government
  5,512 
German government
  7,211 
Central banks
  667 
Belgian government
  12,839 
Other governments
  21,152 
Corporate debt securities
    
Banks and financial institutions
  35,830 
Other corporate debt securities
  5,718 
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
  2,834 
Other debt securities
  24,267 
 
   
Total debt securities – available for sale
  116,030 
Shares and convertible debentures
  766 
Land and buildings (1)
  2,970 
 
   
Total
  119,766 
 
   
 
(1) Including commuted ground rents
Banking investment strategy
ING’s investment strategy for its investment portfolio related to the banking activities is formulated by the Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”). The exposures of the investments to market rate movements are managed by modifying the asset and liability mix, either directly or through the use of derivative financial products including interest rate swaps, futures, forwards and purchased option positions such as interest rate caps, floors and collars. See “Item 11. Quantative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk”.
The investment portfolio related to the banking activities primarily consists of fixed-interest securities. Approximately 29% of the land and buildings owned by ING Bank are wholly or partially in use by Group companies.
                         
  1 year or less      Between 1 and 5 years   Between 5 and 10 years 
  Book value  Yield(1)  Book value  Yield(1)  Book value  Yield(1) 
  (EUR  %  (EUR   %  (EUR  % 
  millions)      millions)      millions)     
Debt securities available for sale
                        
Dutch government
  9   2.6   393   4.4   5,643   4.3 
German government
  318   4.2   2,674   4.0   6,660   3.9 
Belgian government
  519   4.9   8,340   5.5   6,407   5.1 
Central banks
  27   2.5   3   5.2   129   5.9 
Other governments
  5,144   3.6   11,717   4.3   13,326   3.8 
Banks and financial institutions
  4,051   3.8   14,733   3.3   9,925   3.4 
Corporate debt securities
  869   4.7   2,044   4.3   748   4.6 
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
  156   5.1   479   3.9   10   4.7 
Other debt securities
  4,059   3.6   14,447   3.6   10,510   3.7 
 
                     
Total debt securities available for sale
  15,152   3.8   54,830   4.0   53,358   3.9 
 
                     

112


Table of Contents

             
  Over 10 years      Total 
  Book      Book 
  value      value 
  (EUR  Yield (1)  (EUR 
  millions)  %  millions) 
Debt securities available for sale
            
Dutch government
  0       6,045 
German government
  7   6.5   9,659 
Belgian government
  448   5.0   15,714 
Central banks
  0       159 
Other governments
  1,827   4.9   32,014 
Banks and financial institutions
  727   3.6   29,436 
Corporate debt securities
  160   5.6   3,821 
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
  780   4.6   1,425 
Other debt securities
  31,763   4.3   60,779 
 
          
Total debt securities available for sale
  35,712   4.4   159,052 
 
          
 
(1) Since substantially all investment securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities, the yields are on a tax- equivalent basis.
                         
  1 year or less      Between 1 and 5 years      Between 5 and 10 years 
  Book value      Book value      Book value    
  (EUR  Yield (1)  (EUR  Yield (1)  (EUR  Yield (1) 
  millions)  %  millions)  %  millions)  % 
Debt securities held to maturity
                        
Dutch government
  452   3.0                 
German government
          199   3.3   593   4.1 
Belgian government
                        
Central banks
                        
Other governments
  201   3.0   103   4.1   463   4.7 
Banks and financial institutions
  615   4.2   5,090   4.0   8,323   4.0 
Corporate debt securities
                  40   3.3 
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
  140   4.3   133   5.5   88   4.4 
Other debt securities
          1,024   3.4   1,041   3.7 
 
                     
Total debt securities held to maturity
  1,408   3.7   6,549   4.0   10,548   4.0 
 
                     

113


Table of Contents

             
  Over 10 years      Total 
  Book      Book 
  value      value 
  (EUR  Yield (1)  (EUR 
  millions)  %  millions) 
Debt securities held to maturity
            
Dutch government
          452 
German government
          792 
Belgian government
            
Central banks
            
Other governments
          767 
Banks and financial institutions
  347   4.5   14,375 
Corporate debt securities
          40 
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
          361 
Other debt securities
  85   4.0   2,150 
 
            
Total debt securities held to maturity
  432   4.3   18,937 
 
          
 
(1) Since substantially all investment securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities, the yields are on a tax- equivalent basis.
On December 31, 2005, ING Group also held the following securities for the banking operations that exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity:
         
  2005 
  Book value Market value 
  (EUR millions) 
Dutch government
  6,504   6,503 
Belgian government
  15,711   15,711 
German government
  10,456   10,478 

114


Table of Contents

LOAN PORTFOLIO
Loans and advances to banks and customers
Loans and advances to banks include all receivables from credit institutions, except for cash, current accounts and deposits with other banks (including central banks). Lending facilities to corporate and private customers encompass among others, loans, overdrafts and finance lease receivables. The following table sets forth the gross loans and advances to banks and customers as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU.
IFRS-EU
         
  Year ended December 31,   
  2005  2004 
  (EUR millions)
By domestic offices:
        
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
  13,907   7,296 
Loans secured by mortgages
  111,257   103,594 
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
  4,573   7,323 
Other private lending
  9,943   6,420 
Other corporate lending
  80,540   35,897 
 
      
Total domestic offices
  220,220   160,530 
 
      
 
        
By foreign offices:
        
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
  17,535   17,118 
Loans secured by mortgages
  69,855   53,156 
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
  23,721   26,471 
Other private lending
  15,200   8,474 
Other corporate lending
  84,355   88,639 
 
      
Total foreign offices
  210,666   193,858 
 
      
 
        
Total gross loans and advances to banks and customers
  430,886   354,388 
 
      
The following table sets forth the gross loans and advances to banks and customers as of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 under Dutch GAAP.
Dutch GAAP
             
  Year ended December 31,
  2003  2002  2001 
  (EUR millions)
By domestic offices:
            
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
  6,473   8,013   8,949 
Loans secured by mortgages
  94,125   86,932   78,789 
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
  8,367   7,103   8,356 
Other private lending
  7,009   8,201   3,775 
Other corporate lending
  36,861   42,083   35,060 
 
         
Total domestic offices
  152,835   152,332   134,929 
 
         
 
            
By foreign offices:
            
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
  16,603   15,750   13,398 
Loans secured by mortgages
  39,604   31,260   19,502 
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
  17,879   23,562   21,861 
Other private lending
  7,813   6,810   3,259 
Other corporate lending
  86,722   82,256   88,687 
 
         
Total foreign offices
  168,621   159,638   146,707 
 
         
 
            
Total gross loans and advances to banks and customers
  321,456   311,970   281,636 
 
         

115


Table of Contents

Maturities and sensitivity of loans to changes in interest rates
The following table analyzes loans and advances to banks and customers by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2005.
                 
  1 year  1 year  After    
  or less  to 5 years  5 years  Total 
  (EUR millions) 
By domestic offices:
                
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
  3,952   1,192   8,763   13,907 
Loans secured by mortgages
  5,690   9,954   95,613   111,257 
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
  1,941   1,010   1,622   4,573 
Other private lending
  6,323   733   2,887   9,943 
Other corporate lending
  60,446   9,434   10,660   80,540 
 
            
Total domestic offices
  78,352   22,323   119,545   220,220 
 
            
 
                
By foreign offices:
                
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
  5,951   4,720   6,864   17,535 
Loans secured by mortgages
  7,878   13,737   48,240   69,855 
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
  10,292   8,491   4,938   23,721 
Other private lending
  7,492   2,484   5,224   15,200 
Other corporate lending
  28,308   24,606   31,441   84,355 
 
            
Total foreign offices
  59,921   54,038   96,707   210,666 
 
            
Total gross loans and advances to banks and customers
  138,273   76,361   216,252   430,886 
 
            
The following table analyzes loans and advances to banks and customers by interest rate sensitivity by maturity as of December 31, 2005
             
  1 year or  Over 1    
  less  year  Total 
  (EUR millions) 
Interest non earning
  3,940   831   4,771 
Fixed interest rate
  64,877   86,639   151,516 
Semifixed interest rate(1)
  4,860   107,031   111,891 
Variable interest rate
  64,596   98,112   162,708 
 
         
Total
  138,273   292,613   430,886 
 
         
 
(1) Loans that have an interest rate that remains fixed for more than one year and which can then be changed are classified as “semi-fixed”
Loan concentration
The following industry concentrations were in excess of 10% of total loans as of December 31, 2005:
     
  Total outstandings 
  (EUR millions) 
Service industry
  90,209 
Manufacturing
  54,561 
Financial institutions (1)
  40,501 
 
(1) Excluding bank deposits given of approximately EUR 47 billion.

116


Table of Contents

Risk elements
Loans Past Due 90 days and Still Accruing Interest
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest are loans that are contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest on which we continue to recognize interest income on an accrual basis in accordance with IFRS-EU.
Under IFRS-EU prior to the implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39 and under Dutch GAAP, loans were placed on non-accrual status when a loan was in default as to payment of principal and interest for 90 days or more, or when, in the judgment of management, the accrual of interest should cease before 90 days. Any accrued, but unpaid, interest was reversed against the same period’s interest revenue. Interest payments received on a cash basis during the period were recorded as interest income.
In 2005 with the implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39, once a loan has been written down as a result of an impairment loss, interest income is recognised using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss. As all loans continue to accrue interest under IFRS-EU, the non-accrual loan status is no longer used to identify ING Group’s risk elements. Therefore, in 2005, no loans are reported as non-accrual and there is an increase in the amount of loans reported as Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest, compared to the prior years reported, due to the interest accrual on impaired loans.
The following table sets forth the outstanding balance of the loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU.
IFRS-EU
         
  Year ended December 31, 
  2005  2004 
  (EUR millions) 
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest
        
Domestic
  1,664   577 
Foreign
  2,112   510 
 
      
Total loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest
  3,776   1,087 
 
      
 
        
Nonaccrual
        
Domestic
      1,143 
Foreign
      2,284 
 
        
Total non-accrual loans
      3,427 
 
        
Total loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans
  3,776   4,514 
 
      
As of December 31, 2005, approximately EUR 3.0 billion of the loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest have a loan loss provision. The remaining loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest have also been reviewed for impairment; however, based on our measurement of the impairment, no impairment loss has been determined. Total loans with a loan loss provision, including those loans classified as past due 90 days and still accruing interest with a provision and troubled debt restructurings with a provision, are approximately EUR 6.7 billion as of December 31, 2005.
The following table sets forth the outstanding balances of the loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 under Dutch GAAP.

117


Table of Contents

Dutch GAAP
             
  Year ended December 31,
  2003  2002  2001 
  (EUR millions) 
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest
            
Domestic
  830   986   1,083 
Foreign
  819   1,048   957 
 
         
Total loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest
  1,649   2,034   2,040 
 
         
 
            
Non-accrual
            
Domestic
  965   1,093   1,425 
Foreign
  2,599   3,044   2,613 
 
         
Total non-accrual loans
  3,564   4,137   4,038 
 
         
 
            
Total loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans
  5,213   6,171   6,078 
 
         
Troubled Debt Restructurings
Troubled debt restructurings are loans that we have restructured due to deterioration in the borrower’s financial position and in relation to which, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s deteriorated financial position, we have granted a concession to the borrower that we would not have otherwise granted.
The following table sets forth the outstanding balances of the troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU.
IFRS-EU
         
  Year ended December 31, 
  2005  2004 
  (EUR millions) 
Troubled debt restructurings
        
Domestic
  495   197 
Foreign
  582   651 
 
      
Total troubled debt restructurings
  1,077   848 
 
      
The following table sets forth the outstanding balances of the troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 001 under Dutch GAAP.
Dutch GAAP
             
  Year ended December 31,
  2003  2002  2001 
  (EUR millions) 
Troubled debt restructurings
            
Domestic
  115   439   57 
Foreign
  516   461   1,054 
 
         
Total troubled debt restructurings
  631   900   1,111 
 
         
Interest Income on Troubled Debt Restructurings
The following table sets forth the gross interest income that would have been recorded during the year ended December 31, 2005 on troubled debt restructurings had such loans been current in accordance with their original contractual terms and interest income on such loans that was actually included in interest income during the year ended December 31, 2005.

118


Table of Contents

             
  Year ended December 31, 2005
  Domestic  Foreign    
  Offices  Offices  Total 
  (EUR millions) 
Interest income that would have been recognized under the original contractual terms
  23   27   50 
Interest income recognized in the profit and loss account
  15   22   37 
Potential Problem Loans
Potential problem loans are loans that are not classified as loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest or troubled debt restructurings and amounted to EUR 4,134 million as of December 31, 2005. Of this total, EUR 3,038 million relates to domestic loans and EUR 1,096 million relates to foreign loans. These loans are considered potential problem loans as there is known information about possible credit problems causing us to have serious doubts as to the ability of the borrower to comply with the present loan repayment terms and which may result in classifying the loans as loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest or as troubled debt restructurings. Appropriate provisions, following ING Group’s credit risk rating system, have been established for these loans.
Cross-border outstandings
Cross-border outstandings are defined as loans (including accrued interest), acceptances, interest-earning deposits with other banks, other interest-earning investments and any other monetary assets that are denominated in euro or other non-local currency. To the extent that material local currency outstandings are not hedged or are not funded by local currency borrowings, such amounts are included in cross-border outstandings.
Guaranteed or secured loans are deducted from gross outstandings to arrive at net outstandings provided that political and transfer risks are also covered explicitly by the agreement. Commitments such as irrevocable letters of credit are not considered as cross border outstanding. Total outstandings are in line with Dutch Central Bank requirements. On December 31, 2005, there were no outstandings exceeding 1% of total assets in any country where current conditions give rise to liquidity problems which are expected to have a material impact on the timely repayment of interest or principal.
The following tables analyze cross-border outstandings as of the end of December 31, 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU, stating the name of the country and the aggregate amount of cross-border outstandings to borrowers in each foreign country where such outstandings exceed 1% of total assets, by the following categories.
IFRS-EU
                         
  Year ended December 31, 2005 
  Government  Banks & Other               
  & official  financial  Commercial          Cross-border 
  institutions  institutions  & industrial  Other  Total  Commitments 
  (EUR millions)
United Kingdom
  42   23,954   41,139   1,531   66,666   4,728 
United States
  538   6,027   32,154   3,192   41,911   12,148 
Germany
  8,605   12,677   2,744   3,840   27,866   3,445 
France
  5,398   7,931   4,659   1,391   19,379   5,067 
Italy
  10,407   3,618   4,589   449   19,063   1,031 
Spain
  4,946   6,101   5,785   917   17,749   1,592 

119


Table of Contents

IFRS-EU
                         
  Year ended December 31, 2004 
  Government  Banks & Other               
  & official  financial  Commercial          Cross-border 
  institutions  institutions  & industrial  Other  Total  Commitments 
  (EUR millions)
United Kingdom
  92   19,620   30,391   640   50,743   4,896 
Germany
  9,641   19,367   3,538   4,721   37,267   5,443 
United States
  507   3,097   19,462   3,998   27,064   11,266 
France
  5,245   8,185   3,664   649   17,743   3,095 
Spain
  3,850   8,595   2,566   1,449   16,460   1,964 
Italy
  6,753   5,008   2,725   423   14,909   964 
Belgium
  2,887   2,133   3,015   904   8,939   10,486 
The following tables analyze cross-border outstandings as of the end of December 31, 2003 under Dutch GAAP, stating the name of the country and the aggregate amount of cross-border outstandings to borrowers in each foreign country where such outstandings exceed 1% of total assets, by the following categories.
Dutch GAAP
                         
  Year ended December 31, 2003 
  Government  Banks & Other               
  & official  financial  Commercial          Cross-border 
  institutions  institutions  & industrial  Other  Total  Commitments 
  (EUR millions)
United Kingdom
  503   19,403   16,818   1,034   37,758   5,229 
Germany
  6,294   16,810   2,405   2,705   28,214   6,309 
United States
  193   3,295   18,066   324   21,878   10,514 
Spain
  2,157   9,760   1,490   221   13,628   1,848 
France
  2,926   5,725   3,388   699   12,738   3,079 
Italy
  4,141   4,384   2,440   409   11,374   910 
On December 31, 2005 under IFRS-EU, Ireland and Belgium had EUR 11,400 million and EUR 10,201 million, respectively, of cross-border outstandings between 0.75% and 1% of total assets. There were no cross-border outstandings between 0.75% and 1% of total assets, at year-end 2004.
On December 31, 2003 under Dutch GAAP, Belgium had EUR 6,888 million of cross-border outstandings between 0.75% and 1% of total assets.
Summary of Loan Loss Experience
The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.
Objective evidence that a financial asset or group of assets is impaired includes, but is not limited to:
 The borrower has sought or has been placed in bankruptcy or similar protection and this avoids or delays repayment of the financial asset.
 
 The borrower has failed in the repayment of principle, interest or fees and the payment failure has remained unsolved for a certain period.
 
 The borrower has evidenced significant financial difficulty, to the extent that it will have a negative impact on the future cash flows of the financial asset.
 
 The credit obligation has been restructured for non-commercial reasons. ING has granted concessions, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, the effect of which is a reduction in the expected future cash flows of the financial asset.
The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for financial assets that are individually significant, and individually or collectively for financial assets that are not

120


Table of Contents

individually significant. If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is or continues to be recognised are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on assets carried at amortised cost has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognised in the profit and loss account. If the asset has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract.
For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, financial assets are grouped on the basis of similar credit risk characteristics. Those characteristics are relevant to the estimation of future cash flows for groups of such assets by being indicative of the debtors’ ability to pay all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the assets being evaluated.
Future cash flows in a portfolio of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment are estimated on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the assets in the portfolio and historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the portfolio. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not exist currently.
When a loan is uncollectable, it is written off against the related provision for loan impairment. Such loans are written off after all the necessary procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss has been determined. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off decrease the amount of the provision for loan impairment and are recognised in the profit and loss account.
If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed by adjusting the allowance account. The amount of the reversal is recognised in the profit and loss account.
The application of the IFRS-EU methodology has reduced the amount of the unallocated provision for loan losses that ING Group provided in prior years to adequately capture various subjective and judgmental aspects of the credit risk assessment which were not considered on an individual basis.The net impact of the application of the IFRS-EU methodology on the loan loss provision of ING Group’s banking operations, including the reclassification from other assets for the provision for interest on impaired loans, was EUR (398) million as of January 1,2005.
The following table summarizes ING Group’s investments in impaired loans as of December 31. This table is incorporated by reference into the consolidated financial statements, note 2.4.10(b). In accordance with SFAS 114 Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, small balance homogeneous loans such as consumer mortgages and loans and small business loans are excluded from the definition of impaired loans presented below.

121


Table of Contents

         
  2005 2004
  (EUR millions)
Total gross impaired loans and advances to customers
  3,914   6,181 
Total gross impaired loans and advances to customers for which a related allowance exists
  3,700   4,545 
Allowance for impaired loans and advances to customers
  2,045   2,671 
Average total gross impaired loans and advances to customers
  4,056   6,480 
Interest income on impaired loans recognized in the period
  104   176 
Interest income on impaired loans recognized on a cash basis
  67   96 
The following table presents the movements in allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU.
         
IFRS-EU Calendar period 
  2005  2004 
  (EUR millions) 
Balance on January 1
  4,262   4,671 
Implementation IAS 32 and IAS 39 (1)
  (398)    
Change in the composition of the Group
  (4)  (38)
Charge-offs:
        
Domestic:
        
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
     (1)
Loans secured by mortgages
  (8)  (3)
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
  (12)  (22)
Other private lending
  (107)  (57)
Other corporate lending
  (164)  (156)
Foreign:
        
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
  (9)  (13)
Loans secured by mortgages
  (23)  (31)
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
  (4)  20 
Other private lending
  (78)  (57)
Other corporate lending
  (437)  (589)
 
      
Total charge-offs
  (842)  (909)
 
        
Recoveries:
        
Domestic:
        
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
     6 
Other private lending
  6   3 
Foreign:
        
Loans secured by mortgages
     (1)
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
     23 
Other private lending
  39   11 
Other corporate lending
  16   42 
 
      
Total recoveries
  61   84 
 
      
Net chargeoffs
  (781)  (825)
 
        
Additions and other adjustments (included in value Adjustments to receivables of the Banking operations)
  234   454 
 
 
      
Balance on December 31
  3,313   4,262 
 
      
 
Ratio of net chargeoffs to average loans and advances to banks and customers
  0.17%  0.24%
 
(1) Consists of release of unallocated provision for loan losses of EUR (592) million and reclassification from other assets for provision for interest on impaired loans of EUR 194 million.

122


Table of Contents

The following table presents the movements in allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2003, 2002 and 2001under Dutch GAAP.
             
Dutch GAAP Year ended December 31, 
  2003  2002  2001 
  (EUR millions) 
Balance on January 1
  4,870   4,474   4,272 
Change in the composition of the Group
  104   93   (171)
Chargeoffs:
            
Domestic:
            
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
     (1)   
Loans secured by mortgages
  (1)  (4)  (4)
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
  (27)  (18)    
Other private lending
  (65)  (31)  (31)
Other corporate lending
  (166)  (211)  (166)
Foreign:
            
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
  (1)      
Loans secured by mortgages
  (30)  (8)  (1)
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
  (10)  (3)  (9)
Other private lending
  (105)  (32)  (1)
Other corporate lending
  (797)  (530)  (391)
 
         
Total charge-offs
  (1,202)  (838)  (603)
 
            
Recoveries:
            
Domestic:
            
Loans secured by mortgages
        3 
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
  7   4    
Other private lending
  9   2   4 
Other corporate lending
     3   8 
Foreign:
            
Loans secured by mortgages
     2    
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
  4       
Other private lending
  10   7    
Other corporate lending
  19   15   23 
 
         
Total recoveries
  49   33   38 
 
         
Net charge-offs
  (1,153)  (805)  (565)
 
Additions and other adjustments (included in value Adjustments to receivables of the Banking operations), excluding foreign currency exchange
  850   1,108   938 
 
         
Balance on December 31
  4,671   4,870   4,474 
 
         
 
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and advances to banks and customers
  0.37%  0.27%  0.22%
Additions to the provision for loan losses presented in the table above were influenced by developments in general economic conditions as well as certain individual exposures.
The following table shows the allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU:

123


Table of Contents

                 
IFRS-EU Year ended December 31, 
  2005      2004    
  EUR  %(1)  EUR  %(1) 
  (EUR millions) 
Domestic:
                
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
  1   3.23   1   2.06 
Loans secured by mortgages
  93   25.82   198   29.23 
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
      1.06       2.07 
Other private lending
  230   2.31   181   1.81 
Other corporate lending
  594   18.69   692   10.13 
Total domestic
  918   51.11   1,072   45.30 
Foreign:
                
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
  2   4.07   36   4.83 
Loans secured by mortgages
  273   16.20   213   15.00 
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
  13   5.51   23   7.47 
Other private lending
  408   3.53   344   2.39 
Other corporate lending
  1,699   19.58   2,574   25.01 
 
            
Total foreign
  2,395   48.89   3,190   54.70 
 
            
Total
  3,313   100.00   4,262   100.00 
 
            
 
(1) The percentages represent the loans in each category as a percentage of the total loan portfolio for loans and advances to banks and customers.
The following table shows the allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2003, 2002 and 2001 under Dutch GAAP:
                         
Dutch GAAP Year ended December 31, 
  2003      2002      2001    
  EUR  %(1)  EUR  %(1)  EUR  %(1) 
  (EUR millions) 
Domestic:
                        
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
      2.00   31   2.56       3.18 
Loans secured by mortgages
  164   29.15   120   27.87   112   29.01 
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
      2.59       2.28       2.96 
Other private lending
  258   2.17   199   2.63   107   1.34 
Other corporate lending
  728   11.83   649   13.49   742   11.42 
Total domestic
  1,150   47.75   999   48.83   961   47.91 
Foreign:
                        
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
  30   5.14   47   5.05   68   4.76 
Loans secured by mortgages
  238   12.27   73   10.02   41   6.92 
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
  28   5.54   90   7.55   43   7.76 
Other private lending
  385   2.42   145   2.18   181   1.16 
Other corporate lending
  2,840   26.89   3,516   26.37   3,180   31.49 
 
                  
Total foreign
  3,521   52.25   3,871   51.17   3,513   52.09 
 
                  
Total
  4,671   100.00   4,870   100.00   4,474   100.00 
 
                  
 
(1) The percentages represent the loans in each category as a percentage of the total loan portfolio for loans and advances to banks and customers.
DEPOSITS
The aggregate average balance of all the Group’s interest-bearing deposits (from banks and customer accounts) increased by 18.52% to EUR 523,761 million for 2005, compared to 2004. Interest rates paid reflect market conditions. The effect on net interest income depends upon competitive pricing and the level of interest income that can be generated through the use of funds.
Deposits by banks are primarily time deposits, the majority of which are raised by the Group’s Amsterdam based money market operations in the world’s major financial markets.

124


Table of Contents

Certificates of deposit represent 15% of the category ‘Debt securities’ (22% at the end of 2004). These instruments are issued as part of liquidity management with maturities generally of less than three months.
The following table includes the average deposit balance by category of deposit and the related average rate for the years 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU.
                 
IFRS-EU 2005      2004    
  Average  Average  Average  Average 
  deposit  rate  deposit  rate 
  (EUR millions)  %(EUR millions)  % 
Deposits by banks In domestic offices:
                
Demand – non-interest bearing
  2,094       72     
  – interest bearing
  5,477   3.1   3,928   2.1 
Time
  28,584   2.9   35,506   2.2 
Total domestic offices
  36,155       39,506     
In foreign offices:
                
Demand – non-interest bearing
  1,463       1,998     
  – interest bearing
  21,199   3.6   23,307   1.9 
Time
  55,329   3.1   50,764   2.6 
 
              
Total foreign offices
  77,991       76,069     
 
              
Total deposits by banks
  114,146       115,575     
 
              
 
                
Customer accounts
                
In domestic offices:
                
Demand – non-interest bearing
  11,032       11,216     
  – interest bearing
  93,705   1.5   49,275   1.8 
Savings
  27,354   3.8   26,220   3.1 
Time
  20,047   3.5   29,501   2.7 
Total domestic offices
  152,138       116,212     
In foreign offices:
                
Demand – non-interest bearing
  2,139       1,631     
  – interest bearing
  34,402   1.7   34,015   1.4 
Savings
  189,235   3.1   146,358   2.9 
Time
  48,429   3.3   43,027   2.7 
 
              
Total foreign offices
  274,205       225,031     
 
              
Total customers accounts
  426,343       341,243     
 
              
 
                
Debt securities
                
In domestic offices:
                
Debentures
  7,300   4.5   12,538   3.7 
Certificates of deposit
  2,307   3.7   3,711   3.2 
Other
  1,237   2.6   3,179   3.1 
Total domestic offices
  10,844       19,428     
In foreign offices:
                
Debentures
  17,090   4.0   14,052   4.7 
Certificates of deposit
  8,707   4.1   12,113   3.1 
Other
  35,466   3.0   26,120   2.5 
 
              
Total foreign offices
  61,263       52,285     
 
              
Total debt securities
  72,107       71,713     
 
              
For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the aggregate amount of deposits by foreign depositors in domestic offices was EUR 46,126 million and EUR 34,801 million, respectively.

125


Table of Contents

The following table includes the average deposit balance by category of deposit and the related average rate for the years 2003 under Dutch GAAP.
         
Dutch GAAP 2003 
  Average  Average 
  deposit  rate 
  (EUR millions)  % 
Deposits by banks In domestic offices:
        
Demand – non-interest bearing
  10     
  – interest bearing
  2,911   1.8 
Time
  32,104   2.2 
 
       
Total domestic offices
  35,025     
In foreign offices:
        
Demand – non-interest bearing
  2,470     
  – interest bearing
  20,846   1.7 
Time
  47,733   2.3 
 
       
Total foreign offices
  71,049     
 
       
Total deposits by banks
  106,074     
 
       
 
        
Customer accounts
        
In domestic offices:
        
Demand – non-interest bearing
  12,197     
  – interest bearing
  46,710   1.9 
Savings
  24,443   1.3 
Time
  27,601   3.0 
 
       
Total domestic offices
  110,951     
In foreign offices:
        
Demand — non-interest bearing
  3,036     
  — interest bearing
  34,057   1.8 
Savings
  96,055   2.8 
Time
  45,887   3.1 
 
       
Total foreign offices
  179,035     
 
       
Total customers accounts
  289,986     
 
       
 
        
Debt securities
        
In domestic offices:
        
Debentures
  7,871   4.5 
Certificates of deposit
  4,084   3.4 
Other
  3,174   3.6 
 
       
Total domestic offices
  15,129     
In foreign offices:
        
Debentures
  14,994   4.5 
Certificates of deposit
  17,741   2.7 
Other
  22,910   2.4 
 
       
Total foreign offices
  55,645     
 
       
Total debt securities
  70,774     
 
       
For the year ended December 31, 2003, the aggregate amount of deposits by foreign depositors in domestic offices was EUR 33,874 million.

126


Table of Contents

On December 31, 2005, the maturity of domestic time certificates of deposit and other time deposits, exceeding EUR 20,000, was:
                 
  Time certificates of deposit      Other time deposits 
  (EUR millions)  %  (EUR millions)  % 
               
3 months or less
  3,154   90.3   47,281   87.0 
6 months or less but over 3 months
  91   2.6   2,127   3.9 
12 months or less but over 6 months
  106   3.0   1,776   3.3 
Over 12 months
  142   4.1   3,179   5.8 
 
            
Total
  3,493   100   54,363   100 
 
            
The following table shows the amount outstanding for time certificates of deposit and other time deposits exceeding EUR 20,000 issued by foreign offices on December 31, 2005.
     
  (EUR millions) 
Time certificates of deposit
  10,022 
Other time deposits
  94,717 
 
   
Total
  104,739 
 
   
Short-term Borrowings
Short-term borrowings are borrowings with an original maturity of one year or less. Commercial paper and securities sold under repurchase agreements are the only significant categories of short-term borrowings within our banking operations.
The following table sets forth certain information relating to the categories of our short-term borrowings under IFRS-EU for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.
         
IFRS-EU Year ended December 31,
  2005 2004
  (EUR millions)
  except % data)
Commercial paper:
        
Balance at the end of the year
  22,836   15.904 
Monthly average balance outstanding during the year
  21,314   15,027 
Maximum balance outstanding at any period end during the year
  23,265   16,436 
Weighted average interest rate during the year
  3.86%  2.01%
Weighted average interest rate on balance at the end of the year
  3.60%  1.90%
 
        
Securities sold under repurchase agreements:
        
Balance at the end of the year
  79,609   62,098 
Monthly average balance outstanding during the year
  77,611   46,986 
Maximum balance outstanding at any period end during the year
  95,616   62,098 
Weighted average interest rate during the year
  2.38%  1.56%
Weighted average interest rate on balance at the end of the year
  2.32%  1.18%

127


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the categories of our short-term borrowings under Dutch GAAP for the year ended December 31, 2003:
     
Dutch GAAP Year ended
  December 31,
  2003
  (EUR millions)
  except % data)
Commercial paper:
    
Balance at the end of the year
  14,750 
Monthly average balance outstanding during the year
  12,176 
Maximum balance outstanding at any period end during the year
  15,680 
Weighted average interest rate during the year
  1.66%
Weighted average interest rate on balance at the end of the year
  1.28%
 
    
Securities sold under repurchase agreements:
    
Balance at the end of the year
  34,702 
Monthly average balance outstanding during the year
  40,184 
Maximum balance outstanding at any period end during the year
  45,754 
Weighted average interest rate during the year
  2.32%
Weighted average interest rate on balance at the end of the year
  2.68%

128


Table of Contents

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     
  F –2 
 
    
  F – 3 
 
    
  F – 4 
 
    
  F – 5 
 
    
  F – 7 
 
    
  F – 8 
 
    
  F – 30 
 
    
  F – 30 
 
    
  F – 62 
 
    
  F – 76 
 
    
  F – 93 
 
    
  F – 100 
 
    
  F – 102 
 
    
  F – 122 
 
    
  F – 132 
 
    
  F – 152 
 
    
  F – 153 
 
    
  F – 154 
 
    
  F – 159 
 
    
  F – 160 
 
    
  F – 161 
 
    
  F – 162 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Supervisory Board and the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ING Groep N.V. (“ING Group”) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years then ended. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 18. These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits. We did not serve as principal auditor of the consolidated financial statements of ING Bank N.V., a wholly owned subsidiary. In our position we did not audit capital base, as defined in note 2.1.4 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements, constituting 36% in 2005 and 42% in 2004 and net profit constituting 45% in 2005 and 31% in 2004 of the related consolidated totals of ING Groep N.V. These data were reported on by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to data included for ING Bank N.V. is based solely on the report of the other auditors.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States of America). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedure that are appropriate in circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. Our audits also included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts (including the conversion of the financial statements of ING Group to US generally accepted accounting principles and the conversion of the financial statements of ING Belgium N.V./S.A. to International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union) and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report of the other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of the other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the ING Group as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of its operations, and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
As discussed in section “Changes in accounting principles” on page F-8 in Note 2.1.1 to the consolidated financial statements, ING Group changed its accounting for financial instruments and certain insurance contracts effective January 1, 2005.
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union vary in certain significant respects from U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 2.4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Amsterdam, the Netherlands
24 March, 2006
Ernst & Young Accountants

F-2


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP AS AT DECEMBER 31,
Before profit appropriation
         
  Amounts in millions of euros 
  2005  2004 
ASSETS
        
Cash and balances with central banks (1)
  13,084   9,113 
Amounts due from banks (2)
  47,466   45,084 
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (3)
        
- trading assets
  149,187   79,649 
- investments for risk of policyholders
  100,961   77,662 
- non-trading derivatives
  7,766     
- designated as at fair value through profit or loss
  10,230     
- other
      3,334 
Investments (4)
        
- available-for-sale
  305,707   276,331 
- held-to-maturity
  18,937     
Loans and advances to customers (5)
  439,181   330,458 
Reinsurance contracts (17)
  8,285   6,744 
Investments in associates (6)
  3,622   2,663 
Investment property (7)
  5,031   7,151 
Property and equipment (8)
  5,757   5,783 
Intangible assets (9)
  3,661   594 
Deferred acquisition costs (10)
  9,604   10,428 
Other assets (11)
  30,160   21,397 
 
      
Total assets
  1,158,639   876,391 
 
      
 
        
EQUITY
        
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
  36,736   24,069 
Third-party interests
  1,689   3,481 
 
      
Group equity (12)
  38,425   27,550 
 
        
LIABILITIES
        
Preference shares (13)
  296     
Subordinated loans (14)
  6,096   4,109 
Debt securities in issue (15)
  81,262   79,012 
Other borrowed funds (16)
  32,252   23,712 
Insurance and investment contracts (17)
  263,487   216,851 
Amounts due to banks (18)
  122,234   95,878 
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit (19)
  465,712   349,241 
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (20)
        
- trading liabilities
  92,058   53,841 
- non-trading derivatives
  6,248     
- designated as at fair value through profit or loss
  11,562     
Other liabilities (21)
  39,007   26,197 
 
      
Total liabilities
  1,120,214   848,841 
 
        
 
      
Total equity and liabilities
  1,158,639   876,391 
 
      
References relate to the notes starting on page F-30 which form an integral part of the consolidated annual accounts.

F-3


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
         
  Amounts in millions of euros 
  2005  2004 
INCOME
        
Interest income banking operations
  48,176   25,448 
Interest expense banking operations
  39,109   16,707 
 
      
Interest result banking operations (22)
  9,067   8,741 
Premium income (23)
  45,758   43,617 
Income from investments (24)
  9,915   9,730 
Gains and losses from investments (25)
  930   649 
Commission income (26)
  3,747   3,779 
Valuation results from non-trading derivatives (27)
  47     
Net trading income (28)
  426   888 
Other income (29)
  1,251   755 
 
      
Total income
  71,141   68,159 
 
        
EXPENSES
        
Underwriting expenditure (30)
  47,120   45,384 
Additions to the provision for loan losses (5)
  109   453 
Other impairments (31)
  76   22 
Staff costs (32)
  7,646   7,667 
Other interest expenses (33)
  969   1,019 
Other operating expenses (34)
  6,327   5,874 
 
      
Total expenditure
  62,247   60,419 
 
        
 
      
Profit before tax
  8,894   7,740 
 
        
Taxation (35)
  1,379   1,709 
 
      
Profit for the period (before third-party interests)
  7,515   6,031 
 
      
 
        
Attribution:
        
Net profit attributable to equity holders of the Company
  7,210   5,755 
Third-party interests
  305   276 
 
      
Profit for the period
  7,515   6,031 
 
      
         
  Amounts in euros 
  2005  2004 
Earnings per ordinary share attributable to equity holders of the Company (36)
  3.32   2.71 
Diluted earnings per ordinary share (36)
  3.32   2.71 
Dividend per ordinary share (37)
  1.18   1.07 
References relate to the notes starting on page F-76 which form an integral part of the consolidated annual accounts.

F-4


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
         
  Amounts in millions of euros 
  2005  2004 
Profit before tax
  8,894   7,740 
Adjusted for
        
– depreciation
  1,278   563 
– amortization of deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
  (1,141)  (858)
– increase in provisions for insurance and investment contracts
  21,250   13,244 
– additions to the provision for loan losses
  109   453 
– other
  (1,303)  4,479 
Taxation paid
  (1,398)  (1,163)
Movements in
        
– amounts due from banks, not available on demand
  (720)  (1,206)
– trading assets
  (29,925)  (4,417)
– non-trading derivatives
  2,596     
– other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
  (2,193)  (14)
– loans and advances to customers
  (62,709)  (34,737)
– other assets
  (7,551)  336 
– amounts due to banks, not payable on demand
  19,405   21,986 
– customer deposits and other funds on deposit
  62,089   64,555 
– trading liabilities
  13,442     
– other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
  8,398     
– other liabilities
  3,228   4,141 
 
      
Net cash flow from operating activities
  33,749   75,102 
Investment and advances
        
– associates and group companies
  (1,109)  (2,643)
– available-for-sale investments
  (260,769)  (262,293)
– held-to-maturity investments
  (1,030)    
– investment property
  (1,156)  (1,169)
– property and equipment
  (540)  (380)
– assets subject to operating leases
  (991)  (950)
– investments for the risk of policyholders
  (41,781)  (34,467)
– other investments
  (164)  (103)
Disposals and redemptions
        
– associates and group companies
  1,761   1,520 
– available-for-sale investments
  218,847   197,070 
– held-to-maturity investments
  245     
– investment property
  1,030   1,123 
– property and equipment
  483   192 
– assets subject to operating leases
  391   388 
– investments for the risk of policyholders
  34,464   29,382 
– other investments
  13   65 
 
      
Net cash flow from investing activities (38)
  (50,306)  (72,265)
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans
  1,901   1,000 
Repayments of subordinated loans
  (177)  (410)
Borrowed funds and debt securities
  7,842   26 
Deposits by reinsurers
  93   309 
Issuance of ordinary shares
  114   1,037 
Dividends paid
  (2,461)  (883)
 
      
Net cash flow from financing activities
  7,312   1,079 
 
        
Net cash flow (39)
  (9,245)  3,916 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
  11,588   7,715 
Implementation IAS 32/39
  692     
Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
  300   (43)
 
      
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  3,335   11,588 

F-5


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP (CONTINUED)
For the years ended December 31,
         
  Amounts in millions of euros 
  2005  2004 
Cash and cash equivalents comprises the following items Treasury bills and other eligible bills 39
  11,572   12,382 
Amounts due from/to banks
  (21,321)  (9,907)
Cash and balances with central banks
  13,084   9,113 
 
      
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  3,335   11,588 
 
      
References relate to the notes starting on page F-100 which form an integral part of the consolidated annual accounts

F-6


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
                         
       Amounts in millions of euros       
                  Currency    
      Share  Share  Revaluation  translation  Other 
  Total  capital  premium  reserve  reserve  reserves 
Balance as at January 1, 2004
  19,340   612   8,064   1,199       9,465 
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
                        
- revaluations
  717           795       (78)
- transferred to profit and loss (realized)
  (587)          (737)      150 
Exchange differences
  (756)              (184)  (572)
 
                  
Total amount recognized directly in equity
  (626)          58   (184)  (500)
 
                  
 
                        
Net profit for the period
  5,755                   5,755 
 
                    
 
  5,129           58   (184)  5,255 
 
                        
Dividend (1)
  (2,094)  16   (1,227)          (883)
Purchases/sales of treasury shares
  1,694   6   1,688             
 
                  
Balance as at December 31, 2004
  24,069   634   8,525   1,257   (184)  13,837 
 
                  
 
                        
Implementation IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4
  4,103   (104)  (191)  7,538   (556)  (2,584)
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
                        
- revaluations
  2,514           2,148   489   (123)
- transferred to profit and loss (realized)
  (663)          (663)        
- unrealized revaluations transferred to deferred profit sharing liabilities and DAC
  (89)          (89)        
Unrealized revaluations from cash flow hedges
                        
- revaluations
  764           764         
Employee stock option and share plans
  63                   63 
Exchange differences
  1,217           251   919   47 
 
                  
Total amount recognized directly in equity
  3,806           2,411   1,408   (13)
 
                        
Net profit for the period
  7,210                   7,210 
 
                    
 
  11,016           2,411   1,408   7,197 
 
                        
Dividend (2)
  (2,461)                  (2,461)
Exercise of warrants and options
  9       9             
 
                  
Balance as at December 31, 2005
  36,736   530   8,343   11,206   668   15,989 
 
                  
 
(1) 2003 final dividend of EUR 0.49 per ordinary share and 2004 interim dividend of EUR 0.49 per ordinary share.
 
(2) 2004 final dividend of EUR 0.58 per ordinary share and 2005 interim dividend of EUR 0.54 per ordinary share.
In 2005, deferred taxes with regard to unrealized revaluations amounted to EUR 363 million (2004: EUR (48) million).

F-7


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2.1.1. ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES FOR THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
ING Group applies International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (“EU”).
ING Group has not early adopted any new International Financial Reporting Standards. Recently issued standards that become effective after 2005 are not expected to have a material effect on equity or profit for the period.
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU provide several options in accounting principles. ING Group’s accounting principles under International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU and its decision on the options available are set out in the section “Principles of valuation and determination of results” below.
In this document the term “IFRS-EU” is used to refer to International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU including the decisions ING Group made with regard to the options available under International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU.
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
ING Group applies IFRS as adopted by the EU as of 2005. The 2004 comparatives have been restated to comply with IFRS-EU. However, as permitted by IFRS 1, ING Group has not restated the 2004 comparatives for the impact of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4. Accordingly, comparative information with respect to financial instruments and insurance contracts is prepared under ING Group’s previous accounting policies (Dutch GAAP). As a result, certain comparative information relating to financial instruments and insurance contracts is not presented. The effects of implementing IFRS-EU are set out below under “Impact of changes in accounting principles on net profit and equity”.
ING Group has implemented IFRS-EU retrospectively, using the following transitional provisions:
 Goodwill is only capitalized on acquisitions after January 1, 2004. Accounting for acquisitions before that date has not been restated; goodwill on those acquisitions was charged directly to shareholders’ equity.
 
 Hedge accounting is applied to all hedge relationships that were accounted for as a hedge under Dutch GAAP and meet the IAS 39 criteria for hedge accounting as of January 1, 2005.
 
 Unrecognized actuarial results on employee benefit plans were recognized directly in equity at January 1, 2004.
 
 The cumulative translation differences reserve in equity was reset to nil at January 1, 2004.
 
 IFRS 2 (share-based payments) is applied for awards issued after November 7, 2002, that have not vested by January 1, 2005.

F-8


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
IMPACT OF CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES ON NET PROFIT AND EQUITY
The impact of implementing IFRS-EU on equity and net profit is summarized as follows:
Impact of changes in accounting principles :
                     
          Group        
      Group  equity      Group 
      equity  December  Impact  equity 
  Net profit  January 1,  31,  IAS 32/39  January 1, 
  2004  2004  2004(1)  and IFRS 4  2005(2) 
Amounts in accordance with Dutch GAAP
  5,968   24,844   29,361       29,361 
Goodwill
  25       139       139 
Property
  (407)  (74)  (72)      (72)
Employee benefits
  107   (3,169)  (3,017)      (3,017)
Leases
      (37)  (37)      (37)
Available-for-sale debt securities
              9,922   9,922 
Insurance provisions
      59   59   (3,126)  (3,067)
Derivatives/hedge accounting/fair value option
              (977)  (977)
Loans and advances to customers
              465   465 
Loan loss provisions
              623   623 
Venture capital investments
              90   90 
Foreign currency translation
  (20)                
Result on sale of group companies
  42                 
Other
  (23)  82   49   (35)  14 
Taxation
  63   1,148   1,082   (2,460)  (1,378)
Classification of equity instruments – shareholders’ equity
              (399)  (399)
 
               
IFRS-EU impact on net profit and shareholders’ equity
  (213)  (1,991)  (1,797)  4,103   2,306 
Classification of equity instruments – third-party interest
              (1,442)  (1,442)
Third-party interests in equity
          (14)  56   42 
 
               
IFRS-EU impact on net profit and group equity
  (213)  (1,991)  (1,811)  2,717   906 
 
               
Amounts in accordance with IFRS-EU
  5,755   22,853   27,550   2,717   30,267 
 
               
 
(1) IFRS as adopted by the EU, excluding IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4.
 
(2) IFRS as adopted by the EU, including IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4.
In finalising the transition to IFRS as adopted by the EU, certain changes were made to the transition impact disclosed earlier. These changes include the implementation of the fair value option in 2005. These changes were insignificant, both individually and in aggregate.
Transition impact:
                     
          Group        
      Group  equity      Group 
      equity  December  Impact  equity 
  Net profit  January 1,  31,  IAS 32/39  January 1, 
  2004  2004  2004  and IFRS 4  2005 
Disclosed earlier
  (213)  (1,991)  (1,801)  4,222   2,421 
Impact of changes:
                    
Implementation of the fair value option in 2005
              (160)  (160)
Other changes
          4   41   45 
 
               
Total impact of changes
          4   (119)  (115)
 
                    
Final
  (213)  (1,991)  (1,797)  4,103   2,306 
 
               

F-9


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
EXPLANATION OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS-EU AND Dutch GAAP
The explanation of differences in accounting principles between IFRS-EU (applied as of 2005) and the accounting principles applied by ING Group in the 2004 annual accounts (Dutch GAAP) is presented below in two sections:
 differences between Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU excluding IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4, which were implemented in the restated 2004 comparatives as of January 1, 2004;
 
 differences due to the impact of IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4 which were implemented as of January 1, 2005.
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN Dutch GAAP AND IFRS EXCLUDING IAS 32/39 AND IFRS 4
Goodwill
Under Dutch GAAP, goodwill was charged to equity. Under IFRS-EU, all goodwill arising after January 1, 2004 is capitalized and subject to an annual impairment review. Goodwill charged to equity prior to January 1, 2004 was not restated.
Investment property
Under IFRS-EU, investment property is reported at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in the profit and loss account. Under Dutch GAAP, investment property was reported at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in a revaluation reserve in equity; at disposal, the accumulated revaluation was recognized in the profit and loss account under Dutch GAAP.
Property in own use
Both under IFRS-EU and Dutch GAAP, property in own use is reported at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in a revaluation reserve in equity. However, under IFRS-EU a depreciation charge is recognized in the profit and loss account. At disposal, the accumulated revaluation was recognized in the profit and loss account under Dutch GAAP. Under IFRS, no result is recognized on disposal. Furthermore, under IFRS-EU individually negative revaluation reserves on a property-by-property basis are charged to the profit and loss account; under Dutch GAAP negative revaluation reserves were offset against positive revaluation reserves.
Property under development for third parties
Both under IFRS-EU and Dutch GAAP, property in the course of construction is reported at cost and profit is recognized on completion date. However, IFRS-EU is more restrictive on the overhead expenses that may be capitalized and the definition of the completion date is different under IFRS-EU.
Employee benefits
Accounting for pension liabilities under Dutch GAAP was similar to IFRS-EU; however, at transition to IFRS-EU all unrecognized actuarial gains and losses were charged to shareholders’ equity. Under IFRS-EU additional provisions for certain employee benefits are required.
Employee benefits – share-based payments
Under IFRS-EU, the fair value of shares and options granted to employees is recognized in the profit and loss account over the vesting period of the award. The majority of the share-based payments are equity-settled. Under Dutch GAAP the intrinsic value was recognized in the profit and loss account.
Leases
Under Dutch GAAP, operating leases where ING is the lessor were presented as Loans and advances to customers. Under IFRS-EU, these are presented as property and equipment, with depreciation recognized in the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis. All bonuses/discounts are amortized over the lease term under IFRS-EU whilst under Dutch GAAP they were reported in income immediately.
Insurance provisions
Where deferred acquisition costs are amortized over the lives of policies in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits, the amortization is adjusted for the effect of the differences between Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU.

F-10


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Foreign currency translation
Under Dutch GAAP, translation differences on insurance liabilities and related investments were recorded in equity. Under IFRS-EU, both are recognized in the profit and loss account. Both under IFRS-EU and Dutch GAAP translation differences on foreign operations are reported in a translation reserve in equity; however, at transition to IFRS-EU the translation differences reserve was reset to nil.
Result on sale of consolidated subsidiaries
The result on sale under IFRS-EU is different from Dutch GAAP as the book value at the time of disposal under IFRS-EU differs from Dutch GAAP. This specifically relates to a negative revaluation on property in own use that under IFRS-EU was charged to the profit and loss account in 2004, whereas it was included in the result on disposal under Dutch GAAP (also in 2004). The effect included in Result on sale of consolidated subsidiaries is offset by an opposite amount included in Property, the total effect on 2004 net profit is nil.
Taxation
Deferred taxation was adjusted for the (deferred) tax effect of the above differences between Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU.
DIFFERENCES FROM IMPLEMENTING IAS 32/39 AND IFRS 4 AS OF JANUARY 1, 2005
Available-for-sale debt securities
Under IFRS-EU, quoted debt securities (non-trading) other than those designated as being held-to-maturity are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in a revaluation reserve in equity; realized results are recognized directly in the profit and loss account. Under Dutch GAAP, debt securities were reported at amortized cost; realized results were deferred and amortized over the remaining term.
Insurance provisions
Under IFRS-EU certain contracts that do not contain significant insurance risk are presented as investment contracts and measured either at amortized cost or at fair value.
For insurance contracts with discretionary participation features, a deferred profit sharing liability is recorded under IFRS-EU for the full amount of unrealized results on allocated investments. In addition, a deferred profit sharing liability is recorded for the policyholders’ share in other differences between Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU as at January 1, 2005.
Where deferred acquisition costs are amortized over the lives of policies in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits, under IFRS-EU the amortization is adjusted through equity to reflect changes that would have been necessary if unrealized investment gains and losses had been realized.
Derivatives
Under IFRS-EU, all derivatives (including embedded derivatives that are not closely related to the host contract) are reported at fair value. Under Dutch GAAP, non-trading derivatives were valued similarly to the item being hedged (mainly at cost); realized results were deferred and amortized over the remaining term.
Hedge accounting
Under IFRS-EU, for derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges and net investment hedges, the fair value movements are initially deferred in equity and subsequently released to the profit and loss account in the same period in which the hedged item affects profit and loss. For fair value hedges, the valuation of the hedged item is adjusted to reflect the hedged risk; this fair value adjustment on the hedged item is reported in the profit and loss account and (partly) offsets the fair value impact of the derivative that is also reported in the profit and loss account. Under Dutch GAAP, non-trading derivatives used for risk management purposes were valued similarly to the item being hedged (mainly at cost).

F-11


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Fair value option
As an alternative to hedge accounting under IFRS-EU, financial assets and liabilities may be designated at fair value through profit and loss, which implies that these are presented at fair value, with all changes in fair value recognized directly in the profit and loss account. Furthermore, the fair value option is applied to certain financial liabilities that are subject to market-making activities.
Loans and advances to customers
Under both Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU loans are measured at amortized cost. Under IFRS-EU, certain fees/costs are capitalized and amortized whilst under Dutch GAAP they were expensed immediately (e.g. mortgage broker fees). The amortization of premiums, discounts and fees under IFRS-EU is based on effective yield whereas under Dutch GAAP these were amortized on a straight-line basis. Under IFRS-EU, realized results are reported in net income. Under Dutch GAAP these were amortized over the remaining term (e.g. certain prepayment penalties on mortgages).
Loan loss provisions
Under IFRS-EU loan loss provisions are determined under a revised methodology based on a narrow interpretation of an incurred loss model. The application of the IFRS-EU methodology has reduced the amount of the unallocated provision for loan losses that ING Group provided in prior years to adequately capture various subjective and judgemental aspects of credit risk assessment which were not considered on an individual basis.
Venture capital investments
Under Dutch GAAP, venture capital investments were reported at the lower of cost or fair value. Under IFRS-EU, venture capital investments are reported at fair value.
Equity securities
Under Dutch GAAP, negative revaluations on equity securities were only charged to the profit and loss account as impairment when triggered by the financial condition of the issuer. Under IFRS-EU, impairment is also triggered by a significant or prolonged decline of the market value below cost. This does not affect Group equity as at January 1, 2005.
Classification of equity instruments
Under Dutch GAAP, preference shares and trust preferred securities were — in accordance with the legal form — classified as equity. Under IFRS-EU, the terms and conditions of ING Group’s preference shares and trust preferred securities require their classification as liabilities.
Taxation
Deferred taxation was adjusted for the (deferred) tax effect of the above differences between Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU.
IMPACT OF CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES ON THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
IFRS-EU transition effects on the statement of cash flows:
         
  January 1,  January 1, 
  2005  2004 
Cash and cash equivalents – Dutch GAAP
  11,291   7,338 
Consolidation of SPE’s
  989   377 
 
      
Cash and cash equivalents – IFRS-EU
  12,280   7,715 
 
      

F-12


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSALS OF GROUP COMPANIES
Impact of most significant changes in composition of the Group:
                         
  Before  After      Before  After    
  acquisition/  acquisition/  Impact  acquisition/  acquisition/  Impact 
  disposal  disposal  2005  disposal  disposal  2004 
Assets
  1,160,984   1,158,639   (2,345)  889,202   876,391   (12,811)
Liabilities and third-party interests
  1,124,183   1,121,903   (2,280)  865,263   852,322   (12,941)
Shareholders’ equity
  36,801   36,736   (65)  23,939   24,069   130 
Total income
  71,377   71,141   (236)  68,211   68,159   (52)
Net profit for the period
  7,353   7,210   (143)  5,700   5,755   55 
The impact of a change in the composition of the group is defined as the change in assets, liabilities, shareholders’ equity or net profit resulting from the acquisition or disposal of a group company, compared to the situation where no acquisition or disposal took place. The impact is included in the financial year in which the acquisition or disposal took place.
In February 2005, ING sold internet service provider Freeler to KPN. The sale resulted in a net gain of EUR 10 million.
In March 2005, ING Group reduced its stake in ING Bank Slaski from 87.77% to 75% by selling shares on the market. By reducing the stake in ING Bank Slaski, ING Group complied with requirements set by the Polish regulator in 2001. ING Group has no intention to further reduce its stake of 75% in ING Bank Slaski.
In March 2005, ING Group acquired 19.9% of Bank of Beijing for an amount of EUR 166 million. Bank of Beijing is the second largest city commercial bank in China and the third largest bank in Beijing.
In March 2005, ING Group finalized the sale of Baring Asset Management to MassMutual Financial Group and Northern Trust Corp. The sale resulted in a net gain of EUR 254 million.
In May 2005, ING Group sold Life Insurance Company of Georgia to Prudential PLC’s subsidiary, Jackson National Life Insurance Company. The loss from this transaction amounts to EUR 32 million after tax.
In June 2005, ING Group formed a private equity joint venture to purchase Gables Residential Trust, a U.S.-based real estate investment trust. Gables Residential Trust is a developer, builder, owner and manager of higher-end multifamily properties. ING will provide USD 400 million in equity to finance the transaction. The venture is managed by ING Clarion, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ING Group.
In June 2005, ING Group has purchased GE Commercial Finance’s 50% stake in NMB-Heller’s Dutch and Belgian factoring business. The factoring business has been transferred into a new company, which operates under the name ING Commercial Finance. GE Commercial Finance purchased ING’s 50% stake in NMB-Heller’s German unit, Heller GmbH. Both purchases took effect retroactively from January 1, 2005.
In August 2005, ING Group acquired a portfolio of properties located in the UK from Abbey National. The purchase price amounted to EUR 1.7 billion. The portfolio has been divided between various separate account clients.
In October 2005, ING Group acquired Eural NV from Dexia Bank Belgium. In the course of 2006, Eural is expected to be merged with ING Belgium’s unit Record Bank.

F-13


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
In November 2005, ING Group sold its stake in Austbrokers Holdings in an initial public offering. Austbrokers is one of the leading insurance brokers in Australia. The decision to sell the business follows ING’s sale of its 50% stake in general insurer QBE Mercantile Mutual to QBE in 2004.
In December 2005 ING Group sold Arenda Holding BV to ZBG, a Dutch private equity firm. Arenda is a provider of consumer finance products.
In 2004, ING Group sold most of the German banking units of ING BHF-Bank. The transaction includes ING BHF-Bank’s asset management, private banking, financial markets and core corporate banking business. The value of the transaction amounted to EUR 600 million.
In 2004, ING Group acquired Allianz’s property and casualty insurance operations in Canada. The goodwill amounted to EUR 48 million.
In 2004, ING Group reduced its shareholding in ING Canada Inc from 100% to 72.9% by an initial public offering of 34,880,000 common shares of ING Canada Inc. The gross proceeds amounted to EUR 552 million. In 2005, the underwriting syndicate exercised its option to buy an additional 5,232,000 common shares, reducing the shareholding of ING Group to 70%.
In 2004, ING Group signed a co-insurance agreement with Scottish Re regarding its individual life reinsurance business in the United States. Under this agreement, all assets of the business have been transferred to Scottish Re while the liabilities related to the business have been reinsured through Scottish Re. Under the agreement ING Group paid a ceding commission amounting to EUR 450 million.
In 2004, ING Group acquired the Dutch real estate fund Rodamco Asia. As a result, the fund was delisted from Euronext in Amsterdam in 2004 and from the Frankfurt Stock Exchange in 2005. The goodwill amounted to EUR 22 million.
In 2004, ING Group sold its 100% subsidiary CenE Bankiers to Van Lanschot. CenE Bankiers is specialized in commercial and private banking in the Netherlands. The value of the transaction amounted to EUR 250 million.
In 2004, ING Group acquired Mercator Bank, a Belgium medium-sized savings bank. The negative goodwill amounted to EUR 26 million and was recognized as income in the profit and loss account.
In 2004, ING Group sold its Asian cash equities business to Macquarie Bank. The cash equities business comprises sales, trading, research and equity capital markets operations.
In 2004, ING Group sold its non-life insurance business in Australia to QBE Insurance Group. The value of the transaction amounted to EUR 431 million.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
ING Group has identified the accounting policies that are most critical to its business operations and to the understanding of its results. These critical accounting policies are those which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, and relate to insurance provisions and deferred acquisition costs, provisions for loan losses and the determination of the fair values of financial assets and liabilities and employee benefits. In each case, the determination of these items is fundamental to the financial condition and results of operations, and requires management to make complex judgements based on information and financial data that may change in future periods. As a result, determinations regarding these items necessarily involve the use of assumptions and subjective judgements as to future events and are subject to change, as the use of different assumptions or data could produce materially different results. For a further discussion of the application of these accounting policies, reference is made to the applicable notes to the consolidated financial statements and the information below under Principles of valuation and determination of results.

F-14


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
INSURANCE PROVISIONS, DEFERRED ACQUISITION COSTS AND VALUE OF BUSINESS ACQUIRED
The establishment of insurance provisions, DAC and VOBA is an inherently uncertain process, involving assumptions about factors such as court decisions, changes in laws, social, economic and demographic trends, inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour and other factors, and, in the life insurance business, assumptions concerning mortality and morbidity trends.
The use of different assumptions about these factors could have a material effect on insurance provisions and underwriting expense. Changes in assumptions may lead to changes in the insurance provisions over time. Furthermore, some of these assumptions can be volatile.
In addition, the adequacy of provision for life policies, net of DAC and VOBA, is evaluated regularly. The test involves comparing the established insurance provision with current best estimate assumptions about factors such as court decisions, changes in laws, social, economic and demographic trends, inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour and other factors, mortality and morbidity trends. The use of different assumptions in this test could lead to a different outcome.
Insurance provisions also include the impact of minimum guarantees which are contained within certain variable annuity products. This impact is dependant upon the difference between the potential minimum benefits payable and the total account balance, expected mortality and surrender rates. The determination of the potential minimum benefits payable also involves the use of assumptions about factors such as inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour, mortality and morbidity trends and other factors. The use of different assumptions about these factors could have a material effect on insurance provisions and underwriting expense.
PROVISIONS FOR LOAN LOSSES
Provisions for loan losses are recognized based on an incurred loss model. Considerable judgement is exercised in determining the extent of the loan loss provision (impairment) and is based on the management’s evaluation of the risk in the portfolio, current economic conditions, loss experience in recent years and credit, industry and geographical concentration trends. Changes in such judgements and analyses may lead to changes in the provisions for loan losses over time.
The identification of impairment and the determination of the recoverable amount are an inherently uncertain process involving various assumptions and factors, including the financial condition of the counterparty, expected future cash flows, observable market prices and expected net selling prices.
Future cash flows in a portfolio of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment are estimated on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the assets in the portfolio and historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the portfolio. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not exist currently. Current observable data may include changes in unemployment rates, property prices and commodity prices. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
Fair value of financial assets and liabilities are determined using quoted market prices. Market prices are obtained from traders, brokers and independent market vendors. In general, positions are valued taking the bid price for a long position and the offer price for a short position. In some cases where positions are marked at mid-market prices, a fair value adjustment is calculated. Furthermore, additional fair value adjustments may be necessary for liquidity or outdated data because transactions in a particular financial instrument do not take place on a regular basis.
For certain financial assets and liabilities, including OTC derivative instruments, no quoted market prices are available. For these financial assets and liabilities fair value is determined using valuation

F-15


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
techniques. These valuation techniques consider, among other factors, contractual and market prices, correlations, time value of money, credit, yield curve volatility factors and/or prepayment rates of the underlying positions. All valuation techniques used are approved by the applicable internal authorities. In addition, market data used in these valuation techniques are validated on a daily basis.
Models are subjective in nature and significant judgement is involved in establishing fair values for financial assets and liabilities. Models involve various assumptions regarding the underlying price, yield curve, correlations and many other factors. The use of different valuation techniques and assumptions could produce materially different estimates of fair value.
Price testing is done to assess whether the process of valuation has led to an appropriate fair value of the position and to an appropriate reflection of these valuations in the profit and loss account. Price testing is performed to minimize the potential risks for economic losses due to materially incorrect or misused models, which applies to both exchange traded positions as well as OTC positions.
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Group companies operate various defined benefit retirement plans covering a significant number of its domestic and international employees.
The liability recognized in the balance sheet in respect of the defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of the plan assets, together with adjustments for unrecognized actuarial gains or losses and unrecognized past service costs.
The determination of the defined benefit plan liability is based on internal and external actuarial models and calculations. The defined benefit obligation is calculated using the projected unit credit method. Inherent in these actuarial models are assumptions including discount rates, rate of increase in future salary and benefit levels, mortality rates, health care costs trend rates, consumer price index and the expected return on plan assets. The assumptions are based on available market data and the historical performance of plan assets and are updated annually.
The actuarial assumptions may differ significantly from the actual results due to changes in market conditions, economic and mortality trends and other assumptions. Any changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on the defined benefit plan liabilities and future pension costs. The effects of changes in actuarial assumptions and experience adjustments are not recognized in the profit and loss account unless the accumulated changes exceed 10% of the greater of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of the plan assets and then the excess is amortized over the employees’ expected average remaining working lives.
PRINCIPLES OF VALUATION AND DETERMINATION OF RESULTS CONSOLIDATION
ING Group (“the Group”) comprises ING Groep N.V. (“the Company”), ING Verzekeringen N.V., ING Bank N.V. and all other subsidiaries. The consolidated financial statements of ING Group comprise all entities (including special purpose entities) where ING Group, and/or it subsidiaries, has, either directly or indirectly, the power to exercise control over the financial and operating policies. Control is presumed to exist when ING Group has, directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, more than one half of the voting power or otherwise exercises effective control.
All intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized surpluses and deficits on transactions between group companies have been eliminated. Where necessary, the accounting policies used by subsidiaries have been changed to ensure consistency with Group policies. In general, the reporting dates of subsidiaries are the same as the reporting date of ING Groep N.V. There are no material restrictions on subsidiaries to transfer funds to the parent company.
ING Group’s interests in jointly controlled entities are accounted for by proportionate consolidation. ING Group proportionately consolidates its share of the joint ventures’ individual income and

F-16


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
expenses, assets and liabilities and cash flows on a line-by-line basis with similar items in ING Group’s financial statements. ING Group recognizes the portion of gains or losses on the sale of assets to the joint venture that it is attributable to the other venturers. ING Group does not recognize its share of profits or losses from the joint venture that result from the purchase of assets by ING Group from the joint venture until it resells the assets to an independent party. However, if a loss on the transaction provides evidence of a reduction in the net realizable value of current assets or an impairment loss, the loss is recognized immediately.
For interests in investment vehicles the existence of control is determined taking into account both ING’s financial interests for own risk and its role as investment manager.
USE OF ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements necessitates the use of estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities and the amounts of the contingent liabilities as at balance sheet date as well as reported income and expenses for the year. The actual outcome may differ from these estimates.
The process of setting assumptions is subject to internal control procedures and approvals, and takes into account internal and external studies, industry statistics, environmental factors and trends and regulatory requirements.
SEGMENTAL REPORTING
A business segment is a distinguishable component of the Group engaged in providing products or services that is subject to risks and returns that are different from those of other business segments. A geographical segment is engaged in providing products or services within a particular economic environment that are subject to risks and returns that are different from those of segments operating in other economic environments. The geographical analyses are based on the location of the office from which the transactions are originated. The business lines of the Group are the business segments and the primary segment reporting format, the geographical segments the secondary.
ANALYSIS OF INSURANCE BUSINESS
Where amounts in respect of insurance business are analyzed into “life” and “non-life”, health and disability insurance business is included in “non-life”.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Euro, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency.
Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the profit and loss account, except when deferred in equity as part of qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges.
Translation differences on non-monetary items, measured at fair value through profit and loss are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. Non-monetary items are retranslated at the date fair value is determined. Translation differences on non-monetary items measured at fair value through the revaluation reserve are included in the revaluation reserve in equity.

F-17


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Group companies
The results and financial position of all the group companies that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:
 Assets and liabilities included in each balance sheet are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;
 
 Income and expenses included in each profit and loss account are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); and
 
 All resulting exchange differences are recognized in a separate component of equity.
On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of a monetary item that forms part of the net investment in a foreign operation, and of borrowings and other instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are taken to shareholders’ equity. When a foreign operation is sold, such exchange differences are recognized in the profit and loss account as part of the gain or loss on sale.
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at the closing rate.
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The fair values of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as publicly traded derivatives and trading and available-for-sale securities) are based on quoted market prices at the balance sheet date. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price; the quoted market price used for financial liabilities is the current ask price.
The fair values of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example over-the-counter derivatives) are determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each balance sheet date.
DERIVATIVES AND HEDGE ACCOUNTING
Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value. Fair values are obtained from quoted market prices in active markets, including recent market transactions, and valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow models and options pricing models, as appropriate. All derivatives are carried as assets when their fair value is positive and as liabilities when their fair value is negative.
Some credit protection contracts that take the legal form of a derivative, such as certain credit default swaps, are accounted for as guarantees.
The method of recognizing the resulting fair value gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as either (1) hedges of the fair value of recognized assets or liabilities or firm commitments (fair value hedge); (2) hedges of highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognized asset or liability or a forecasted transaction (cash flow hedge) or (3) hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation. Hedge accounting is used for derivatives designated in this way provided certain criteria are met.
The Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items including the method for assessing the hedging instruments’ effectiveness in offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged item’s fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk.

F-18


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Certain derivatives embedded in other contracts are measured as separate derivatives when their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of the host contract, the host contract is not carried at fair value through profit and loss and if a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative. These embedded derivatives are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in the profit and loss account.
Fair value hedge
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recognized in the profit and loss account, together with fair value adjustments to the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. If the hedge relationship no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the cumulative adjustment of the hedged item is, in the case of interest bearing instruments, amortized in the profit and loss account over the remaining term of the original hedge or recognized directly when the hedged item is derecognized. For non-interest bearing instruments, the cumulative adjustment of the hedged item is recognized in the profit and loss account only when the hedged instrument is derecognized.
Cash flow hedge
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recognized in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the profit and loss account. Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled to the profit and loss account in the periods in which the hedged item will affect profit or loss. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognized when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognized in the profit and loss account. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the profit and loss account.
Net investment hedge
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges. Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognized in equity; the gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the profit and loss account. Gains and losses accumulated in equity are included in the profit and loss account when the foreign operation is disposed of.
Non-trading derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting
Certain non-trading derivative instruments that are used by the Group as part of its risk management strategies do not qualify for hedge accounting under the Group’s accounting policies. Changes in the fair value of non-trading derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognized immediately in the profit and loss account.
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Recognition of financial assets

All purchases and sales of financial assets classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale and trading that require delivery within the time frame established by regulation or market convention (‘regular way’ purchases and sales) are recognized at trade date, which is the date that the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Loans and deposits are recognized at settlement date.
Derecognition of financial assets
Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or where the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset, it derecognizes the financial asset if it has no longer control over the asset. In transfers where control over the asset is retained, the Group continues to recognize the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement. The extent of continuing involvement is determined by the extent to which the Group is exposed to changes in the value of the asset.

F-19


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Loans and advances to customers
Loans and advances to customers are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs. Subsequently, they are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method less any impairment losses.
Investments
Investment securities (including loans quoted in active markets) are classified either as held-to-maturity or available-for-sale assets and are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs. Investment securities and loans quoted in active markets with fixed maturity where management has both the intent and the ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity. Investment securities and actively traded loans intended to be held for an indefinite period of time, which may be sold in response to needs for liquidity or changes in interest rates, exchange rates or equity prices are classified as available-for-sale.
Available-for-sale financial assets
For available-for-sale debt securities, the difference between cost and redemption value is amortized. Interest income is recognized using the effective yield method. Available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value are recognized in equity. When the securities are disposed of, the related accumulated fair value adjustments are included in the profit and loss account as gains and losses from investments. For impairments on available-for-sale financial assets reference is made to the section Impairments of other financial assets.
Held-to-maturity investments
Investments for which the Group has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity and which are designated as held-to-maturity assets are subsequently carried at amortized cost using the effective yield method, less any provision for impairment.
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss comprise two sub-categories: financial assets held for trading and other financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss by management, including investments for the risk of policyholders. A financial asset is classified as at fair value through profit and loss if acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short term or if so designated by management. Designation by management will only take place if this eliminates a measurement inconsistency or if the related assets and liabilities are managed on a fair value basis. Investments for the risk of policyholders are investments against insurance liabilities for which all changes in fair value of invested assets are offset by similar changes in insurance liabilities.
Realized gains and losses on investments

Realized gains and losses on investments are determined as the difference between the sale proceeds and (amortized) cost. For equity securities the cost is determined by using a weighted average per portfolio. For debt securities the cost is determined by specific identification.
OFFSETTING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and intends to either settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
REPURCHASE TRANSACTIONS AND REVERSE REPURCHASE TRANSACTIONS
Securities sold subject to repurchase agreements (‘repos’) are retained in the consolidated balance sheet. The counterparty liability is included in Amounts due to banks, Other borrowed funds or Customer deposits and other funds on deposit, as appropriate.

F-20


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Securities purchased under agreements to resell (‘reverse repos’) are recorded as Loans and advances to customers or Amounts due from banks, as appropriate. The difference between sale and repurchase price is treated as interest and accrued over the life of the agreement using the effective interest method.
PROVISIONS FOR LOAN LOSSES
The Group assesses periodically and at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.
Objective evidence that a financial asset or group of assets is impaired includes, but is not limited to:
 The borrower has sought or has been placed in bankruptcy or similar protection and this avoids or delays repayment of the financial asset.
 
 The borrower has failed in the repayment of principle, interest or fees and the payment failure has remained unsolved for a certain period.
 
 The borrower has evidenced significant financial difficulty, to the extent that it will have a negative impact on the future cash flows of the financial asset.
 
 The credit obligation has been restructured for non-commercial reasons. ING has granted concessions, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, the effect of which is a reduction in the expected future cash flows of the financial asset.
The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for financial assets that are individually significant, and individually or collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant. If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is or continues to be recognized are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on assets carried at amortized cost has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognized in the profit and loss account. If the asset has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract.
For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, financial assets are grouped on the basis of similar credit risk characteristics. Those characteristics are relevant to the estimation of future cash flows for groups of such assets by being indicative of the debtors’ ability to pay all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the assets being evaluated.
Future cash flows in a portfolio of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment are estimated on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the assets in the portfolio and historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the portfolio. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not exist currently.
When a loan is uncollectable, it is written off against the related provision for loan impairment. Such loans are written off after all the necessary procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss has been determined. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off decrease the amount of the provision for loan impairment and are recognized in the profit and loss account.

F-21


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed by adjusting the allowance account. The amount of the reversal is recognized in the profit and loss account.
IMPAIRMENT OF OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS
The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. In the case of equity investments classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is considered in determining whether the assets are impaired. If any such evidence exists for available-for-sale financial assets, the cumulative loss — measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in profit and loss — is removed from equity and recognized in the profit and loss account. Impairment losses recognized in the profit and loss account on equity instruments are not reversed through the profit and loss account. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available-for-sale increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized in profit and loss, the impairment loss is reversed through the profit and loss account.
INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES
Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in associates are initially recognized at cost and subsequently accounted for by the equity method of accounting.
The Group’s investment in associates (net of any accumulated impairment loss) includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associates’ post-acquisition profits or losses is recognized in the profit and loss account, and its share of post-acquisition movements in reserves is recognized in reserves. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.
Unrealized gains on transactions between the Group and its associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associates. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of associates have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
For interests in investment vehicles the existence of significant influence is determined taking into account both ING’s financial interests for own risk and its role as investment manager.
INVESTMENT PROPERTY
Investment property is stated at fair value as at the balance sheet date. Changes in the carrying amount resulting from revaluations are recorded in the profit and loss account. On disposal the difference between the sale proceeds and book value is recognized in the profit and loss account.
Fair value of investment property is based on regular appraisals by independent qualified valuers.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property in own use
Land and buildings held for own use are stated at fair value as at balance sheet date. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of land and buildings held for own use are credited to the revaluation reserves in shareholders’ equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are charged against revaluation reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to

F-22


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
the profit and loss account. Increases that reverse a revaluation decrease on the same asset previously recognized in profit or loss are recognized in the profit and loss account. Depreciation is recognized based on the fair value and the estimated useful life (in general 20-50 years). Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis. On disposal the related revaluation reserve is transferred to retained earnings.
The fair values of land and buildings are based on regular appraisals by independent qualified valuers. Subsequent expenditure is included in the assets carrying amount when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.
Property under construction
Land and buildings under construction (including investment property) are stated at the directly attributable purchase and construction costs incurred up to the balance sheet date plus borrowing costs incurred during construction and the Group’s own development and supervision expenses, where necessary less impairment losses.
Property held for sale
Property held for sale comprises properties obtained from foreclosures and property developed for sale for which there is no specifically negotiated contract. These properties are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost includes borrowing costs. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses. Where the net realizable value is lower than the carrying amount, the impairment is recorded in the profit and loss account.
Property under development for third parties
Property under development for third parties is measured at direct construction cost incurred up to the balance sheet date, including borrowing costs incurred during construction and the Group’s own directly attributable development and supervision expenses less any required provision for impairment. Profit is recognized on completion date of the property (completed contract method).
Property under development where there is a specifically negotiated contract is valued using the percentage of completion method (pro rata profit recognition).
Equipment
Equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. The cost of the assets is depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which are generally as follows: for data processing equipment 2 to 5 years and 4 to 10 years for fixtures and fittings. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to the profit and loss account as incurred. Expenditure incurred on major improvements is capitalized and depreciated.
Assets under operating leases
Assets leased out under operating leases in which ING is the lessor are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. The cost of the assets is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Reference is made to Leases.
Disposals
The difference between the proceeds on disposal and net book value is recognized in the profit and loss account.
Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are capitalized during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use.

F-23


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
LEASES
The Group as the lessee
The leases entered into by ING are primarily operating leases. The total payments made under operating leases are charged to the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.
When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognized as an expense in the period in which termination takes place.
The Group as the lessor
When assets are held subject to a finance lease, the present value of the lease payments is recognized as a receivable under Loans and advances to customers or Amounts due from banks. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognized as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognized over the term of the lease using the net investment method (before tax), which reflects a constant periodic rate of return. When assets are held subject to an operating lease, the assets are included under ”Assets under operating leases”.
PURCHASE ACCOUNTING, GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill
ING Group’s acquisitions are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, whereby the cost of the acquisitions is allocated to the fair value of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. Goodwill, being the difference between the cost of the acquisition (including assumed debt) and the Group’s interest in the fair value of the acquired assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities as at the date of acquisition, is capitalized as an intangible asset. The results of the operations of the acquired companies are included in the profit and loss account from the date control is obtained.
Goodwill is only capitalized on acquisitions after the date of implementing IFRS-EU (January 1, 2004). Accounting for acquisitions before that date has not been restated; goodwill and internally generated intangibles on those acquisitions were charged directly to shareholders’ equity. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. These cash-generating units represent the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. This test is performed annually or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment. Under the impairment tests, the carrying value of the cash generating units (including goodwill) is compared to its recoverable amount which is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use.
Adjustments to the fair value as of the date of acquisition of acquired assets and liabilities that are identified within one year after acquisition are recorded as an adjustment to goodwill; any subsequent adjustment is recognized as income or expense. However, recognition of deferred tax assets after the acquisition date is recorded as an adjustment to goodwill even after the first year. On disposal of group companies, the difference between the sale proceeds and book value (including goodwill) and the amount included in the currency translation reserve in equity is included in the profit and loss account.
Computer software
Computer software that has been purchased or generated internally for internal use is stated at cost less amortization and any impairment losses. Amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over its useful life. This period will generally not exceed three years. Amortization is included in other expenses.
Value of business acquired (VOBA)
VOBA is an asset that represents the present value of estimated net cash flows embedded in the insurance contracts of an acquired company, which existed at the time the company was acquired. VOBA is amortized similar to amortization of deferred acquisition costs as described in the section Deferred acquisition costs.

F-24


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets are capitalized and amortized over their expected economic lives. Intangible assets with an indefinite life are not amortized.
DEFERRED ACQUISITION COSTS
Deferred acquisition costs (DAC) are an asset and represent costs of acquiring insurance and investment contracts that are deferred and amortized. The deferred costs, all of which vary with and are primarily related to the production of new and renewal business, consist principally of commissions, certain underwriting and contract issuance expenses, and certain agency expenses. DAC is amortized over the life of the underlying contracts.
For traditional life insurance contracts and certain types of flexible life insurance contracts, DAC is amortized over the premium payment period in proportion to the premium revenue recognition.
For other types of flexible life insurance contracts DAC is amortized over the lives of the policies in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits. Amortization is adjusted retrospectively when estimates of current or future gross profits to be realized from a group of products are revised. The estimates and the assumptions are reassessed at the end of each reporting period. For DAC on flexible insurance contracts the approach is that in determining the estimate of future gross profits ING assumes the short-term and long-term separate account growth rate assumption to be the same. Higher/lower expected profits — e.g. reflecting stock market performance or a changed level of assets under management — may cause a lower/higher amortization of DAC due to the catch-up of amortization in previous and future years. This process is known as DAC unlocking. The impact of the DAC unlocking is recorded in the profit and loss account of the period in which the unlocking occurs.
DAC is evaluated for recoverability at issue and subsequent to this is tested on a regular basis together with the provision for life insurance liabilities and VOBA. The test for recoverability is described in the section Insurance, Investment and Reinsurance Contracts.
DAC is adjusted for the impact of unrealized results on allocated investments through equity.
TAXATION
Income tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognized in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity, in which case it is recognized in equity.
Deferred income tax
Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred tax assets are recognized where it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The tax effects of income tax losses available for carry forward are recognized as an asset when it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which these losses can be utilized. Deferred tax related to fair value remeasurement of available-for-sale investments and cash flow hedges, which are charged or credited directly to equity, is also credited or charged directly to equity and is subsequently recognized in the profit and loss account together with the deferred gain or loss.

F-25


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Preference shares, which carry a mandatory coupon or are redeemable on a specific date or at the option of the shareholder, are classified as financial liabilities. The dividends on these preference shares are recognized in the profit and loss account as interest expense using the effective interest method.
Borrowings are recognized initially at their issue proceeds (fair value of consideration received) net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortized cost; any difference between proceeds net of transaction costs and the redemption value is recognized in the profit and loss account over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.
If the Group purchases its own debt, it is removed from the balance sheet, and the difference between the carrying amount of the liability and the consideration paid is included in net income.
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss comprise two sub-categories: financial liabilities held for trading and other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss by management. Designation by management will only take place if this eliminates a measurement inconsistency or if the related assets and liabilities are managed on a fair value basis.
INSURANCE, INVESTMENT AND REINSURANCE CONTRACTS
Insurance contracts
Insurance policies which bear significant insurance risk under the Group accounting policies are presented as insurance contracts. Provisions for liabilities under insurance contracts represent estimates of future payouts that will be required in respect of life and non-life insurance claims, including expenses relating to such claims.
Provision for life policy liabilities
The Provision for life policy liabilities is calculated on the basis of a prudent prospective actuarial method, taking into account the conditions for current insurance contracts.
Insurance provisions on traditional life policies are calculated using various assumptions, including assumptions on mortality, morbidity, expenses, investment returns and surrenders. Assumptions for insurance provisions on traditional life insurance contracts, including traditional whole life and term life insurance contracts, are based on best estimate assumptions including margins for adverse deviations. The assumptions are set initially at the policy issue date and remain constant throughout the life of the policy, except in case of loss recognition.
Insurance provisions for universal life, variable life and annuity contracts, unit-linked contracts, etc. are generally set equal to the balance that accrues to the benefit of the policyholders. Certain variable annuity products contain minimum guarantees on the amounts payable upon death and/or maturity. The insurance provisions include the impact of these minimum guarantees, taking into account the difference between the potential minimum benefit payable and the total account balance, expected mortality and surrender rates.
The as yet unamortized interest-rate rebates on periodic and single premium contracts are deducted from the Provision for life policy liabilities. Interest-rate rebates granted during the year are capitalized and amortized in conformity with the anticipated recovery pattern and are recognized in the profit and loss account.
Provision for unearned premiums and unexpired insurance risks
The provision is calculated in proportion to the unexpired periods of risk. For insurance policies covering a risk increasing during the term of the policy at premium rates independent of age, this risk is taken into account in determining the provision. Further provisions are made to cover claims under unexpired insurance contracts, which may exceed the unearned premiums and the premiums due in respect of these contracts.

F-26


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Claims provision
The Claims provision is calculated either on a case-by-case basis or by approximation on the basis of experience. Provisions have also been made for claims incurred but not reported and for future claims handling expenses. The adequacy of the Claims provision is evaluated each year using standard actuarial techniques. In addition, so-called “IBNR” reserves are set to recognize the estimated cost of losses that have occurred but which have not yet been notified.
Deferred profit sharing liability
For insurance contracts with discretionary participation features a deferred profit sharing liability is recorded for the full amount of the unrealized revaluation on allocated investments. Furthermore, a deferred profit sharing liability is recorded for the share in realized results on allocated investments that is expected to be shared with policyholders. The deferred profit sharing liability is reduced with the actual allocation of profit sharing to individual policyholders.
Insurance provisions for policies for which the policyholder bears the investment risk
The insurance provisions for policies for which the policyholders bear the investment risk are calculated on the same basis as the provision for life policy liabilities. For insurance contracts for which policyholders bear the investment risk the insurance provisions are generally shown at the balance sheet value of the associated investments.
Reinsurance contracts
Reinsurance premiums, commissions and claim settlements, as well as the reinsurance element of technical provisions are accounted for in the same way as the original contracts for which the reinsurance was concluded.
Investment contracts
Insurance policies without discretionary participation features which do not bear significant insurance risk under the Group accounting policies are presented as Investment contracts. Provisions for liabilities under investment contracts are determined either at amortized cost, using the effective interest method (including certain initial acquisition expenses) or at fair value.
Adequacy test
The adequacy of the Provision for life policy liabilities net of DAC and VOBA is evaluated regularly by each business unit. The test considers current estimates of all contractual and related cash flows. It takes into account future developments. It allows for remaining unamortized interest-rate rebates, DAC and VOBA. It includes investment income on the same basis as it is included in the profit and loss.
If it is determined using a best estimate (50%) confidence level that a shortfall exists, it is immediately recorded in the profit and loss account.
If the provisions are not adequate using a prudent (90%) confidence level, but there are offsetting amounts within other Group business units, then the business unit is allowed to take measures to strengthen the provisions over a period no longer than the expected life of the policies. To extent that there are no offsetting amounts within other Group business units then any shortfall at the 90% confidence level is immediately recorded in the profit and loss account.
If the reserves are determined to be adequate at above the 90% confidence level, no reduction in the provision is recorded.
OTHER LIABILITIES
Employee benefits – pension obligations
Group companies operate various pension schemes. The schemes are generally funded through payments to insurance companies or trustee-administered funds, determined by periodic actuarial calculations. The Group has both defined benefit and defined contribution plans.

F-27


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that defines an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation. The liability recognized in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan assets, together with adjustments for unrecognized actuarial gains or losses and unrecognized past service costs. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by internal and external actuaries using the projected unit credit method.
The defined benefit obligation is calculated using the expected rate of return on plan assets. Differences between this expected return and the actual return on these plan assets and actuarial changes are not recognized in the profit and loss account, unless the accumulated differences and changes exceed 10% of the greater of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of the plan assets. The excess is amortized and charged or credited to the profit and loss account over employees’ remaining working lives. The corridor was reset to nil at the date of transition to IFRS-EU (January 1, 2004).
For defined contribution plans, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.
Other post-retirement obligations
Some Group companies provide post-retirement healthcare and other benefits to their retirees. The entitlement to these benefits is usually conditional on the employee remaining in service up to retirement age and the completion of a minimum service period. The expected costs of these benefits are accrued over the period of employment using an accounting methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans.
Other provisions
A provision involves a present obligation arising from past events, the settlement of which is expected to result in an outflow from the company of resources embodying economic benefits, whereas the timing or the amount is uncertain. Unless stated otherwise below, provisions are discounted using a pre-tax discount rate to reflect the time value of money. The determination of provisions is an inherently uncertain process involving estimates regarding amounts and timing of cash flows.
Reorganization provisions include employee termination benefits when the Group is demonstrably committed to either terminating the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal; or providing termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy.
INCOME RECOGNITION
Premium income
Premiums from life insurance policies are recognized as revenue when due from the policyholder. For non-life insurance policies, premium income is recognized on a pro-rata basis over the term of the related policy coverage. Receipts under investment contracts are not recognized as premium income.
Net interest income
Interest income and expense are recognized in the profit and loss account using the effective interest method. The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial asset or a financial liability and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument or, when appropriate, a shorter period to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. When calculating the effective interest rate, the Group estimates cash flows considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument (for

F-28


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
example, prepayment options) but does not consider future credit losses. The calculation includes all fees and points paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts. Once a financial asset or a group of similar financial assets has been written down as a result of an impairment loss, interest income is recognized using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss. All interest income and expenses from trading positions and non-trading derivatives are classified as interest income and interest expenses in the profit and loss account. Movements in the ‘clean fair value’ are included in net trading income.
Fees and commissions
Fees and commissions are generally recognized as the service has been provided. Loan commitment fees for loans that are likely to be drawn down are deferred (together with related direct costs) and recognized as an adjustment to the effective interest rate on the loan. Loan syndication fees are recognized as revenue when the syndication has been completed and the Group retained no part of the loan package for itself or retained a part at the same effective interest rate for the other participants. Commission and fees arising from negotiating, or participating in the negotiation of, a transaction for a third party — such as the arrangement of the acquisition of shares or other securities or the purchase or sale of businesses — are recognized on completion of the underlying transaction. Portfolio and other management advisory and service fees are recognized based on the applicable service contracts as the service has been provided. Asset management fees related to investment funds and investment contract fees are recognized rateably over the period the service is provided. The same principle is applied for wealth management, financial planning and custody services that are continuously provided over an extended period of time.
Lease income
The proceeds from leasing out assets under operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease agreement. Lease payments received in respect of finance leases when ING is the lessor are divided into an interest component (recognized as interest income) and a repayment component.
Expense recognition
Expenses are recognized in the profit and loss account when a decrease in future economic benefits related to a decrease in an asset or an increase in a liability has arisen that can be measured reliably.
EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE
Earnings per ordinary share is calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding. The following has been taken into consideration in calculating the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding:
 own shares held by group companies are deducted from the total number of ordinary shares in issue;
 
 the computation is based on daily averages;
 
 in case of exercised warrants, the day of exercise is taken into consideration.
Diluted earnings per share data are computed as if the stock options and warrants outstanding at yearend were exercised at the beginning of the period. It is also assumed that ING Group uses the cash thus received for stock options and warrants exercised to buy its own shares against the average market price in the financial year. The net increase in the number of shares resulting from the exercise of warrants and stock options is added to the average number of shares used for the calculation of diluted net profit per share.
FIDUCIARY ACTIVITIES
The Group commonly acts as trustee and in other fiduciary capacities that result in the holding or placing of assets on behalf of individuals, trusts, retirement benefit plans and other institutions. These assets and income arising thereon are excluded from these financial statements, as they are not assets of the Group.

F-29


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ACCOUNTING POLICIES APPLIED IN RESPECT OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND INSURANCE CONTRACTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004
As explained under “Changes in accounting principles”, the 2004 comparatives for financial instruments and insurance contracts are presented under the accounting principles applied in the 2004 financial statements (i.e. not restated for IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4). The main items involved are:
 non trading derivatives
 
 investments
 
 loans and advances to customers
 
 insurance, reinsurance and investment contracts
Key differences between the former Dutch GAAP accounting principles and IFRS-EU for these items are described in the section “Changes in accounting principles”.
2.1.2. ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES FOR THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP
The cash flow statement has been drawn up in accordance with the indirect method, classifying cash flows by cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities. In the net cash flow from operating activities, the profit before tax is adjusted for those items in the profit and loss account and movements in balance sheet items which do not result in actual cash flows during the year.
For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprise balances with less than three months’ maturity from the date of acquisition, including cash and non-restricted balances with central banks, treasury bills and other eligible bills, amounts due from other banks and amounts due to banks. Investments qualify as a cash equivalent if they are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
Cash flows arising from foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the date of the cash flows.
The net cash flow shown in respect of Loans and advances to customers only relates to transactions involving actual payments or receipts. The Additions to the provision for loan losses which is deducted from the item Loans and advances to customers in the balance sheet has been adjusted accordingly for the profit before tax and is shown separately in the cash flow statement.
The difference between the net cash flow in accordance with the cash flow statement and the movement in Cash in the balance sheet is due to exchange differences and is separately accounted for as part of the reconciliation of the net cash flow and the balance sheet movement in cash.
2.1.3. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP
ASSETS
1 CASH AND BALANCES WITH CENTRAL BANKS
         
  2005  2004 
Amounts held at central banks
  9,479   6,734 
Cash and bank balances
  3,498   2,231 
Short term deposits insurance operations
  107   148 
 
      
 
  13,084   9,113 
 
      

F-30


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2 AMOUNTS DUE FROM BANKS
                         
                    
  Nether-  Inter-  Total  Nether-  Inter-  Total 
  lands  national  2005  lands  national  2004 
Loans and advances to banks
  2,805   24,072   26,877   1,853   18,644   20,497 
Cash advances, overdrafts and other balances
  2,174   18,422   20,596   1,737   22,868   24,605 
 
                  
 
                        
 
  4,979   42,494   47,473   3,590   41,512   45,102 
 
                        
Provision for loan losses
          (7)          (18)
 
                      
 
          47,466           45,084 
 
                      
As at December 31, 2005, amounts due from banks included receivables with regard to securities, which have been acquired in reverse repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 7,738 million (2004: EUR 10,799 million).
As at December 31, 2005, the non-subordinated receivables amounted to EUR 47,406 million (2004: EUR 44,818 million) and the subordinated receivables amounted to EUR 60 million (2004: EUR 266 million).
As at December 31, 2005, assets held under finance lease contracts amounted to EUR 225 million (2004: EUR 158 million).
3 FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS
         
  2005  2004 
Trading assets
  149,187   79,649 
Investments for risk of policyholders
  100,961   77,662 
Non-trading derivatives
  7,766     
Designated as at fair value through profit or loss
  10,230     
Other
      3,334 
 
      
 
  268,144   160,645 
 
      
The majority of financial assets designated as at fair value through profit or loss are equity and debt securities.
Trading assets by type:
         
  2005  2004 
Equity securities
  10,107   10,103 
Debt securities
  38,299   37,171 
Derivatives
  20,254     
Loans and receivables
  80,527   32,375 
 
      
 
  149,187   79,649 
 
      
Trading derivitives as at December 31, 2004 are included in trading liabilities.
As at December 31, 2005, the balance sheet value included debt securities which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 67 million (2004: nil) and EUR 1,653 million (2004: nil), respectively.

F-31


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Investments for the risk of policyholders by type:
         
  2005  2004 
Equity securities
  79,290   74,015 
Debt securities
  7,140   2,673 
Other investments
  14,531   974 
 
      
 
  100,961   77,662 
 
      
The cost of investments for risk of policyholders as at December 31, 2005 was EUR 88,748 million (2004: EUR 77,338 million).
Non-trading derivatives:
         
  2005  2004 
Derivatives used in cash flow hedging
  2,274     
Derivatives used in fair value hedging
  1,179     
Derivatives used in hedges of net investments in foreign operations
  31     
Other non-trading derivatives
  4,282     
 
      
 
  7,766     
 
      
4 INVESTMENTS
Investments by type:
         
  2005  2004 
Available-for-sale
        
Equity securities
  16,466   11,449 
Debt securities
  289,241   264,882 
 
      
 
  305,707   276,331 
 
      
 
        
Held-to-maturity
        
Debt securities
  18,937     
 
      
 
  18,937     
 
        
 
      
 
  324,644   276,331 
 
      
The fair value of the securities classified as held-to-maturity amounts to EUR 19,466 million at December 31, 2005.

F-32


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Movements in investments – available-for-sale and held-to-maturity:
                                 
          Available-for-sale      Held-to-      Total 
                      maturity       
  Equity securities  Debt securities             
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  11,449   11,907   264,882   208,261           276,331   220,168 
Implementation IAS 32/39
  928       (25,716)      14,059       (10,729)    
Additions
  9,015   5,602   251,027   257,035   1,030       261,072   262,637 
Transfers
  233       (4,817)      4,010       (574)    
Changes in the composition of the group
  (380)  (280)  (1,458)  (1,369)          (1,838)  (1,649)
Gains/(losses) from change in fair value
  3,097   678   (630)  (860)          2,467   (182)
Provision for impairment
  (91)  (20)  34   (46)          (57)  (66)
Disposals and redemptions
  (8,390)  (6,090)  (210,629)  (190,481)  (245)      (219,264)  (196,571)
Exchange differences
  605   (348)  16,548   (7,658)  83       17,236   (8,006)
 
                         
Closing balance
  16,466   11,449   289,241   264,882   18,937       324,644   276,331 
 
                         
Available-for-sale equity securities by insurance and banking operations:
                         
      Listed      Unlisted      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Insurance operations
  12,311   9,333   2,008   950   14,319   10,283 
Banking operations
  1,238   759   909   407   2,147   1,166 
 
                  
 
  13,549   10,092   2,917   1,357   16,466   11,449 
 
                  
Debt securities by insurance and banking operations:
                         
  Available-for-sale  Held-to-maturity      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Insurance operations
  130,189   101,833           130,189   101,833 
Banking operations
  159,052   163,049   18,937       177,989   163,049 
 
                  
 
  289,241   264,882   18,937       308,178   264,882 
 
                   
Revaluation of available-for-sale equity securities:
         
  2005  2004 
Cost
  11,422   10,492 
Revaluation — gross unrealized gains
  5,134   2,042 
— gross unrealized losses
  90   1,085 
 
      
 
  16,466   11,449 
 
      
Revaluation of available-for-sale debt securities:
     
  2005 
Cost
  280,649 
Revaluation — gross unrealized gains
  10,401 
— gross unrealized losses
  1,809 
 
   
 
  289,241 
 
   

F-33


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
As at December 31, 2005, the balance sheet value included shares which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to nil (2004: EUR 5 million) and EUR 3 million (2004: EUR 9 million), respectively. As at December 31, 2005, the balance sheet value included debt securities which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 708 million (2004: EUR 719 million) and EUR 37,181 million (2004: EUR 29,402 million), respectively.
Borrowed equity securities and convertible bonds are not recognized in the balance sheet and amounted to nil as at December 31, 2005 (2004: EUR 12 million).
Borrowed debt securities are not recognized in the balance sheet and amounted to EUR 3,295 million as at December 31, 2005 (2004: EUR 2,868 million).
Investments in connection with the insurance operations with a combined carrying value of EUR 3 million (2004: EUR 153 million) were non-income-producing for the year ended December 31, 2005.
5 LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS
Loans and advances to customers by insurance and banking operations:
         
  2005  2004 
Insurance operations
  38,467   36,306 
Banking operations
  404,511   299,057 
 
  442,978   335,363 
Eliminations
  3,797   4,905 
 
      
 
  439,181   330,458 
 
      
Loans and advances to customers by type – banking operations:
                         
  Nether-  Inter-  Total  Nether-  Inter-  Total 
  lands  national      lands  national    
          2005          2004 
Loans to or guaranteed by public authorities
  13,907   17,535   31,442   7,296   17,118   24,414 
Loans secured by mortgages
  111,257   69,855   181,112   103,596   53,156   156,752 
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
  1,448   378   1,826   414   702   1,116 
Other personal lending
  9,942   15,200   25,142   6,419   8,474   14,893 
Other corporate loans
  81,946   86,349   168,295   39,852   66,274   106,126 
 
                  
 
  218,500   189,317   407,817   157,577   145,724   303,301 
Provision for loan losses
  (916)  (2,390)  (3,306)  (1,073)  (3,171)  (4,244)
 
                  
 
  217,584   186,927   404,511   156,504   142,553   299,057 
 
                  
Loans and advances to customers by type – insurance operations:
                         
  Nether-  Inter-  Total  Nether-  Inter-  Total 
  lands  national      lands  national    
          2005          2004 
Policy loans
  55   3,481   3,536   56   2,834   2,890 
Loans secured by mortgages
  17,438   10,638   28,076   17,460   9,552   27,012 
Personal loans
  3,836   2,125   5,961   5,039   181   5,220 
Other
  836   105   941   523   773   1,296 
 
                  
 
  22,165   16,349   38,514   23,078   13,340   36,418 
Provision for loan losses
  (16)  (31)  (47)  (104)  (8)  (112)
 
                  
 
  22,149   16,318   38,467   22,974   13,332   36,306 
 
                  

F-34


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Loans and advances to customers analyzed by subordination — banking operations
         
  2005  2004 
Non-subordinated
  402,747   298,263 
Subordinated
  1,764   794 
 
      
 
  404,511   299,057 
 
      
As at December 31, 2005, Loans and advances to customers included receivables with regard to securities which have been acquired in reverse repurchase transactions related to the banking operations amounting to EUR 6,684 million (2004: EUR 24,110 million).
Loans and advances to customers and Amounts due from banks include finance lease receivables, analyzed as follows:
Finance lease receivables:
         
  2005  2004 
Maturities of gross investment in financial leases receivable
        
Not later than 1 year
  4,230   4,067 
Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years
  7,355   7,111 
Later than 5 years
  2,654   2,269 
 
      
 
  14,239   13,447 
 
Unearned future finance income on finance leases
  (2,022)  (1,783)
 
      
Net investment in finance leases
  12,217   11,664 
 
      
 
Maturities of net investment in finance leases
        
Not later than 1 year
  3,727   3,533 
Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years
  6,163   6,160 
Later than 5 years
  2,327   1,971 
 
      
 
  12,217   11,664 
 
      
 
Included in Loans and advances to customers
  11,992   11,506 
Included in Amounts due from banks
  225   158 
 
      
 
  12,217   11,664 
 
      
The allowance for uncollectable finance lease receivables included in the provision for loan losses amounted to EUR 45 million at December 31, 2005 (2004: EUR 116 million).
Provision for loan losses analyzed by security – banking operations:
                         
  Nether-  Inter-  Total  Nether-  Inter-  Total 
  lands  national      lands  national    
          2005          2004 
Loans secured by public authorities
  1   2   3       36   36 
Loans secured by mortgages
  93   273   366   199   213   412 
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
      13   13       23   23 
Other personal lending
  230   408   638   181   344   525 
Other corporate loans
  592   1,701   2,293   692   2,574   3,266 
Other
              14   180   194 
 
                  
 
  916   2,397   3,313   1,086   3,370   4,456 
 
                  

F-35


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Movements in provision for loan losses – banking operations:
         
  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  4,456   4,835 
Implementation IAS 32/39
  (592)    
Changes in the composition of the group
  (4)  (38)
Write-offs
  (842)  (956)
Recoveries
  61   85 
Increase/(decrease) in loan loss provision
  88   465 
Exchange differences
  115   (29)
Other movements
  31   94 
 
      
Closing balance
  3,313   4,456 
 
      
 
The closing balance is included in
        
— amounts due to banks
  7   18 
— loans and advances to customers
  3,306   4,244 
— other assets
      194 
 
      
 
  3,313   4,456 
 
      
6 INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES
                         
      Balance                 
  Interest  sheet  Total  Total  Total  Total 
2005 held (%)  value  assets  liabilities  income  expense 
Vesteda
  25   731   4,333   1,409   390   121 
Lionbrook Property Partnership
  33   308   988   62   42   14 
ING Winkels Basisfonds
  25   275   1,177   75   134   12 
ING Woningen Basisfonds
  25   205   925   54   144   45 
Property Fund Iberica
  30   165   1,472   911   241   152 
Lion Properties Fund
  8   147   2,427   590   245   48 
Lion Industrial Fund
  12   144   2,583   1,231   281   98 
ING PF Brittanica
  33   135   768   361   48   28 
ING Industrial Fund Australia
  13   133   1,192   349   119   24 
Gables RE Trust — Permanent/Bridge equity
  18   131   2,539   1,750   190   51 
ING Retail Property Fund Australia
  30   122   724   312   50   22 
Q-Park N.V.
  19   105   1,277   721   32   29 
ING Korea Property Investments
  51   89   368   223   23   6 
ING Vastgoed Winkels C.V.
  10   72   727   8   107   15 
ING Logistic Property C.V.
  25   62   477   230   48   23 
ING Office Fund Australia
  7   61   1,300   538   115   28 
ING Convent Garden
  44   53   247   125   12   4 
Retail Property Fund France Belgium (RPFFB)
  15   52   863   520   101   48 
ING Vastgoed Woningen C.V.
  10   51   515   0   95   35 
Other investments in associates (1)
      512                 
 
                       
 
      3,553                 
 
Receivables from associates
      69                 
 
                       
 
      3,622                 
 
                       
 
(1) Includes SulAmérica

F-36


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                         
      Balance                 
  Interest  sheet  Total  Total  Total  Total 
2004 held (%)  value  assets  liabilities  income  expense 
Vesteda
  25   724   4,323   1,427   335   265 
Property Fund Iberica
  30   134   1,345   898   144   71 
Lion Properties Fund
  12   116   1,210   243   54   11 
Lion Industrial Trust
  16   102   1,284   657   137   133 
Q-Park N.V.
  19   97   1,133   621   174   156 
Lionbrook Property Partnership
  26   79   413   109   27   7 
ING UK Property Income Limited Partnership
  45   63   369   229   6   3 
ING Logistic Property C.V.
  25   60   465   225   27   19 
ING Retail Property Fund Australia
  30   56   604   417   45   21 
Other investments in associates (2)
      1,131                 
 
                       
 
      2,562                 
 
                       
Receivables from associates
      101                 
 
                       
 
 
      2,663                 
 
                       
 
(2) Includes NRG and SulAmérica
Accumulated impairments have been recognized of EUR 4 million (2004: EUR 4 million).
Movements in associates:
                 
      Investments in      Receivables from 
      associates      associates 
  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  2,562   2,104   101   170 
Additions and advances
  707   251   69   21 
Changes in the composition of the group
  (323)  96       (75)
Transfer to and from investments
  964   357         
Revaluations
  125   22         
Share of results
  412   165         
Dividends received
  (170)  (128)        
Disposals and redemptions
  (819)  (281)  (104)  (15)
Exchange differences
  95   (24)  3     
 
            
Closing balance
  3,553   2,562   69   101 
 
            
7 INVESTMENT PROPERTY
Movements in investment property:
         
  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  7,151   6,138 
Additions
  1,156   1,113 
Changes in the composition of the group
  (187)  477 
Transfer to and from other assets
  (2,432)  233 
Transfer to and from property in own use
  (2)  (8)
Fair value gains/(losses)
  171   199 
Disposals
  (879)  (1,046)
Exchange differences
  53   (49)
Other movements
      94 
 
      
Closing balance
  5,031   7,151 
 
      

F-37


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Investment property by insurance and banking operations:
         
  2005  2004 
Insurance operations
  3,310   5,196 
Banking operations
  1,721   1,955 
 
      
 
  5,031   7,151 
 
      
The total amount of rental income recognized in the profit and loss account for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was EUR 372 million and EUR 453 million respectively. The total amount of contingent rent recognized in the profit and loss account for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was EUR 6 million and EUR 27 million respectively.
The total amount of direct operating expenses (including repairs and maintenance) arising from investment property that generated rental income for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was EUR 105 million and EUR 206 million respectively. The total amount of direct operating expenses (including repairs and maintenance) arising from investment property that did not generate rental income for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was EUR 38 million and EUR 30 million respectively.
Appraisal of investment property during the last five years by professionally qualified valuers (in percentages):
     
Years of appraisal    
2005
  93 
2004
  3 
2003
    
2002
    
2001
  4 
 
   
 
  100 
 
   
8 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment by type:
         
  2005  2004 
Property in own use
  2,271   2,409 
Equipment
  1,316   1,273 
Assets under operating leases
  2,170   2,101 
 
      
 
  5,757   5,783 
 
      
Property in own use by insurance and banking operations:
         
  2005  2004 
Insurance operations
  788   842 
Banking operations
  1,483   1,567 
 
      
 
  2,271   2,409 
 
      

F-38


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Movements in property in own use:
         
  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  2,409   2,785 
Additions
  73   83 
Changes in the composition of the group
  3   (26)
Transfer to and from investment property
  2   8 
Transfer to and from other assets
  (25)  (11)
Depreciation
  (68)  (15)
Revaluations
  216   (39)
Impairments
  (13)  (22)
Reversal of impairments
  27     
Disposals
  (421)  (158)
Exchange differences
  62   (7)
Other movements
  6   (189)
 
      
Closing balance
  2,271   2,409 
 
      
 
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
  2,362   2,446 
Accumulated depreciation as at December 31
  (83)  (15)
Accumulated impairments as at December 31
  (8)  (22)
 
      
Net book value
  2,271   2,409 
 
      
 
Revaluation surplus
        
Opening balance
  361   380 
Changes in revaluation reserve for the year
  251   (19)
 
      
Closing balance
  612   361 
 
      
The cost or purchase price amounted to EUR 1,659 million (2004: EUR 2,070 million). Cost less accumulated depreciation would have been EUR 1,576 million (2004: EUR 1,943 million).
Appraisal of property in own use during the last five years by professionally qualified valuers (in percentages):
     
Years of appraisal    
2005
  67 
2004
  14 
2003
  8 
2002
  1 
2001
  10 
 
   
 
  100 
 
   

F-39


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Movements in equipment:
                         
         Fixtures and        
    Data processing  fittings and other       
     equipment      equipment     Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  333   374   940   935   1,273   1,309 
Additions
  183   166   297   247   480   413 
Changes in the composition of the group
  (8)  6   (12)  (1)  (20)  5 
Disposals
  (8)  (16)  (41)  (18)  (49)  (34)
Depreciation
  (198)  (196)  (223)  (214)  (421)  (410)
Exchange differences
  12   (1)  41   (9)  53   (10)
 
                  
Closing balance
  314   333   1,002   940   1,316   1,273 
 
                  
 
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
  1,198   1,025   2,523   2,241   3,721   3,266 
Accumulated depreciation as at December 31
  (884)  (692)  (1,521)  (1,301)  (2,405)  (1,993)
 
                  
Net book value
  314   333   1,002   940   1,316   1,273 
 
                  
Movements in assets under operating leases:
                         
             Other        
      Cars  leased-out assets     Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  2,060   2,033   41   68   2,101   2,101 
Additions
  990   944       6   990   950 
Changes to the composition of the group
  3       22       25     
Disposals
  (392)  (378)      (10)  (392)  (388)
Depreciation
  (549)  (536)  (9)  (20)  (558)  (556)
Impairments
      (6)              (6)
Exchange differences
  4   3       (3)  4     
 
                  
Closing balance
  2,116   2,060   54   41   2,170   2,101 
 
                  
 
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
  3,070   3,123   98   206   3,168   3,329 
Accumulated depreciation as at December 31
  (954)  (1,057)  (44)  (165)  (998)  (1,222)
Accumulated impairments as at December 31
      (6)              (6)
 
                  
Net book value
  2,116   2,060   54   41   2,170   2,101 
 
                  

F-40


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The Group leases assets to third parties under operating leases as lessor. The future minimum lease payments to be received under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:
Future minimum lease payments by maturity:
         
  2005  2004 
Not later than 1 year
  664   663 
Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years
  1,505   1,419 
Later than 5 years
  1   19 
 
      
 
  2,170   2,101 
 
      
9 INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Movements in intangible assets:
                                         
      Value of                         
      business                         
      acquired     Goodwill  Software     Other     Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Opening balance
          139       423   631   32       594   631 
Capitalized
                  38   58           38   58 
Transfer from deferred acquisition costs
  2,693                               2,693     
Additions
  101       70   80   174   228   15       360   308 
Amortization
  (241)              (215)  (245)  (5)  33   (461)  (212)
Impairments
                  (20)      (1)      (21)    
Effect of unrealized revaluations in equity
  157                               157     
Changes in the composition of the group
  63       (60)  68   (5)  (250)  45   (1)  43   (183)
Exchange differences
  213       24   (9)  13   1   8       258   (8)
 
                              
Closing balance
  2,986       173   139   408   423   94   32   3,661   594 
 
                              
Amortization of software and other intangible assets is included in the profit and loss account in other operating expenses. Amortization of VOBA is included in Underwriting expenditure.
As at December 31, 2005 the gross amount of goodwill amounted to EUR 173 million (2004: EUR 139 million).
As at December 31, 2004 value of business acquired was included in Deferred acquisition costs.

F-41


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
10 DEFERRED ACQUISITION COSTS
Movements in deferred acquisition costs:
                                 
                      Non-life       
  Investment contracts  Life insurance      insurance      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Opening balance
          9,999   9,485   429   361   10,428   9,846 
Implementation IFRS 4
  110       (742)              (632)    
Capitalized
  23       2,422   2,854   311   262   2,756   3,116 
Amortization
  (10)      (1,150)  (1,812)  (315)  (219)  (1,475)  (2,031)
Unlocking
          4               4     
Effect of unrealized revaluations in equity
          239               239     
Transfer to VOBA
  (119)      (2,574)              (2,693)    
Changes in the composition of the group
          (138)      (2)  37   (140)  37 
Exchange differences
  10       1,062   (527)  67   (12)  1,139   (539)
Disposal of portfolios
  57       (79)  (1)          (22)  (1)
 
 
                        
Closing balance
  71       9,043   9,999   490   429   9,604   10,428 
 
                        
For flexible life insurance contracts the growth rate assumption used for calculating the amortization of the deferred acquisition costs is currently 7.9% gross (6.9% net of investment management fees).
11 OTHER ASSETS
Other assets by type:
         
  2005  2004 
Reinsurance and insurance receivables
  3,144   3,013 
Deferred tax assets
  2,118   1,028 
Property held for sale
  1,891   1,639 
Property under development for third parties
  71   47 
Income tax receivable
  580   232 
Accrued interest and rents
  13,776   8,327 
Other accrued assets
  1,112   2,290 
Other receivables
  7,468   4,821 
 
      
 
  30,160   21,397 
 
      
Reinsurance and insurance receivables:
         
  2005  2004 
Receivables on account of direct insurance from
        
- policyholders
  2,212   2,298 
- intermediaries
  213   327 
Reinsurance receivables
  719   388 
 
      
 
  3,144   3,013 
 
      

F-42


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Deferred tax assets by origin:
         
  2005  2004 
Deferred tax assets relating to
        
- insurance provisions
  160   83 
- investments
  490     
- other provisions
  397   172 
- unused tax losses carried forward
  793   459 
- loans and advances to customers
  236     
- other
  779   641 
 
      
 
  2,855   1,355 
Deferred tax liabilities (offset by deferred tax assets) relating to
        
- insurance provisions
  57     
- investments
  427   78 
- deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
  76   51 
- other provisions
  15   15 
- other
  162   183 
 
      
 
  737   327 
 
 
      
 
  2,118   1,028 
 
      
Deferred tax assets in connection with unused tax losses carried forward:
         
  2005  2004 
Total unused tax losses carried forward
  3,651   3,470 
Unused tax losses carried forward not recognized as a deferred tax asset
  906   1,817 
 
      
Unused tax losses carried forward recognized as a deferred tax asset
  2,745   1,653 
 
Average tax rate
  28.9%  27.8%
Deferred tax asset
  793   459 
Deferred income tax assets are recognized for tax loss carry forwards and unused tax credits only to the extent that realization of the related tax benefit is probable. The uncertainty of the recoverability of the tax losses and tax credits is taken into account in establishing the deferred tax assets. The following tax loss carry forwards and tax credits will expire as follows at December 31:
Total unused tax losses carried forward analysed by expiry terms:
                 
  No deferred  Deferred  No deferred  Deferred 
  tax asset  tax asset  tax asset  tax asset 
  recognized  recognized  recognized  recognized 
      2005      2004 
- up to five years
  29   348   62   568 
- five to ten years
      384   6   326 
- ten to twenty years
  322   640   750   189 
- unlimited
  555   1,373   999   570 
 
            
 
  906   2,745   1,817   1,653 
 
            

F-43


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Property held for sale:
         
  2005  2004 
Property obtained from foreclosures
  532   473 
Property developed for sale
  1,359   1,166 
 
      
 
  1,891   1,639 
 
      
 
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
  1,960   1,639 
Accumulated impairments as at December 31
  (69)    
 
      
Net book value
  1,891   1,639 
 
      
EQUITY
12 GROUP EQUITY
Equity attributable to equity holders of the company:
         
  2005  2004 
Share capital
  530   634 
Share premium
  8,343   8,525 
Revaluation reserve
  11,206   1,257 
Share of associates reserve
  608   613 
Currency translation reserve
  668   (184)
Treasury shares
  (868)  (563)
Other reserves
  16,249   13,787 
 
      
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
  36,736   24,069 
 
      
The revaluation reserve includes revaluations related to securities and property in own use and the reserve for cash flow hedging and hedges of net investments of foreign operations. The reserve for cash flow hedging amounts to EUR 2,046 million as at December 31, 2005.
The other reserves include retained earnings.
Share capital:
                 
  Preference shares  Ordinary shares 
      (par value      (par value 
      EUR 1.20)      EUR 0.24) 
  Number  Amount  Number  Amount 
  x1,000      x1,000     
2005                
Authorized share capital
  300,000   360   3,000,000   720 
Unissued share capital
  212,920   256   795,066   190 
 
            
Issued share capital
  87,080   104   2,204,934   530 
 
            
 
2004
                
Authorized share capital
  300,000   360   3,000,000   720 
Unissued share capital
  212,920   256   795,280   190 
 
            
Issued share capital
  87,080   104   2,204,720   530 
 
            

F-44


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Movements in issued share capital:
                 
  Preference shares  Ordinary shares 
      (par value      (par value 
      EUR 1.20)      EUR 0.24) 
  Number  Amount  Number  Amount 
  x1,000      x1,000     
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2003
  87,080   104   2,115,901   508 
From 2003 final stockdividend
          31,731   8 
From 2004 interim stockdividend
          31,699   8 
Issue of shares
          25,389   6 
 
            
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2004
  87,080   104   2,204,720   530 
 
            
 
Issue of shares
          214     
 
            
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2005
  87,080   104   2,204,934   530 
 
            
As of 2005, the total amount of preference shares (EUR 104 million share capital and EUR 192 million share premium) is presented as liabilities. Reference is made to Note 13 Preference shares.
As at December 31, 2005, the capital and reserves of Stichting Regio Bank, included in Other reserves, amounted to EUR 583 million (2004: EUR 507 million) and cannot be freely distributed. The increase reflects the profit appropriation for the year.
The revaluation reserve, share of associates reserve and currency translation reserve cannot be freely distributed.
Ordinary shares
All shares are in registered form. No share certificates will be issued. Shares may be transferred by means of a deed of transfer, subject to the approval of the Executive Board of ING Group. The par value of ordinary shares is currently EUR 0.24. The authorized ordinary share capital of ING Group consists of 3,000,000 shares, of which as at December 31, 2005 2,204,934 million have been issued and fully paid.
Depository receipts for ordinary shares and preference shares
More than 99% of the ordinary shares and preference shares issued by ING Groep N.V. are held by the Stichting ING Aandelen (Trust Office ING Shares). In exchange for these shares, the Trust Office has issued depositary receipts in bearer form for ordinary shares and for preference shares, respectively. The depositary receipts are listed on various European stock exchanges. Depositary receipts can be exchanged for (non-listed) shares of the relevant category without any restriction.
The holder of a depositary receipt is entitled to receive from the Trust Office payment of dividends and distributions corresponding with the dividends and distributions received by the Trust Office on a share of the relevant category.
In addition, the holder of a depositary receipt is entitled to attend and to speak at the General Meeting of Shareholders of ING Groep N.V. either in person or by proxy. A holder of a depositary receipt who thus attends the General Meeting of Shareholders, is entitled to vote as a proxy of the Trust Office but entirely at his own discretion for a number of shares equal to the number of his depositary receipts of the relevant category.
A holder of depositary receipts who does not attend the General Meeting of Shareholders in person or by proxy is entitled to give a binding voting instruction to the Trust Office for a number of shares equal to the number of his depositary receipts of the relevant category.

F-45


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Concentration of holders of depository receipts for shares
As at December 31, 2005, ABN AMRO Holding, AEGON and Fortis each had an interest in depositary receipts (for ordinary shares and for preference shares) of ING Groep N.V. of between 5% and 10%.
Depository receipts for ordinary shares held by ING Group
As at December 31, 2005, 38.7 million of depository receipts for ordinary shares ING Groep N.V. with a par value of EUR 0.24 was held by ING Group or its subsidiaries. These were purchased to hedge option rights granted to the Executive Board members and other employees.
Dividend restrictions
ING Groep N.V. and its Dutch group companies are subject to legal restrictions regarding the amount of dividends they can pay to their shareholders. The Dutch Civil Code contains the restriction that dividends can only be paid up to an amount equal to the excess of the company’s own funds over the sum of (i) the paid-up capital, and (ii) reserves required by law. Additionally, certain group companies are subject to restrictions on the amount of funds they may transfer in the form of cash dividends or otherwise to the parent company.
Furthermore, in addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital requirements that are imposed by industry regulators in the countries in which the subsidiaries operate, other limitations exist in certain countries.
B warrants
In 1998, ING Groep N.V. authorized the issue of a maximum of 17,317,132 B warrants, of which 17,220,200 have been issued. As at December 31, 2005, 17,189,554 B warrants were outstanding (2004: 17,190,610). B warrant holders are entitled to obtain from ING Groep N.V., for a fixed price, depository receipts for ordinary shares in the proportion of 1 B warrant to 2 depository receipts. B warrant holders may exercise their rights at their own discretion but no later than January 5, 2008. As at December 31, 2005, no B warrants (2004: nil) were held by group companies of ING Group.
The current exercise price of B warrants is EUR 49.92 for 2 depository receipts. The exercise price of B warrants will be adjusted by ING Group if one or more of the following circumstances occur:
1. ING Groep N.V. issues ordinary shares with pre-emptive rights for existing holders thereof at a price lower than the average price over the 20 business days preceding the relevant announcement of the median price between the highest and lowest prices of the depository receipts of EUR 0.24 par value as stated in the Official Price List of Euronext Amsterdam N.V.;
2. ING Groep N.V. issues ordinary shares to existing holders thereof, such shares being paid from a reserve of the company at a price lower than the average price over the 20 business days preceding the relevant announcement of the median price between the highest and lowest prices of the depository receipts of EUR 0.24 par value as stated in the Official Price List of Euronext Amsterdam N.V.;
3. ING Groep N.V. issues ordinary shares to existing holders thereof by way of paying a dividend at a price lower than the average price over the 20 business days preceding the relevant announcement of the median price between the highest and lowest prices of the depository receipts of EUR 0.24 par value as stated in the Official Price List of Euronext Amsterdam N.V.;
4. ING Groep N.V. grants to existing holders of ordinary shares pre-emptive rights to obtain securities other than ordinary shares;
5. Any company grants to existing holders of ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V. a right of subscription for securities which may be converted into or exchanged for ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V., provided that the price for which such ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V. may (initially) be obtained is lower than the then applicable exercise price;
F-46

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
6. ING Groep N.V. makes a distribution in cash out of its share premium reserve(s) to holders of ordinary shares.
In case of a split or consolidation of the shares of ING Groep N.V., a warrant holder shall remain entitled to a number of shares, the aggregate par value of which shall be equal to the aggregate par value of the number of shares to which he was entitled before the split or consolidation.
In case of a restructuring of the share capital of ING Groep N.V or a merger of ING Group with any other company or a transfer of the assets of ING Group (or a substantial part thereof) to any other company, the exercise price of the B warrants will not be adjusted. In that event, a warrant holder will be entitled to obtain the securities of the kind and number a holder of ordinary shares would have been entitled to if the B warrants had been exchanged for ordinary shares immediately before that event.
Movements in third-party interests:
         
  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  3,481   3,513 
Implementation IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4
  (1,386)    
Unrealized revaluations after tax
  (32)  29 
Unrealized revaluations transferred to deferred profit sharing liabilities and DAC
  17     
Exchange differences
  14   (103)
Net profit for the period
  305   275 
Changes in the composition of the group
  (710)  (233)
 
      
Closing balance
  1,689   3,481 
 
      
LIABILITIES
13 PREFERENCE SHARES
As a result of the implementation of IAS 32 in 2005 preference shares are presented as liabilities. In the 2004 comparatives, preference shares are included in equity.
ING Group preference shares
The par value of the preference shares is EUR 1.20. Preference shares are divided into two categories: “A” preference shares and “B” preference shares. The authorized preference share capital of ING Groep N.V. consists of 100 million “A” preference shares, of which as at December 31, 2005 87 million have been issued and 200 million “B” preference shares, of which none have been issued.
Preference shares may only be issued if at least the nominal value is paid up.
Preference shares rank before ordinary shares in entitlement to dividends and distributions upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V., but are subordinated to cumulative preference shares. Holders of “A” and “B” preference shares rank pari passu among themselves. If the profit or amount available for distribution to the holders of preference shares is not sufficient to make such distribution in full, the holders will receive a distribution in proportion to the amount they would have received if the distribution could have been made in full. The “A” preference shares and “B” preference shares are not cumulative and their holders will not be compensated in subsequent years for a shortfall in a prior year.
The ING Groep N.V.’s Articles of Association make provision for cancellation of preference shares.
“A” preference shares
The dividend on the “A” preference shares is equal to a percentage of the amount (including share premium) for which the “A” preference shares were originally issued.
F-47

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
This percentage is calculated by taking the arithmetic mean of the average effective yield on the five longest-dated Dutch government loans, as calculated by a Calculating Agent to be designated by the Executive Board for the last twenty stock exchange days preceding the day on which the first “A” preference shares are issued, or, as the case may be, preceding the day on which the dividend percentage is adjusted. The percentage thus established may be increased or decreased by not more than a half percentage point, depending on the market conditions then prevailing, as the Executive Board may decide with the approval of the Supervisory Board.
The dividend on the “A” preference shares is set at EUR 0.1582 per year until January 1, 2014 at which stage the dividend percentage will be readjusted (and thereafter every ten years) to the average effective yield at that time on the five longest-dated Dutch government loans.
“A” preference shares may only be cancelled if a distribution of the amount (including share premium) for which the “A” preference shares were originally issued reduced by the par value of the shares can be made on each “A” preference share. Upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V., a distribution of the amount (including share premium) for which the “A” preference shares were originally issued will, insofar as possible, be made on each “A” preference share.
Cumulative preference shares
The par value of the cumulative preference shares is EUR 1.20. None of these shares have been issued.
The cumulative preference shares rank before the preference shares and the ordinary shares in entitlement to dividend and to distributions upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V.
The dividend on the cumulative preference shares will be equal to a percentage, calculated on the amount compulsorily paid up or yet to be paid up. This percentage shall be equal to the average of the Euro OverNight Index Average (EONIA) as calculated by the European Central Bank. During the financial year for which the distribution is made, this percentage is weighted on the basis of the number of days for which it applies, increased by two and a half percentage points.
If and to the extent that the profit available for distribution is not sufficient to pay the dividend referred to above in full, the shortfall will be made up from the reserves insofar as possible. If, and to the extent that, the dividend distribution cannot be made from the reserves, the profits earned in subsequent years shall first be used to make up the shortfall before any distribution may be made on shares of any other category.
ING Groep N.V.’s Articles of Association make provision for the cancellation of cumulative preference shares. Upon cancellation of cumulative preference shares and upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V., the amount paid up on the cumulative preference shares will be repaid together with the dividend shortfall in preceding years, insofar as this shortfall has not yet been made up.
14 SUBORDINATED LOANS
Subordinated loans consists of perpetual subordinated bonds issued by ING Groep N.V. These bonds have been issued to raise hybrid capital for ING Verzekeringen N.V. and Tier-1 capital for ING Bank N.V.
EUR 5,563 million (2004: EUR 3,743 million) of these loans has been subsequently provided as subordinated loans by ING Groep N.V. to ING Bank N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.
EUR 1,792 million (2004: EUR 366 million) has been subsequently provided as subordinated loans by ING Groep N.V. to ING Verzekeringen N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.
15 DEBT SECURITIES IN ISSUE
The debt securities in issue relate to debentures and other issued debt securities with either fixed
F-48

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
interest rates or interest rates based on interest-rate levels, such as certificates of deposit and accepted bills issued by ING Group, except for subordinated items. ING Group does not have debt securities that are issued on terms other than those available in the normal course of business. The maturities of the debt securities are as follows:
Debt securities in issue:
         
  2005  2004 
Fixed rate debt securities
        
- - 1 year or less
  39,978   29,392 
- 2 years or less but over 1 year
  3,816   4,144 
- 3 years or less but over 2 years
  1,741   4,532 
- 4 years or less but over 3 years
  3,863   3,665 
- 5 years or less but over 4 years
  10,350   5,090 
- over 5 years
  9,718   10,784 
 
      
Total fixed rate debt securities
  69,466   57,607 
 
Floating rate debt securities
        
- 1 year or less
  5,074   11,689 
- 2 years or less but over 1 year
  872   2,427 
- 3 years or less but over 2 years
  144   1,348 
- 4 years or less but over 3 years
  494   2,317 
- 5 years or less but over 4 years
  1,064   1,807 
- over 5 years
  4,148   1,817 
 
      
Total floating rate debt securities
  11,796   21,405 
 
      
Total debt securities
  81,262   79,012 
 
      
     As of December 31, 2005, ING Group had unused lines of credit available including the payment of commercial paper borrowings presented above as part of the debt securities in issue, totalling EUR 22,588 million (2004: EUR 15,904 million).
16 OTHER BORROWED FUNDS
Other borrowed funds by remaining term:
                             
2005 2006  2007  2008  2009  2010  There after  Total 
Subordinated loans of group companies
  1,011   1,435   735   713   1,492   8,924   14,310 
Preference shares of group companies
                      1,261   1,261 
Loans contracted
  6,082   508   533   404   518   1,666   9,711 
Loans from credit institutions
  4,443   642   951   83   276   575   6,970 
 
                     
 
  11,536   2,585   2,219   1,200   2,286   12,426   32,252 
 
                     
                             
2004 2005  2006  2007  2008  2009  There after  Total 
Subordinated loans of group companies
  842   1,131   550   377   797   11,978   15,675 
Loans contracted
  3,499   406   46   207   221   220   4,599 
Loans from credit institutions
  3,077   18   279   46       18   3,438 
 
                     
 
  7,418   1,555   875   630   1,018   12,216   23,712 
 
                     
F-49

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Subordinated loans of group companies relate to capital debentures and private loans which are subordinated to all current and future liabilities of ING Bank N.V. or Postbank N.V.
Preference shares of group companies comprise non-cumulative guaranteed Trust Preference Securities which are issued by wholly owned subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V. These securities have a liquidation preference of a certain amount plus any accrued interest and unpaid dividend. Dividends with regard to these preference securities are presented as an interest expense in the profit and loss account. These trust preference securities generally have no voting rights.
17 INSURANCE, REINSURANCE AND INVESTMENT CONTRACTS
                         
  Gross  Reinsured Own account 
          element       
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Provision for life policy liabilities
  137,066   125,804   5,441   4,105   131,625   121,699 
Provision for (deferred) profit sharing and rebates
  4,195   803           4,195   803 
Insurance provisions for policies for which the policyholders bear the investment risk
  90,728   78,807   1,197   1,151   89,531   77,656 
 
                  
Life insurance provisions
  231,989   205,414   6,638   5,256   225,351   200,158 
 
Provisions for unearned premiums and unexpired risks
  3,093   2,863   258   354   2,835   2,509 
Claims provisions
  9,591   8,512   1,389   1,134   8,202   7,378 
Other insurance provisions
  181   62           181   62 
 
                  
Total provisions for insurance 
                        
contracts
  244,854   216,851   8,285   6,744   236,569   210,107 
 
Investment contracts
  7,223               7,223     
Investment contracts for which the policyholders bear the investment risk
  11,410               11,410     
 
                  
Investment contracts liabilities
  18,633               18,633     
 
                  
 
Insurance and investment contracts
  263,487   216,851   8,285   6,744   255,202   210,107 
 
                  
As at December 31, 2005 the provision for life policy liabilities includes EUR 51,866 million for participating life policy liabilities.
As at December 31, 2005 claims incurred but not reported (IBNR) included in the claims provisions amounted to EUR 1,831 million.
F-50

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Movements in life insurance provisions:
                         
      Gross  Reinsured  Own account 
          element       
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  205,414   192,293   5,256   4,083   200,158   188,210 
Implementation IFRS 4
  (14,315)      (7)      (14,308)    
Changes in the composition of the group
          (44)      44     
 
                  
 
  191,099   192,293   5,205   4,083   185,894   188,210 
 
Current year provisions
  19,449   16,181    806   1,805   18,643   14,376 
Prior year provisions:
                        
- benefit payments to policyholders
  (10,929)      (431)      (10,498)    
- interest accrual
  4,057       (32)      4,089     
- valuation changes for risk of policyholders
  5,074               5,074     
- effect of changes in discount rate assumptions
  2               2     
- effect of changes in other assumptions
  1,167           306   861     
 
                  
 
  (629)  1,963   (157)      (472)  1,963 
 
Exchange differences
  17,691   (9,136)  616   (338)  17,075   (8,798)
Other movements
  4,379   4,113   168   (294)  4,211   4,407 
 
                  
Closing balance
  231,989   205,414   6,638   5,256   225,351   200,158 
 
                  
     Where discounting is used in the calculation of life insurance provisions, the rate is within the range of 3% to 6% (based on weighted averages).
     To the extent that the assuming reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations, the Group remains liable to its policyholders for the portion reinsured. Consequently, provisions are made for receivables on reinsurance contracts which are deemed uncollectable. The life reinsurance market is highly concentrated and, therefore, diversification of exposure is inherently difficult. To minimize its exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies, the Group evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentrations of credit risk arising from similar geographical regions, activities or economic characteristics of the reinsurer.
     As at December 31, 2005, the receivables from reinsurers amounted to EUR 719 million (2004: EUR 388 million), against which EUR 6 million (2004: nil) was provided for as uncollectable reinsurance.
     Movements in provisions for unearned premiums and unexpired risks:
                         
      Gross      Reinsured      Own account 
              element       
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  2,863   3,174   354   687   2,509   2,487 
Changes in the composition of the group
  (41)  (333)  (26)  (350)  (15)  17 
 
                  
 
  2,822   2,841   328   337   2,494   2,504 
 
Premiums written
  6,613   6,642   526   756   6,087   5,886 
Premiums earned during the year
  (6,769)  (6,542)  (636)  (729)  (6,133)  (5,813)
Exchange differences
  424   (76)  44   (18)  380   (58)
Other movements
  3   (2)  (4)  8   7   (10)
 
                  
Closing balance
  3,093   2,863   258   354   2,835   2,509 
 
                  

F-51


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Movements in claims provisions:
                         
      Gross      Reinsured      Own account 
              element       
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  8,512   7,911   1,134   614   7,378   7,297 
Implementation IFRS 4
  39       20       19     
Changes in the composition of the group
      853   (27)  638   27   215 
 
                  
 
  8,551   8,764   1,127   1,252   7,424   7,512 
 
Additions
                         
- - for the current year
  4,688   3,893   891   284   3,797   3,609 
- for prior years
  (614)  (359)  (22)  (48)  (592)  (311)
- interest accrual of provision
  92   133   20   10   72   123 
 
                  
 
  4,166   3,667   889   246   3,277   3,421 
 
Claim settlements and claim settlement costs
                         
- - for the current year
  2,042   1,749   295   64   1,747   1,685 
- for prior years
  2,209   1,938   536   227   1,673   1,711 
 
                  
 
  4,251   3,687   831   291   3,420   3,396 
 
Exchange differences
  911   (177)  164   (58)  747   (119)
Other movements
  214   (55)  40   (15)  174   (40)
 
                  
Closing balance
  9,591   8,512   1,389   1,134   8,202   7,378 
 
                  
ING Group had an outstanding balance of EUR 68 million at December 31, 2005 (2004: EUR 96 million) relating to environmental and asbestos claims of the insurance operations. In establishing the liability for unpaid claims and claims adjustment expenses related to asbestos related illness and toxic waste clean up, the management of ING Group considers facts currently known and the current state of the law and coverage litigation. Liabilities are recognized for IBNR claims and for known claims (including the costs of related litigation) when sufficient information has been developed to indicate the involvement of a specific insurance policy, and management can reasonably estimate its liability. In addition, liabilities are reviewed and updated regularly.
The release of the provision from prior years in 2005 and 2004 are a result of favourable underwriting results in several business units, in particular, the Netherlands business units benefited from a changes in legal requirements for health and disability benefits and Canada experienced unexpectedly mild winters.
Where discounting is used in the calculation of the claims provisions, the rate is within the range of 3% to 4%.
F-52

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
     
Movements in investments contracts liabilities:   
  2005 
Opening balance
  0 
Implementation IFRS 4
  16,860 
 
   
 
  16,860 
Current year liabilities
  5,553 
Prior year provisions
    
- - payments to contract holders
  (7,051)
- interest accrual
  276 
- valuation changes investments
  1,060 
 
  (5,715)
Exchange differences
  1,659 
Other movements
  276 
 
   
Closing balance
  18,633 
 
   
Gross claims development table:
             
Underwriting  Underwriting    
year 2004  year 2005  Total 
Estimate of cumulative claims:
            
At the end of underwriting year
  3,893   4,688     
One year later
  3,990         
 
         
Estimate of cumulative claims
  3,990   4,688   8,678 
Cumulative payments
  (2,583)  (1,729)  (4,312)
 
         
Liability recognized
  1,407   2,959   4,366 
Liability recognized to prior underwriting years
          5,225 
 
         
Total amount recognized in balance sheet
          9,591 
 
         
18 AMOUNTS DUE TO BANKS
Amounts due to banks include non-subordinated debt due to banks, other than amounts in the form of debt securities. As at December 31, 2005, liabilities concerning securities sold in repurchase transactions amounted to EUR 23,857 million (2004: EUR 24,452 million).
Amounts due to banks by type:
                         
  Nether-   Inter-  Total  Nether-  Inter-  Total 
  lands   national      lands  national    
          2005          2004 
Non-interest bearing
  2,535   1,934   4,469   757   1,461   2,218 
Interest-bearing
  33,714   84,051   117,765   31,951   61,709   93,660 
 
                  
 
  36,249   85,985   122,234   32,708   63,170   95,878 
 
                  
F-53

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
19 CUSTOMER DEPOSITS AND OTHER FUNDS ON DEPOSIT
         
  2005  2004 
Saving accounts
  269,389   219,468 
Credit balances on customer accounts
  127,469   84,996 
Corporate time deposits
  57,655   42,928 
Other
  11,199   1,849 
 
      
 
  465,712   349,241 
 
      
Customer deposits and other funds on deposits by type:
                         
  Nether-  Inter-  Total  Nether-  Inter-  Total 
  lands  national      lands  national    
          2005          2004 
Non-interest bearing
  13,754   1,359   15,113   13,223   1,807   15,030 
Interest-bearing
  158,252   292,347   450,599   107,992   226,219   334,211 
 
                  
 
  172,006   293,706   465,712   121,215   228,026   349,241 
 
                  
No funds have been entrusted to the Group by customers on terms other than those prevailing in the normal course of business. As at December 31, 2005, Customer deposits and other funds on deposit included liabilities with regard to securities sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 2,104 million (2004: EUR 4,908 million).
Savings accounts relate to the balances on savings accounts, savings books, savings deposits and time deposits of personal customers. The interest payable on savings accounts, which is contractually added to the accounts, is also included.
F-54

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
20 FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS
         
  2005  2004 
Trading liabilities
  92,058   53,841 
Non-trading derivatives
  6,248     
Designated as at fair value through profit or loss
  11,562     
 
      
 
  109,868   53,841 
 
      
For the financial year 2005 the changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss attributable to changes in credit risk of ING Group are insignificant.
The nominal amounts of liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss approximates the fair value.
Financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss relate to debt securities in issue, funds entrusted and structured products.
Trading liabilities by type:
         
  2005  2004 
Equity securities
  10,206   9,314 
Debt securities
  7,264   10,058 
Funds on deposit
  54,264   33,080 
Derivatives
  20,324   1,389 
 
      
 
  92,058   53,841 
 
      
Non-trading derivatives:
     
  2005 
Derivatives used in cash flow hedges
  753 
Derivatives used in fair value hedges
  1,336 
Derivatives used in hedges of net investments in foreign operations
  91 
Other non-trading derivatives
  4,068 
 
   
 
  6,248 
 
   
F-55

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
21 OTHER LIABILITIES
Other liabilities by type:
         
  2005  2004 
Deferred tax liabilities
  5,128   1,049 
Income tax payable
  1,184   1,153 
Pension liabilities and other staff related liabilities
  1,998   2,556 
Other taxation and social security contribution
  633   437 
Deposits from reinsurers
  642   549 
Accrued interest
  10,699   5,116 
Costs payable
  2,443   2,268 
Other provisions
  1,181   943 
Other
  15,099   12,126 
 
      
 
  39,007   26,197 
 
      
Deferred taxes are calculated on all temporary differences under the liability method using effective tax rates applicable to the jurisdictions in which the Group is liable to taxation.
Deferred tax liabilities by origin:
         
  2005  2004 
Deferred tax assets (offset by deferred tax liabilities) relating to
        
- insurance provisions
  2,119   1,949 
- other provisions
  1,057   452 
- unused tax losses carried forward
  450   336 
- fiscal equalization reserve
  13   33 
- other
  2,273   2,296 
 
      
 
  5,912   5,066 
 
      
Deferred tax liabilities relating to
        
- investments
  2,974   1,336 
- financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
  37   76 
- deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
  3,999   2,965 
- fiscal equalization reserve
  7     
- depreciation
  65   (475)
- other provisions
  577   699 
- receivables
  167   99 
- loans and advances to customers
  131   312 
- other
  3,083   1,103 
 
      
 
  11,040   6,115 
 
      
 
 
  5,128   1,049 
 
      
F-56

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Deferred tax asset (offset by deferred tax liabilities) in connection with unused tax losses carried forward:
         
  2005  2004 
Total unused tax losses carried forward
  1,689   1,047 
Unused tax losses carried forward not recognized as a deferred tax asset
  398   64 
 
      
Unused tax losses carried forward recognized as a deferred tax asset
  1,291   983 
 
Average tax rate
  34.9 %  34.2%
Deferred tax asset
  450   336 
Total unused tax losses carried forward analysed by expiry terms:
                 
  No deferred  Deferred  No deferred  Deferred 
  tax asset  tax asset  tax asset  tax asset 
  recognized  recognized  recognized  recognized 
     2005     2004 
- up to five years
  72   48   20   247 
- five to ten years
      96   5   39 
- ten to twenty years
  263   726       657 
- unlimited
  63   421   39   40 
 
            
 
  398   1,291   64   983 
 
            
Movements in other provisions:
                         
  Reorganizations and      Other      Total 
     relocations               
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  258   236   685   679   943   915 
Changes in the composition of the group
  (7)  (38)  53   (60)  46   (98)
Additions
  127   115   347   262   474   377 
Releases
  (3)  (4)  (8)  (21)  (11)  (25)
Charges
  (81)  (99)  (291)  (161)  (372)  (260)
Exchange differences
  6   (2)  35   (14)  41   (16)
Other movements
  56   50   4       60   50 
 
                  
Closing balance
  356   258   825   685   1,181   943 
 
                  
The additions to provision for reorganizations and relocations in 2005 relate to the restructuring of the Operations & IT activities in the Benelux and reorganizations in the Dutch insurance operations. The provision at December 31, 2004 includes an amount of EUR 41 million for the restructuring of the international Wholesale Banking network.
The amounts included in other provisions are based on best estimates with regard to amounts and timing of cash flows required to settle the obligation. In general, the reorganizations and relocations provisions are of a short-term nature.
Pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities
The Group maintains defined benefit retirement plans in the major countries in which it operates. These plans generally cover all employees and provide benefits that are related to the remuneration and service of employees upon retirement. Provided that the plan assets are sufficient, the benefits from many of these plans are subject to some form of indexation.
F-57

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Annual contributions are paid to the funds at a rate necessary to adequately finance the accrued liabilities of the plans calculated in accordance with local legal requirements. Plans in all countries comply with applicable local regulations concerning investments and funding levels.
The Group provides other post-employment and post-retirement employee benefits to certain employees. These are primarily post-retirement healthcare benefits and post-employment defined benefit early-retirement plans provided to employees and former employees.
Certain group companies sponsor defined contribution pension plans. The assets of all ING Group’s defined contribution plans are held in independently administered funds. Contributions are generally determined as a percentage of pay. These plans do not give rise to balance sheet provisions, other than relating to short-term timing differences included in current liabilities. The amount incurred in 2005 was EUR 76 million (2004: EUR 109 million).
Summary of pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities:
                                 
    Post-retirement               
          benefits other             
          than pension             
  Pension liabilities   liabilities     Other     Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Defined benefit obligation
  15,782   12,925   441   726   898   870   17,121   14,521 
Fair value of plan assets
  12,937   10,498           375   353   13,312   10,851 
 
                        
 
  2,845   2,427   441   726   523   517   3,809   3,670 
 
                                
Unrecognized past service costs
      (1)  (6)  (2)          (6)  (3)
Unrecognized gains/(losses)
  (1,778)  (1,034)  (27)  (68)          (1,805)  (1,102)
 
                        
Amount included in Other liabilities
  1,067   1,392   408   656   523   517   1,998   2,565 
 
                        
Pension liabilities
Movements in defined benefit obligations:
         
  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  12,925   11,196 
Current service cost
  477   434 
Interest costs
  643   699 
Participant contributions
  8   2 
Benefits paid
  (416)  (392)
Actuarial gains and losses
  1,680   1,251 
Past service cost
  192     
Changes in the composition of the group
  67   (174)
Effect of curtailment or settlement
  (12)  (1)
Exchange differences
  218   (90)
 
      
Closing balance
  15,782   12,925 
 
      

F-58


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
As at December 31, 2005, the defined benefit obligation consisted of funded plans amounting to EUR 15,658 million (2004: EUR 12,488 million) and unfunded plans amounting to EUR 124 million (2004: EUR 437 million).
Movements in fair value of plan assets:
         
  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  10,498   9,528 
Expected return on plan assets
  710   686 
Employer’s contribution
  1,002   688 
Participant contributions
  7   1 
Benefits paid
  (416)  (392)
Actuarial gains and losses
  873   185 
Changes in the composition of the group
  98   (134)
Exchange differences
  165   (64)
 
      
Closing balance
  12,937   10,498 
 
      
Pension Investment Strategy
The primary financial objective of the ING Employee Benefit Plan (the Plan) is to secure participant retirement benefits. As such, the key objective in the Plan’s financial management is to promote stability and, to the extent appropriate, growth in funded status (i.e. the ratio of market value of assets to liabilities). The investment strategy for the Plan’s portfolio of assets (the Fund) balances the requirement to generate returns with the need to control risk. The asset mix is recognized as the primary mechanism to influence the reward and risk structure of the Fund in an effort to accomplish the Plan’s funding objectives. Desirable target allocations amongst identified asset classes are set and within each asset class, careful consideration is given to balancing the portfolio among industry sectors, geographical areas, interest rate sensitivity, dependence on economic growth, currency and other factors affecting investment returns. The assets are managed by professional investment firms. They are bound by precise mandates and are measured against specific benchmarks. Among managers, consideration is given, among others, to balancing security concentration, investment style, and reliance on particular active investment strategies. ING will review its asset mix of the fund on a regular basis. Generally, ING will rebalance the fund’s asset mix to the target mix as individual portfolios approach their minimum or maximum levels.
Categories of plan assets:
                 
      Weighted 
      average 
              expected 
              long 
  Target    Percentage  term rate 
  allocation    of plan assets  of return 
  2006  2005  2004  2005 
Equity securities
  33   36   38   8.1 
Debt securities
  56   53   52   4.7 
Other
  11   11   10   6.6 
 
            
 
  100   100   100   6.2 
 
            
Equity securities include ING Group ordinary shares of EUR 15 million (0.1% of total plan assets) at December 31, 2005 (2004: EUR 16 million, 0.1% of total plan assets).
Determination of Expected Return on Assets
An important element for financial reporting is the assumption for return on assets (ROA). The ROA is updated at least annually, taking into consideration the Plan’s asset allocation, historical returns on the

F-59


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
types of assets held in the Fund, and the current economic environment. Based on these factors, it is expected that the Fund’s assets will earn an average percentage per year over the long term. This estimation takes into account a reduction for administrative expenses and non-ING investment manager fees paid from the Fund. For estimation purposes, it is assumed the long term asset mix will be consistent with the current mix. Changes on the asset mix could impact the amount of recorded pension income or expense, the funded status of the Plan, and the need for future cash contributions.
Weighted averages of basic actuarial assumptions in annual % as at December 31:
         
  2005  2004 
Discount rates
  4.25   4.75 
Expected rates of salary increases (excluding promotion increases)
  2.50   2.50 
Medical cost trend rates
  4.25   4.25 
Consumer price inflation
  1.75   2.00 
The assumptions above are weighted by defined benefit obligations. The rates used for salary developments, interest discount factors and other adjustments reflect specific country conditions.
Expected Cash Flows
There are not expected to be any minimum funding requirements during 2006.
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:
Pension benefits:
     
  Pension 
  benefits 
2006
  354 
2007
  406 
2008
  432 
2009
  446 
2010
  462 
Years 2011 - 2015
  2,491 
In 2005 the employer’s contributions amounted EUR 1,002 million (2004: EUR 688 million).
Post-retirement benefits other than pensions
Movements in defined benefit obligations:
         
  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  726   635 
Current service cost
  42   31 
Interest costs
  40   35 
Employer’s contribution
  70     
Participant contributions
  6     
Benefits paid
  (28)  (20)
Actuarial gains and losses
  143   69 
Changes in the composition of the group
  (1)    
Effect of curtailment or settlement
  (569)    
Exchange differences
  12   (24)
 
      
Closing balance
  441   726 
 
      

F-60


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The defined benefit obligations of post-retirement benefits other than pensions are entirely unfunded.
Weighted averages of basic actuarial assumptions in annual % as at December 31:
         
  2005  2004 
Discount rates
  4.25   4.75 
Expected rates of salary increases (excluding promotional increase)
  2.50   2.50 
Medical cost trend rates
  4.25   4.25 
Consumer price inflation
  1.75   2.00 
The assumptions above are weighted by defined benefit obligations. The rates used for salary developments, interest discount factors and other adjustments reflect specific country conditions.
An increase of 1% in the assumed medical cost trend rate for each future year would have resulted in an additional accumulated defined benefit obligation of EUR 84 million at December 31, 2005 (2004: EUR 146 million) and an increase in the charge for the year of EUR 7 million (2004: EUR 12 million). A decrease of 1% in the medical cost trend rate for each future year would have resulted in lower defined benefit obligation of EUR 66 million at December 31, 2005 (2004: EUR 108 million) and a decrease in the charge for the year of EUR 5 million (2004: EUR 9 million).
Expected Cash Flows
There are not expected to be any minimum funding requirements during 2006.
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:
Post-retirement benefits other than pensions:
     
  Post 
  retirement 
  benefits 
  other than 
  pensions 
2006
  15 
2007
  16 
2008
  17 
2009
  18 
2010
  19 
Years 2011 - 2015
  90 

F-61


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.4. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP
Assets and liabilities by maturity:
                             
          Over  Maturity   
  Less than  1-3  3-12  1-5  five  not     
2005 one month   months   months   years   years  applicable   Total 
ASSETS
                            
Cash and balances with central banks
  13,084                       13,084 
Amounts due from banks
  20,790   5,964   5,138   9,949   5,625       47,466 
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
                            
- trading assets
                      149,187   149,187 
- non-trading derivatives
  170   177   254   1,822   5,421   (78)  7,766 
- designated at fair value through profit or loss
  107   309   1,184   2,909   4,963   758   10,230 
Investments
                            
- available-for-sale
  5,332   4,249   12,036   80,195   163,769   40,126   305,707 
- held-to-maturity
  456   77   875   6,548   10,980   1   18,937 
Loans and advances to customers
  89,382   14,276   29,258   81,778   224,221   266   439,181 
Reinsurance contracts
  39   57   895   437   1,206   5,651   8,285 
Intangible assets
          71   143       3,447   3,661 
Deferred acquisition costs
                      9,604   9,604 
Other assets
  9,255   1,721   9,109   5,626   993   3,456   30,160 
Remaining assets (where maturities are not applicable) (1)
                      115,371   115,371 
 
                     
Total assets
  138,615   26,830   58,820   189,407   417,178   327,789   1,158,639 
 
                     
 
                            
LIABILITIES
                            
Preference shares
                      296   296 
Subordinated loans
                  6,096       6,096 
Debt securities in issue
  18,933   15,581   10,543   22,360   13,845       81,262 
Other borrowed funds
  9,396   4,743   3,506   11,216   3,360   31   32,252 
Insurance and investment contracts
  1,896   2,709   8,962   20,120   94,974   134,826   263,487 
Amounts due to banks
  78,827   21,883   15,623   4,317   1,584       122,234 
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
  394,141   47,310   9,446   5,752   9,063       465,712 
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
                            
- trading liabilities
                      92,058   92,058 
- non-trading derivatives
  76   200   1,708   1,452   2,812       6,248 
- designated at fair value through profit or loss
  112   510   1,538   5,072   4,330       11,562 
Other liabilities
  7,966   3,272   14,955   5,610   3,992   3,212   39,007 
 
                     
Total liabilities
  511,347   96,208   66,281   75,899   140,056   230,423   1,120,214 
 
                     
 
(1) Included in remaining assets where maturities are not applicable are:
 
  - property and equipment
 
  - investment property
 
  - investments for risk of policyholders
 
  - investments in associates
 
  - other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

F-62


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Assets and liabilities by maturity:
                             
          Over  Maturity   
  Less than  1-3  3-12  1-5  five  not     
2004 one month  months  months  years  years  applicable   Total 
ASSETS
                            
Cash and balances with central banks
  9,113                       9,113 
Amounts due from banks
  4,797   29,319   4,037   4,389   2,542       45,084 
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
                            
- trading assets
                      79,649   79,649 
- other
  127   707   704   1,225   571       3,334 
Investments
                            
- available-for-sale
  3,958   2,575   7,844   55,237   93,435   113,282   276,331 
Loans and advances to customers
  89,539   9,906   17,918   52,669   144,880   15,546   330,458 
Reinsurance contracts
  69   107   660   489   3,623   1,796   6,744 
Intangible assets
                      594   594 
Deferred acquisition costs
                      10,428   10,428 
Other assets
                      21,396   21,396 
Remaining assets (where maturities are not applicable) (1)
                      93,260   93,260 
 
                     
Total assets
  107,603   42,614   31,163   114,009   245,051   335,951   876,391 
 
                     
 
                            
LIABILITIES
                            
Subordinated loans
                  4,109       4,109 
Debt securities in issue
  329   25,442   18,716   24,163   10,362       79,012 
Other borrowed funds
      222   7,474   4,084   11,932       23,712 
Insurance and investment contracts
  9,957   3,234   7,570   18,838   76,791   100,461   216,851 
Amounts due to banks
  66,067   14,610   11,285   2,832   1,084       95,878 
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
  317,514   10,494   8,101   6,273   6,859       349,241 
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
                            
- trading liabilities
                      53,841   53,841 
- non-trading derivatives
                            
Other liabilities
  4,297   1,587   13,351   4,057   2,741   164   26,197 
 
                     
Total liabilities
  398,164   55,589   66,497   60,247   113,878   154,466   848,841 
 
                     
 
(1) Included in remaining assets where maturities are not applicable are:
 
  - property and equipment
 
  - investment property
 
  - investments for risk of policyholders
 
  - investments in associates
 
  - other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
DERIVATIVES AND HEDGE ACCOUNTING
ING Group manages the various risks it is exposed to as described in the Risk Management section. In managing these risks ING Group uses economic hedges, i.e. positions with opposite risk profiles to reduce the total risk exposure. To qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS-EU strict criteria must be met. Certain hedges that are economically effective from a risk management perspective do not qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS-EU. Both at inception and during the hedge relationship it

F-63


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
can be concluded that the hedge does not (longer) qualify for hedge accounting. As a result, the volatility from these hedges in the profit and loss account may be higher than would be expected from an economic point of view.
Interest rate risk
ING Group uses various derivative instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate risk. The main products used to manage interest rate risk are interest rate swaps and cross-currency interest rate swaps. Hedge accounting is applied using fair value hedge accounting or cash flow hedge accounting for positions that meet the criteria under IFRS-EU.
Foreign exchange risk
The most significant foreign exchange risk relates to foreign currency exposures on foreign subsidiaries and Tier-1 capital denominated in US Dollars. ING reduces these exposures by entering into derivatives (including currency forwards and swaps) and non-derivative financial instruments such as funding denominated in foreign currencies. Hedge accounting is applied using net investment hedge accounting or fair value hedge accounting for those positions that meet the criteria under IFRS-EU.
Credit risk
ING Group uses credit derivatives in managing its exposure to credit risk, including total return swaps and credit default swaps to sell or buy protection for credit risk. Generally, no hedge accounting is applicable for credit derivatives.
MAXIMUM CREDIT EXPOSURE
Credit risk in the non-trading environment mainly relates to loans to customers, non-trading derivatives and investments. For loans to customers and non-trading derivatives the balance sheet value approximates the maximum credit exposure for these items. For the investments maximum credit exposure is best represented by the cost as disclosed in Note 4 Investments.
ASSETS NOT FREELY DISPOSABLE
The assets not freely disposable primarily consist of interest-bearing securities pledged to secure deposits from the Dutch Central Bank and other banks, serve to secure margin accounts or are used for other purposes required by law.
Assets not freely disposable:
                                         
  Customer deposits                         
  and other funds on         Guarantees  Other        
  deposit and debt          for off-balance  contigent       
  securities in issue      Banks  sheet items  liabilities     Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Investments
  3,533   2,847   4,245   4,813       1   840   715   8,618   8,376 
Lending
  1,101   3,264   1   2   116   9           1,218   3,275 
Banks
  328   42   899   589   375               1,602   631 
Other assets
  1,712   339   912   1,448   328   41   84       3,036   1,828 
 
                              
 
  6,674   6,492   6,057   6,852   819   51   924   715   14,474   14,110 
 
                              

F-64


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
Contingent liabilities and commitments
In the normal course of business the Group is a party to activities whose risks are not reflected in whole or part in the consolidated financial statements. In response to the needs of its customers, the Group offers financial products related to loans. These products include traditional off-balance sheet credit-related financial instruments.
Contingent liabilities and commitments:
         
  2005  2004 
Insurance operations
        
Commitments
  4,049   2,477 
Guarantees
  237   1,082 
 
      
 
  4,286   3,559 
 
        
Banking operations
        
Contingent liabilities in respect of
        
- discounted bills
  5   4 
- guarantees
  15,933   17,060 
- irrevocable letters of credit
  7,436   6,233 
- other
  396   378 
 
      
 
  23,770   23,675 
 
        
Irrevocable facilities
  85,098   69,011 
 
      
 
  113,154   96,245 
 
      
 
Guarantees relate both to credit and non-credit substitute guarantees. Credit-substitute guarantees are guarantees given by ING` Group in respect of credit granted to customers by a third party. Many of them are expected to expire without being drawn on and therefore do not necessarily represent future cash outflows. The guarantees are generally of a short-term nature. In addition to the items included in contingent liabilities, ING Group has issued guarantees as a participant in collective arrangements of national industry bodies and as participant in government required collective guarantee schemes which apply in different countries.
Irrevocable letters of credit mainly secure payments to third parties for a customer’s foreign and domestic trade transactions in order to finance a shipment of goods. ING Group’s credit risk in these transactions is limited since these transactions are collateralized by the commodity shipped and are of a short duration.
Other contingent liabilities mainly relate to acceptances of bills and are of a short-term nature.
Irrevocable facilities mainly constitute unused portions of irrevocable credit facilities granted to corporate clients. Many of these facilities are for a fixed duration and bear interest at a floating rate. ING Group’s credit risk in these transactions is limited. Most of the unused portion of irrevocable credit facilities is secured by customers’ assets or counter-guarantees by the central governments and exempted bodies under the regulatory requirements. Irrevocable facilities also include commitments made to purchase securities to be issued by governments and private issuers.
Special purpose entities (SPEs) and securitization
ING Group has established a number of SPEs and engages in activities with SPEs, for example as investor, administrator or provider of other financial services. SPEs which are controlled by ING Group are included in the consolidated financial statements.
The non-consolidated SPEs primarily relate to commercial paper programmes. In the normal course of business, ING Group structures financing transactions for its clients by assisting them in obtaining sources of liquidity by selling the clients’ receivables or other financial assets to an SPE. The SPE

F-65


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
issues asset-backed commercial paper to the market to fund the purchases. ING Group, in its role as administrative agent, facilitates these transactions by providing structuring, accounting, funding and operations services. As ING Group has no ownership or controlling interest in the SPE nor does it service the transferred assets, the SPE is not included in the consolidated financial statements.
ING Group supports the commercial paper programs by providing the SPE with short-term stand by liquidity facilities. Primarily these liquidity facilities are meant to cover temporarily disruptions in the commercial paper market. Once drawn these facilities bear normal credit risk. A number of programs are supported by granting structured liquidity facilities to the SPE, in which ING Group – in addition to normal liquidity facilities – to a certain extent covers the credit risk incorporated in these programs itself, and as a consequence might suffer credit losses from it. Furthermore, under a Program Wide Credit Enhancement ING Group guarantees to a limited amount all remaining losses incorporated in the SPE to the commercial paper investors. All facilities, which vary in risk profile, are granted to the SPE subject to normal ING Group analysis procedures regarding credit risk and liquidity risk. The fees received for services provided and for facilities are charged on market conditions.
The normal non-structured stand by liquidity facilities and the structured facilities are reported under irrevocable facilities.
Collateralized debt obligations (CDO)-transactions
Within ING Group, SPEs are used for CDO transactions. In a typical CDO transaction an SPE is used to issue structured, rated securities which are backed (or collateralized) by a pool of transferable debt securities. In these transactions ING often has different roles:
 the arranger of the transaction; ING structures the SPE, acquires the assets for the SPE and sells the CDOs to investors;
 collateral manager of the assets in the SPE; ING manages the assets based on strict conditions of the SPEs charter;
 investor.
ING Group receives market-rate fees for structuring, (asset) managing and distributing CDO-securities to investors.
Other entities
ING Group is also a party in other SPEs used in for instance structured finance and leasing transactions.
FUTURE RENTAL COMMITMENTS
Future rental commitments for operating lease contracts as at December 31, 2005:
     
2006
  275 
2007
  194 
2008
  181 
2009
  172 
2010
  164 
Years after 2010
  355 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
ING Group companies are involved in litigation and arbitration proceedings in the Netherlands and in a number of foreign jurisdictions, including the United States, involving claims by and against them which arise in the ordinary course of their businesses, including in connection with their activities as insurers, lenders, employers, investors and taxpayers. In certain of such proceedings, very large or indeterminate amounts are sought, including punitive and other damages. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of all pending or threatened legal and regulatory

F-66


Table of Contents

]

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
proceedings, management does not believe that their outcome will have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
These legal proceedings include a dispute over certain hurricane damages claimed by a Mexican fertilizer producer Grupo Fertinal (“Fertinal”) against ING Comercial América, a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group. Fertinal claims EUR 254 million (USD 300 million) from ING Comercial América, the maximum coverage under the insurance policy of their mining operations. A judge in Mexico ruled in favor of Fertinal. This decision was appealed to a Mexican Court of Appeal, which reduced the judgment to EUR 80 million (USD 94 million), plus interest. This decision has been appealed. ING Comercial América continues to pursue this matter vigorously; however, at this time we cannot assess the final outcome. Fertinal has also made criminal complaints alleging fraud against certain ING Comercial América employees, but, currently, there are no criminal actions pending.
ING Comercial América also has been the subject of certain complaints and suits concerning the performance of certain interest sensitive life insurance products. ING Comercial América is defending these matters vigorously; however, at this time, we are unable to assess the final outcome of these matters.
In 2005, ING Comercial América management learned of an earthquake reinsurance arrangement that was inconsistent with local requirements. This arrangement was restructured and the matter was reported to the SEC and to Mexican authorities. Mexican regulators required that ING Comercial América restate certain financials and to correct a statutory margin shortfall, which required approximately EUR 74 million (USD 87 million) in additional capital. In addition, Mexican authorities fined ING Comercial América EUR 3.2 million.
In the Netherlands ING Bank N.V., together with other major Dutch banks and the payment processor Interpay (in which ING Bank N.V. is a minority shareholder), were subject of an examination by the Dutch competition authority “Nederlandse Mededingings-autoriteit” or NMa. In April 2004, the NMa has adopted a decision which indicated that ING Bank N.V. and other Dutch banks should have sold payment processing services on an individual basis and imposed a fine of EUR 3.9 million on ING Bank N.V. At the time of the decision, the banks had already decided that they would henceforth sell payment processing services individually. Furthermore, the NMa held that Interpay committed a separate infringement by charging prices for its services that were anti-competitive. Both Interpay and the Dutch banks (including ING Bank N.V.) have appealed the NMa decision. In December 2005, the NMa decided to reduce the fines imposed on the banks (for ING Bank N.V. to EUR 3.3 million) and to repeal the decision regarding Interpay. ING Bank N.V. has decided not to file an appeal against this decision.
Like many other companies in the mutual funds, suppliers of brokerage and investment products and insurance industries, several of our companies have received informal and formal requests for information from various governmental and self-regulatory agencies or have otherwise identified issues arising in connection with fund trading, compensation, conflicts of interest, anti-competitive practices, insurance risk transfer and sales practices. ING is responding to the requests and working to resolve issues with regulators. We believe that any issues that have been identified thus far do not represent a systemic problem in the ING businesses involved and in addition that the outcome of the investigations will not have a material effect on ING Group.
DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS
In addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital and solvency requirements that are imposed by industry regulators in the countries in which the subsidiaries operate, other limitations exist in certain countries. The most significant restrictions for ING Group are related to the insurance operations located in the United States, which are subject to limitations on the payment of dividends to the parent company imposed by the Insurance Commissioner of the state of domicile. For life, accident and health subsidiaries, dividends are generally limited to the greater of 10% of statutory surplus or the statutory net gain from operations. For the property and casualty subsidiaries, dividends

F-67


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS —(CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
are limited to a specified percentage of the previous year’s shareholders’ equity or previous year’s net investment gains, which varies by state. Dividends paid in excess of these limitations require prior approval of the Insurance Commissioner of the state of domicile.
The management of ING Group does not believe that these limitations will affect the ability of ING
Group to pay dividends to its shareholders in the future.
JOINT VENTURES
Joint ventures are included proportionally in the consolidated financial statements as follows:
Most significant joint ventures:
                     
  Interest              
  held (%)  Assets  Liabilities  Income Expense 
2005
                    
ING Australia Ltd
  51   7,932   7,527   357   257 
Postkantoren B.V.
  50   169   132   241   238 
KB Life
  49   160   148   97   96 
JV New Zealand Business
  51   151   48   10   6 
Pacific-Aetna Life Insurance/Shanghai Branch
  50   114   96   38   39 
 
                
Total
      8,526   7,951   743   636 
 
                
2004
                    
NMB Heller
  50   1,130   1,105   63   (67)
ING Australia Ltd
  51   6,697   6,357   1,318   1,196 
Pacific-Aetna Life Insurance/Shanghai Branch
  50   77   62   32   34 
 
                
Total
      7,904   7,524   1,413   1,163 
 
                
ING and ANZ, one of Australia’s major banks, formed a funds management and life insurance joint venture in Australia. The joint venture, ING Australia Ltd, is owned for 51% by ING and 49% by ANZ.
RELATED PARTIES
In the normal course of business, the Group enters into various transactions with related companies. Related companies comprise non-consolidated entities and the non-consolidated part of joint ventures. These transactions are not considered material to the Group, either individually or in the aggregate. Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operating decisions. Transactions have taken place on an at arm’s length basis.
Transactions with joint ventures and associates:
                 
  Joint  Associates  Joint  Associates 
  ventures  2005  ventures  2004 
Receivables
  344   413   142   242 
Liabilities
  99   35   214   27 
Guarantees issued in favour of
      3   124   2 
Income received from and expenses paid to joint ventures were EUR 25 million and EUR 71 million respectively (2004: EUR 5 million and EUR 150 million respectively) and income received from and expenses paid to associates were EUR 91 million and EUR 1 million respectively (2004: EUR 6 million and nil respectively).

F-68


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Transactions with ING Bank N.V. and ING Verzekeringen N.V:
                 
      ING Verze-      ING Verze- 
     keringen     keringen 
  ING Bank  N.V.  ING Bank  N.V. 
  N.V.  2005  N.V.  2004 
Receivables
  533   224   373   11 
Liabilities
  134       58   183 
Guarantees issued in favour of
  3       126     
 
                
Expenses paid
  97   19   151     
Income received
  72       11   1 
Transactions with key management personnel (Executive Board and Supervisory Board) and post-employment benefit plans are transactions with related parties. These transactions are disclosed in more detail in “Item 6 Directors, Senior Management and Employees” and Note 21 Other liabilities.
Key management personnel compensation (amounts in thousands of euros):
                         
  Executive Board  Board  Supervisory     Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Base salary and short-term bonus
  12,514   9,506   549   508   13,063   10,014 
Pension costs
  3,088   2,978           3,088   2,978 
Retirement benefit
      132               132 
Fair market value of long-term incentives
  5,274   2,998           5,274   2,998 
 
                  
Total compensation
  20,876   15,614   549   508   21,425   16,122 
 
                  
Loans and advances to key management personnel (amounts in thousands of euros) :
                         
  Amount         Amount       
  outstanding  Average  Repay-  outstanding  Average  Repay- 
  December  Interest  ments  December  Interest  ments 
  31  Rate  2005  31  Rate  2004 
Executive Board members
  699   4.2%  74   773   4.3%  19 
Supervisory Board members
  1,588   4.7%      1,588   4.7%  200 
 
                  
Total
  2,287       74   2,361       219 
 
                  
The total number of stock options on ING Groep N.V. shares held by the Executive Board members amounted to 1,271,640 at December 31, 2005 (2004: 1,026,240). As at December 31, 2005, members of the Executive Board held 1,125,023 ING Groep N.V. shares (2004: 1,107,717). Part of these shares are held in a trust. As at December 31, 2005, members of the Supervisory Board held 15,490 ING Groep N.V. shares (2004: 17,093)
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The following table presents the estimated fair values of ING Group’s financial assets and liabilities. Certain balance sheet items are not included in the table, as they do not comply with the definition of a financial asset or liability. The aggregation of the fair values presented hereunder does not represent, and should not be construed as representing, the underlying value of ING Group.

F-69


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Fair value of financial assets and liabilities:
                 
     Balance     Balance 
  Estimated  sheet value  Estimated  sheet value 
  fair value  2005  fair value  2004 
FINANCIAL ASSETS
                
Cash and balances with central banks
  13,084   13,084   9,113   9,113 
Amounts due from banks (1)
  48,250   47,466   46,951   45,084 
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
                
-trading
  149,187   149,187   79,649   79,649 
-investments for risk of policyholders
  100,961   100,961   77,662   77,662 
-non-trading derivatives
  7,766   7,766         
-designated as at fair value through profit or loss
  10,230   10,230         
-other
          3,334   3,334 
Investments
                
-available-for-sale
  305,707   305,707   286,724   276,331 
-held-to-maturity
  19,466   18,937         
Loans and advances to customers (1)
  434,829   427,189   340,732   318,952 
Other assets (2)
  27,462   27,462   20,137   20,137 
 
            
 
  1,116,942   1,107,989   864,302   830,262 
 
            
 
                
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
                
Preference shares
  296   296         
Subordinated loans
  7,779   6,096   6,371   4,109 
Debt securities in issue
  81,757   81,262   79,644   79,012 
Other borrowed funds
  32,259   32,252   23,910   23,712 
Investment contracts
  18,633   18,633         
Amounts due to banks
  122,064   122,234   96,816   95,878 
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
  466,982   465,712   350,131   349,241 
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
                
-trading
  92,058   92,058   53,841   53,841 
-non-trading derivatives
  6,248   6,248         
-designated as at fair value through profit or loss
  11,562   11,562         
Other liabilities (3)
  29,285   29,285   12,307   12,307 
 
            
 
  868,923   865,638   623,020   618,100 
 
            
 
(1) Amounts due from banks and Loans and advances to customers do not include finance lease receivables.
 
(2) Other assets do not include (deferred) tax assets.
 
(3) Other liabilities do not include (deferred) tax liabilities, pension liabilities, insurance provisions and other provisions.
The estimated fair values correspond with the amounts at which the financial instruments could have been traded on a fair basis at the balance sheet date between knowledgeable, willing parties in arm’s-length transactions. The fair value of financial assets and liabilities is based on quoted market prices, where available. Because substantial trading markets do not exist for all of these financial instruments various techniques have been developed to estimate their approximate fair values. These techniques are subjective in nature and involve various assumptions about the discount rate and the estimates of the amount and timing of the anticipated future cash flows. Changes in these assumptions could significantly affect the estimated fair values. Consequently, the fair values presented may not be indicative of the net realizable value. In addition, the calculation of the estimated fair value is based on market conditions at a specific point in time and may not be indicative of future fair values.
If the estimated fair value is lower than the balance sheet value a review has been performed to
determine that the carrying amount is recoverable.
The following methods and assumptions were used by ING Group to estimate the fair value of the
financial instruments.

F-70


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Cash and balances with central banks
The carrying amount of cash approximates its fair value.
Amounts due from banks
The fair values of receivables from banks are estimated based on discounting future cash flows using available market interest rates offered for receivables with similar characteristics.
Non-trading derivatives
The fair values of derivatives held for non-trading purposes are based on broker/dealer valuations or on internal discounted cash flow pricing models taking into account current cash flow assumptions and the counterparties’ credit standings. The fair values of derivatives held for non-trading purposes generally reflect the estimated amounts that the Group would receive or pay to terminate the contracts at the balance sheet date.
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
The fair values of securities in the trading portfolio and other assets at fair value through profit and loss are based on quoted market prices, where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated based on internal discounted cash flow pricing models taking into account current cash flow assumptions and the counterparties’ credit standings.
Investments
The fair values of equity securities are based on quoted market prices or, if unquoted, on estimated market values generally based on quoted prices for similar securities. Fair values for fixed-interest securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated using values obtained from private pricing services or by discounting expected future cash flows using a current market rate applicable to the yield, credit quality and maturity of the investment.
Loans and advances to customers
For loans and advances that are repriced frequently and have had no significant changes in credit risk, carrying amounts represent a reasonable estimate of fair values. The fair values of other loans are estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using interest rates offered for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings. The fair values of non-performing loans are estimated by discounting the expected cash flows of recoveries.
The fair values of mortgage loans are estimated by discounting future cash flows using interest rates currently being offered for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings. The fair values of fixed-rate policy loans are estimated by discounting cash flows at the interest rates charged on policy loans of similar policies currently being issued. Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes of the calculations. The fair values of variable-rate policy loans approximate their carrying values.
Other assets
The carrying amount of other assets is not materially different than the fair value.
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Preference shares and subordinated loans
The fair value of the subordinated loans is estimated using discounted cash flows based on interest rates that apply to similar instruments.
Investment contracts
For guaranteed investment contracts the fair values have been estimated using a discounted cash flow approach based on interest rates currently being offered for similar contracts with maturities

F-71


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
consistent with those remaining for the contracts being valued. For other investment-type contracts, fair values are estimated based on the cash surrender values.
Amounts due to banks
The fair values of payables to banks are estimated based on discounting future cash flows using
available market interest rates for payables to banks with similar characteristics.
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
The carrying values of customer deposits and other funds on deposit with no stated maturity approximate their fair values. The fair values of deposits with stated maturities have been estimated based on discounting future cash flows using the interest rates currently applicable to deposits of similar maturities.
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
The fair values of securities in the trading portfolio and other liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are based on quoted market prices, where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated based on internal discounted cash flow pricing models taking into account current cash flow assumptions and the counterparties’ credit standings.
Debt securities in issue and other borrowed funds
The fair value of debt securities in issue and other borrowed funds is estimated using discounted cash flows based on current market interest rates for these instruments.
Other liabilities
The carrying amount of other liabilities are stated at their book value which is not materially different than the fair value.

F-72


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
CAPITAL BASE
                         
        Banking        Banking 
  Group  Insurance  2005  Group  Insurance  2004 
Equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company
  36,736           24,069         
Excluding: Revaluation reserves (4)
  (6,304)                    
Preference shares
  296                     
Preference shares issued by group companies (5)
  1,269           1,283         
Goodwill
  (173)          (171)        
Subordinated loans (5)
  6,318           4,109         
 
                      
Capital base ING Group
  38,142           29,290         
 
                        
Core debt (debt raised to finance subsidiaries)
  3,969           3,316         
 
                  
 
  42,111   19,085(1)  23,884(2)  32,606   13,408(1)  19,877 (2)
 
                        
Third-party interests
      1,227   652       1,776   508 
Subordinated loans
                        
ING Verzekeringen N.V.
      2,229           2,526     
Equity components not included in Tier-1 (3)
          (1,128)          (385)
Capital base
                        
 
                    
— ING Verzekeringen N.V.
      22,541           17,710     
— ING Bank N.V. (Tier-1 qualifying capital)
          23,408           20,000 
 
(1) includes EUR 1,792 million (2004: EUR 366 million) of subordinated loans to ING Insurance.
 
(2) includes EUR 5,764 million (2004: EUR 5,026 million) of subordinated loans to ING Bank.
 
(3) includes revaluation reserve and dividend declared but not paid yet.
 
(4) includes revaluation of debt securities (offset by shadow accounting) and the impact of cashflow hedge accounting.
 
(5) includes nominal amounts.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
ING Bank
Capital adequacy and the use of regulatory required capital are based on the guidelines developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the Basel Committee) and European Community Directives, as implemented by the Dutch Central Bank (DNB) for supervisory purposes. The minimum Tier-1 ratio is 4% and the minimum total capital ratio (known as the ‘BIS ratio’) is 8% of all risk-weighted assets, including off-balance sheet items and market risk associated with trading portfolios.

F-73


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Capital position of ING Bank:
         
  2005  2004 
Equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company
  21,331   14,894 
Third-party interests
  482   508 
Subordinated loans qualifying as Tier-1 capital (1)
  5,764   5,026 
Goodwill
  (77)  (43)
Minority interest Record Bank
  170     
Revaluation reserve (2)
  (4,262)  (385)
 
      
Core capital — Tier-1
  23,408   20,000 
 
        
Supplementary capital — Tier-2
  11,605   10,533 
Available Tier-3 funds
  363   357 
Deductions
  (650)  (534)
 
      
Qualifying capital
  34,726   30,356 
 
      
 
        
Risk-weighted assets
  319,653   274,138 
 
        
Tier-1
  7.32%  7.30%
BIS ratio
  10.86%  11.07%
 
(1) subordinated loans qualifying as Tier-1 capital have been placed by ING Groep N.V. with ING Bank N.V.
 
(2) revaluation reserve is deducted as it is not part of Tier-1 capital (included in Tier-2) and includes the cumulative revaluations on investment property.
ING Insurance
European Union directives require insurance companies established in member states of the European Union to maintain minimum capital positions. The capital position of ING Insurance has been measured on the basis of this EU requirement.
Capital position of ING Insurance:
                         
      Non-          Non-    
      Insurance          Insurance    
     companies,         companies,    
  Total ING  core debt &  Insurance  Total ING  core debt &  Insurance 
  Verzekeringen  other elimi-  companies  Verzeke-  other elimi-  companies 
  N.V  nations  2005  ringen N.V.  nations  2004 
Available capital
  22,541   (1,349)  21,192   17,710   (948)  16,762 
Required capital
  8,851       8,851   8,697       8,697 
 
                    
Surplus capital
  13,690       12,341   9,013       8,065 
 
                    
 
                        
Ratio of available versus required capital
  255%      239%  204%      193%

F-74


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING Group
According to an agreement (‘Protocol’) between the Dutch Central Bank and the former Pension & Insurance Board regarding the supervision of financial conglomerates, ING Group is required to have an amount of capital, reserves and subordinated loans which are at least equal to the sum of:
 the required capital for the banking activities; and
 
  the required capital for the insurance activities.
For regulatory purposes certain (external) subordinated loans of ING Bank N.V. and ING Verzekeringen N.V. are included.
Regulatory required capital ING Group:
         
  2005  2004 
Equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company
  36,736   24,069 
Excluding: Revaluation reserves
  (6,304)    
Preference shares
  296     
Preference shares issued by group companies
  1,269   1,283 
Goodwill
  (173)  (171)
Subordinated loans
  6,318   4,109 
 
      
Capital base ING Group
  38,142   29,290 
 
        
Subordinated loans ING Bank N.V. (included in Tier-2)
  10,304   9,951 
Subordinated loans ING Verzekeringen N.V.
  4,052   2,893 
 
      
Capital base including subordinated loans
  52,498   42,134 
 
        
Required capital banking operations
  25,572   21,931 
Required capital insurance operations
  8,851   8,697 
 
      
Surplus capital
  18,075   11,506 
 
      

F-75


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.5. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP
INCOME
22 INTEREST RESULT BANKING OPERATIONS
Net interest income — banking operations:
         
  2005  2004 
Interest income on loans
  18,912   15,846 
Interest income on impaired loans
  (23)  (84)
 
      
Total interest income on loans
  18,889   15,762 
 
        
Interest income on available-for-sale securities
  5,989   6,175 
Interest income on held-to-maturity securities
  639     
Interest income on trading portfolio
  15,237   883 
Interest income on non-trading derivatives
  5,658     
Other interest income
  1,764   2,628 
 
      
Total interest income
  48,176   25,448 
 
        
Interest expense on deposits by banks
  2,371   1,351 
Interest expense on customer deposits and other funds on deposit
  11,960   9,440 
Interest expense on debt securities
  2,911   2,688 
Interest expense on subordinated loans
  1,126   892 
Interest on trading liabilities
  13,369     
Interest on non-trading derivatives
  5,821     
Other interest expense
  1,551   2,336 
 
      
Total interest expense
  39,109   16,707 
 
 
      
 
        
Net interest result
  9,067   8,741 
 
      
The presentation of interest income and interest expense changed in 2005 due to the implementation of IAS 32 and 39. For certain trading derivatives interest income and expense were included in Net trading income in 2004. As of 2005 these are presented as interest income and interest expense as included in Interest result banking operations. This reclassification results in an increase in 2005 in interest income and interest expense of approximately EUR 12 billion. In addition, interest income and expense related to certain non-trading derivatives that were presented net during 2004, are presented gross as of 2005. As a result of this presentation difference, interest income and interest expense in 2005 is approximately EUR 5 billion higher than in 2004.
Interest margin, analysed on a percentage basis of the Netherlands and international operations:
         
  2005  2004 
Netherlands
  1.28   1.35 
International
  0.85   0.90 
Overall
  1.16   1.22 
In 2005, the growth of the average total assets caused an increase of the interest margin amounting to EUR 1,214 million (2004: EUR 1,183 million). The decrease of the interest margin by 6 basis points caused a decrease of the interest result with EUR 345 million (in 2004 the decrease of the interest margin by 9 basis points caused a decrease of the interest result with EUR 453 million).

F-76


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
23 PREMIUM INCOME
Premium income:
         
  2005  2004 
Premium income from life insurance policies
  39,145   36,975 
Premium income from non-life insurance policies
  6,613   6,642 
 
      
 
  45,758   43,617 
 
      
Premium income has been included before deduction of reinsurance and retrocession premiums granted. Premium income excludes premium received for investment contracts, for which deposit accounting is applied.
Effect of reinsurance on premiums written:
                         
        Total        Total 
  Non-life  Life  2005  Non-life  Life  2004 
Direct premiums written, gross
  6,556   37,644   44,200   6,592   35,532   42,124 
Reinsurance assumed premiums written, gross
  57   1,501   1,558   50   1,443   1,493 
 
                  
Total gross premiums written
  6,613   39,145   45,758   6,642   36,975   43,617 
 
Reinsurance ceded
  526   2,031   2,557   756   1,619   2,375 
 
                  
 
  6,087   37,114   43,201   5,886   35,356   41,242 
 
                  
Effect of reinsurance on non-life premiums earned:
         
  2005  2004 
Direct premiums earned, gross
  6,712   6,492 
Reinsurance assumed premiums earned, gross
  57   50 
 
      
Total gross premiums earned
  6,769   6,542 
 
        
Reinsurance ceded
  636   729 
 
      
 
  6,133   5,813 
 
      

F-77


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Premium income from life insurance policies:
                         
      Rein-  Own      Rein-  Own 
      surers’  account      surers’  account 
  Gross  share  2005  Gross  share  2004 
Policies for which the insurer bears the investment risk
  19,894   808   19,086   19,119   783   18,336 
Policies for which the policyholder bears the investment risk
  17,750   59   17,691   16,413   53   16,360 
 
                  
Total direct business
  37,644   867   36,777   35,532   836   34,696 
 
                        
Indirect business
  2,353   2,016   337   2,090   1,430   660 
 
                  
 
  39,997   2,883   37,114   37,622   2,266   35,356 
 
                        
Eliminations
  852   852       647   647     
 
                  
 
  39,145   2,031   37,114   36,975   1,619   35,356 
 
                  

F-78


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Premiums written from direct life business:
                         
   Policies for which the insurer Policies for which the 
   bears the investment risk policyholder bears the investment risk 
      Rein-          Rein-   
      surers’  Own      surers’  Own 
2005 Gross  share  account  Gross  share  account 
PERIODIC PREMIUMS
                        
Individual policies
                        
— without profit sharing
  9,368   679   8,689   3,843   2   3,841 
— with profit sharing
  2,438   49   2,389             
 
                  
 
  11,806   728   11,078   3,843   2   3,841 
 
                        
Group policies
                        
— without profit sharing
  2,430   66   2,364   6,258   24   6,234 
— with profit sharing
  690   10   680             
 
                  
 
  3,120   76   3,044   6,258   24   6,234 
 
                        
 
                  
Total periodic premiums
  14,926   804   14,122   10,101   26   10,075 
 
                        
SINGLE PREMIUMS
                        
Individual policies
                        
— without profit sharing
  904   1   903   5,685   22   5,663 
— with profit sharing
  2,965       2,965             
 
                  
 
  3,869   1   3,868   5,685   22   5,663 
 
                        
Group policies
                        
— without profit sharing
  563       563   1,964   11   1,953 
— with profit sharing
  536   3   533             
 
                  
 
  1,099   3   1,096   1,964   11   1,953 
 
                        
 
                  
Total single premiums
  4,968   4   4,964   7,649   33   7,616 
 
                        
 
                  
Total life business premiums
  19,894   808   19,086   17,750   59   17,691 
 
                  
Total single premiums includes EUR 520 million in 2005 from profit sharing.

F-79


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Premiums written from direct life business:
                         
   Policies for which the insurer   Policies for which the 
   bears the investment risk   policyholder bears the investment risk 
      Rein-          Rein-    
      surers’  Own      surers’  Own 
2004 Gross  share  account  Gross  share  account 
PERIODIC PREMIUMS
                        
Individual policies
                        
– without profit sharing
  6,605   632   5,973   3,566   1   3,565 
– with profit sharing
  4,213   74   4,139             
 
                  
 
  10,818   706   10,112   3,566   1   3,565 
 
                        
Group policies
                        
– without profit sharing
  2,223   58   2,165   6,653   37   6,616 
– with profit sharing
  802   14   788             
 
                  
 
  3,025   72   2,953   6,653   37   6,616 
 
                        
 
                  
Total periodic premiums
  13,843   778   13,065   10,219   38   10,181 
 
                        
SINGLE PREMIUMS
                        
Individual policies
                        
– without profit sharing
  1,476   1   1,475   4,011   1   4,010 
– with profit sharing
  2,716       2,716             
 
                  
 
  4,192   1   4,191   4,011   1   4,010 
 
                        
Group policies:
                        
– without profit sharing
  677       677   2,183   14   2,169 
– with profit sharing
  407   4   403             
 
                  
 
  1,084   4   1,080   2,183   14   2,169 
 
                        
 
                  
Total single premiums
  5,276   5   5,271   6,194   15   6,179 
 
                        
 
                  
Total life business premiums
  19,119   783   18,336   16,413   53   16,360 
 
                  
Total single premiums includes EUR 457 million in 2004 from profit sharing.

F-80


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Non-life insurance policies by class of business:
                             
                  Acquisi-       
                  tion       
                  costs  Net    
                  and other  reinsu-    
  Gross  Gross  Gross  Operat-  under-  rance    
  pre-  pre-  claims  ing  writing  income/  Opera- 
  miums  miums  expen-  expen-  expen-  (expen-  tional 
2005 written  earned(2)  ses  ses  diture(3)  ses)  result 
Health
  1,154   1,118   915   144   122   32   92 
Accident(1)
  780   803   470   128   98   (7)  268 
Third-party liability motor
  927   946   544   132   118   (10)  272 
Other motor
  1,442   1,467   723   170   240   12   379 
Marine and aviation
  109   127   56   17   17   (26)  11 
Fire and other property losses
  1,503   1,551   1,287   242   324   365   101 
General liability
  406   408   156   88   85   (16)  137 
Credit and suretyship
  61   64   24   13   10   (11)  10 
Legal assistance
  40   40   22   13   6         
Miscellaneous financial losses
  134   188   158   25   24   1   17 
Indirect business
  57   57   44   6   15   12   22 
 
                     
 
  6,613   6,769   4,399   978   1,059   352   1,309 
 
                     
 
(1) including disability insurance products.
(2) excluding reinsurance.
(3) including other underwriting income.

F-81


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Non-life insurance policies by class of business:
                             
                  Acquisi-       
                  tion       
                  costs  Net    
                  and other  reinsu-    
  Gross  Gross  Gross  Operat-  under-  rance    
  pre-  pre-  claims  ing  writing  income/  Opera- 
  miums  miums  expen-  expen-  expen-  (expen-  tional 
2004 written  earned(2)  ses  ses  diture(3)  ses)  result 
Health
  1,097   1,078   785   127   169   (50)  77 
Accident(1)
  872   857   507   125   111   5   271 
Third-party liability motor
  840   839   556   106   94   (10)  94 
Other motor
  1,335   1,344   663   161   204   (5)  362 
Marine and aviation
  141   142   55   18   22   (38)  9 
Fire and other property losses
  1,489   1,495   681   228   306   (135)  156 
General liability
  438   430   228   69   89   (46)  20 
Credit and suretyship
  57   54   3   10   10   (14)  20 
Legal assistance
  35   35   25   13   6       (8)
Miscellaneous financial losses
  288   217   109   22   28   (49)  509 
Indirect business
  50   51   24   4   (49)  (5)  99 
 
                     
 
  6,642   6,542   3,636   883   990   (347)  1,609 
 
                     
 
(1) including disability insurance products.
(2) excluding reinsurance.
(3) including other underwriting income.

F-82


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
24 INCOME FROM INVESTMENTS
Investment income by insurance and banking operations:
                         
      Insurance      Banking        
      operations      operations      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Income from disposal of group companies
  (25)  480   415   (143)  390   337 
Income from investment property
  206   287   194   248   400   535 
Movement in fair value of investment property
  143   137   59   62   202   199 
Income from investments in equity securities
  479   425   71   151   550   576 
Income from investments in debt securities
  5,757   5,302           5,757   5,302 
Income from loans
                        
– personal loans
  259   332           259   332 
– mortgage loans
  1,695   1,664           1,695   1,664 
– policy loans
  223   171           223   171 
– other
  427   614   12       439   614 
 
                  
 
  9,164   9,412   751   318   9,915   9,730 
 
                  
25 GAINS AND LOSSES FROM INVESTMENTS
                         
      Insurance      Banking        
      operations      operations      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Realized result on disposal of equity securities
  511   604   171       682   604 
Realized result on disposal of debt securities
  245       60       305     
Impairments of available-for-sale equity securities
  (46)      (45)  45   (91)  45 
Impairments of available-for-sale debt securities
  34               34     
 
                  
 
  744   604   186   45   930   649 
 
                  
25 COMMISSION INCOME
Fee and commission income:
                         
      Insurance      Banking        
      operations      operations      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Funds transfer
          645   620   645   620 
Securities business
          905   946   905   946 
Insurance broking
  890   136   115   136   1,005   272 
Management fees
  1,420   1,156   787   869   2,207   2,025 
Brokerage and advisory fees
  167       152   140   319   140 
Other
  119   1,032   645   624   764   1,656 
 
                  
 
  2,596   2,324   3,249   3,335   5,845   5,659 
 
                  

F-83


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Fee and commission expenses:
                         
      Insurance      Banking        
      operations      operations      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Funds transfer
          56   45   56   45 
Securities business
          264   281   264   281 
Insurance broking
  500   19           500   19 
Management fees
  686   686   139   103   825   789 
Brokerage and advisory fees
  10       6   1   16   1 
Other
  54   419   383   326   437   745 
 
                  
 
  1,250   1,124   848   756   2,098   1,880 
 
                  
 
 
27 VALUATION RESULTS FROM NON-TRADING DERIVATIVES
 
 
      Insurance      Banking        
      operations      operations      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Change in fair value of derivatives – fair value hedges
  87       (425)      (338)    
Change in fair value of derivatives – cash-flow hedges (ineffective portion)
          (1)      (1)    
Change in fair value of derivatives – hedges of net investment in foreign entities (ineffective portion)
  (16)              (16)    
Change in fair value of other non-trading derivatives
  (152)      296       144     
 
                  
 
                        
Net result on non-trading derivatives
  (81)      (130)      (211)    
 
                        
Change in fair value of assets and liabilities (hedged items)
  (98)      467       369     
Valuation results on assets and liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss (excluding trading)
          (111)      (111)    
 
                  
Net valuation results
  (179)      226       47     
 
                  
 
 
28 NET TRADING INCOME
 
 
      Insurance      Banking        
      operations      operations      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Results from securities trading
  84   323   660   365   744   688 
Results from foreign exchange transactions
  (87)  (72)  378   566   291   494 
Other
  9   12   (618)  (306)  (609)  (294)
 
                  
 
  6   263   420   625   426   888 
 
                  

F-84


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Results from foreign currency exchange transactions include gains and losses from spot and forward contracts, options, futures, and translated foreign currency assets and liabilities. Results from securities trading includes the results of making markets in instruments such as government securities, equity securities, corporate debt securities, money-market instruments, interest rate derivatives such as swaps, options, futures and forward contracts.
The portion of trading gains and losses for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 that related to trading securities still held at December 31, amounts to EUR 7 million and EUR 154 million respectively.
29 OTHER INCOME
                         
      Insurance      Banking        
      operations      operations      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Share of profit from associates
  401   195   140   34   541   229 
Operating lease income
          72   112   72   112 
Negative goodwill
              26       26 
Other
  149   150   489   238   638   388 
 
                  
 
  550   345   701   410   1,251   755 
 
                  

F-85


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
EXPENDITURE
30 UNDERWRITING EXPENDITURE
         
  2005  2004 
EXPENDITURE FROM LIFE UNDERWRITING
        
Reinsurance and retrocession premiums
  2,031   1,619 
Gross benefits
  22,129   25,774 
Reinsurance recoveries
  (1,625)  (929)
Movements in other insurance provisions for own account
  15,824   11,098 
Costs of acquiring insurance business
  1,060   1,324 
Other underwriting expenditure
  364   713 
Profit sharing and rebates
  2,214   684 
 
      
 
  41,997   40,283 
 
        
EXPENDITURE FROM NON-LIFE UNDERWRITING
        
Reinsurance and retrocession premiums
  526   756 
Gross claims
  4,343   3,598 
Reinsurance recoveries
  (775)  (303)
Movements in the provision for unearned premiums
  (46)  73 
Movements in the claims provision
  (49)  58 
Costs of acquiring insurance business
  1,012   951 
Other underwriting expenditure
  (52)  (32)
 
      
 
  4,959   5,101 
 
        
EXPENDITURE FROM INVESTMENT CONTRACTS
        
Costs of acquiring investment contracts
  53     
Profit sharing and rebates
  17     
Other movements in investment contract liabilities
  94     
 
      
 
  164     
 
        
 
      
 
  47,120   45,384 
 
      
Profit sharing and rebates:
         
  2005  2004 
Distributions on account of interest or underwriting results
  1,824   313 
Bonuses added to policies
  379   371 
Deferred profit sharing expense
  11     
 
      
 
  2,214   684 
 
      
Underwriting expenditure includes an amount of EUR 3,956 million in 2005 (2004: EUR 4,258 million) in respect of commission paid and payable with regard to the insurance operations. Amortization of deferred costs of acquiring new business amounted to EUR 1,475 million in 2005 (2004: EUR 2,031 million).
Expenditure from Life underwriting includes an amount of EUR 220 million in 2005 (EUR 100 million in 2004) in relation to reserve strengthening for Insurance Asia Pacific as further described under Segment Reporting.

F-86


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING transferred part of their life insurance business to Scottish Re in 2004 by means of a co-insurance contract. ING recorded a loss amounting to EUR 160 million in Underwriting expenditure in 2004 on the transaction. This loss represented the reduction of the related deferred acquisition costs. In addition, an amount of EUR 240 million will be amortized over the life of the underlying business, starting in 2005 and gradually decreasing in subsequent years as the business runs off. The amount amortized in 2005 amounts to EUR 34 million. The cumulative amortization recognized amounts to EUR 34 million.
The underwriting expenditure regarding investment income for risk of policyholders of EUR 5,074 million (2004:EUR 2,309 million) has not been recognized as an expense in Underwriting expenditure. Accordingly, the equal amount of related income has also not been recognized in Income from investments and Gains and losses from investments.
31 OTHER IMPAIRMENTS
Other impairment losses and reversals of impairments recognized in the profit and loss account:
                        
      Impairment      Reversals of       
      losses      impairments      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004 2005   2004 
Property and equipment
  82   22   (27)     55   22 
Other intangible assets
  21              21     
 
                 
 
  103   22   (27)     76   22 
 
                 
Impairments on Loans and advances to customers are presented under Additions to the provision for loan losses. Impairments on investments are presented under Gains and losses from investments.
32 STAFF COSTS
                         
      Insurance      Banking        
      operations      operations      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Salaries
  2,038   1,928   3,286   3,308   5,324   5,236 
Pension and other staff related liability costs
  143   144   256   484   399   628 
Social security costs
  214   191   444   426   658   617 
Share-based compensation arrangements
  36   19   33   57   69   76 
Other staff costs
  470   404   726   706   1,196   1,110 
 
                  
 
  2,901   2,686   4,745   4,981   7,646   7,667 
 
                  

F-87


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Pension and other staff related liability costs:
                                 
          Post-retirement               
          benefits other               
      Pension  than pensions      Other      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Current service cost
  477   434   42   31   32   6   551   471 
Past service cost
  192               5       197     
Interest cost
  643   699   40   35   35   14   718   748 
Expected return on assets
  (710)  (686)           (22)  (11)  (732)  (697)
Effect of curtailment or settlement
  (12)  (3)  (396)      (3)      (411)  (3)
 
                        
Defined benefit post-employment plans
  590   444   (314)  66   47   9   323   519 
 
                                
Defined contribution plans
                          76   109 
 
                              
 
                          399   628 
 
                              
Contributions to defined contribution plans are generally determined as a percentage of pay.
The actual return on the plan assets amounted to EUR 1,583 million (2004: EUR 871 million).
Remuneration of Senior Management, Executive Board and Supervisory Board
The information on share based payment plans and remuneration of the members of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board is included in “Item 6 Directors, Senior Management and Employees”.
Stock option and share plans
ING Group has granted option rights on ING Group shares and conditional rights on depositary receipts for ING shares to a number of senior executives (members of the Executive Board, general managers and other officers nominated by the Executive Board), to all ING Group staff in the Netherlands and to a considerable number of employees outside the Netherlands. The purpose of the option and share schemes, apart from promoting a lasting growth of ING Group, is to attract, retain and motivate senior executives and staff.
ING Group holds directly or indirectly its own shares in order to fulfil the obligations with regard to the existing stock option plan and to hedge the position risk of the options concerned (so-called delta hedge). As at December 31, 2005, 38,722,934 (2004: 29,427,538) own shares were held in connection to the option plan compared to 85,128,950 options outstanding. As a result the granted option rights were (delta-) hedged, taking into account the following parameters: strike price, opening price, zero coupon interest rate, dividend yield, expected volatility and employee behaviour. The hedge is rebalanced regularly at predetermined points in time.
Exposure arising out of the share plan is not hedged. The obligations with regard to these plans will be funded by issuing own shares.
The option rights are valid for a period of five or ten years. Option rights, that are not exercised within this period, lapse. Option rights granted will remain valid until expiry date, even if the option scheme is discontinued. The option rights are subject to certain conditions, including a certain continuous period of service. The exercise prices of the options are the same as the quoted prices of ING Group shares at the date on which the options are granted.
The entitlement to the depositary receipts for ING shares is granted conditionally. If the participant remains in employment for an uninterrupted period of three years from the grant date, the entitlement becomes unconditional. In 2005 73,500 shares have been granted to the members of the Executive

F-88


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Board and 2,907,101 shares have been granted to senior management and other employees remaining in the service of ING Group.
Each year, the ING Group Executive Board will take a decision as to whether the option and share schemes are to be continued and, if so, to what extent.
Movements in option rights, both outstanding and nonvested:
                 
          Weighted average 
   Options outstanding   exercise price 
  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  81,010,410   83,187,633   24.97   26.39 
Granted
  15,734,031   13,568,410   23.28   18.71 
Exercised
  2,820,253   918,566   21.15   16.96 
Forfeited
  298,315   940,054   23.60   20.05 
Expired
  8,496,923   13,887,013   30.26   29.45 
 
            
Closing balance
  85,128,950   81,010,410   24.42   24.98 
 
            
                 
           Weighted 
           average grant 
   Options nonvested   date fair value 
  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  48,317,040   51,392,079   4.85   6.21 
Granted
  15,734,031   11,435,785   3.49   3.55 
Vested
  22,394,188   14,085,603   6.11   8.80 
Forfeited
  249,751   425,221   3.54   3.64 
 
            
Closing balance
  41,407,132   48,317,040   3.65   4.85 
 
            
Summary of stock options outstanding and exercisable as at December 31, 2005:
                         
      Weighted      Options  Weighted    
  Options  average  Weighted  exercisable  average  Weighted 
Range of outstanding  remaining  average  as at  remaining  average 
exercise price as at December  contractual  exercise  December  contractual  exercise 
in euros 31, 2005  life  price  31, 2005  life  price 
00.00—15.00
  16,872,752   7.18   12.71   2,423,643   7.20   12.89 
15.00—20.00
  10,797,877   8.20   18.69   301,461   7.97   18.70 
20.00—25.00
  15,423,891   9.23   23.25   172,095   8.11   23.21 
25.00—30.00
  27,110,926   5.28   28.59   25,901,115   5.21   28.57 
30.00—35.00
  361,530   2.86   33.15   361,530   2.86   33.15 
35.00—40.00
  14,561,974   3.48   35.47   14,561,974   3.48   35.47 
The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2005 was EUR 4.88 and EUR 10.72, respectively.
As of December 31, 2005 there was EUR 50 million (2004: EUR 24 million) of total unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2 years (2004: 1.8 years).

F-89


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The fair value of options granted is recorded as an expense under personnel expenses and is allocated over the vesting period of the options. The fair values of the option awards have been determined by using an option-pricing model. This model takes the risk free interest rate into account (ranging from 3.12% to 3.46%), as well as the expected life of the options granted, the exercise price, the current share price, the expected volatility of the certificates of ING Group shares and the expected dividends in the range of EUR 1.07 to EUR 1.12.
Due to timing differences in granting option rights and buying shares to hedge them, results can occur if shares are purchased at a different price than the exercise price of the options. These results are recognized in Shareholders’ equity. However, ING Group does not intentionally create a position and occurring positions are closed as soon as possible. If option rights expire, the results on the (sale of) shares which were bought to hedge these option rights are either debited or credited to Shareholders’ equity.
Movements in Share awards:
                 
          Weighted 
          average grant 
  Share awards  date fair value 
  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  3,715,896       19.37     
Granted
  2,980,601   3,792,509   27.50   19.38 
Vested
  152,006       20.26     
Forfeited
  45,022   76,613   24.71   19.37 
 
            
Closing balance
  6,499,469   3,715,896   22.92   19.38 
 
            
The fair value of share awards granted is recorded as an expense under personnel expenses and is allocated over the vesting period of the share awards. The fair values of share awards have been determined by using a Monte Carlo Simulation based valuation model. The model takes into account the risk free interest rate and for performance shares the current stock prices, expected volatilities and current divided yields of the performance peer group used to determine ING’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) ranking.
As of December 31, 2005 there was EUR 81 million (2004: EUR 51 million) of total unrecognized compensation costs related to share awards. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.9 years (2004: 2.2 years).
33       OTHER INTEREST EXPENSES
Other interest expenses mainly consist of interest in connection with the insurance operations, including interest on the perpetual subordinated loans.
Other interest expenses includes EUR 14 million and EUR 111 million dividends paid on preference shares and trust preferred securities (2004: nil and EUR 136 million).

F-90


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
34      OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES
                         
      Insurance      Banking        
      operations      operations      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Depreciation of property and equipment
  113   114   376   311   489   425 
Computer costs
  319   211   669   663   988   874 
Office expenses
  595   633   622   646   1,217   1,279 
Travel and accommodation expenses
  104   91   133   115   237   206 
Advertising and public relations
  150   128   619   566   769   694 
External advisory fees
  505   435   356   274   861   709 
Other
  470   419   1,172   1,157   1,642   1,576 
 
                  
 
  2,256   2,031   3,947   3,732   6,203   5,763 
 
                        
Addition/(releases) of provision for reorganization and relocation
  38   29   86   82   124   111 
 
                  
 
  2,294   2,060   4,033   3,814   6,327   5,874 
 
                  
Other operating expenses include lease and sublease payments in respect to operating leases in which ING is the lessee.
35     TAXATION
Taxation by type:
                         
      Inter-  Total  Nether-  Inter-  Total 
  Netherlands  national  2005  lands  national  2004 
Current taxation
  855   388   1,243   1,025   315   1,340 
Deferred taxation
  (2)  138   136   212   157   369 
 
                  
 
  853   526   1,379   1,237   472   1,709 
 
                  
Reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to ING Group’s effective income tax rate:
         
  2005  2004 
Result before taxation
  8,894   7,740 
Statutory tax rate
  31.5%  34.5%
 
      
Statutory tax amount
  2,802   2,670 
 
        
Associates exemption
  (386)  (460)
Other income not subject to tax
  (222)  (10)
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
  37   1 
Differences caused by different foreign tax rates
  29   (120)
Adjustment to prior periods
  (77)    
Change in tax rates
  (2)    
Deferred tax benefit from previously unrecognized amounts
  (413)    
Current tax benefit from previously unrecognized amounts
  (418)    
Write down and reversal of deferred tax assets
  2     
Other
  27   (372)
 
      
Effective tax amount
  1,379   1,709 
 
        
Effective tax rate
  15.5%  22.1%

F-91


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
36      EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE
                         
          Weighted    
          average number    
          of ordinary shares    
          outstanding during  Net profit per 
  Net profit  the period  ordinary share 
  (in millions of euros)  (in millions)  (in euros) 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
 
                        
Net profit
  7,210   5,755   2,169.5   2,125.3   3.32   2.71 
Due to the absence of dilutive effects, the net profit equals the diluted profit.
37       DIVIDEND PER ORDINARY SHARE
         
      Total 
      amount of 
      dividend 
  Per  paid 
  ordinary share  (in millions 
  (in euros)  of euros) 
 
        
2005(1)
  1.18   2,588 
2004
  1.07   2,359 
 
(1) the Executive Board, with the approval of the Supervisory Board, has proposed, subject to the ratification by the General Meeting of Shareholders, a dividend of EUR 1.18 per share for the year 2005. Following the decision of the General Meeting of Shareholders with regard to the profit appropriation, the final dividend will become payable on May 4, 2006.

F-92


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.6. SEGMENT REPORTING
PRIMARY REPORTING FORMAT — BUSINESS SEGMENTS
ING Group’s business segments relate to the internal segmentation by business lines. These include the business lines: Retail Banking, Wholesale Banking, ING Direct, Insurance Americas, Insurance Europe and Insurance Asia-Pacific. Other mainly includes items not directly attributable to the business lines.
Each business line is headed by a member of the Executive Board. The Executive Board sets the performance targets and approves and monitors the budgets prepared by the business lines. Business lines formulate strategic, commercial and financial policy in conformity with the strategy and performance targets set by the Executive Board.
The accounting principles of the business segments are the same as those described under Accounting principles for the consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account. Transfer prices for inter-segment transactions are set at arm’s length. Corporate expenses are allocated to business lines based on time spent by head office personnel, the relative number of staff or on the basis of income and/or assets of the segment.
ING Group evaluates the results of its business segments using a financial performance measure called underlying profit before taxation. Underlying profit before taxation is defined as profit before taxation excluding the impact of divestments and special items.
SECONDARY REPORTING FORMAT – GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENTS
ING Group’s six business lines operate in seven main geographical areas: Netherlands, Belgium, Rest of Europe, North America, Latin America, Asia and Australia. Geographical distribution of income is based on the origin of revenue.

F-93


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
BUSINESS SEGMENTS
                                         
          Insu-  Whole-                     
  Insu-  Insu-  rance  sale  Retail          Total       
  rance  rance  Asia/  Ban-  Ban-  ING      seg-  Elimi-  Total 
2005 Europe  Americas   Pacific  king  king  Direct  Other  ments  nations  Group 
Total income
 
Income — external
  15,844   28,032   13,168   6,808   5,611   1,830   (152)  71,141       71,141 
Income — inter-segment
  201   4   31   (851)  185   289   641   500   (500)    
 
                              
 
  16,045   28,036   13,199   5,957   5,796   2,119   489   71,641   (500)  71,141 
 
                              
 
                                        
Segment profit before taxation
  2,031   1,941   478   2,599   1,877   617   (649)  8,894       8,894 
Divestments
  (10)  38   (31)  (323)  (62)          (388)      (388)
 
                              
 
                                        
Underlying profit before taxation
  2,021   1,979   447   2,276   1,815   617   (649)  8,506       8,506 
 
                              
 
                                        
Segment assets
  113,900   165,719   48,326   677,869   311,382   233,412   27,856   1,578,464   (419,825)  1,158,639 
 
                                        
Segment liabilities
  101,855   158,330   44,697   669,352   307,990   230,346   21,018   1,533,588   (413,374)  1,120,214 
 
                                        
Depreciation and amortization
  405   934   613   181   229   63       2,425       2,425 
Impairments
  29   15   19   75   6           144       144 
Reversal of impairments
      41   1   15   12           69       69 
 
                                        
Share in profit or loss of associates
  346   12   34   134   6       9   541       541 
Book value of associates
  2,421   15   1   1,114   45   2   24   3,622       3,622 
At December 31, 2005 the segment Insurance Asia Pacific had a net reserve inadequacy using a prudent (90%) confidence level, and, in line with Group Policy, is taking measures to improve adequacy in that region. This inadequacy was offset by reserve adequacies in other segments, such that at the Group level there is a net adequacy at the prudent (90%) confidence level.

F-94


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                         
          Insu-  Whole-                     
  Insu-  Insu-  rance  sale  Retail          Total       
  rance  rance  Asia/  Ban-  Ban-  ING      seg-  Elimi-  Total 
2004 Europe  Americas  Pacific  king  king  Direct  Other  ments  nations  Group 
Total income Income – external
  16,011   28,080   10,469   7,251   4,454   1,177   717   68,159       68,159 
Income – inter - -segment
  30   4   21   (1,380)  608   532   535   350   (350)    
 
                              
 
  16,041   28,084   10,490   5,871   5,062   1,709   1,252   68,509   (350)  68,159 
 
                              
 
                                        
Segment profit before taxation
  1,623   1,692   756   1,945   1,175   435   114   7,740       7,740 
Divestments
      (91)  (281)  106   (7)          (273)      (273)
Special items
  (11)          41           (372)  (342)      (342)
 
                              
 
                                        
Underlying profit before taxation
  1,612   1,601   475   2,092   1,168   435   (258)  7,125       7,125 
 
                              
 
                                        
Segment assets
  100,258   132,101   31,622   474,948   252,450   170,001   35,808   1,197,188   (320,797)  876,391 
 
                                        
Segment liabilities
  90,947   126,156   28,998   465,700   249,949   167,731   20,144   1,149,625   (300,784)  848,841 
 
                                        
Depreciation and amortization
  348   1,427   440   220   220   49   12   2,716       2,716 
Impairments
  14   52   3   52   31           152       152 
 
                                        
Share in profit or loss of associates
  147   35   10   28   (6)      15   229       229 
Book value of associates
  1,311   14   33   791   41   10   463   2,663       2,663 
Special items in 2004 comprise results from foreign currency hedges, restructuring provisions for Wholesale Banking and a gain on old insurance business.
Interest income (external) and interest expense (external) breakdown per business line:
                                 
      Insu-  Insu-  Whole-              
  Insu-  rance  rance  sale  Retail           
  rance  Ame-  Asia/  Ban-  Ban-  ING      Total 
  Europe  ricas  Pacific  king  king  Direct  Other  Group 
2005
                                
Interest income
  3,658   4,492   856   30,092   10,200   8,154   (289)  57,163 
Interest expense
  115   341   4   25,326   7,067   6,528   769   40,150 
 
                        
 
  3,543   4,151   852   4,766   3,133   1,626   (1,058)  17,013 
 
                        
 
                                
2004
                                
Interest income
  3,341   4,332   671   12,988   6,328   6,141   (5)  33,796 
Interest expense
  124   320   5   8,637   2,848   5,077   777   17,788 
 
                        
 
  3,217   4,012   666   4,351   3,480   1,064   (782)  16,008 
 
                        

F-95


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
GEOGRAPHICAL SEGMENTS
Geographical segments of ING Group:
                                     
  Nether-      Rest of  North  Latin              Total 
2005 -lands  Belgium  Europe  America  America  Asia  Australia  Other  Group 
Total income
 
Income — external
   16,791   5,142   5,588   26,871   2,771   12,997   789   324   71,273 
Income — inter-segment
  217   (358)  460   (161)  55   89   21   (455)  (132)
 
                           
 
  17,008   4,784   6,048   26,710   2,826   13,086   810   (131)  71,141 
 
                           
 
                                    
Segment profit before taxation
  3,566   1,383   1,123   2,434   168   361   336   (477)  8,894 
 
                                    
Segment assets
  271,096   165,590   329,198   275,661   19,653   64,176   26,832   6,433   1,158,639 
Geographical segments of ING Group:
                                     
  Nether-      Rest of  North  Latin              Total 
2004 -lands  Belgium  Europe  America  America  Asia  Australia  Other  Group 
Total income
 
Income — external
   16,768   5,402   4,666   26,578   2,735   8,891   1,980   1,260   68,280 
Income — inter-segment
  (223)  (236)  453   (29)  23   63   24   (196)  (121)
 
                           
 
  16,545   5,166   5,119   26,549   2,758   8,954   2,004   1,064   68,159 
 
                           
 
                                    
Segment profit before taxation
  2,881   808   506   1,732   237   283   541   752   7,740 
 
                                    
Segment assets
  195,646   136,318   258,479   204,663   12,646   44,851   21,271   2,516   876,390 
Income by geographical area:
                                 
      Insurance      Banking               
      operations      operations  Eliminations      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Netherlands
  11,509   11,235   5,532   5,310   33       17,008   16,545 
Belgium
  2,518   2,877   2,266   2,289           4,784   5,166 
Rest of Europe
  2,157   1,813   3,891   3,306           6,048   5,119 
North America
  25,408   25,397   1,302   1,152           26,710   26,549 
Latin America
  2,675   2,643   151   115           2,826   2,758 
Asia
  12,648   8,644   438   310           13,086   8,954 
Australia
  543   1,814   267   190           810   2,004 
Other
  844   1,678   2   6           846   1,684 
 
                        
 
  58,302   56,101   13,849   12,678   33       72,118   68,779 
Income between geographical areas (1)
  (878)  (499)          99   121   (977)  (620)
 
                        
 
  57,424   55,602   13,849   12,678   132   121   71,141   68,159 
 
                        
 
(1) mainly related to reinsurance premiums ceded between group companies in different geographical areas.

F-96


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Income from the insurance operations by geographical area:
                                 
          Non-life  Investment        
  Life premiums written  premiums written  income(1)      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Netherlands
  5,449   5,822   1,642   1,693   4,418   3,720   11,509   11,235 
Belgium
  1,630   2,115   318   324   570   438   2,518   2,877 
Rest of Europe
  1,617   1,367   46   48   494   398   2,157   1,813 
North America
  17,624   17,923   3,099   2,741   4,685   4,733   25,408   25,397 
Latin America
  567   506   1,454   1,591   654   546   2,675   2,643 
Asia
  12,064   8,009   41   37   543   598   12,648   8,644 
Australia
  181   1,223       200   362   391   543   1,814 
Other
  15   13   133   142   696   1,523   844   1,678 
 
                        
 
  39,147   36,978   6,733   6,776   12,422   12,347   58,302   56,101 
 
                                
Income between geographical areas (2)
  (2)  (3)  (120)  (134)  (756)  (362)  (878)  (499)
 
                        
 
  39,145   36,975   6,613   6,642   11,666   11,985   57,424   55,602 
 
                        
 
(1) including commission and other income.
 
(2) mainly related to reinsurance premiums ceded between group companies in different geographical areas.
Profit before taxation by geographical area:
                         
      Insurance      Banking        
      operations      operations      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Netherlands
  1,714   1,201   1,693   1,680   3,407   2,881 
Belgium
  192   128   790   680   982   808 
Rest of Europe
  263   179   1,317   327   1,580   506 
North America
  1,443   1,142   705   590   2,148   1,732 
Latin America
  152   197   78   40   230   237 
Asia
  275   287   170   (4)  445   283 
Australia
  195   436   162   105   357   541 
Other
  (256)  752   1       (255)  752 
 
                  
 
  3,978   4,322   4,916   3,418   8,894   7,740 
 
                  
Profit before taxation from the Insurance operations by geographical area:
                         
      Life      Non-life      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Netherlands
  1,324   934   390   267   1,714   1,201 
Belgium
  139   111   53   17   192   128 
Rest of Europe
  256   168   7   11   263   179 
North America
  623   362   820   780   1,443   1,142 
Latin America
  98   99   54   98   152   197 
Asia
  269   284   6   3   275   287 
Australia
  195   162       274   195   436 
Other
  (238)  527   (18)  225   (256)  752 
 
                  
 
  2,666   2,647   1,312   1,675   3,978   4,322 
 
                  

F-97


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Geographical analysis of claims, cost ratio and combined ratio for non-life insurance policies:
                         
      Claims ratio      Cost ratio      Combined ratio 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Netherlands
  56.0   60.6   39.0   36.8   95.0   97.4 
Belgium
  66.8   71.1   34.1   36.7   100.9   107.8 
Rest of Europe
  51.5   46.1   41.8   35.8   93.3   81.9 
North America
  59.7   61.0   29.4   27.6   89.1   88.6 
Latin America
  75.8   71.8   28.4   27.6   104.2   99.4 
Asia
  52.5   56.6   40.3   40.9   92.8   97.5 
Australia
      46.3       28.0       74.3 
Other
  119.7   62.8   14.6   16.4   134.3   79.2 
 
                  
Total
  62.7   63.0   31.9   30.6   94.6   93.6 
 
                  
The claims ratio is the claims, including claims handling expenses, expressed as a percentage of net earned premiums. The cost ratio is the costs expressed as a percentage of net premiums written. The claims ratio and the cost ratio together form the combined ratio. A combined ratio of more than 100% does not necessarily mean that there is a loss on non-life insurance policies, because the result also includes the allocated investment income.
Deferred acquisition costs of insurance business by geographical area:
                                 
      Investment      Life      Non-life        
      contracts      insurance      insurance      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Netherlands
          460   442   61   61   521   503 
Belgium
          43   47   16   18   59   65 
Rest of Europe
          221   209   4   4   225   213 
North America
          4,863   6,001   292   246   5,155   6,247 
Latin America
          97   74   115   99   212   173 
Asia
          3,359   3,226   2   1   3,361   3,227 
Australia
  71                       71     
 
                        
 
  71       9,043   9,999   490   429   9,604   10,428 
 
                        

F-98


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Insurance provisions own account by geographical area:
                                         
              Insurance                      
              provisions for                      
              policies for which                      
      Provision for      the policyholders                      
      life policy      bear the                      
      liabilities      investment risk   Claims provision      Other      Total 
  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004  2005  2004 
Netherlands
  39,564   39,264   17,065   15,472   3,224   3,364   2,778   874   62,631   58,974 
Belgium
  7,731   6,732   175   3,248   540   510   893   181   9,339   10,671 
Rest of Europe
  5,272   4,479   1,808   1,708   28   26   484   70   7,592   6,283 
North America
  53,411   52,395   59,956   46,912   3,538   2,994   1,763   1,404   118,668   103,705 
Latin America
  3,021   2,168   54   66   301   232   692   572   4,068   3,038 
Asia
  22,534   16,586   10,473   4,251   26   21   495   272   33,528   21,130 
Australia
  96   75       5,999                   96   6,074 
Other
  (4)              545   231   106   1   647   232 
 
                              
 
  131,625   121,699   89,531   77,656   8,202   7,378   7,211   3,374   236,569   210,107 
 
                              

F-99


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.7. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
38 NET CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Companies acquired and disposed of in 2005:
                         
              Disposal       
      Acquisition      of Baring  Disposal    
  Acquisition  of New  Total  Asset  of Life of  Total 
Amounts in billions of euros of Eural  Zealand  acquisitions  Management  Georgia  disposals 
GENERAL
                        
Primary line of business
  Bank   Insurance       Bank   Insurance    
 
                        
PURCHASE PRICE
                        
Purchase price
  (0.1)  (0.1)  (0.2)  0.7   0.2   0.9 
Cash in company acquired / disposed
                  0.1   0.1 
 
                  
Cash outflow / inflow on acquisition / disposal
  (0.1)  (0.1)  (0.2)  0.7   0.3   1.0 
 
                        
ASSETS
                        
Investments
  1.6       1.6       (1.8)  (1.8)
Loans and advances to customers
  0.8       0.8   (2.2)      (2.2)
Amounts due from banks
  0.3       0.3   (1.4)      (1.4)
Miscellaneous other assets
  0.1   0.1   0.2   (0.7)      (0.7)
 
                        
LIABILITIES
                        
Insurance and investment contracts
                  (1.5)  (1.5)
Amounts due to banks
              (0.1)      (0.1)
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
  1.4       1.4   (2.5)      (2.5)
Miscellaneous other liabilities
  1.2       1.2   (0.9)      (0.9)
 
                  
Net assets
  0.2   0.1   0.3   (0.9)  (0.3)  (1.2)
 
                        
Third-party interest
                        
 
                  
Net assets acquired
  0.2   0.1   0.3   (0.9)  (0.3)  (1.2)
 
                  

F-100


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Companies acquired and disposed of in 2004:
                         
          Total            
  Allianz      acqui-          Total 
Amounts in billions of euros Canada  Other  sitions  BHF  Other  disposals 
GENERAL
                        
 
                        
Primary line of business
  Insurance   Bank       Bank   Bank/Insurance     
 
                        
PURCHASE PRICE
                        
Purchase price
  (0.3)  (1.9)  (2.2)  0.4   1.0   1.4 
Cash in company acquired / disposed
  0.5       0.5             
 
                  
Cash outflow / inflow on acquisition / disposal
  0.2   (1.9)  (1.7)  0.4   1.0   1.4 
 
                        
ASSETS
                        
Investments
      4.8   4.8   (7.5)  (3.2)  (10.7)
Loans and advances to customers
      0.6   0.6             
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
              (4.0)  (0.3)  (4.3)
Miscellaneous other assets
  0.9   2.2   3.1   (4.4)  (1.8)  (6.2)
 
                        
LIABILITIES
                        
Amounts due to banks
              (5.0)  (0.3)  (5.3)
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
      3.8   3.8   (8.2)  (2.7)  (10.9)
Miscellaneous other liabilities
  1.0   0.1   1.1   (1.6)  0.1   (1.5)
 
                  
Net assets
  (0.1)  3.8   3.7   (0.9)  (2.4)  (3.3)
 
                        
Third-party interest
                        
 
                  
Net assets acquired
  (0.1)  3.8   3.7   (0.9)  (2.4)  (3.3)
 
                  
Acquisitions and disposals of group companies have been included in the cash flow from investing activities at cost or sales price, insofar as payment was made in cash. The cash in the company acquired/disposed has been eliminated from the cost or sales price.
39 NET CASH FLOW AND CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Interest and dividend received and paid:
         
  2005  2004 
Interest received
  53,015   33,767 
Interest paid
  33,379   17,848 
 
      
 
  19,636   15,919 
 
      
 
Dividend received
  522   443 
Dividend paid
  2,461   883 

F-101


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Treasury bills and other eligible bills included in cash and cash equivalents:
         
  2005  2004 
Treasury bills and other eligible bills included in trading assets
  8,878   8,730 
Treasury bills and other eligible bills included in available-for-sale investments
  2,694   3,652 
 
      
 
  11,572   12,382 
 
      
2.2. RISK MANAGEMENT
INTRODUCTION
GROUP RISK FUNCTION
The Executive Board determines the risk appetite of ING Group, aiming for a balance between risk, return and capital and sets risk policy and limits. The Chief Financial Officer (CFO) bears primary overall responsibility for the Group Risk Function. ING has a Dual Signatory Approval structure whereby Executive Board members and the Corporate Risk Managers will take direct responsibility for specified matters (such as transactional approval) within the delegated authorities granted by the Executive Board.
The Group Risk Function is structured independently from the business lines and is organized through three departments:
  Corporate Credit Risk Management (CCRM) is responsible for the credit risk management of ING Bank and ING Insurance;
 
  Corporate Market Risk Management (CMRM) is responsible for the market risk management of ING Bank and also for the operational risk management of ING Bank and ING Insurance;
 
  Corporate Insurance Risk Management (CIRM) is responsible for the insurance and market risk management of ING Insurance.
The heads of these departments (Corporate Risk Managers) report to the CFO and bear direct responsibility for risk (mitigating) decisions. The Corporate Risk Managers advise the CFO and are responsible for the harmonization and standardization of risk-management practises. They are also responsible for risk definitions, policies, procedures, models and methodologies, measurement, monitoring and consolidated reporting.
The regional and local risk managers in the business lines have a functional reporting line to the Corporate Risk Managers; they ensure day-to-day risk analysis, proper measurement and controls, registration of risks and policy development within the overall risk governance framework.
GROUP RISK COMMITTEES
The risk committees described below act within the overall risk policy and delegated authorities granted by the Executive Board. The risk committees have an advisory role to the CFO and ensure a close link between the business lines and the Group risk management function through representation of the business heads and the Corporate Risk Managers on each committee.
ING Group Credit Committee – Policy (GCCP)
GCCP advises on policies, methodologies and procedures related to credit, insurance, market and operational risks within ING Group. The GCCP meets on a monthly basis. This committee was created in 2005 as a result of the streamlining of risk management governance at a Group level.
ING Group Credit Committee – Transaction Approval (GCCTA)
GCCTA advises on transactions involving the taking of credit risk (including issuer investment risk). The GCCTA meets twice weekly. This committee was formerly known as the Central Credit Committee (CKC).

F-102


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING Provisioning Committee (IPC)
IPC advises on specific and collective loan loss provisions figures for ING. The IPC meets on a quarterly basis.
Asset & Liability Committee ING Bank (ALCO Bank)
ALCO Bank advises on the overall risk profile of all ING Bank’s non-trading market risk that occurs in its Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct activities. ALCO Bank defines the policy regarding funding, liquidity, interest rate mismatch and solvency of ING Bank. ALCO Bank meets on a monthly basis.
Asset & Liability Committee ING Insurance (ALCO Insurance)
ALCO Insurance advises on all risks for ING Insurance activities. This includes volatility (affecting earnings and value), exposure (required capital and market risk) and insurance risks. ALCO Insurance meets six times a year.
GROUP RISK MEASUREMENT
Group risk management is described by risk category for ING Bank and ING Insurance in two separate sections below. For ING Bank the following risk categories apply: credit risk, market risk and operational risk. For ING Insurance the relevant risks are: actuarial and underwriting risk, market risk, credit risk and operational risk. In the sections below, the risk categories are sub-divided by types of risk and for each type of risk the applicable risk measurement method that ING practices is described, including a quantification of the risks.
ING BANK
CREDIT RISK
General
ING Bank’s credit policy is to maintain an internationally diversified loan and bond portfolio, while avoiding large risk concentrations. The emphasis is on managing business developments within the business lines by means of top-down concentration limits for countries, individual borrowers and borrower groups. The aim is to expand relationship-banking activities, while maintaining stringent internal risk/return guidelines and controls.
In anticipation of the planned introduction of new global capital regulations from the Basel Committee, ING has commenced a bank-wide Basel project led by CCRM. The goal of this project is to ensure ING’s compliance with the new regulations by the required implementation date of December 31, 2007. A key element of the project is the continued development, implementation and back-testing of in-house objective risk rating and loss-given default models for use in the credit approval process, risk reporting, performance monitoring and portfolio management. Simultaneously, ING is refining its credit risk management governance and practices to conform to industry best practices and regulatory requirements.
Measurement
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of loss from the default by debtors or counterparties. Credit risks arise in ING Bank’s lending, pre-settlement and investment activities, as well as in its trading activities. Credit risk management is supported by dedicated credit risk information systems and internal rating methodologies for debtors and counterparties.
Credit analysis is risk/reward-oriented whereby the level of credit analysis is a function of the risk amount, tenor, structure (e.g. covers received) of the facility, and the risks entered into. Continually more sophisticated RAROC-based tools are used internally to ensure a proper balance of risk and reward within the portfolio and concentration parameters. ING’s credit analysts make use of publicly

F-103


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
available information in combination with in-house analysis based on information provided by the customer, peer-group comparisons, industry comparisons and other quantitative techniques.
The credit exposure of ING Bank is mainly related to traditional lending to individuals and businesses. Loans to individuals are mainly mortgage loans secured by residential property. Loans to businesses are often collateralized, but can be unsecured based on internal analysis of the borrowers’ creditworthiness. Pre-settlement credit exposure arises also from trading activities, for instance in derivatives, repurchase transactions and securities lending/borrowing. ING uses various market pricing and measurement techniques to determine the amount of credit risk on pre-settlement activities. These techniques estimate ING’s potential future exposure on individual and portfolios of trades. Master agreements and collateral agreements are frequently entered into to reduce these credit risks.
Risk classes are defined based upon the quality of the exposures in terms of creditworthiness, varying from investment grade to problem grade expressed in Moody’s and S&P equivalents.
Risk classes: ING Bank portfolio, as % of total outstandings(1):
         
(in percentages) 2005  2004 
AAA (1)
  13.8%  11.8%
AA (2-4)
  22.1%  21.9%
A (4-7)
  9.5%  10.9%
BBB (8-10)
  21.6%  22.5%
BB (11-13)
  27.6%  29.1%
B (14-17)
  4.0%  2.3%
Watch / Problem Grade (18-22)
  1.4%  1.5%
 
      
 
  100.0%  100.0%
 
      
 
(1) based on lending (wholesale and retail), financial markets and investment activities.
The shift from mid-grade (BB-BBB) assets to high quality (AA-AAA) assets is the result of the continuing growth of ING Direct.
Risk concentration: ING Bank Portfolio, by economic sector:
         
(in percentages) 2005  2004 
Construction, infrastructure & Real estate
  5.7%  4.3%
Financial institutions
  39.4%  39.6%
Private individuals
  28.1%  28.9%
Public administration
  9.2%  8.6%
Services
  2.1%  2.1%
Other
  15.5%  16.5%
 
      
 
  100.0%  100.0%
 
      
The credit portfolio is under constant review. A formal analysis takes place quarterly to determine the provisions for possible bad debts, using a bottom-up approach. Conclusions are discussed by the IPC, which advises the Executive Board on specific provisioning levels. ING Bank identifies as impaired loans those loans for which it is probable, based on current information and events that the principal and interest amounts contractually due will not be collected in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreements.
In 2005, ING added EUR 88 million to the provision for loan losses, compared with EUR 465 million in 2004. The addition equalled 3 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005, compared

F-104


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
with 18 basis points in 2004. ING is of the opinion that its loan-loss provisions as of December 31, 2005 are adequate to absorb losses from ING Bank’s credit risk taking activities.
Country risk
Country risk is the risk that ING faces which is specifically attributable to events in a specific country (or group of countries). Country risk is identified in lending (corporate and counterparty), trading and investment activities. All transactions and trading positions generated by ING include country risk. Country risk is further divided into economic and transfer risk. Economic risk is the concentration risk relating to any event in the risk country which may affect transactions and other exposure in that country, regardless of the currency. Transfer risk is the risk incurred through the inability of ING or its counterparties to meet their respective foreign currency obligations due to a specific country event.
In countries where ING is active, the relevant country’s risk profile is regularly evaluated, resulting in a country rating. Country limits are based on this rating and ING’s risk appetite. Exposures derived from lending and investment activities are then measured and reported against these country limits on a daily basis. Country-risk limits are assigned for transfer risk generally only in emerging markets.
Largest economic exposures: ING Bank lending portfolio, by country(1):
         
Amounts in billions of euros 2005  2004 
Netherlands
  176.8   178.4 
United States of America
  69.8   58.2 
Germany
  67.9   60.5 
Belgium
  56.5   43.3 
Spain
  42.2   33.9 
United Kingdom
  39.2   41.3 
Italy
  19.1   16.5 
Australia
  18.8   15.6 
France
  17.3   25.2 
Canada
  16.7   11.5 
 
(1) only covers exposures in excess of EUR 10 billion, including intercompany exposures with ING Insurance.
The methodology for calculating risk capital is linked to the risk definitions with respect to determining where the country risk occurs. Emerging market countries with low and medium risk that have not defaulted require no mandatory provisions for transfer risk. Instead of provisions, additional capital is allocated to transactions that incur country risk, the amount of which is a function of the risk of the country as well as the risk of the transaction itself.
Settlement risk
Settlement risk arises when there is an exchange of value (funds, instruments or commodities) for the same or different value dates and receipt is not verified or expected until ING has paid or delivered its side of the trade. The risk is that ING delivers, but does not receive delivery from the counterparty. Settlement risk can most commonly be contained and reduced by entering into transactions with delivery-versus-payment (DVP) settlement methods, as is common with most clearing houses, or settlement netting agreements.
For those transactions where DVP settlement is not possible, ING establishes settlement limits through the credit approval process. Settlement risk is then monitored and managed through the credit risk management units. Risk is further mitigated by operational procedures requiring trade confirmations to counterparties with all transaction details, and entering into internationally accepted documentation, such as International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreements for derivative transactions. Additionally, ING regularly participates in projects with other banks to improve and develop new clearing systems and clearing mechanisms to further reduce the level of settlement risk.

F-105


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Collateral policies
As with all financial institutions, ING is in the business of taking credit risks. As such, we continually evaluate the creditworthiness of our customers, trading partners and investments for their ability to meet their financial obligations to ING. During the assessment process of creating new loans, acquiring securities, as well as reviewing existing loans and securities positions, ING determines the amount and type of collateral, if any, that a customer may be required to pledge to ING. Generally, the lower the perceived creditworthiness of a borrower or financial counterparty, the more collateral the customer or counterparty will have to provide. Within counterparty trading activities, ING actively enters into various legal arrangements whereby counterparties (or ING) may have to post collateral to one another to cover market fluctuations of their relative positions. Laws in various jurisdictions also affect the type and amount of collateral that ING can receive or pledge. Additionally, ING will sometimes enter into credit default swaps, and other similar instruments, in order to reduce the perceived credit risk on a given borrower or portfolio.
Restructuring
In some cases, ING will work with the obligor and its other creditors, if any, to restructure the company and its financial obligations in order to minimize any financial losses to the creditors as a whole, and ING in particular. This can be accomplished through many means available to the creditors, the most common of which are (1) extending the repayment period, (2) selling assets; (3) selling business lines of the debtor, (4) forgiving part of the financial obligations, and (5) a combination of the above. The decision to enter into such a restructuring is made only after careful internal assessment and an internal approval. Once a restructuring is completed, the obligor is again subject to normal credit risk monitoring procedures.
Past-due obligations
ING continually measures its portfolio in terms of payment arrears. Particularly the retail portfolios (such as residential mortgages, consumer loans and policy loans) are closely monitored on a monthly basis to determine if there are any significant changes in the level of arrears. Generally, an obligation is considered “past-due” if a payment of interest or principal is more than one day late. In practice, the first 5-7 days are considered to be operational risk. After this period, letters will be sent to the obligor reminding it of its (past due) payment obligations. If payment has not been made after 90 days, the obligation is generally considered impaired and transferred to one of the “problem loan” units. In order to reduce the number of arrears, most ING units encourages obligors to set up automatic debits from their accounts to ensure timely payments.
There is no significant concentration of a particular type of loan structure in the watch-list or the impaired loan portfolio. As such, the make up of the collateral received generally mirrors that of the portfolio as a whole.
Generally, all loans with past due financial obligations of more than 90 days past due are automatically reclassified as impaired. However, there can also be other reasons for declaring a loan impaired prior to being 90 days past due. These include, but are not limited to, ING’s assessment of the customer’s perceived inability to meet its financial obligations, or the customer filing for bankruptcy or bankruptcy protection. In some cases, a material breach of financial covenants will also trigger a reclassification of a loan to the impaired category.
Repossession policy
It is ING’s general policy not to take repossession of assets of defaulted debtors. Rather, ING attempts to sell the assets from within the legal entity that has pledged these assets to ING, in accordance with the respective collateral or pledge agreements signed with the obligors. In those cases where ING does take possession of the collateral, ING generally attempts to sell the asset as quickly as possible to prospective buyers. Based on internal assessments to determine the highest and quickest return for ING, the sale of repossessed assets could be the sale of the company as a whole (or at least all of its assets), or the assets could be sold over time.

F-106


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
MARKET RISK
GENERAL
Market risk arises from trading and non-trading activities within the three business lines of ING Bank:
  ING Wholesale Banking: Trading market risks arise within ING Wholesale Banking primarily through market making, client facilitation and proprietary trading in the fixed income, equities and foreign exchange markets and directly related derivative markets. ING has no material commodity portfolios. Trading positions are marked to market daily. ING’s policy is to maintain an internationally diversified and mainly client-related trading portfolio, while avoiding large risk concentrations. Non-trading market risk is transferred to the asset & liability management (ALM) books; these are structural interest rate mismatch positions that result from commercial banking activities.
 
  ING Retail Banking: ING identifies non-trading residual market risk that results from banking products of which the future cash flows depend on client behaviour, like current accounts, saving accounts and mortgages.
 
  ING Direct: Within ING Direct no trading positions are maintained; the market risks are characterized as a combination of ALM and market risk arising from retail products.
MEASUREMENT
Trading risk
ING Wholesale Banking uses the Value-at-Risk (VaR) methodology as the primary risk measure. VaR for market risk quantifies, with a one-sided confidence level of at least 99%, the maximum overnight loss that could occur due to changes in risk factors (e.g. interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities) if positions remain unchanged for a time interval of one day. The impact of historical market movements on today’s portfolio is estimated, based on equally weighted observed market movements of the previous 250 business days. The VaR also serves as a basis for the calculation of the regulatory capital and economic capital that ING needs to hold to cover possible losses from trading activities.
Market risk for the fixed income and equity markets is split into two components: general market risk and specific market risk. The general market risk component estimates the VaR resulting from general market-value movements (e.g. euribor movements). The specific market risk component estimates the VaR resulting from market-value movements that relate to the underlying issuer of securities in the portfolios.
VaR for linear portfolios is calculated using a variance – covariance approach. The market risk of all the important option portfolios within ING is measured by Monte Carlo simulation methods.
The following chart shows the development of the overnight VaR for the ING Wholesale Banking trading portfolio which was managed by trading risk management during 2004 and 2005. Several banking books are governed by the trading risk process and are therefore excluded from the non-trading risk table below and included in the trading risk graph and table below. In addition, several lesser significant banking books are included in both the trading risk and non-trading risk tables. Therefore, there is a small overlap between trading and non-trading risks as described in the paragraphs below.

F-107


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
(LINE GRAPH)
During 2004 and 2005 the overnight VaR for the ING Wholesale Banking trading portfolio was continuously within the range of EUR 20 — 40 million. As of April 1, 2005 Treasury and Investment portfolios are included in the overall ING Wholesale Banking trading VaR limit structure. This resulted in an increase of the VaR figures. At the same time the ING Wholesale Banking trading limit has been adjusted from EUR 50 million to EUR 60 million.
The average exposure over 2005 was higher than 2004 (average VaR 2005: EUR 28 million and average VaR 2004: EUR 25 million). The VaR remained well within the ING Wholesale Banking trading limit. The interest rate markets provided the largest contribution to the trading VaR.
More details on the VaR of the ING Wholesale Banking trading portfolio for 2005 and 2004 are provided in the table below.
Consolidated trading VaR: ING Wholesale Banking, by portfolio:
                                 
              Year end              Year end 
  Low  High  Average  2005  Low  High  Average  2004  
Foreign exchange
  1   5   3   2   2   11   4   3 
Equities
  7   13   10   9   5   12   8   9 
Interest
  14   30   21   22   13   28   19   16 
Diversification (1)
          (6)  (6)          (6)  (2)
 
                            
Total VaR
          28   27           25   26 
 
                            
 
(1) Diversification cannot be calculated for the columns Low and High since the observations for both the individual markets as well as total VaR may come from different dates.
 
  Note: the above captions are consistent with those used for internal risk management purposes and do not relate to financial statement captions.

F-108


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Although VaR models estimate potential future results, estimates are based on historical market data. ING continuously monitors the plausibility and effectiveness of the VaR model in use. The technique for this purpose is generally known as backtesting in which the actual daily result is compared with the daily VaR. In addition to using actual results for backtesting, ING also uses hypothetical results, which measures results excluding the effect of intraday trading, fees and commissions. When the actual or hypothetical loss exceeds the VaR an “occurrence” has taken place. Based on ING Bank’s one-sided confidence level of at least 99% an occurrence is expected, on average, once in every 100 business days. In 2005, there has been no occurrence where a daily trading loss exceeded the daily consolidated VaR of ING Wholesale Banking.
Since VaR in general does not produce an estimate of the potential losses that can occur as a result of extreme market movements, ING uses structured stress testing for monitoring the market risk under these extreme conditions. Stress scenarios are based on historical and hypothetical extreme events. The result of the stress testing is an event risk number, which is an estimate of the P&L effect caused by a potential event and its world-wide impact for ING Wholesale Banking. The event-risk policy (and its technical implementation) is specific for ING as there is no event risk calculation method that is generally accepted by other banks and regulators (like the Value-at-Risk model). ING’s event risk policy basically consists of defined stress parameters per country and per market (fixed income, equity, foreign exchange and related derivative markets). The parameters indicate historical maximum market movements within the time frame of one month. The scenarios and stress parameters are backtested against extreme market movements that actually occur in the markets.
Non-trading risk- interest rate risk
The non-trading books primarily consist of banking (commercial) books and ALM books. Within ING Bank the commercial business units are not allowed to run structural mismatch positions in their banking books. As a result of this policy all structural interest-rate risks are replicated to the ALM books of the designated Treasury departments within ING Wholesale Banking. The management of structural interest-rate mismatch positions is performed within the Treasury function. The commercial business units bear responsibility for the remaining interest-rate risks that result from banking products of which future cash flows depend on client behaviour, like saving accounts and mortgages. Within ING Direct the interest rate risks from the ALM books and the commercial banking books are measured and managed on an integrated level.
Within ING several methods are in place to model the interest-rate risk characteristics of demand deposits, saving accounts and mortgages. This is done via replicating portfolio models whereby the interest rate character is modelled taking into account the contractual and behavioural characteristics of these products. All models and assumptions are back-tested regularly and presented to the designated Asset & Liability Committee for approval. Historical simulation is used to determine the duration and the investment rules for saving accounts and demand deposits, taking into account historical client rates, outstanding volumes and market rates. The investment rules are tested on their suitability through volatility/correlation analysis and updated regularly. To estimate future prepayment rates of mortgages, a model is applied based on historical observed prepayments.
ING Bank uses several measures to control interest-rate risk. The most important ones are Value-at-Risk (VaR) and Earnings-at-Risk (EaR). EaR measures the pre-tax loss of net accrual interest income resulting from changes of market interest rates over a time period of one year. The EaR calculations differ per book. For the ALM books it measures the potential loss of net accrual interest due to the structural mismatch in interest rate positions. In these calculations it is assumed that all gaps are to be reinvested or refunded at the changed market rates. The calculations capture the earnings risk in the current ALM book and do not consider the impact of new business. For the commercial banking books the EaR captures the basis risk between market interest rates and the client rates of saving accounts and demand deposits. For these books the impact of new business is included in the EaR calculations.
The VaR figures represent the value impact to the banking books as result of changing market rates. For the commercial banking books the VaR calculations capture the convexity resulting from the optionality in the main mortgage portfolios. In these calculations it is assumed that savings and other

F-109


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
demand deposits are perfectly represenated via the replicating portfolios. For the ALM books the VaR figures capture the potential change of value due to the structural mismatch in interest rate positions.
The interest rate risk that results from the investment of the Bank’s own funds (equity) is isolated under the ING Bank Corporate line. In these calculations it is assumed that the Bank’s own funds are not sensitive to market rate changes (the duration of equity is assumed to be zero anticipating future regulatory requirements).
In the table below both the EaR figures and the VaR figures for the large banking books (representing approximately 95% of the banking book) are presented as result of a parallel instantaneous shock to the market rates of 2%. The VaR figures are therefore calculated under a different scenario than the traditional VaR figures for the trading books.
Earnings-at-risk by business lines (2% shock to market rates):
     
  2005 
ING Wholesale Banking
  (158)
ING Retail Banking
  (95)
ING Direct
  (513)
ING Bank Corporate Line
  33 
 
   
ING Bank Total
  (733)
 
   
VaR by business lines (2% shock to market rate):
     
  2005 
ING Wholesale Banking
  (1,023)
ING Retail Banking
  (619)
ING Direct
  (69)
ING Bank Corporate Line
  (1,492)
 
   
ING Bank Total
  (3,203)
 
   
 
Note: Several banking books are governed by the trading risk process and are therefore excluded from the non-trading risk table and included in the above trading risk table. In addition, several lesser significant banking books are included in both the trading risk and non-trading risk tables. Therefore, there is a small overlap between trading and non-trading risks as described above. Information on interest sensitivity for internal management purposes is calculated on an adverse shock basis only. Accordingly the effects of favourable interest rate movements are not disclosed.
The ING Bank EaR is mainly caused by the EaR contributions of EUR (EUR (250) million), USD (EUR (297) million) and GBP (EUR (188) million) interest rate exposure. The main contributing portfolios of the EaR are the savings and demand deposits portfolios (short-term earnings will be affected) and the ALM books.
Non-trading risk – foreign exchange risk
ING takes on exposure to foreign-exchange fluctuations on its financial position and cash flows. Currency exposures in the non-trading books are largely transferred by way of internal transactions to Financial Markets Treasury, which performs the day-to-day management of all foreign-currency positions.
The most material foreign exchange risk in the non-trading books relates to translation risk due to foreign investments and USD-denominated Tier-1 capital. The translation risk is managed by Capital Management on behalf of ALCO Bank. For ING’s main foreign currencies, US dollar, Pound sterling and Polish zloty, the translation risk is managed taking into account the effect of translation results on the Tier-1 ratio. For all other currencies the translation risk is managed within a VaR limit.

F-110


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Overnight exposure ING Bank, for primary non-trading currencies:
                     
  Foreign               
  invest-      Gross      Net 
  ments  Tier-1  exposure  Hedges  position 
2005
                    
US dollars
  4,562   (3,214)  1,348   (701)  647 
Pound sterling
  (1,247)      (1,247)  1,252   5 
Polish zloty
  809       809   (489)  320 
South Korean won
  1,047       1,047   (955)  92 
Other currency
  1,300       1,300   (1,192)  108 
 
               
Total
  6,471   (3,214)  3,257   (2,085)  1,172 
 
               
 
                    
2004
                    
US dollars
  3,730   (2,675)  1,055   (1,131)  (76)
Pound sterling
  (1,250)      (1,250)  1,299   49 
Polish zloty
  642       642   (399)  243 
South Korean won
  477       477   (438)  39 
Other currency
  431       431   (191)  240 
 
               
Total
  4,030   (2,675)  1,355   (860)  495 
 
               
The amount of USD and Korean won capital invested in foreign investments has increased significantly during 2005. For USD the main reasons were higher retained earnings and the impact of the introduction of IFRS-EU accounting rules (ie revaluation reserves relating to fixed income securities). The increase in Korean won capital was caused by a higher valuation of Kookmin Bank equity stake.
While results on net investment hedges are taxable under Dutch fiscal rules, ING has not chosen to adjust hedges to compensate for tax effects. As of the beginning of 2006 the majority of hedge results will no longer be taxable.
Consolidated non-trading FX Var ING Bank:
                                 
              Year              Year 
              end              end 
  Low  High  Average  2005  Low  High  Average  2004 
FX VaR
  2   11   7   11   4   16   9   4 
The chart graph below provides an overview of the development of the FX VaR during 2004 and 2005.
(LINE GRAPH)

F-111


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that ING Bank or one of its subsidiaries cannot meet its financial liabilities when they come due, at reasonable costs and in a timely manner. Within ING Bank, ALCO Bank bears overall responsibility for the liquidity risk strategy. ALCO Bank has delegated day-to-day liquidity management to the Treasury Amsterdam, which is responsible for managing the overall liquidity-risk position of ING Bank, while regional and local treasuries are responsible for managing liquidity in their respective regions and locations.
The main objective of ING’s liquidity strategy is to maintain sufficient liquidity in order to ensure safe and sound operations. The liquidity strategy of ING Bank has four primary components.
The first is the day-to-day funding. It is policy to sufficiently spread the day-to-day funding requirements. The Treasury function monitors all maturing cash flows along with expected changes in core-business funding requirements. This includes replenishment of existing funds as they mature, expected withdrawals from retail current accounts, savings and additional borrowings. Furthermore, access to the capital markets is actively managed by regularly issuing public debt in all material markets and the maintenance of investor relations.
The second component is to maintain an adequate mix of funding sources. ING Bank aims for a well-diversified funding mix in terms of instrument types, fund providers, geographic markets and currencies. Sources of liquidity are widely distributed over the entire ING Bank. ING has a broad base of core retail funding, which mainly consists of current accounts, savings and retail deposits. Although these accounts can be withdrawn immediately or at short notice, the accounts are considered to form a stable resource of funding because of the broad customer base. The retail funding is, from a geographical point of view, widely spread, with most of the funding located in the euro zone.
The third component of ING’s liquidity strategy is to maintain a broad portfolio of highly marketable assets that can be easily used to bear disruptions in the cash-flow profile. ING has relatively large portfolios of unencumbered marketable assets. These marketable assets can provide liquidity through repurchase agreements or through sale. The majority of ING’s marketable assets are located in the euro zone.
The fourth component of ING’s liquidity strategy is to have adequate and up-to-date contingency funding plans in place throughout the organization. The contingency funding plans are established for addressing temporary and long-term liquidity disruptions caused by a general event in the market or an ING specific event. These plans ensure that all roles and responsibilities are clearly defined and all necessary management information is in place. The main objective of ING’s contingency funding plan is to enable senior management to act effectively and efficiently at times of crisis.
The key focus of the measurement of liquidity within ING is on the periods of one week and one month. The internally used liquidity figures are calculated in line with the regulatory reporting requirements for liquidity risk of the Dutch Central Bank. For this purpose the positions are split by type of product and counterparty. All positions with a known maturity date are included in the maturity calendar based on their contractual maturity date. Positions with an unknown maturity date and marketable assets are included as items with a direct liquidity value. Standby facilities, undrawn irrevocable credit facilities, guarantees and other contingent liabilities are also included. The positions in the week and the month categories are weighted under a scenario that is a mix between a market event and an ING-specific event. The total available liquidity values are corrected for liquidity surpluses in inconvertible currencies and in locations with restrictions on capital transfer. Most of these inconvertible and non-transferable positions are located outside the euro zone. Under the regulatory guidelines, banks should at a minimum report positive liquidity figures. In addition to this a framework is implemented within ING Bank that sets limits on the overall weekly and monthly liquidity risk positions to ensure adequate buffers of liquidity. The table shows the liquidity position of ING Bank presented as at December 31, 2005 under the scenarios described above.

F-112


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
         
Liquidity position: Weekly  Monthly 
ING Bank
  111,165   24,512 
OPERATIONAL RISK
GENERAL
The aim for the Group and local operational risk management departments is to support general management of the business lines, which is responsible for managing operational risk by raising operational risk awareness and insight, increasing operational risk and loss transparency, improving early warning information and allocating risk ownership and responsibilities. This contributes to more stable business processes and lower operational risk costs. Furthermore, implementing an appropriate operational risk management function will prepare ING for the Basel II regulations applicable from December 31, 2007. ING intends to apply for the Advance Measurement Approach, the most sophisticated risk capital charge option available under Basel II.
MEASUREMENT
ING has defined operational risk as the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. ING distinguishes the following event types (based on the Basel Committee level 1 and 2 event types):
– processing failure
– control failure
– unauthorized activities
– internal crime/fraud
– external crime/fraud
– information security failure
– employment practices & workplace safety
– clients, products and business malpractice
– system failure
– business disruption
Each of these risks has a related function (e.g. Compliance, IT, Legal, Information Security, Finance, Human Resources, Operations) responsible for the management process and oversight of that risk.
Operational risk measurement as calculated in the economic capital model consists of two parts. The first part is a probabilistic model in which a generic capital per business unit is calculated based on an incident loss database and the relative size and inherent risk of the business units. The second part is the scorecard adjustment, which reflects the business unit specific level of Operational Risk Management, or ORM implementation.
To assess, monitor and manage operational risk, ING has developed a sophisticated framework of activities which includes:
– risk awareness programmes and risk & control self assessments
– audit finding action tracking and incident reporting and analysis
– key-risk indicators reporting and local operational risk committees
– new-product reviews
The maturity of the ORM process is measured on an annual basis by a set of five scorecards assessing the ORM-framework activities. The Basel II progress reporting is based on these scorecards and supporting evidence.
In order to protect ING against financial consequences of uncertain operational events ING has acquired insurance policies issued by third-party insurers, with world-wide cover for (Computer)

F-113


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Crime, Professional Liability, Directors & Officers Liability, Employment Practices Liability and Fiduciary Liability. ING retains a portion of these risks that matches industry practice.
ING INSURANCE
GENERAL
ING is engaged in the business of selling life and non-life insurance products. Life products include a broad range of traditional life, unit-linked, annuities, universal life, group life, pension, and (guaranteed) investment contracts. Non-life insurance products include all lines of insurance products that do not fall under the life insurance business – fire, automobile, accident and health, third-party liability and disability contracts.
Risks from these products arise with respect to the adequacy of insurance premium rate levels and provisions for insurance liabilities and capital position as well as uncertainty of the future returns on investments of the insurance premiums. Risks are classified as actuarial and underwriting, market risk, credit risk and operational risk. ING considers that the principal components of insurance risk are actuarial and underwriting risk.
ING regularly monitors the solvency level for the total insurance business at a prudent level. ING believes its solvency level is adequate.
Reserve adequacy – Taiwan
The adequacy of the provision for life policy liabilities (net of DAC and VOBA) is evaluated regularly. ING’s policy for reserve adequacy testing is disclosed under “Principles of valuation and determination of results”.
As at December 31, 2005, ING’s life insurance businesses as a whole are sufficiently adequate at a 90% confidence level. All business lines are, on a stand-alone basis, adequate at a 90% confidence interval, except for the business line Insurance Asia/Pacific. The inadequacy in Insurance Asia/Pacific is fully attributable to Taiwan.
At December 31, 2005, the inadequacy range for Taiwan is EUR 2.8 billion to EUR 3.3 billion based on a 90% confidence interval on a Taiwan reserve level (net of DAC and VOBA) of EUR 9 billion. The inadequacy results from a material exposure in Taiwan to a sustained low interest rate environment. This is due to long term interest rate guarantees of 6-8% embedded in the life and health contracts sold by the business until 2001. These long term guarantees and the future premiums (which have a present value of approximately EUR 20 billion) create a liability with an effective duration over 30, compared to an asset duration of approximately 9. ING stopped selling these high guarantees in its Taiwan life insurance products in 2001. The post 2001 business is adequate at a 90% confidence interval, which partially compensates inadequacy related to the pre-2001 business. Furthermore, ING has over time strengthened reserves by EUR 420 million for this exposure and increased the internal capital allocation for this business.
The outcome of the reserve adequacy test for Taiwan is inherently uncertain given the use of various assumptions and the long term nature of the liability. The outcome can only be reliably estimated within broad ranges which are bound to vary significantly from period to period. The outcome of the test for Taiwan is especially sensitive to (changes in) interest rate assumptions. The reserve adequacy test at December 31, 2005 is based on the current 10-year swap rate in Taiwan at December 31, 2005 of 2.35%, with the assumption that, in the long term, this swap rate will move to 5.75%.
Management’s best estimate, based on a 50% confidence interval, is that Taiwan has a marginal adequacy of EUR 165 million (which represents a 53% confidence interval) as at December 31, 2005. Under the Group’s accounting policy, any inadequacy below the 50% interval would be charged to the profit and loss account immediately.

F-114


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The sensitivity to interest rates changes is explained below under ING Insurance – Interest rate sensitivity.
If the interest rates as at December 31, 2005 would have been 1% lower, Taiwan would have been inadequate at the 50% confidence interval and, consequently, an amount of approximately EUR 1.7 billion (after tax) would have been included as a charge in the profit and loss account, reflecting the amount necessary to bring reserves to a best estimate level. If the interest rates as at December 31, 2005 would have been 1% higher, Taiwan would be sufficiently adequate at the 50% confidence interval, but would still have been inadequate at the 90% confidence interval. Consequently, the charge currently included in the profit and loss would likely have been reduced.
Furthermore, the reserve adequacy test includes our expectation that the legal entity will be formally domesticated as a subsidiary of a US entity rather than a branch during 2006 and that mortality dividends will continue to be allowed to be offset versus negative interest rate experience.
ACTUARIAL AND UNDERWRITING RISK
General
Actuarial and underwriting risks are the risks resulting from the pricing and acceptance of insurance contracts. These risks are managed through product design requirements, risk limitations, and management of concentrations. Actuarial risks are managed through pricing procedures and included in the overall adequacy of provisions for insurance contract and investment contract liabilities. Underwriting risks are managed in the process whereby applications submitted for insurance coverage are reviewed. The maximum underwriting exposure is limited through exclusions, cover limits, and reinsurance.
Measurement
ING Group has established actuarial and underwriting risk tolerance levels in specific areas of its insurance operations.
For the main non-life units (in The Netherlands, Belgium, Canada, Mexico) the risk tolerance is generally set at 2.5% of the Group’s after-tax earnings. For 2005, this translated into a (pre-tax) risk tolerance level of EUR 170 million. The risk tolerance refers to the maximum allowable loss for catastrophe events. The assessment of potential losses in this business is done on the basis of 1 in 250 events. With respect to the Fire line of business this assessment is based on risk assessment models that are widely accepted in the industry. For the smaller non-life units, the (pre-tax) risk tolerance level for 2005 was set at EUR 5.0 million per event per business unit.
With respect to life business ING Group’s (pre-tax) risk tolerance level is set at EUR 22 million per insured life. While life insurance risks are considered to be naturally diversifiable by virtue of each life being a separate risk, group contracts may result in significant exposures. For life insurance contracts involving multiple lives ING made its own assessment and believes that the potential loss from a significant mortality event occurring in the normal course of business will not exceed an amount higher than approximately 12% of the Groups after-tax earnings. For 2005, this translated into a (pre-tax) risk-tolerance level of EUR 750 million. Such an amount could result from a pandemic as observed during the Spanish Flue pandemic in 1918, without taking into account medical improvements since that time. ING continues to model the possible impact of pandemics based on studies published by internationally credible organizations.
In case of the existence of exposures higher than the risk tolerance levels as defined above, appropriate procedures are in place, including third-party reinsurance covers. Particularly for the property and casualty portfolio, ING purchases protection through which the exposure due to natural catastrophes is substantially mitigated. ING believes that the credit risks to which it is exposed under reinsurance contracts are minor.

F-115


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Regarding catastrophic losses arising from events such as terrorism, ING believes that it is not possible to develop a business model that takes into account the possibility of very high losses resulting from these events. For the non-life business, losses that result from these events are generally not covered unless required by law. In various countries industry pools have been established to mitigate the terrorism risk to which the individual insurers are nevertheless still exposed. ING participates in such pools.
Through scenario analyses, ING Insurance measured the potential changes in the realized after-tax earnings of the insurance operations from an increase/decrease of the insurance risk factors over the year 2005. These changes to income can relate to realized claims or any other net-income item that would be affected by the change of these factors. In addition, ING has estimated the impact to the December 31, 2005 shareholders equity of ING Insurance from the same change in insurance risk factors. The differentiation of sensitivities before and after risk mitigation typically refers to mitigation of the risks by re-insurance.
Insurance risks sensitivity:
                   
    Effect on ING Insurance  Effect on ING Insurance 
    2005 net profit  2005 shareholders’ 
                equity 
    Before risk  After risk  Before risk  After risk 
    mitigation  mitigation  mitigation  mitigation 
Mortality
 +10%  (82)  (61)  (85)  (63)
 
 -10%  80   61   83   64 
 
                  
Morbidity
 +10%  (70)  (66)  (70)  (67)
 
 -10%  70   66   71   67 
 
                  
P&C
 +10%  (125)  (98)  (130)  (101)
 
 -10%  125   98   130   101 
The sensitivities represent a one-time increase/decrease of the realized claims of P&C and morbidity and an increase/decrease of the mortality rates over 2005. Due to the standard definition of the shocks the mortality risk partly hedges the longevity risk globally, but mortality risk may not offset longevity risk in particular region. In this case the total risk increases after including the existing reinsurance contracts.
MARKET RISK
General
Market risks arise when the market value of assets and liabilities do not move consistently as financial markets change. Changes in interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and real estate prices can impact present and future earnings of the insurance operations as well as the shareholders equity.
In 2005, ING implemented Market Value at Risk (MVaR) limits to manage the market and credit risks resulting from the Insurance operations world-wide. ALCO Insurance has set a MVaR limit for ING Group Insurance and each of the business lines that relates to the economic capital of ING Group Insurance. The MVaR is based on a 99.95% confidence interval over a one-year horizon.
These limits are further allocated to the ING Insurance business units through MVaR sublimits. These limits are managed by an ALCO Insurance structure on the respective organizational levels. Corporate Insurance Risk Management (CIRM) consolidates and monitors the MVaR exposures of the

F-116


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
business lines including diversification effects on a quarterly basis. In 2005 there were no breaches of the overall ING Insurance MVaR limit.
Measurement
At an ING Group level, CIRM is responsible for implementing and monitoring asset and liability management (ALM) practices and for consistency of the MVaR calculation methods world-wide.
The market risk of ING Insurance is primarily related to interest rate risk and equity risk although it also includes real estate and foreign currency risks. The following sections provide an analysis of the exposures of the different types of market risks.
ALM risk – interest rate risk
ING’s insurance operations are exposed to changes in interest rates with respect to guaranteed interest rates on the insurance and investment contract liabilities when interest rates fall. The current product portfolio also includes products where interest rate risks are entirely or partially passed on to the policyholder, thereby reducing ING’s exposure to interest rate movements.
Through scenario analyses, ING Insurance measured the potential changes in earnings of the insurance operations from an instantaneous increase/decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points. These changes to income can relate to investment income, interest paid to policyholders, adequacy of provision for liabilities, market-value adjustments, amortization of Deferred Acquisition Costs (DAC) or any other net-income item that would be affected by interest rate changes. The effect of interest rate changes is different by business line and by product. In addition, ING has estimated the impact to the December 31, 2005 shareholders equity of ING Insurance from such an instantaneous change in interest rates.
Interest-rate sensitivity:
         
      Effect on
  Effect on ING
  ING Insurance
  Insurance 2005 share-
  2005 net holders’
  profit equity
Increase interest rates by 1%
  (68)  (2,814)
Decrease interest rates by 1%
  (1,743)  1,255 
The sensitivities represent an instantaneous increase/decrease of interest rates as of December 31, 2005. The net profit sensitivity reflects the related immediate effect on net income after-tax for the year 2005. Sensitivity disclosures include the effect of non-bifurcated embedded derivatives contained in insurance contracts.
The most significant interest rate risk within ING’s insurance businesses exists in Taiwan where ING has material exposure to a sustained low interest rate environment. This is due to long term interest rate guarantees of 6-8% embedded in the life contracts sold by the business until 2001. Since 2002, ING has changed the design of its Taiwan life insurance products, strengthened reserves and increased the internal capital allocation for this business.
The net profit impact related to a 1% change in current interest rates is asymmetric due to the need to increase reserves for ING’s business in Taiwan if interest rates were 1% lower, including a 1% shift of the long term interest rate assumption from 5.75% to 4.75%. The IFRS-EU profit impact on Taiwan of 1% lower interest rates at December 31, 2005 is EUR 1.7 billion. This is the amount necessary to bring reserves to a best estimate (50%) level in this sensitivity. There is not a corresponding benefit for rising interest rates in 2005 since the additional profit from a rising interest scenario is not recognized in profit through unlocking of reserves.

F-117


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Shareholders equity impacts also relate directly to use of market values for available for sale securities offset by shadow accounting of reserves and DAC where possible.
ALM risk – equity risk
ING’s insurance operations are exposed to changes of prices in equity markets on two levels: 1) business units that have direct equity holdings in their general accounts; and 2) products where the revenues of the insurance operations are linked to the value of underlying equity funds, since this has an impact on the level of charges deducted for unit-linked and variable business.
Through scenario analyses ING Insurance measured the potential changes in earnings of the insurance operations resulting from an instantaneous increase/decrease in equity markets of 10%. These changes to income can relate to fee income, unrealized or realized gains and losses, amortization of DAC or any other net-income item that would be affected by a substantial change to equity markets. The effect of equity market changes is different by business line and by product. In addition, ING has estimated the impact to the December 31, 2005 shareholders equity of ING Insurance from such a change in equity markets.
Equity sensitivity:
         
      Effect on
  Effect on ING
  ING Insurance
  Insurance share-
  2005 net holders’
  profit equity
Increase of equity by 10%
  59   1,072 
Decrease of equity by 10%
  (80)  (1,094)
The sensitivities represent an instantaneous increase/decrease in equity markets as of December 31, 2005. The net profit sensitivity reflects the related immediate effect on net income after-tax for the year 2005. Sensitivity disclosures include the effect of non-bifurcated embedded derivatives contained in insurance contracts.
ALM risk – foreign exchange risk
Foreign-exchange risk in the investments backing ING’s insurance and investment contract liabilities is dealt with in the investment-management processes in each business unit. An immaterial portion of the investment portfolio backing insurance liabilities is invested in assets of a different currency than the liabilities.
Another type of foreign exchange risk exists as translation risk. Locally required capital levels are invested in local currencies in order to satisfy regulatory requirements and to support local insurance business regardless of currency movements. These capital levels may affect the consolidated balance sheet when translated to Euros. Depending on hedging costs and the capital exposure, ING may hedge the capital over locally required margins.
Through scenario analysis ING Insurance measured the potential changes in the reported earnings of the insurance operations resulting from an instantaneous increase/decrease on December 31, 2005 in foreign exchange markets of 10%. In addition, ING has estimated the impact to the December 31, 2005 shareholders equity of ING Insurance from such a change in foreign exchange markets.

F-118


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Foreign currency sensitivity:
         
      Effect on
  Effect on ING
  ING Insurance
  Insurance 2005 share-
  2005 net holders’
  profit equity
10% Increase of Euro versus all other currencies
  (81)  (950)
10% Decrease of Euro versus all other currencies
  87   1,041 
The sensitivities represent an instantaneous increase/decrease in the Euro on December 31, 2005. The net profit sensitivity reflects the related effect on net income after tax for the year 2005. Sensitivity disclosures include the effect of non-bifurcated embedded derivatives contained in insurance contracts.
The main foreign exchange risks of ING Insurance relate to the translation risk from net income and equity from business units in USA and Canada. For net income the impact is mitigated through the usage of average yearly exchange rates.
ALM risk – Real estate risk
Real Estate risk exists in some of the investment portfolios of ING Insurance, most significantly in the Netherlands. ING Insurance is exposed to the risk of decreasing real estate prices to the extent these cannot be shared with contract holders in participating insurance plans.
Through scenario analyses ING Insurance measured the potential changes in the earnings of the insurance operations resulting from an instantaneous increase/decrease in real estate markets of 10%. In addition, ING has estimated the impact to the December 31, 2005 shareholders equity of ING Insurance from such a change in real estate markets.
Real estate sensitivity
         
      Effect on
  Effect on ING
  ING Insurance
  Insurance 2005 share-
  2005 net holders’
  profit equity
Increase of real estate of 10%
  509   525 
Decrease of real estate of 10%
  (513)  (525)
The sensitivities represent an instantaneous increase/decrease in real estate markets as of December 31, 2005.
The net profit sensitivity reflects the related immediate effect on net income after tax for the year 2005.
The main real estate risk of ING Insurance exists within ING Real Estate investment portfolio in The Netherlands.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity problems arise if an insurance business does not have enough cash or liquid assets to meet its cash obligations. Demands for funds can usually be met through ongoing normal operations, premiums received, the sale of assets or borrowing. Unexpected demands for liquidity may be triggered by a credit-rating downgrade, negative publicity, deterioration of the economy, reports of problems of other companies in the same or similar lines of business, significant unanticipated policy claims, or other unexpected cash demands from policyholders.

F-119


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Liquidity risk decreases as the time frame allowed for generating cash increases. Longer time frames increase the probability of finding a buyer for some of the company’s non-maturing or less liquid assets or securing external financing. Expected liquidity demands within ING Insurance are managed through a combination of treasury, investment and asset-liability management guidelines, which are monitored on an ongoing basis. Unexpected liquidity demands are managed through a combination of product design, diversification limits on liabilities, investment strategy, systematic monitoring and advance contingency planning. CIRM has issued formal guidelines requiring all insurance businesses to regularly assess, monitor and report on their liquidity risk profile. The guidelines require an analysis of liabilities that increase liquidity risk, a review of the investment portfolio to ensure adequate liquidity, and analysis of the expected asset-and-liability cash flows in regards to the ability of the business to meet cash demands.
CREDIT RISK
General
ING Insurance is exposed to credit risk through the investment of insurance premiums into assets subject to credit risk. ALCO Insurance sets the constraints for the overall asset allocation of the insurance activities including credit risk. These issuer limits are set by rating class and average credit quality and are translated in economic capital terms. Credit risk is managed through the MVaR limit structure described above. Issuer limits are determined based on the obligor’s rating. These limits are managed in the region where the parent company is domiciled. In addition each insurance company has one or more investment mandates that specify credit-risk appetite by issuer, type and quality.
Measurement
For the investment portfolios backing the insurance liabilities, ING’s policy is to maintain a well diversified investment portfolio.
The credit exposure of ING Insurance is mainly related to investments in debt securities, private placements and traditional lending to private individuals. Loans to private individuals are mainly mortgage loans secured by residential property. Credit exposure also arises from derivatives, repurchase and reverse-repurchase transactions, securities lending/borrowing and reinsurance contracts used to hedge the portfolio.
The tables below are based on EUR 172 billion of general account fixed income assets on December 31, 2005 and exclude equities and real estate, but include preferred shares.
In the table below a summary is shown of the outstandings in the general account fixed-income portfolios per credit rating expressed in Standard & Poor’s ratings at December 31, 2005.
Risk classes: ING Insurance portfolio by S&P ratings, as % of total outstandings:
     
(in percentages) 2005 
AAA
  26.3%
AA
  23.0%
A
  32.8%
BBB
  14.3%
Other
  3.6%
 
   
 
  100.0%
 
   
Rating classes are defined based upon the quality of the exposures in terms of credit worthiness, varying from investment grade to problem grade. Assets are generally rated based on issuer rating. Securitizations are rated based on issue rating The Dutch mortgage portfolio is included with an average credit rating of A in the table above. The category ‘Other’ contains assets rated BB and lower as well as assets that are not rated.

F-120


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
In the table below a summary is shown of the outstandings in the general account fixed-income portfolios per industry sector.
Risk concentration: ING Insurance Portfolio, by economic sector as % of total outstandings
     
(in percentages) 2005 
Sovereigns
  24.0%
Financials
  20.5%
Mortgages/retail
  18.8%
Securitizations
  15.8%
General industries
  4.8%
Food, beverages and personal care
  1.7%
Chemicals
  1.5%
Automotive
  1.1%
Media
  1.0%
Other
  10.8%
 
   
 
  100.0%
 
   
In the table below a summary is shown of the outstandings in the general account fixed-income portfolios per region of the issuer.
Geographical spread: ING Insurance Portfolio, by region as % of total outstandings:
     
(in percentages) 2005 
North America
  42.8%
Western Europe
  39.9%
Asia
  10.2%
Latin America
  5.1%
Central and Eastern Europe
  1.8%
Other
  0.2%
 
   
 
  100.0%
 
   
Debtor provisioning
For credit risks, a provision for loan losses is maintained that is considered adequate to absorb losses arising from the existing insurance investment portfolios. For 2005, ING Insurance added EUR 21 million to the provision for loan losses compared with a release of EUR 12 million in 2004.
Collateral, restructuring, past-due obligations and repossession policy
Policies regarding collateral, restructuring, past-due obligations and repossession are similar to those disclosed in the credit risk section relating to ING Bank.
OPERATIONAL RISK
The definition of operational risk within ING Insurance is identical to ING Bank. Details regarding operational risk are mentioned in the operational risk section relating to ING Bank.
ING Insurance has begun calculating economic capital for operational risk on a quarterly basis beginning 2005. Although not required for regulatory purposes ING has decided internally that ING Insurance will also adhere to the new Basel II regulations with respect to operational risk management.

F-121


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.3. SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
The following financial information presents the balance sheets, profit and loss accounts and statements of cash flows of (i) ING Groep N.V. (parent company only), (ii) subsidiaries, (iii) the eliminations necessary to arrive at the information for ING on a consolidated basis and (iv) the total for ING Group for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. See note 2.4.2 for the consolidated reconciliation of shareholders’ equity and net profit to US GAAP. A further description of the adjustments in the reconciliation from IFRS-EU to US GAAP can be found in note 2.4.1 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
The principles of valuation and determination of results stated in connection with the consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account are also applicable to the ING Groep N.V. parent only column. Investments in group companies and investments in associates are initially recognized at cost and subsequently accounted for by the equity method of accounting.

F-122


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.3.1. Consolidating balance sheets
For the year ended December 31, 2005
                 
  ING Groep NV       Consoli-  ING Group 
  Parent  Subsi-  dating  Consoli- 
  company  diaries   entries  dated 
ASSETS
                
Cash and balances with central banks
      13,084       13,084 
Amounts due from banks
      47,466       47,466 
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
                
– trading assets
      149,187       149,187 
- investments for risk of policyholders
      100,961       100,961 
- non-trading derivatives
      7,766       7,766 
- designated as at fair value through profit or loss
      10,230       10,230 
- other
                
Investments
                
- available-for-sale
      305,707       305,707 
- held-to-maturity
      18,937       18,937 
Loans and advances to customers
      439,181       439,181 
Reinsurance contracts
      8,285       8,285 
Investments in associates
  49,582   3,622   (49,582)  3,622 
Investment property
      5,031       5,031 
Property and equipment
      5,757       5,757 
Intangible assets
      3,661       3,661 
Deferred acquisition costs
      9,604       9,604 
Other assets
  37   31,114   (991)  30,160 
 
            
Total assets
  49,619   1,159,593   (50,573)  1,158,639 
 
            
 
EQUITY
                
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
  36,736   41,488   (41,488)  36,736 
Third-party interests
      1,689       1,689 
 
            
Group equity
  36,736   43,177   (41,488)  38,425 
 
            
 
LIABILITIES
                
Preference shares
  296           296 
Subordinated loans
  7,355       (1,259)  6,096 
Debt securities in issue
  3,740   77,522       81,262 
Other borrowed funds
      39,087   (6,835)  32,252 
Insurance and investment contracts
      263,487       263,487 
Amounts due to banks
      122,234       122,234 
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
      465,712       465,712 
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
                
- trading liabilities
      92,058       92,058 
- non-trading derivatives
  92   6,156       6,248 
- designated as at fair value through profit or loss
      11,562       11,562 
Other liabilities
  1,400   38,598   (991)  39,007 
 
            
Total liabilities
  12,883   1,116,416   (9,085)  1,120,214 
 
            
 
                
 
            
Total equity and liabilities
  49,619   1,159,593   (50,573)  1,158,639 
 
            

F-123


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
For the year ended December 31, 2004
                 
  ING Groep NV       Consoli-  ING Group 
  Parent  Subsi-  dating  Consoli- 
  company  diaries   entries  dated 
ASSETS
                
Cash and balances with central banks
      9,113       9,113 
Amounts due from banks
      45,084       45,084 
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
                
- trading assets
      79,649       79,649 
- investments for risk of policyholders
      77,662       77,662 
- non-trading derivatives
                
- designated as at fair value through profit or loss
                
- other
      3,334       3,334 
Investments
                
- available-for-sale
      276,331       276,331 
- held-to-maturity
                
Loans and advances to customers
      330,458       330,458 
Reinsurance contracts
      6,744       6,744 
Investments in associates
  35,264   2,663   (35,264)  2,663 
Investment property
      7,151       7,151 
Property and equipment
      5,783       5,783 
Intangible assets
      594       594 
Deferred acquisition costs
      10,428       10,428 
Other assets
  138   21,865   (606)  21,397 
 
            
Total assets
  35,402   876,859   (35,870)  876,391 
 
            
 
EQUITY
                
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
  24,069   28,062   (28,062)  24,069 
Third-party interests
      3,481       3,481 
 
            
Group equity
  24,069   31,543   (28,062)  27,550 
 
            
 
LIABILITIES
                
Preference shares
                
Subordinated loans
  5,392       (1,283)  4,109 
Debt securities in issue
  5,178   73,834       79,012 
Other borrowed funds
      29,631   (5,919)  23,712 
Insurance and investment contracts
      216,851       216,851 
Amounts due to banks
      95,878       95,878 
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
      349,241       349,241 
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
                
- trading liabilities
      53,841       53,841 
- non-trading derivatives
                
- designated as at fair value through profit or loss
                
Other liabilities
  763   26,040   (606)  26,197 
 
            
Total liabilities
  11,333   845,316   (7,808)  848,841 
 
            
 
                
 
            
Total equity and liabilities
  35,402   876,859   (35,870)  876,391 
 
            

F-124


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.3.2. Consolidating income statements
For the year ended December 31, 2005
                 
  ING Groep NV      Consoli-  ING Group 
  Parent  Subsi-  dating  Consoli- 
  company  diaries  entries  dated 
INCOME
                
Interest income banking operations
      48,176       48,176 
Interest expense banking operations
      39,109       39,109 
Interest result banking operations
      9,067       9,067 
Premium income
      45,758       45,758 
Income from investments
      9,915       9,915 
Gains and losses from investments
      930       930 
Commission income
      3,747       3,747 
Valuation results from non-trading derivatives
      47       47 
Net trading income
      426       426 
Other income
  7,217   1,228   (7,194)  1,251 
 
            
Total income
  7,217   71,118   (7,194)  71,141 
 
            
 
                
EXPENSES
                
Underwriting expenditure
      47,120       47,120 
Additions to the provision for loan losses
      109       109 
Other impairments
      76       76 
Staff costs
      7,646       7,646 
Other interest expenses
      969       969 
Other operating expenses
      6,327       6,327 
 
              
Total expenditure
      62,247       62,247 
 
              
 
                
 
            
Profit before tax
  7,217   8,871   (7,194)  8,894 
 
            
 
                
Taxation
  7   1,372       1,379 
 
            
Profit for the period (before third-party interests)
  7,210   7,499   (7,194)  7,515 
 
            
 
                
Attribution:
                
Net profit attributable to equity holders of the Company
              7,210 
Third-party interests
              305 
 
               
Profit for the period
              7,515 
 
               

F-125


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
For the year ended December 31, 2004
                 
  ING Groep NV      Consoli-  ING Group 
  Parent  Subsi-  dating  Consoli- 
  company  diaries  entries  dated 
INCOME
                
Interest income banking operations
      25,448       25,448 
Interest expense banking operations
      16,707       16,707 
Interest result banking operations
      8,741       8,741 
Premium income
      43,617       43,617 
Income from investments
      9,730       9,730 
Gains and losses from investments
      649       649 
Commission income
      3,779       3,779 
Valuation results from non-trading derivatives
               
Net trading income
      888       888 
Other income
  5,750   770   (5,765)  755 
 
            
Total income
  5,750   68,174   (5,765)  68,159 
 
            
 
                
EXPENSES
                
Underwriting expenditure
      45,384       45,384 
Additions to the provision for loan losses
      453       453 
Other impairments
      22       22 
Staff costs
      7,667       7,667 
Other interest expenses
      1,019       1,019 
Other operating expenses
      5,874       5,874 
 
              
Total expenditure
      60,419       60,419 
 
              
 
                
 
            
Profit before tax
  5,750   7,755   (5,765)  7,740 
 
            
 
Taxation
  (5)  1,714       1,709 
 
            
Profit for the period (before third-party interests)
  5,755   6,041   (5,765)  6,031 
 
            
 
                
Attribution:
                
Net profit attributable to equity holders of the Company
              5,755 
Third-party interests
              276 
 
               
Profit for the period
              6,031 
 
               

F-126


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.3.3. Consolidating statement of cash flows

For the year ended December 31, 2005
                 
  ING Groep NV     Consoli-    
  Parent  Subsi-  dating     
  company   diaries   entries  ING Group 
Profit before tax
  7,217   8,871   (7,194)  8,894 
Adjusted for
                
– depreciation
      1,278       1,278 
– amortisation of deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
      (1,141)      (1,141)
– increase in provisions for insurance and investment contracts
      21,250       21,250 
– additions to the provision for loan losses
      109       109 
– other
  (6,303)  (3,531)  8,531   (1,303)
Taxation paid
      (1,398)      (1,398)
 
                
Movements in
                
– amounts due from banks, not available on demand
      (720)      (720)
– trading assets
      (29,925)      (29,925)
– non-trading derivatives
      2,596       2,596 
– other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
      (2,193)      (2,193)
– loans and advances to customers
  (1,183)  (60,388)  (1,138)  (62,709)
– other assets
  (170)  (7,231)  (150)  (7,551)
– amounts due to banks, not payable on demand
      19,405       19,405 
– customer deposits and other funds on deposit
      60,418   1,671   62,089 
– trading liabilities
      13,442       13,442 
– other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
      8,398       8,398 
– other liabilities
  (14)  5,936   (2,694)  3,228 
Net cash flow from operating activities
  (453)  35,176   (974)  33,749 
Investment and advances
                
– associates and group companies
  (77)  (1,109)  77   (1,109)
– available-for-sale investments
      (260,769)      (260,769)
– held-to-maturity investments
      (1,030)      (1,030)
– investment property
      (1,156)      (1,156)
– property and equipment
      (540)      (540)
– assets subject to operating leases
      (991)      (991)
– investments for the risk of policyholders
      (41,781)      (41,781)
– other investments
      (164)      (164)
Disposals and redemptions
                
– associates and group companies
      1,761       1,761 
– available-for-sale investments
      218,847       218,847 
– held-to-maturity investments
      245       245 
– investment property
      1,030       1,030 
– property and equipment
      483       483 
– assets subject to operating leases
      391       391 
– investments for the risk of policyholders
      34,464       34,464 
– other investments
      13       13 
Net cash flow from investing activities
  (77)  (50,306)  77   (50,306)
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans
  1,901           1,901 
Repayments of subordinated loans
  (177)          (177)
Borrowed funds and debt securities
  (1,038)  7,730   1,150   7,842 
Deposits by reinsurers
      93       93 
Issuance of ordinary shares
  9   105       114 
Dividends paid / received
  (165)  (2,296)      (2,461)
Net cash flow from financing activities
  530   5,632   1,150   7,312 

F-127


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                 
  ING Groep NV      Consoli-     
  Parent  Subsi-  dating     
  company  diaries   entries  ING Group  
Net cash flow
      (9,498)  253   (9,245)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
      12,329   (741)  11,588 
Implementation IAS 32/39
      692       692 
Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
      300       300 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
      3,823   (488)  3,335 
Cash and cash equivalents comprises the following items
                
Treasury bills and other eligible bills
      11,572       11,572 
Amounts due from/to banks
      (21,321)      (21,321)
Cash and balances with central banks
      13,572   (488)  13,084 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
      3,823   (488)  3,335 
For the year ended December 31, 2004
                 
  ING Groep NV  Subsi-  Consoli-  ING Group 
  Parent  diaries  dating     
  company      entries     
Profit before tax
  (5,750)  7,756   (5,766)  7,740 
Adjusted for
                
– depreciation
      563       563 
– amortisation of deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
      (858)      (858)
– increase in provisions for insurance and investment contracts
      13,244       13,244 
– additions to the provision for loan losses
      453       453 
– other
  (5,937)  4,393   6,023   4,479 
Taxation paid
      (1,163)      (1,163)
 
                
Movements in
                
– amounts due from banks, not available on demand
      (1,206)      (1,206)
– trading assets
      (4,417)      (4,417)
– non-trading derivatives
                
– other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
      (14)      (14)
– loans and advances to customers
  (2,885)  (36,556)  4,704   (34,737)
– other assets
  (59)  644   (249)  336 
– amounts due to banks, not payable on demand
      21,986       21,986 
– customer deposits and other funds on deposit
      65,069   (514)  64,555 
– trading liabilities
                
– other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
                
– other liabilities
  (51)  3,943   249   4,141 
Net cash flow from operating activities
  (3,182)  73,837   (4,447)  75,102 
Investment and advances
                
– associates and group companies
  (152)  (2,491)      (2,643)
– available-for-sale investments
      (262,293)      (262,293)
– held-to-maturity investments
                
– investment property
      (1,169)      (1,169)
– property and equipment
      (380)      (380)
– assets subject to operating leases
      (950)      (950)
– investments for the risk of policyholders
      (34,467)      (34,467)
– other investments
      (103)      (103)

F-128


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                 
  ING Groep NV      Consoli-     
  Parent  Subsi-  dating     
  company  diaries  entries  ING Group  
Disposals and redemptions
                
– associates and group companies
  2,303   1,511   (2,294)  1,520 
– available-for-sale investments
      197,070       197,070 
– held-to-maturity investments
                
– investment property
      1,123       1,123 
– property and equipment
      192       192 
– assets subject to operating leases
      388       388 
– investments for the risk of policyholders
      29,382       29,382 
– other investments
      65       65 
Net cash flow from investing activities
  2,151   (72,122)  (2,294)  (72,265)
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans
  1,000           1,000 
Repayments of subordinated loans
  (410)          (410)
Borrowed funds and debt securities
  (573)  3,211   (2,612)  26 
Deposits by reinsurers
      309       309 
Issuance of ordinary shares
  449   588       1,037 
Dividends paid / received
  565   (1,448)      (883)
Net cash flow from financing activities
  1,031   2,660   (2,612)  1,079 
 
                
Net cash flow
      4,375   (459)  3,916 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
      7,997   (282)  7,715 
Implementation IAS 32/39
                
Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
      (43)      (43)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
      12,329   (741)  11,588 
Cash and cash equivalents comprises the following items
                
Treasury bills and other eligible bills
      12,382       12,382 
Amounts due from/to banks
      (9,907)      (9,907)
Cash and balances with central banks
      9,854   (741)  9,113 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
      12,329   (741)  11,588 

F-129


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.3.4. NOTES TO THE SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

ASSETS
INVESTMENTS IN WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES
Investments in wholly owned subsidiaries:
                 
      Balance      Balance 
      sheet      sheet 
   Owner-ship value  Owner-  value 
   (%)  2005  ship (%)   2004 
Name of investee
                
ING Bank N.V.
  100   20,490   100   14,354 
ING Verzekeringen N.V.
  100   20,607   100   13,243 
Other
      391       465 
 
              
 
      41,488       28,062 
 
              
Movements in investments in wholly owned subsidiaries:
         
  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  28,062   28,651 
Change in accounting principles
  4,510   (1,991)
Repayments to group companies
      (2,303)
Divestures of group companies
      152 
Revaluations
  4,205   (678)
Result of the group companies
  7,194   5,765 
Dividend
  (2,296)  (1,446)
 
      
 
  41,675   28,150 
 
      
 
        
Changes in ING Groep N.V. shares held by group companies
  (187)  (88)
 
      
Closing balance
  41,488   28,062 
 
      
 
        
Receivables from Group companies
  8,094   7,202 
 
      
Total
  49.582   35.264 
 
      
SUBORDINATED LOANS

See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.
                 
  Year of      Balance sheet value 
Interest rate issue  Due date  2005  2004 
5.775%
  2005  Unlimited  837     
6.125%
  2005  Unlimited  574     
4.176%
  2005  Unlimited  496     
Variable
  2004  Unlimited  934   1,000 
6.200%
  2003  Unlimited  410   366 
Variable
  2003  Unlimited  691   750 
7.200%
  2002  Unlimited  904   807 
7.050%
  2002  Unlimited  659   586 
6.500%
  2001  Unlimited  589   600 
8.439%
  2000  December  1,261   1,100 
 
      31,2030         
9.200%
  2000  June 30,      183 
 
      2030         
 
              
 
          7,355   5,392 
 
              

F-130


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
EUR 5,563 million (2004: EUR 5,026 million) of these loans has been subsequently provided as subordinated loans by ING Groep N.V. to ING Bank N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.
EUR 1,792 million (2004: EUR 366 million) has been subsequently provided as subordinated loan by ING Groep N.V. to ING Verzekeringen N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.
The number of debentures held by group companies as at December 31, 2005 was nil with a balance sheet value of nil (2004: 7,800 with a balance sheet value of EUR 1 million).
Unsecured subordinated loans from group companies to ING Groep N.V., which may be renewable at their due dates at the then prevailing market rates, are included in subordinated loans.
DEBT SECURITIES IN ISSUE
                 
Interest rate         Balance sheet value 
  Year of issue  Due date  2005  2004 
5.000%
  2001   May 3, 2006   999   1,000 
6.125%
  2000   January 4, 2011   996   1,000 
6.000%
  2000    August 1, 2007    750   750 
5.500%
  2000   May 11, 2005        1,428 
5.500%
  1999    September 14, 2009    995   1,000 
 
              
 
          3,740   5,178 
 
              
The number of debentures held by group companies as at December 31, 2005 was 2,519 with a balance sheet value of EUR 3 million (2004: 6,377 with a balance sheet value of EUR 6 million).
Amounts owed to group companies by remaining term:
         
  2005  2004 
– up to one year
  956   600 
– one year to five years
  35     
– over five years
      6 
 
      
 
  991   606 
 
      

F-131


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.4. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND NET PROFIT ON THE BASIS OF US GAAP
All references to IFRS-EU in this section refer to International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU, including the decisions ING Group made with regard to the options available under IFRS as adopted by the EU.
The consolidated financial statements of ING Group are presented in accordance with IFRS-EU. IFRS-EU differs in certain respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). The following information includes a summary of the significant differences between the two frameworks and additional disclosures required under US GAAP.
2.4.1 VALUATION AND INCOME RECOGNITION DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS-EU AND US GAAP
As discussed in section “Changes in accounting principles” on page F-8, ING Group adopted IFRS-EU as of 2005. The 2004 comparatives have been restated to comply with IFRS-EU. However, as permitted by IFRS 1, ING Group has not restated the 2004 comparatives for the impact of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4. Accordingly, comparative information with respect to financial instruments and insurance contracts is prepared under ING Group’s previous accounting policies.
As a result, in the table provided on page F-9 the 2005 columns reconcile IFRS-EU (including IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4) to US GAAP. The 2004 columns reconcile IFRS-EU excluding IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 to US GAAP. The application of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 as of January 1, 2005 results in certain cases in different reconciling items between IFRS-EU and US GAAP as compared to 2004. Where applicable, the notes to differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP discussed below refer separately to IFRS-EU 2005 and 2004.
An explanation of differences between IFRS-EU (applied in 2005) and IFRS-EU excluding IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 (applied in 2004) is provided in section “Changes in accounting principles” under “Differences from implementing IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4 as of January 1, 2005” on page F-11.
Goodwill (2005 and 2004)
Under IFRS-EU, goodwill is capitalized on acquisitions after January 1, 2004; goodwill on acquisitions prior to January 1, 2004 was charged directly to equity. Under US GAAP, goodwill is recognized on all acquisitions. When a reporting unit or a business is to be disposed of, goodwill associated with that reporting unit or business is included in the carrying amount of the reporting unit or business in determining the gain or loss on disposal. The difference as at January 1, 2004 may therefore result in differences in results on disposal. In addition, the transition difference may result in differences in impairments in future years. The amount of transition difference changes due to foreign currency translation effect.
The timing of the recognition of goodwill may be different under IFRS-EU and US GAAP since IFRS-EU requires that contingent consideration be recorded at the date of acquisition, with subsequent adjustments to contingent consideration reflected in goodwill. Under US GAAP, contingent consideration is only recorded when the contingency is resolved and the consideration is issued or becomes issuable.
This item includes intangible assets and related amortization related to acquisitions before January 1, 2004, which under IFRS-EU were charged directly to equity as part of goodwill.
Real estate (2005 and 2004)
Investment property
Under IFRS-EU, investment property is measured at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in the profit and loss account. No depreciation is recorded. Under US GAAP, investment property is measured at cost less depreciation and impairment. Depreciation is charged to the profit and loss account. Realized results on disposal are reported in the profit and loss account.

F-132


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS– (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Property in own use
Under IFRS-EU, property in own use is measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in equity. Negative revaluation reserves on a property-by-property basis are charged to the profit and loss account. Subsequent recoveries are recognized as income up to the original cost. Depreciation over the fair value is charged to the profit and loss account. On disposal any revaluation reserve remains in equity and any difference between the carrying amount of the property and the sales price is reported in the profit and loss account. Under US GAAP, property in own use is measured at cost less depreciation and impairment. Depreciation over the cost basis is charged to the profit and loss account. Realized results on disposal are reported in the profit and loss account. Impairments are an adjustment to the cost basis and are not reversed on subsequent recovery.
Sale and leaseback
Under IFRS-EU the gains and losses arising from a sale and operating leaseback transaction are recognized immediately, provided the transaction has been concluded at fair value. Under US GAAP, gains on a sale and operating leaseback transaction are generally amortized over the future period of the lease.
Debt securities (2005)
Held to maturity investments
Under IFRS-EU, assets designated as held-to-maturity at the date of implementing IFRS-EU (January 1, 2005) were recorded at the amortized cost value as at that date. Under US GAAP, these assets were transferred to held-to-maturity from available-for-sale at the January 1, 2005 fair value. The difference between fair value and amortized cost at January 1, 2005 is amortized over the remaining life. For assets designated as held-to-maturity after January 1, 2005 there is no difference between IFRS-EU and US GAAP.
Effective interest on prepayment sensitive assets
Under IFRS-EU, in applying the effective yield method to determine amortized cost of prepayment sensitive assets, the original effective yield is maintained and any recognized adjustment, based on changes in future cash flow estimates, is made to the carrying amount of the asset (cumulative catchup method). Under US GAAP, for beneficial interests in recognized assets that are not of high credit quality, a prospective method is used which requires changing the existing yield to a new yield based on actual cash flows to date and the latest expected future cash flow profile of the assets. For other prepayment sensitive assets a new yield and retrospective adjustment is required.
Foreign currency translation
Under IFRS-EU, foreign currency translation results on translating the amortized cost of available-for-sale debt securities is included in the profit and loss account. The difference between fair value and amortized cost as translated into the functional currency is included in the revaluation reserve in equity. Under US GAAP all foreign currency translation results on available-for-sale debt securities are recognized in shareholders’ equity as part of the fair value adjustment (revaluation reserve).
Reversals of impairments
Under IFRS-EU, prior impairments on debt securities may be reversed if there is an increase in fair value that can be objectively related to a new event. Under US GAAP, impairments on debt securities are not reversed.
Debt securities (2004)
Valuation of fixed-interest securities
Under IFRS-EU excluding IAS 39 (2004), investments in fixed-interest securities are carried at redemption value. Differences between redemption value and cost are amortized to the profit and loss account over the remaining term of the investments concerned. Under US GAAP, securities which are available for sale are stated at fair value. Unrealized movements in the fair value are recognized in shareholders’ equity. Realized results on disposal are recognized immediately in the profit and loss account.

F-133


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Realized gains/losses on disposal of investments in fixed-interest securities
Under IFRS-EU excluding IAS 39 (2004), the result on disposal of investments in fixed-interest securities, i.e. the difference between the proceeds from sale and the book value, is treated as a yield difference. These yield differences are taken to the profit and loss account over the remaining term of the investment portfolio. Under US GAAP, the result on disposal is immediately recognized in the profit and loss account.
Valuation of equity securities (2004)
Under IFRS-EU excluding IAS 39 (2004) and US GAAP, unrealized losses on equity securities are recorded in the revaluation reserve, unless the securities are considered to be impaired. Impairments are charged to the profit and loss account. The determination of impairment involves various assumptions and factors, including the period of time and the extent to which the unrealized loss has existed and general market conditions, but is primarily based on the financial condition of the issuer in the long-term; ING has the intention and ability to hold securities with unrealized losses to full recovery. Under US GAAP, unrealized losses that are considered “other than temporary” are charged to the profit and loss account. The determination of “other than temporary” is primarily based on the duration and extent to which the market value has been below cost.
Derivatives and hedge accounting (2005)
Under IFRS-EU, hedge accounting is applied where possible. Accordingly, under IFRS-EU gains and losses on derivatives are deferred in equity when hedging relationships are designated as cash flow hedges. Adjustments are made to hedged items when hedging relationships are designated as fair value hedges. Under US GAAP, the Group has opted to not apply hedge accounting subject to items specifically designated as a hedge under US GAAP (including certain hedges of net investments in foreign operations). Accordingly, under US GAAP all derivatives other than those designated as hedges are marked-to-market through the income statement and no adjustments to hedged items are recognized.
Derivatives and hedge accounting (2004)
Under IFRS-EU excluding IAS 39 (2004), derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate swap contracts, used to manage interest rate risk are accounted for as off-balance sheet transactions. The related interest income and expense is accounted for on a basis in conformity with the hedged position, primarily on an accrual basis. Transactions qualify as hedges if these transactions are identified as such and there is a negative correlation between the hedging results and the results of the position being hedged. Under US GAAP, derivatives are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in income unless specified criteria are met to obtain hedge accounting treatment. Under US GAAP, the Group has opted to not applying hedge accounting subject to items specifically designated as a hedge under US GAAP (including certain hedges of net investments in foreign operations). Accordingly, under US GAAP all derivatives other than those designated as hedges are marked-to-market through the income statement and no adjustments to hedged items are recognized.
Fair value option (2005)
Under IFRS-EU, certain financial instruments are designated as “at fair value through profit and loss”. For US GAAP, these financial instruments are reported as either available-for-sale instruments with movements in fair value recognized in shareholders’ equity or as loans and receivables which are carried at amortized cost.
Deferred acquisition costs (2005 and 2004)
Under IFRS-EU, acquisition costs of certain life insurance business involving the receipt of regular premiums are recognized and amortized to the profit and loss account in proportion to future premiums. Under US GAAP, deferred acquisition costs of traditional insurance contracts are likewise amortized in proportion to future premiums. For universal-life type contracts, investment contracts and for participating individual life insurance contracts, deferred acquisition costs are amortized at a constant rate based on the present value of the estimated gross profit margins expected to be realized over the life of the book of contracts. Changes in estimated gross profits result in a retroactive adjustment recorded in the period the estimate of future gross profits change. Both under IFRS-EU and

F-134


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
US GAAP deferred acquisition costs are adjusted, where applicable, (through equity) to reflect changes that would have been necessary if unrealized investment gains and losses related to available-for-sale securities had been realized. However, the amounts may be different due to differences in underlying accounting principles.
Provision for insurance liabilities (2005 and 2004)
Provision for life policyholders
Both under IFRS-EU and US GAAP, the provision for life policy liabilities is calculated on the basis of a prudent prospective actuarial method, having regard to the conditions of current insurance contracts. The difference between IFRS-EU and US GAAP primarily concerns the treatment of initial expenses and the assumptions which are made in calculating the provisions with regard to the yield on the investments. Adequacy testing of the provisions for life policy liabilities, net of unamortised policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired, is performed similarly under both IFRS-EU and US GAAP. A reserve inadequacy (under US GAAP: a “premium deficiency”) exists if the life policy liabilities plus the present value of expected future gross premiums are insufficient to provide for expected future policy benefits and expenses and to recover any unamortised policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired. Reserve strengthening is recognised as an additional provision for insurance liabilities under IFRS-EU. Premium deficiencies are recognised under US GAAP as an adjustment to the current year’s value of business acquired, or if the deficiency is greater than the value of business acquired, it is recognised as a decrease in deferred acquisition costs and then as an increase in the provision for life policy liabilities. Based on the differences in the life policy liabilities under IFRS-EU and US GAAP and the different confidence levels used in reserve adequacy testing, a premium deficiency may be recognised differently under US GAAP.
Furthermore, a shadow premium deficiency may arise under US GAAP when unrealised investment gains related to available-for-sale securities are included in the US GAAP adequacy testing as if the gains had been realised. This results in an adjustment to equity for any shadow premium deficiency calculated and an adjustment to the current year’s value of business acquired, deferred acquisition costs, or provision for life policy liabilities as above. This adjustment is recorded under US GAAP but is not recorded for IFRS-EU purposes.
Investment contracts (2005)
Under IFRS-EU, certain contracts that do not contain significant insurance risk are measured and presented as financial instruments and not as insurance contracts. Under US GAAP, these contracts are measured and presented as insurance contracts.
Deferred profit sharing (2005)
Under IFRS-EU, a deferred policyholder profit sharing liability is established for the realised and unrealised investment results allocated to insurance contracts with discretionary participation or with a legal/constructive obligation to share investment results with policyholders. Under US GAAP, such deferred liability is only recognised for legal obligations.
Employee benefits (2005 and 2004)
Unrecognized actuarial gains and losses
Under IFRS-EU, all previously unrecognized actuarial gains and losses were charged to equity at January 1, 2004. Under US GAAP, no reset of actuarial gains and losses was applied at January 1, 2004.
Accumulated benefit obligation in excess of the fair value of the plan assets
Under US GAAP, an additional liability is recognized immediately in a situation where the accumulated benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of the plan assets and that exceeds the amount of the recorded unfunded accrued pension cost. The accumulated benefit obligation differs from the projected benefit obligation in that it does not take into account future salary increases. Under IFRS-EU, such additional liability is not recognized.

F-135


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Equity instruments (2005)
Under IFRS-EU, instruments with the legal form of equity but with fixed or determinable repayments or dividends are classified as ‘liabilities’. Under US GAAP, these instruments are classified as ‘equity’.
Provision for restructuring (2005 and 2004)
Under IFRS-EU, certain restructuring costs relating to employee terminations are recognized when a restructuring plan has been announced. Under US GAAP, liabilities related to termination benefits are recognized when incurred. Employee termination costs are generally considered to be incurred when certain criteria have been met and the plan has been communicated to employees (communication date). Liabilities are recognized on the communication date unless further service (beyond a minimum retention period) is required from the employee in which case costs are recognized as benefits are earned.
Associates and other equity investments (2005)
Differences arise between US GAAP and IFRS-EU for associates for which equity accounting is applied due to underlying differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP in the associates’ equity and profit and loss. These mainly relate to underlying differences in the accounting treatment for real estate.
Associates and other equity investments (2004)
Differences arise between US GAAP and IFRS-EU for associates for which equity accounting is applied due to underlying differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP in the associates’ equity and profit and loss. These mainly relate to underlying differences in the accounting treatment for real estate.
Under IFRS-EU excluding IAS 39 (2004), equity participations are carried at either the lower of cost or market value or at net asset value. Dividends received and realized gains and losses on the sale of these shareholdings are charged to the profit and loss account. Under US GAAP, these shareholdings are accounted for at either fair value with changes in fair value recorded in shareholders’ equity, or, in cases where significant influence can be exercised by ING, by the equity method.
The criteria for the recognition of gains and losses on the sale of certain equity investments are more stringent under US GAAP. As a result, profit on sale is not always recognized in the same accounting period.
Loan loss provisioning (2005)
Under IFRS-EU, loan loss provisions are determined under a revised methodology based on a narrow interpretation of an incurred loss model. The application of the IFRS-EU methodology has reduced the amount of the unallocated provision for loan losses that ING Group provided in prior years to adequately capture various subjective and judgmental aspects of credit risk assessment which were not considered on an individual basis. Accordingly, the alignment of US GAAP reporting with the change in estimation process on adoption of IFRS-EU in 2005 has resulted in a release of EUR 623 million (before tax) of the provision through the 2005 US GAAP profit.
Other (2005 and 2004)
Other includes the effect of certain other differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP, which both individually and in aggregate have no significant effect on shareholders’ equity and net profit for the period.

F-136


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.4.2 RECONCILIATION OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND NET PROFIT TO US GAAP
Amounts in accordance with IFRS-EU
                 
  Shareholders’ equity      Net profit 
  2005  2004(1) 2005  2004(1)
Group equity / Profit for the period
  38,425   27,550   7,515   6,031 
Third-party interests
  (1,689)  (3,481)  (305)  (276)
 
            
 
                
Equity / Net profit attributable to equityholders of the Company
  36,736   24,069   7,210   5,755 
Adjustments in respect of
                
Goodwill
  3,837   4,046   (445)  (189)
Real estate
  (1,899)  (2,538)  (76)  316 
Debt securities
  397   11,656   (405)  206 
Valuation of equity securities
              148 
Derivatives and hedge accounting
  590   (101)  794   425 
Fair value option
  155       29     
Deferred acquisition costs and value of business acquired
  (687)  (418)  (329)  (79)
Provision for insurance liabilities
  277   (431)  151   282 
Deferred profit sharing
  2,691       11     
Employee benefits
  593   2,041   (120)  (64)
Equity instruments
  296       14     
Provision for restructuring
  119   60   60   60 
Associates and other equity investments
  (1,115)  (138)  (424)  5 
Loan loss provisioning
          623     
Other
      37   (28)  1 
 
            
Subtotal
  5,254   14,214   (145)  1,111 
 
                
Tax effect of the adjustments
  493   3,521   188   204 
Third-party interests in adjustments (after tax)
  122   332   99   26 
 
            
Total adjustments after tax
  4,883   11,025   (234)  933 
 
                
Amounts in accordance with US GAAP (excluding effects of changes in accounting principles)
  41,619   35,094   6,976   6,688 
 
                
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles(2)
              (91)
 
            
Amounts in accordance with US GAAP
  41,619   35,094   6,976   6,597 
 
            
 
(1) In the table provided above the 2005 columns reconcile IFRS-EU (including IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4) to US GAAP. The 2004 columns reconcile IFRS-EU excluding IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 to US GAAP. The application of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 as of January 1, 2005 results in certain cases in different reconciling items between IFRS-EU and US GAAP as compared to 2004. See also note 2.4.1
 
(2) The cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles in 2004 is EUR 91 million (after tax) as explained in note 2.4.10.(h).
2.4.3 RECONCILIATION FROM “IFRS-EU” TO “IFRS AS PUBLISHED BY THE IASB”
ING Group applies “IFRS-EU” as its basis of accounting. In comparison to “IFRS as published by the IASB”, IFRS-EU eliminates certain restrictions concerning hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of core deposits. ING Group has not yet implemented hedge accounting of core deposits and is currently considering adoption in 2006. Therefore, as at December 31, 2004 and December 2005, shareholders’ equity and net profit under “IFRS as published by the IASB” would not have been different from the amounts presented under “IFRS-EU”.
2.4.4 TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS
The impact of implementing IFRS-EU is disclosed in section ”Impact of changes in accounting principles on net profit and equity” on page F-9.

F-137


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The transitional provisions applied by the company in implementing IFRS-EU are disclosed in section “Changes in accounting principles” on page F-8. The only transitional provision that provided the company with accounting alternatives that would have a significant impact on shareholders’ equity relates to the capitalization of Goodwill. Had the company capitalized goodwill fully retrospectively, shareholders’ equity would have been approximately EUR 3,837 million higher. This amount is the net of retrospective capitalization of approximately EUR 17,966 million, cumulative retrospective impairment of approximately EUR 13,541 million and other movements of EUR 588 million (mainly foreign currency differences).
This election has no impact on net income in future periods, unless (part of) this goodwill would become impaired or the related business units would be disposed.
2.4.5 NET PROFIT PER SHARE
         
  2005  2004 
Net profit determined in accordance with IFRS-EU
  7,210   5,755 
Reconciling adjustments to net profit US GAAP
  (234)  842 
 
      
Net profit/(loss) determined in accordance with US GAAP
  6,976   6,597 
 
      
 
        
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding
  2,169.5   2,125.3 
 
        
Basic earnings/(loss) per share:
        
IFRS-EU
  3.32   2.71 
US GAAP (excluding effects of changes in accounting principles)(1)
  3.21   3.14 
US GAAP (including effects of changes in accounting principles)(1)
  3.21   3.10 
 
(1) The cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles in 2004 is EUR 91 million (after tax) as explained in note 2.4.10.(h).
2.4.6 PRESENTATION DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS AS ADOPTED BY THE EU AND US GAAP
In addition to the differences in valuation and income recognition principles, other differences, essentially related to presentation, exist between IFRS-EU and US GAAP. Although these differences do not cause differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP reported net profit and/or shareholders’ equity, it may be useful to understand them to better interpret the financial statements presented in accordance with IFRS-EU. The following is a summary of significant classification differences that pertain to the basic financial statements.
a. Certain financial assets and liabilities are designated as assets/liabilities at fair value through profit and loss. Under US GAAP, the assets/liabilities at fair value through profit and loss designation does not exist and accordingly those assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss under IFRS-EU are classified based on their underlying characteristics.
 
b. Funds received in financing transactions that involve the issuance of preferred shares (whether or not in conjunction with common shares) to banks are presented as a liability under Banks. Under US GAAP, such funds are presented as minority interest as the legal definition of equity is met.
 
c. Premium income of the non-life operations is presented on a written basis, with the change in unearned premiums reported as an underwriting expenditure. Under US GAAP, non-life premium income is presented on an as earned basis.

F-138


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
d. Premiums collected on universal-life type contracts and insurance contracts that are not classified as investment contracts under IFRS-EU are reported as premium income and the allocation of these premiums to the provision for life policy benefits as an underwriting expense. Under US GAAP, premiums collected on these types of products are not reported as revenue in the profit and loss accounts; revenues from these products are the amounts assessed against policyholders and are reported in the period that the amounts are assessed unless evidence indicates that the amounts are designed to compensate for services provided over more than one period.
 
e. Death and surrender benefits paid on universal-life type contracts and the corresponding release of the provision for life policy benefits are reported separately as underwriting expenses in the profit and loss accounts. Under US GAAP, these items are not reported separately; the amount of expense reported for these products is the amounts paid in excess of the related release of the provision for life policy benefits.
 
f. Short-term and long-term borrowings are included in the following captions: funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations and other liabilities. Under US GAAP, short-term borrowings are presented separately from long term borrowings.
 
g. Special Purpose Entities (SPEs) are consolidated when it is determined that an entity is controlled by ING Group. Determination of whether ING controls an SPE depends on substance and is based on a consideration of such factors as voting interests, risks and rewards and benefits and the sponsor of the SPE. Under US GAAP, the approach to identifying whether an entity should consolidate a special purpose entity is different and is focused on which party, if any, holds interests that expose that party to a majority of the potential variability in expected losses or expected residual returns.
 
h. Investments for the risk of policyholders, interest in investment pools and deposits with reinsurers are included in Investments. Under US GAAP, investments for the risk of policyholders that meets the definition of separate accounts are reported as such. Interests in investment pools and deposits with reinsurers are included in Other assets.

F-139


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.4.7 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET IN ACCORDANCE WITH US GAAP
The following is a condensed balance sheet of ING Group under US GAAP and IFRS-EU, for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, restated to reflect the impacts of the valuation and income recognition differences as discussed in note 2.4.1 and presentation differences as discussed in note 2.4.6.
                 
  2005  2005  20041  2004 
  US GAAP  IFRS-EU  US GAAP  IFRS-EU 
Assets
                
Cash and balances with central banks
  13,084   13,084   9,113   9,113 
Amounts due from banks
  47,466   47,466   45,421   45,084 
Trading account assets
  149,187   149,187   106,605   79,649 
Investments for risk of policyholders
  40,174   100,961   30,750   77,662 
Separate accounts
  60,787       46,912     
Total investments
  325,041   324,644   291,963   276,331 
Loans and advances to customers
  439,181   439,181   330,570   330,458 
Reinsurance contracts
  8,285   8,285   6,744   6,744 
Goodwill
  4,099   262   4,191   145 
Deferred policy acquisition costs
  11,903   12,590   10,010   10,428 
Property and equipment
  8,889   10,788   10,390   12,934 
Participating interests
  2,438   3,622   2,161   2,663 
Other assets/receivables
  48,793   48,569   25,589   25,180 
 
            
Total assets
  1,159,327   1,158,639   920,419   876,391 
 
            
 
                
Liabilities
                
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long term debt
  56,018       51,835     
Long-term borrowings, excluding current maturities
  63,003       58,396     
Deposits
  465,712   465,712   349,241   349,241 
Future policy benefits, claims reserves, other policyholder funds and unearned premiums
  260,519   263,487   217,904   216,851 
Banks
  120,627   122,234   96,254   95,878 
Trading account liabilities
  92,058   92,058   79,848   53,841 
Other liabilities
  56,597   176,723   27,536   133,030 
 
            
Total liabilities
  1,114,534   1,120,214   881,014   848,841 
 
            
 
                
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
  41,619   36,736   35,094   24,069 
Third-party interests
  3,174   1,689   4,311   3,481 
 
            
Group equity
  1,159,327   1,158,639   920,419   876,391 
 
            
 
(1) Certain reclassifications to the 2004 US GAAP presentation are made to conform with the 2005 presentation.

F-140


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.4.8 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT IN ACCORDANCE WITH US GAAP
The following is a condensed income statement of ING Group, for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, restated to reflect the impacts of the valuation and income recognition differences as discussed in note 2.4.1 and presentation differences as discussed in note 2.4.6.
                 
  2005  2005  20041  2004 
  US GAAP  IFRS-EU  US GAAP  IFRS-EU 
Income
                
Premium income
  22,670   45,758   24,090   43,617 
Investment income
  10,722   10,894   11,049   10,379 
Interest result banking operations
  9,067   9,067   8,741   8,741 
Commission income
  3,747   3,747   3,779   3,779 
Other income
  1,754   1,675   2,074   1,643 
 
            
Total income
  47,960   71,141   49,733   68,159 
 
                
Expenses
                
Underwriting expenditure
  24,199   47,120   25,654   45,384 
Other interest expenses
  969   969   1,019   1,019 
Operating expenses
  14,036   13,973   13,552   13,541 
Impairments/additions to the provision for loan losses
  7   185   664   475 
 
            
Total expenditure
  39,211   62,247   40,889   60,419 
 
                
 
            
 
                
Profit before tax
  8,749   8,894   8,844   7,740 
 
            
 
                
Taxation
  1,567   1,379   1,910   1,709 
Third-party interest
  206   305   246   276 
 
                
 
            
Net profit (excluding effect of changes in accounting principles)
  6,976   7,210   6,688   5,755 
 
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles
          (91)    
 
            
 
Net profit (including effect of changes in accounting principles)
  6,976   7,210   6,597   5,755 
 
            
 
(1) Certain reclassifications to the 2004 US GAAP presentation are made to conform with the 2005 presentation.

F-141


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.4.9 RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
SFAS 156
In March 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets” (“SFAS 156”), which amends SFAS 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities”, with respect to the accounting for separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. SFAS 156 permits the choice of the amortization method or the fair value measurement method, with changes in fair value recorded in income, for the subsequent measurement for each class of separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. The statement is effective for years beginning after September 15, 2006, with earlier adoption permitted. ING Group is currently evaluating the effect of the statement on the Group’s reconciliation of shareholders’ equity and net profit to US GAAP and the Group’s condensed consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account in accordance with US GAAP basis.
SFAS 155
In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Instruments – an Amendment to FASB Statements No. 133 and 140” (“SFAS 155”), which permits, but does not require, fair value accounting for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that would otherwise require bifurcation in accordance with SFAS 133. Among other things, the statement also establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are freestanding derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation. The statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006, with earlier adoption permitted. ING Group is currently evaluating the effect of the statement on the Group’s reconciliation of shareholders’ equity and net profit to US GAAP and the Group’s condensed consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account in accordance with US GAAP basis.
SFAS 154
In May 2005, the FASB issued statement of Financial Accounting Standards SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections” SFAS 154. This statement is a result of a broader effort by the FASB to converge standards with the International Accounting Standards Board. SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes, unless impracticable, retrospective application as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle in the absence of explicit transition requirements specific to the newly adopted accounting principle. SFAS 154 is effective January 1, 2006 for ING Group. ING Group does not expect that adoption of SFAS 154 will have a material impact on ING Group’s reconciliation of shareholders’ equity and net profit to US GAAP since the adoption of SFAS 154 will contribute to the alignment of International Financial Reporting Standards and US GAAP.
EITF 04-05
In June 2005, the Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a final consensus on EITF 04-05, “Investor’s Accounting for an Investment in a Limited Partnership When the Investor Is the Sole General Partner and the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights”. EITF 04-05 provides guidance on determining when a general partner should or should not consolidate a limited partnership in light of certain rights held by the limited partners. EITF 04-05 is effective after June 29, 2005 for all new limited partnership agreements and for pre-existing limited partnership agreements that are modified and must be adopted by January 1, 2006 for all other limited partnership agreements. The effective portion of the EITF 04-05 did not have a material impact on ING Group’s reconciliation of shareholders’ equity and net profit to US GAAP, or ING Group’s condensed consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account on a US GAAP basis, and the impact on all other limited partnership agreements as of January 1, 2004 is also not expected to be material.

F-142


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
SOP 05-01
In September 2005, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) issued Statement of Position (“SOP”) 05-1, Accounting by Insurance Enterprises for Deferred Acquisition Costs in Connection with Modifications or Exchanges of Insurance Contracts (“SOP 05-1”). SOP 05-1 defines an internal replacement as a modification in product benefits, features, rights, or coverage that occurs by the exchange of a contract for a new contract, or by amendment, endorsement, or rider to a contract, or by the election of a feature or coverage within a contract. Under SOP 05-1, modifications that result in a substantially unchanged contract will be accounted for as a continuation of the replaced contract. A replacement contract that is substantially changed will be accounted for as an extinguishment of the replaced contract resulting in a release of unamortized deferred acquisition costs, unearned revenue and deferred sales inducements associated with the replaced contract.
The guidance in SOP 05-01 is effective for internal replacements occurring after January 1, 2007 and will be applied prospectively. Management has not yet completed its evaluation of the effect that SOP 05-01 will have but does not expect that the pronouncement will have a material effect on ING Group’s US GAAP equity and net profit.
FSP 115-1
In November 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS 115-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments”. The FSP nullifies the accounting guidance relating to the recognition of investment portfolio other-than-temporary impairments of EITF 03-01, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments”; carries forward the disclosure requirements included in the EITF 03-01 which have been effective and applied by ING Group since December 31, 2003; supersedes EITF Topic No. D-44, “Recognition of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment upon the Planned Sale of a Security Whose Cost Exceeds Fair Value”; and references existing other-than-temporary impairment guidance including FAS 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5M, “Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”. The FSP is effective January 1, 2006 and is not expected to have a material impact on ING Group’s US GAAP equity and net profit.

F-143


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.4.10 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REQUIRED UNDER US GAAP
The following information represents additional disclosures required under US GAAP. The information has been prepared in accordance with IFRS-EU unless it specifically states that it is based on US GAAP.
(a) Investments
The following tables show the (amortized) cost, the gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of ING’s investments aggregated on a US GAAP basis by type of security for the years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004:
                 
      Gross  Gross    
  Amortized  unrealized  unrealized    
  cost  gains  losses  Fair value 
December 31, 2005
                
Debt securities held-to-maturity
  18,937   537   8   19,466 
 
                
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                
– Dutch Government
  6,931   603       7,534 
– Foreign Government
  93,867   6,681   201   100,347 
– Corporate debt securities
  81,475   2,220   489   83,206 
– Asset-backed securities
  88,079   622   889   87,812 
– Other
  10,151   281   90   10,342 
 
            
Sub-total
  280,503   10,407   1,669   289,241 
 
            
 
                
Equity securities
  11,422   5,134   90   16,466 
 
            
Total
  310,862   16,078   1,767   325,173 
 
            
 
                
December 31, 2004
                
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                
– Dutch Government
  6,699   484   1   7,182 
– Foreign Government
  82,127   5,688   84   87,731 
– Corporate debt securities
  97,414   3,816   259   100,971 
– Asset-backed securities
  75,151   1,144   329   75,966 
– Other
  6,568   324   93   6,799 
 
            
Sub-total
  267,959   11,456   766   278,649 
 
            
 
                
Equity securities
  8,204   2,404   152   10,456 
 
            
Total
  276,163   13,860   918   289,105 
 
            
The following table shows the duration of unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other–than–temporarily impaired on a US GAAP basis for the year ended December 31, 2005 broken down by type of security and by the period of time for which the fair value was below cost price:

F-144


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                 
      Between       
  Less than  6 and 12  More than    
  6 months  months  12 months    
  below cost  below cost  below cost  Total 
December 31, 2005
                
Debt securities held-to-maturity
  7   1       8 
 
                
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                
– Dutch Government
                
– Foreign Government
  56   26   119   201 
– Corporate debt securities
  210   117   162   489 
– Asset-backed securities
  332   232   325   889 
– Other
  28   14   48   90 
 
            
Sub-total
  626   389   654   1,669 
 
                
Equity securities
  47   13   30   90 
 
            
Total
  680   403   684   1,767 
 
            
                 
      Between       
  Less than  6 and 12  More than    
  6 months  months  12 months    
  below cost  below cost  below cost  Total 
December 31, 2004
                
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                
– Dutch Government
      1       1 
– Foreign Government
  29   17   38   84 
– Corporate debt securities
  79   55   125   259 
– Asset-backed securities
  124   118   87   329 
– Other
  37   5   51   93 
 
            
Sub-total
  269   196   301   766 
 
                
Equity securities
  67   26   59   152 
 
            
Total
  336   222   360   918 
 
            
The debt and equity securities consist of investments with various issuers over several industry and geographical sectors. The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset is impaired. The impairment review focuses on issuer specific developments regarding the financial condition of the issuer, taking into account the Group’s intent and ability to hold the securities with unrealized losses as at year-end until anticipated full recovery. Other factors considered in determining whether the assets are impaired include the evaluation of the level and trends of interest rates, trends and level of volatility in stock markets, financial condition of the issuer or counterparty, economic developments and expectations in the business segment in which the issuer or counterparty operates. In the case of equity securities classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is considered in determining whether the assets are impaired.
In accordance with Group policy, in 2005, an impairment of EUR 91 million for both IFRS-EU and US GAAP was recognized for unrealized losses related to equity securities classified as available-for-sale that had a significant or prolonged decline in fair value below cost. Further, an impairment of EUR 20 million was recognized under US GAAP relating to available-for-sale debt securities with unrealized losses for which it was determined that the Group as at December 31, 2005 did not have the intent to hold the securities until anticipated full recovery.

F-145


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The Group has determined that the remaining unrealized losses on the company’s investments in debt securities and equity securities at December 31, 2005, are temporary in nature.
The Group does not consider the securities with unrealized losses for over 12 months as of December 31, 2005 to be impaired, due to one, or a combination, of the following factors:
– the market values securities are only insignificantly lower than the cost price
– the unrealized loss arose due to changes interest rates, however this has not effected the expected future cash flows and the    Group has the intent and ability to hold these securities to anticipated full recovery, or
– the issuers of debt securities are not considered to be in financial difficulty, despite the fact that their credit rating has been    lowered, reducing the market value of their securities.
Contractual maturities of the investments in debt securities:
         
      Held-to- 
  Available-  maturity 
  for-sale  debt 
  debt  securities 
  securities  Amortized 
  Fair value  cost 
December 31, 2005
        
– Within one year
  17,600   1,408 
– After 1 year through 5 years
  67,034   6,241 
– After 5 years through 10 years
  88,445   9,755 
– After 10 years
  26,537   397 
– Without maturity
  1,813     
– Mortgage-backed securities
  87,812   1,136 
 
      
Total
  289,241   18,937 
 
      
(b) Loans and advances to customers
Refer to page 102 of the “Selection statistical information on banking operations” for the summary of ING Group’s investments in impaired loans prepared in accordance with SFAS 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan”. This disclosure is incorporated by reference into these consolidated financial statements.
(c) Goodwill
Goodwill capitalized net of impairment for US GAAP purposes in 2005 and 2004 amounted to EUR 4,099 million and EUR 4,191 million, respectively.
ING Group performs the goodwill impairment test if any events or a change in circumstances indicate that impairment may have taken place, or at a minimum on an annual basis. Evaluating whether or not the indication of impairment is significant enough to require an impairment test to be performed involves significant judgment. ING Group performs the annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter for all segments. The difference as at January 1, 2004 as disclosed in note 2.4.1 on page F-132 may result in differences in impairments under IFRS-EU and US GAAP in future years.
The annual goodwill impairment test is performed in two steps:
In Step 1, ING Group determines the fair value of each reporting unit and compares this fair value to the carrying amount of the reporting unit. If that carrying amount exceeds the calculated fair value, ING Group is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test.
In Step 2, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation, in accordance with FAS 141, Business

F-146


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Combinations. The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill that is compared to the carrying value of goodwill. Goodwill impairment is recorded to the extent that carrying value of goodwill exceeds the calculated implied fair value of goodwill.
With the exception of the reporting unit Latin America discussed below, there is no indication that goodwill is impaired as of December 31, 2005.
Goodwill for reporting unit Latin America was almost fully impaired in the 2002 transitional goodwill impairment test and an additional EUR 127 million related to the 49% interest in SulAmérica, accounted for under the equity method under IFRS-EU was written off in the annual goodwill test in 2003 and 2004. Remaining goodwill for Latin America totaled EUR 377 million prior to the 2005 impairment test and relates primarily to SulAmérica. Goodwill allocated to equity method investments is not tested for impairment in accordance with SFAS 142 but under APB 18, which requires that an other than temporary decline in value of an equity method investments is recognized in the profit and loss account. Goodwill for the acquisition of SulAmérica totaled EUR 354 million while the goodwill for ING Chile totaled EUR 23 million.
Since the acquisition of SulAmérica in 2002, the local economic environment and business conditions in Brazil have deteriorated, leading to higher interest rates and the devaluation of the Real. The decline in fair value was viewed as other than temporary and ING Group recognized an impairment charge of EUR 101 million in 2003 for US GAAP purposes. The fair value of the reporting unit, estimated using a discounted cash flow model decreased further in 2004 and the decrease was viewed as other than temporary. In 2004, ING Group has recognized an additional impairment charge of EUR 26 million for US GAAP purposes for goodwill allocated to the reporting unit Latin America.
In 2005, a valuation was performed on the business to determine the extent of future capital requirements of the Brazilian joint venture. The valuation incorporates continued deterioration of the health business and further worsening of the claims payment experience. Based on this study, the valuation was below the carrying value, supporting an additional impairment of EUR 311 million in 2005 to write-off all remaining goodwill for SulAmérica. The impairment charge had no impact on net income under IFRS-EU since the goodwill relates to an acquisition prior to January 1, 2004 and was therefore not capitalized under IFRS-EU.
The following tables show the carrying amount of goodwill recognized under US GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004:
                             
          Insu-             
  Insu-  Insu-  rance  Whole-          
  rance  rance  Asia/  sale  Retail  ING    
  Europe  Americas  Pacific  Banking  Banking  Direct  Total 
Balance as of December 31, 2004
  306   604   845   846   572   700   3,873 
Additions
      12       53           65 
Impairments
      (311)                  (311)
Changes in the composition of the Group
  71   (71)      13   3   (16)    
Exchange differences
  18   49   107   4   10       188 
Disposals
  (14)  (15)  (25)  (24)  (36)      (114)
 
                     
Balance as of December 31, 2005
  381   268   927   892   549   684   3,701 
 
                     

F-147


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                             
          Insu-             
  Insu-  Insu-  rance  Whole-          
  rance  rance  Asia/  sale  Retail  ING    
  Europe  Americas  Pacific  Banking  Banking  Direct  Total 
Balance as of December 31, 2003
  277   695   903   819   574   684   3,952 
Additions
  29   48       26       16   119 
Impairments
      (26)                  (26)
Changes in the composition of the Group Exchange differences
      (13)  (58)  10   6       (55)
Disposals
      (100)      (9)  (8)      (117)
 
                     
Balance as of December 31, 2004
  306   604   845   846   572   700   3,873 
 
                     
Goodwill capitalized net of impairments for US GAAP purposes in 2005 includes intangible assets of EUR 398 million (2004: EUR 318 million) which are recognized apart from goodwill and amortized over twenty years under US GAAP. Gross amount of intangible assets recognized under US GAAP is EUR 613 million, the accumulated amortization is EUR 130 million as of December 31, 2005. The accumulated exchange differences amount to EUR (85) million as of December 31, 2005.
The changes in the carrying amount of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 are as follows:
         
  2005  2004 
Opening balance
  318   363 
Additions
  5     
Amortization
  (25)  (21)
Impairments
        
Changes in the composition of the Group
  26     
Exchange differences
  74   (24)
Disposals
        
 
      
Closing balance
  398   318 
 
      
(d) Other borrowed funds — preference shares of group companies
In December 2000, ING Capital Funding Trust III (the “Trust III”), a wholly owned company of ING Group in the United States issued 1.5 million 8.439% non-cumulative guaranteed trust preference shares (the “8.439% trust preference shares”), with a liquidation preference of USD 1,000 per share, plus any accrued interest and unpaid dividend. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preference shares were invested in preference shares (“company preference shares”) of ING Capital Funding III LLC (“LLC III”), a limited liability company in the United States and a wholly owned company of ING Group. The LLC III has used the proceeds from the sale of its company preference shares to purchase subordinated notes of ING Group.
Trust III may redeem the trust preference shares for cash after December 31, 2010 or if certain special events occur. The company preference shares have substantially the same terms as the trust preference shares. ING Group has issued subordinated guarantees for the payment of the redemption price and the liquidation distribution on the trust preference shares and the company preference shares.
In 2005, ING Capital Funding Trust II, a wholly owned company of ING Group in the United States redeemed the 10 million 9.2% non-cumulative guaranteed trust preference shares that were issued in June 2000.

F-148


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
(e) Amounts due to banks
Funds received in financing transactions that involve the issuance of preferred shares may result in a classification difference between IFRS-EU and US GAAP as disclosed in note 2.4.6(b) on F-138. In 2003, an ING Group company in the United States issued USD 497.5 million 4.3136% preferred shares in combination with ordinary shares in such a transaction. The preferred rate was changed to 4.486% in 2004 in conjunction with the secondary offering described below. This transaction, while perpetual in nature, may be terminated at any time at thirty days notice by either the holder or ING Group through a liquidation of the subsidiary and repayment of the minority interest. In 2004, the same ING Group company in the United States issued a further USD 298.5 million 4.486% preferred shares in a similar transaction. In 2002, an ING Group company in the United States issued USD 790 million 4.5% preferred shares in combination with ordinary shares in a similar transaction. In 2005 the same ING Group company issued a further USD 300 million 3.99% preferred shares. ING Group may force redemption of these shares for cash at any time. In addition, the holder has the option for ING Group to repurchase the shares at fair value at any time. The funds received in both transactions have been used to finance the general activities of ING Group. This classification difference between IFRS-EU and US GAAP does not affect ING Group’s financial condition.
(f) Pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities
The following amounts were recognized on a US GAAP basis.
         
  2005  2004 
Prepaid benefit cost
  (1,169)  (1,309)
Accrued benefit cost
  924   1,416 
Additional minimum liability
  1,835   420 
Intangible asset
  (185)  (3)
 
      
Net amount recognized at end of year
  1,405   524 
 
      
Funded status reconciliation
A detailed reconciliation of the funded status at December 31, 2005 and 2004 including amounts recognized in the ING Group’s financial statements is presented in the following table:
         
  2005  2004 
(Funded) or under-funded status at end of year
  3,809   3,670 
Unrecognized net actuarial gain or (loss)
  (3,841)  (3,548)
Unrecognized prior service cost
  (213)  (15)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
  1,650   417 
 
      
Net amount recognized at end of year
  1,405   524 
 
      
The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was EUR 13,001 million and EUR 10,424 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
The following table includes the information for those defined benefit pension plans with a projected benefit obligation in excess of the fair value of plan assets:
         
  2005  2004 
Projected benefit obligations
  17,121   12,532 
Fair value of the plan assets
  13,312   9,841 

F-149


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The following table includes the information for those defined benefit pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of the fair value of plan assets:
         
  2005  2004 
Accumulated benefit obligations
  12,312   6,713 
Fair value of the plan assets
  11,814   6,305 
The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation exceeds plan assets for all of ING’s other postretirement plans since they are unfunded.
(g) Stock-based compensation
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board revised FAS No.123, “Share-Based Payments” (“FAS 123R”). FAS 123R requires all entities to recognize compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of share-based payments, such as stock options granted to employees. FAS 123R is effective for the first reporting period beginning after June 15, 2005. However, ING Group has elected to early adopt FAS 123R to contribute to the alignment of US GAAP and IFRS-EU. ING Group has adopted FAS 123R prospectively as of January 1, 2005 without electing to restate results of prior periods. Under the modified prospective method, ING Group is required to record compensation expense (as previous awards continue to vest) for the unvested portion of previously granted awards that remain outstanding at the date of adoption. The accounting for share based payments under IFRS-EU and US GAAP will be substantially aligned with the transition difference running off at the point all awards issued during 2004 have vested. Adoption of FAS 123R did not have a material impact on ING Group’s shareholders’ equity and net profit on a US GAAP basis.
(h) Provision for insurance liabilities
In July 2003, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee (“AcSec”) of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) issued Statement of Position 03-01, “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Nontraditional Long-Duration Contracts and for Separate Accounts” (“SOP 03-01”). SOP 03-01 established several new accounting and disclosure requirements for certain nontraditional long-duration contracts and for separate accounts ING Group adopted SOP 03-01 as of January 1, 2004 and determined that it is affected by the SOP’s requirements to account for certain separate account arrangements as general account arrangements, to establish additional liabilities for certain guaranteed benefits and for products with patterns of cost of insurance charges that result in losses in later policy durations from the insurance benefit function, and to defer, amortize, and recognize separately sales inducements to contract holders. Upon adoption, ING Group recognized a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of EUR 45 million (net of tax) in the 6 month period ended June 30, 2004.
In June 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) 97-1, “Situations in Which Paragraphs 17(b) and 20 of FASB Statement No. 97, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long- Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments, Permit or Require Accrual of an Unearned Revenue Liability”. FSP 97-1 clarifies the accounting for unearned revenue liabilities of certain universal-life type contracts under SOP 03-1. ING Group’s adoption of FSP 97-1 on July 1, 2004 did not significantly impact ING Group’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
In September 2004, the AICPA SOP 03-1 Implementation Task Force issued a Technical Practice Aid (“TPA”) to SOP 03-01. The TPA clarified certain key implementation issues with respect to SOP 03-01. ING Group adopted the TPA with an effective date as of January 1, 2004. The TPA had no impact on ING’s annuity business; there was an impact on ING’s interest-sensitive life insurance business. Upon adoption, ING Group recognized a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of EUR 46 million (net of tax). This is in addition to the impact of the adoption of SOP 03-01, in the first quarter of 2004 for a total cumulative effect of EUR 91 million.

F-150


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Under IFRS-EU, the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle is reported in shareholders’ equity and resulted in a reduction to shareholders’ equity of EUR 91 million. Under US GAAP, the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle is reported in net income and resulted in a reduction to net income of the same amount.
Separate account assets and liabilities generally represent funds maintained to meet specific investment objectives of contract owners and policyholders who bear the investment risk, subject, in limited cases, to certain minimum guarantees. Investment income and investment gains and losses generally accrue directly to such contract owners and policyholders. The assets of each account are legally segregated and are not subject to claims that arise out of any other business of the company. Separate account assets supporting variable options under variable annuity contracts are invested, as designated by the contract owner or participant under a contract, in shares of mutual funds which are managed by the company or its affiliates, or in other selected mutual funds not managed by the company or its affiliates.
Separate account assets are carried at fair value and shown as separate captions in the Balance Sheets. Deposits, investment income, and net realized and unrealized capital gains and losses of the separate accounts, however, are not reflected in the Profit and Loss accounts. The Statements of Cash Flows do no reflect investment activity of the separate accounts.
Assets and liabilities of separate account arrangements that do not meet the criteria in SOP 03-1 for separate presentation in the Balance Sheets, and revenue and expenses related to such arrangements, are consolidated in the financial statements with the general account.
(i) Other liabilities – Provision for Reorganizations and Relocations
In May 2005, a cost-initiative program was announced for Nationale-Nederlanden. A reduction of the workforce by 1,000 positions is expected by the end of 2007, with total severance costs of EUR 84 million expected over the same period. As of December 31, 2005, EUR 39 million was recognized under IFRS-EU in relation to this program as reorganization and relocation expense and approximately 500 positions have been eliminated.
In the second half of 2005, an efficiency program was announced to further streamline the processes and organization of ING’s Operations & IT division in the Benelux, primarily related to ING’s banking operations. The program consists of the elimination of 950 positions within the Operations & IT division (144 positions eliminated as of December 31, 2005); the outsourcing of 2,200 positions to current suppliers; and, the reduction of 1,400 external staff through the non-renewal of current contracts. Approximately EUR 177 million is estimated to be recognized through 2008 for this program. As of December 31, 2005, approximately EUR 68 million has been recognized under IFRS-EU in relation to this program.
In 2004, EUR 41 million was recognized to streamline the International Network of Wholesale Banking, as part of a strategy to focus on core products and clients. This streamlining includes the elimination of approximately 400 jobs in Asia, the United Kingdom and the Americas, primarily in back-office and IT functions. As of December 31, 2005, all 400 jobs have been eliminated. Also in 2004, EUR 60 million was recognized under IFRS-EU for the restructuring activities at ING-BHF Bank.

F-151


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Supervisory Board and Executive Board of ING Bank N.V.
We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of ING Bank N.V. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in equity for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2005. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We serve as principal auditor of ING Bank N.V. In our position we did not audit assets constituting 21% in 2005 and 23 % in 2004, and total income constituting 22% in 2005 and 22 % in 2004 of the consolidated totals of ING Bank N.V. These data were reported on by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to parts not audited by us, is based totally on the report of the other auditors.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of the other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of ING Bank N.V. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of its their operations and its their cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union.
As further described in the notes the consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union. As allowed upon initial adoption of IFRS, ING Bank N.V. has elected to adopt the International Accounting Standard 32 and 39 regarding financial instrument accounting and disclosures, and IFRS 4 regarding accounting for insurance contracts on a prospective basis effective January 1, 2005.
Amsterdam, the Netherlands
March 6, 2006
KPMG Accountants N.V.

F-152


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005 TO THE SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING OF ING BELGIUM NV/SA
In accordance with the legal and statutory requirements, we report to you on the performance of the audit mandate which has been entrusted to us.
We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of ING Belgium SA/NV and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005 prepared in accordance with the legal and regulatory requirements in Belgium (not presented separately herein).
We have also carried out the specific additional audit procedures required by law.
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements and the assessment of the information to be included in the consolidated directors’ report, are the responsibility of the board of directors.
Our audit of the consolidated financial statements was carried out in accordance with the auditing standards applicable in Belgium, as issued by the Institut des Réviseurs d’Entreprises/Instituut der Bedrijfsrevisoren and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Unqualified audit opinion on the consolidated financial statements
The above mentioned auditing standards require that we plan and perform our audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement.
In accordance with those standards, we considered the group’s administrative and accounting organisation, as well as its internal control procedures. Company officials have responded clearly to our requests for explanations and information. We have examined, on a test basis, the evidence supporting the amounts included in the consolidated financial statements. We have assessed the accounting policies, the consolidation principles, the significant accounting estimates made by the company and the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, taking into account the legal and regulatory requirements applicable in Belgium, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the group’s assets, liabilities and consolidated financial position as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the consolidated results of the operations for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005.
Additional certifications and information
We supplement our report with the following certifications and information which do not modify our audit opinion on the consolidated financial statements:
   
-
 The consolidated directors’ report includes the information required by law and is consistent with the consolidated financial statements. We are, however, unable to comment on the description of the principal risks and uncertainties which the group is facing, and of its situation, its foreseeable evolution or the significant influence of certain facts on its future development. We can nevertheless confirm that the matters disclosed do not present any obvious contradictions with the information of which we became aware during our audit.
 
  
-
 As disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements (accounting policies) and the consolidated directors’ report, the internal security fund and the fund for general banking risks have been reversed during 2005. This reversal has positively impacted the consolidated profit for the year 2005 by ? 668 million.
Brussels, March 20, 2006
Ernst & Young Réviseurs d’Entreprises SCC (B 160)
represented by
   
Danielle Vermaelen
 Ludo Swolfs
Partner
 Partner

F-153


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
AMORTIZED COST
The amount at which the financial asset or liability is measured at initial recognition minus principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortization using the effective interest method of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount, and minus any reduction for impairment or uncollectability.
ASSOCIATE
Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights.
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS
Those non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available for sale or are not classified as (a) loans and receivables, (b) held-to-maturity investments, or (c) financial assets at fair value through profit and loss.
BIS
The Bank for International Settlements (BIS) is an international organization which fosters international monetary and financial co-operation and serves as a bank for central banks. BIS has set a minimum for the solvency ratio reflecting the relationship between capital and risk weighted assets. The ratio should at least be 8%.
CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT
Short-term negotiable bearer debt instruments issued by banks.
CLAIM
A demand for payment of a policy benefit because of the occurrence of an insured event, such as the death or disability of the insured or the maturity of an endowment, the incurrence of hospital or medical bills, the destruction or damage of property and related deaths or injuries, defects in, liens on, or challenges to the title to real estate, or the occurrence of a surety loss.
CLAIMS RATIO
The claims ratio is the claims, including claims handling expenses, expressed as a percentage of net earned premiums.
COMBINED RATIO
The sum of the claims ratio and the cost ratio for a non-life insurance company or a reinsurance company. A combined ratio of more than 100% does not necessarily mean that there is a loss on non-life insurance policies, because the result also includes the allocated investment income.
CONCENTRATIONS
Concentrations of credit risk exist when changes in economic, industry or geographical factors similarly affect groups of counterparties whose aggregate exposure is material in relation to ING Group’s total exposure.
CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
Contingent liabilities are commitments or risks, for which it is more likely than not that no outflow from ING Group of resources embodying economic benefits will occur. The underlying value of these liabilities is not recorded as liabilities in the balance sheet. For these products, the underlying value represents the maximum potential credit risk to which ING Group is exposed, i.e. assuming that all counterparties failed completely to perform in accordance with the terms of the contracts and that any existing collateral or security proves to be of no value.
CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE
Convertible debentures are debentures with embedded options issued by corporations. The holder has the right to exchange a convertible debenture for equity in the issuing company at certain times in the future according to a certain exchange ratio. Very often, the conversion is callable. This means that it can be repurchased by the issuer at a certain price at certain times in the future. Once the debentures have been called, the holder can always choose to convert prior to repurchase.
COST RATIO
Underwriting costs expressed as a percentage of premiums written.
COUNTRY RISK
The risk that a foreign government will not fulfil its obligations or obstructs the remittance of funds by debtors, either for financial reasons (transfer risk) or for other reasons (political risk).
CREDIT INSTITUTIONS
Credit institutions are all institutions which are subject to banking supervision by public authorities, including mortgage banks, capital market institutions, multilateral development banks and the International Monetary Fund (IMF).

F-154


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
The amounts of income tax recoverable in future periods in respect of:
   
 deductible temporary differences;
 
  
 the carry forward of unused tax losses; and
 
  
 the carry forward of unused tax credits.
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
The amounts of income tax payable in future periods in respect of temporary valuation differences between carrying amounts of assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and tax base, based on tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the assets are realized or the liabilities are settled.
DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN
Defined benefit plans are post-employment benefit plans other than defined contribution plans.
DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN
Post-employment benefit plans under which an enterprise pays fixed contributions into a separate entity (a fund) and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.
DEPOSITARY RECEIPT
Depositary receipt for ordinary and preference shares, issued by the Trust, in exchange for ordinary and preference shares issued by ING Group.
DERIVATIVES
Derivatives are financial instruments, which include forwards, futures, options and swaps, whose value is based on an underlying asset, index or reference rate.
DISCOUNTED BILLS
Bills that are sold under deduction of interest giving the owner the right to receive an amount of money on a given date.
ELIMINATION
Elimination is a process by which intercompany transactions are matched with each other and deducted, so that the assets, liabilities, income and expenses are not inflated.
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
All forms of consideration given by a company in exchange for service rendered by (former) employees.
FAIR VALUE
The amount at which an asset or a liability could be traded on a fair basis at the balance sheet date, between knowledgeable, willing parties in arm’s-length transactions.
FINANCE LEASE
A lease that transfers substantially all the risks and rewards associated with ownership of an asset to the lessee. Title may or may not eventually be transferred.
FINANCIAL ASSET
Any asset that is:
   
 a contractual right to receive cash or another financial asset from another company;
 
  
 a contractual right to exchange financial instruments with another company under conditions that are potentially favourable; or
 
  
 an equity instrument of another company.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Financial instruments are contracts that give rise to both a financial asset for one company and a financial liability or equity instrument for another company.
FINANCIAL LIABILITY
Any liability that is a contractual obligation:
   
 to deliver cash or another financial asset to another company; or
 
  
 to exchange financial instruments with another company under conditions that are potentially unfavourable.
FORWARD CONTRACTS
Forward contracts are commitments to exchange currencies or to buy or sell other financial instruments at specified future dates.
FUTURE CONTRACTS
Future contracts are commitments to exchange currencies or to buy or sell other financial instruments at specified future dates. Exchanges act as intermediaries and require daily cash settlement and collateral deposits.
GROSS PREMIUMS WRITTEN
Total premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance contracts written or assumed (including deposits for investment contracts with limited or no life contingencies written) during a specific period, without deduction for premiums ceded.

F-155


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
HELD-TO-MATURITY INVESTMENTS
Non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity that an entity has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity other than:
a. those that the entity upon initial recognition designates as at fair value through profit and loss;
 
b. those that the entity designates as available for sale; and
 
c. those that meet the definition of loans and receivables.
IMPAIRMENT
An impairment is a permanent diminution in value, i.e. the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount of the asset. In such circumstances a write-down of the asset is necessary.
INTEREST BEARING INSTRUMENT
An interest bearing instrument is a financial asset or a liability for which a time-proportionate compensation is paid or received, in relation to a notional amount.
INTEREST-RATE REBATES
Profit sharing for group life insurance business. A rebate granted to policyholders based on the discounted value of the difference between the interest rate used for calculating the premiums and the expected yield on investment. The profit sharing is granted by means of a premium discount related to the yield on government bonds.
IN THE MONEY
A call option is said to be in the money if the exercise price is lower than the price of the underlying value; a put option is said to be in the money if the exercise price is higher than the price of the underlying value.
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
The investment portfolio comprises those assets which are intended for use on a continuing basis, and have been identified as such. These investments are held in order to cover the insurance provisions and to manage interest rate, capital and liquidity risks.
IRREVOCABLE FACILITY
Irrevocable facilities mainly constitute unused portions of irrevocable credit facilities granted to corporate clients and commitments made to purchase securities to be issued by governments and private issuers.
IRREVOCABLE LETTERS OF CREDIT
An irrevocable letter of credit concerns an obligation on behalf of a client to, within certain conditions, pay an amount of money under submission of a specific document or to accept a bill of exchange.
An irrevocable letter of credit cannot be cancelled or adjusted by the bank that has granted it during the duration of the agreement unless all those concerned agree.
JOINT VENTURE
A contractual arrangement whereby two or more parties undertake an economic activity which is subject to joint control.
MONETARY ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
Monetary assets and liabilities are assets and liabilities whose amounts are fixed in terms of units of currency by contract or otherwise. Examples are cash, short or long-term accounts, notes receivable in cash and notes payable in cash.
NET ASSET VALUE
The net asset value is used in the equity method of accounting. The initial net asset value of the investment is determined by the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the investee. After the initial valuation of assets and liabilities of the investee at fair value, the assets and liabilities of the investee are valued in accordance with the accounting principles of the investor. The profit and loss account reflects the investor’s share in the results of operations of the investee.
NET PREMIUMS WRITTEN
Gross premiums written for a given period less premiums ceded to retrocessionaires during such period.
NOTIONAL AMOUNTS
Notional amounts represent units of account which, in respect of derivatives, reflect the relationship with the underlying assets. They do not reflect, however, the credit risks assumed by entering into derivative transactions.
OPERATING LEASE
A lease other than a finance lease.

F-156


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
OPTION CONTRACTS
Option contracts give the purchaser, for a premium, the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell within a limited period of time a financial instrument or currency at a contracted price that may also be settled in cash. Written options are subject to market risk, but not to credit risk since the counterparties have already performed in accordance with the terms of the contract by paying a cash premium up front.
ORDINARY SHARE
An equity instrument that is subordinate to all other classes of equity instruments. Ordinary shares participate in the net profit for the financial year after other types of shares such as preference shares.
OUT OF THE MONEY
A call option is said to be out of the money if the exercise price is higher than the price of the underlying value; a put option is said to be out of the money if the exercise price is lower than the price of the underlying value.
OVER-THE-COUNTER INSTRUMENT
Non-standardized financial instrument not traded on a stock exchange but directly between market participants.
PLAN ASSETS
Plan assets comprise assets held by a long-term employee benefit fund and qualifying insurance policies. Assets held by a long-term employee benefit fund are assets (other than non-transferable financial instruments issued by the reporting enterprise) that:
   
 are held by an entity (a fund) that is legally separate from the reporting enterprise and exists solely to pay or fund employee benefits; and
 
  
 are available to be used only to pay or fund employee benefits, are not available to the reporting enterprise’s own creditors (even in bankruptcy), and cannot be returned to the reporting enterprise, unless either the remaining assets of the fund are sufficient to meet all the related employee benefit obligations of the plan or the reporting enterprise or the assets are returned to the reporting enterprise to reimburse it for employee benefits already paid.
A qualifying insurance policy is an insurance policy issued by an insurer that is not a related party of the reporting enterprise, if the proceeds of the policy:
   
 can be used only to pay or fund employee benefits under a defined benefit plan; and
 
  
 are not available to the reporting enterprise’s own creditors (even in bankruptcy) and cannot be paid to the reporting enterprise, unless either the proceeds represent surplus assets that are not needed for the policy to meet all the related employee benefit obligations or the proceeds are returned to the reporting enterprise to reimburse it for employee benefits already paid.
POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFIT PLANS
Formal or informal arrangements under which a company provides post-employment benefits for one or more employees. Post-employment benefits are employee benefits other than termination benefits and equity compensation benefits, which are payable after the completion of employment.
PREFERENCE SHARE
A preference (or preferred) share is similar to an ordinary share but carries certain preferential rights. These rights usually concern the guarantee of a fixed (cumulative) return to the shareholder or a guaranteed return on the investment.
PREMIUMS EARNED
That portion of net premiums written in current and past periods which applies to the expired portion of the policy period, calculated by subtracting movements in unearned premium reserves from net premiums.
PRIVATE LOAN
Private loans are loans to governments, other public bodies, public utilities, corporations, other institutions or individuals with a loan agreement as the only instrument of title.
PRIVATE PLACEMENT
A placement where newly issued shares or debentures come into possession of a limited group of subscribers who are prepared to buy the new securities.
PROJECTED UNIT CREDIT METHOD
An actuarial valuation method that considers each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately to build up the final obligation.

F-157


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
QUALIFYING ASSET (WITHIN THE MEANING OF BORROWING COSTS)
A qualifying asset is an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale.
RECOGNITION
The process of incorporating in the balance sheet or profit and loss account an item that meets the definition of an element and satisfies the following criteria for recognition:
   
 it is probable that any future economic benefit associated with the item will flow to or from the enterprise; and
 
  
 the item has a cost or value that can be measured reliably.
REDEMPTION VALUE
With respect to investments in fixed-interest securities, the amount payable on the maturity date.
REINSURANCE
The practice whereby one party, called the reinsurer, in consideration for a premium paid to him, agrees to indemnify another party, called the reinsured or ceding company, for part or all of the liability assumed by the reinsured under a contract or contracts of insurance which the reinsured has issued. The reinsured may also be referred to as the original or primary insurer, the direct writing company, or the ceding company.
SHARE PREMIUM (RESERVE)
Paid-in capital in addition to the nominal value and paid-up on issued share capital.
SUBSIDIARY
A corporation:
   
 in which, by agreement with other holders of voting rights or otherwise, more than half of the voting rights in a general meeting can be exercised by the company or one of its subsidiaries;
 
  
 of which the company or a subsidiary is a member or shareholder and can appoint or dismiss, by agreement with other holders of voting rights or otherwise, alone or together with others more than half of the executive board or the supervisory board.
SURRENDER
The termination of a life or retirement contract at the request of the policyholder after which the policyholder receives the cash surrender value, if any, on the contract.
SWAP CONTRACTS
Swap contracts are commitments to settle in cash at a specified future date, based on differentials between specified financial indices as applied to a notional principal amount. Generally, no cash is exchanged at the outset of the contract and no principal payments are made by either party.
THIRD-PARTY INTERESTS
That part of the net results and of net assets of a subsidiary attributable to an interest which is not owned, directly or indirectly, by the parent.
TIER-1 CAPITAL
The tier-1 capital is also referred to as the core capital of ING Bank. It comprises paid up share capital, reserves excluding revaluation reserves, fund for general banking risks, retained earnings, third-party interests.
TIER-1 RATIO
The tier-1 ratio is reflecting the tier-1 capital of ING Bank as a percentage of its total risk weighted assets. The minimum set by the Dutch central bank is 4%.
TRADING PORTFOLIO
The trading portfolio comprises those financial instruments which are held to obtain short-term transaction results, to facilitate transactions on behalf of clients or to hedge other positions in the trading portfolio.
TREASURY BILLS
Generally short-term debt certificates issued by a central government. Dutch Treasury Certificates are regarded as Dutch Treasury bills.
WARRANT
A financial instrument that gives the holder the right to purchase ordinary shares

F-158


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I — SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS
IN RELATED PARTIES
Amounts are in millions of euros
                     
                  Amount 
                  at which 
Column A       Column D  shown in the 
Type of investment Column B Column C    Cost  Fair value  balance sheet 
DEBT SECURITIES
                    
Debt securities held to maturity
          18,937   19,466   18,937 
Debentures/available-for-sale
                    
– Dutch governments
          6,931   7,534   7,534 
– Foreign governments
          93,867   100,346   100,346 
– Public utilities
          9,648   9,793   9,793 
– Asset-backed securities
          88,079   87,812   87,812 
– Redeemable preference shares/sinking fund
          303   326   326 
– All other corporate bonds
          81,675   83,430   83,430 
 
SHARES AND CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES
                    
Ordinary shares
                    
– Public utilities
          224   251   251 
– Banks, trusts and insurance companies
          3,120   4,318   4,318 
– Industrial and all others
          4,764   7,584   7,584 
Preference shares
          3,314   4,313   4,313 
 
               
Total investments
          310,862   325,173   324,644 
 
               

F-159


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE III — SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION
Amounts are in millions of euros
                                             
 
                 Column           
                    G           
                          Net in-             
                          vestment  Column          
                          income  H          
          Column              (including  Bene-  Column       
          C      Column      other in-  fits,  I       
      Column  Future      E      come and  claims,  Amortiza-       
      B  policy   Column  Other      other ex-  losses  tion of  Column    
      Deferred  benefits,  D  policy      penses)  and  deferred  J  Column 
      policy  losses,  Un-  and  Column  allocated  settle-  policy  Other  K 
Column     acquis-  claims,  earned  claims  F  to under-  ment  acqui-  opera-  Pre- 
A     tion  and loss  pre-  benefits  Premium  writing  ex-  sition  ting ex-  miums 
Segment     costs  expenses  miums  payable  revenue  accounts  penses  costs  penses  written 
2005                                            
Life
      9,114   239,789       4,195   37,114   8,406   38,653   1,149   3,051   37,114 
Non-life
      490   8,202   2,835   181   6,133   968   3,519   326   1,944   6,087 
 
                                 
Total
      9,604   247,991   2,835   4,376   43,247   9,374   42,172   1,475   4,995   43,201 
 
                                 
 
                                            
2004
                                            
Life
      9,999   199,355       808   35,356   8,499   36,626   1,808   2,774   35,356 
Non-life
      429   7,377   2,509   58   5,813   1,323   3,352   219   1,891   5,886 
 
                                 
Total
      10,428   206,732   2,509   866   41,169   9,822   39,978   2,027   4,665   41,242 
 
                                 

F-160


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE IV — REINSURANCE
Amounts are in millions of euros
                         
                      Column F 
                     Percen- 
         Column D  Column E     tage 
          Ceded to  from  Assumed  of amount 
      Column C  other  other com-  Net  assumed 
Column A Column B Grossamount  companies  panies  amount  to net 
2005 PREMIUMS                        
– Life
      37,644   2,031   1,501   37,114   4.0%
– Non-life
      6,556   526   57   6,087   0.9%
 
                  
Total Premiums
      44,200   2,557   1,558   43,201   3.6%
 
                  
 
                        
Life insurance in force
      1,156,186   326,542   147,766   977,410   15.1%
 
                        
2004 PREMIUMS
                        
– Life
      35,532   1,619   1,443   35,356   4.1%
– Non-life
      6,592   756   50   5,886   0.8%
 
                  
Total Premiums
      42,124   2,375   1,493   41,242   3.6%
 
                  

F-161


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE VI — SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION CONCERNING
NON-LIFE INSURANCE OPERATIONS
Amounts are in millions of euros
                                             
                 Column                 
             G             
                      Net              
                      invest-              
                      ment              
                      income              
                      (inclu-              
                      ding              
      Column              other              
      C  Column          income  Column           
  Column  Reserves  D          and other  H      Column    
  B  for  Discount,          expenses)  Claims and claims     J    
  Deferred  unpaid  if any,          allocated  adjustment  Column  Paid  Column 
Column policy  claims &  deducted  Column  Column  to  expenses incurred  I  claims  K 
A acqui-  claims  in  E  F  non-life   related to  Amortiza-  & claims  Pre- 
Affiliation sition  adjusted  Column  Unearned  Earned-  opera-  accident years  tion of  adjusted  miums 
with the registrant costs  expenses  C  premiums  premiums  tions  Current  Prior  DPAC (1)  expenses  written 
2005
                                            
Consolidated Non-life entities
  490   8,202   206   2,835   6,133   968   3,797   (520)  326   3,568   6,087 
 
                                            
2004
                                            
Consolidated Non-life entities
  429   7,378   295   2,509   5,813   1,323   3,609   (188)  219   3,294   5,886 
 
(1) DPAC: Deferred policy acquisition costs

F-162